The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
NK1160-1590 Decoration and ornament. Design
NK2200-2750 Furniture
TS155-194 Production management
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Industrial design?
Test out industrial design AND history or industrial design history as searches and see what you can find.
Benilde Industrial Design strives to develop multidisciplinary industrial and solution designers that aims to make the world a better place. Guided by the College’s Benildean Expressions of the Lasallian Guiding Principles, it recognizes, nurtures, and develops the creative, critical, and inventive mind of its learners and responds to the needs of the its environment through form and function from solution and ideas.
As a program that provides a strong learning avenue for the study of Industrial Design, in Benilde Industrial Design, we advocate a holistic learning experience that aims to develop student competencies of analytical and critical thinking; innovation; marketing and business; foresight for impact solutions; design research to solution development, and global competitiveness. We continually strengthen our curriculum that applies learning content based on the World Design Organization’s definition of Industrial Design which is focuses on strategic problem-solving processes that drives innovation, builds business success, and leads to a better quality of life through innovative products, systems, services, and experiences. At the end of the learner’s journey with the College, they are expected to graduate with the insights and perspectives of an artist-designer, a design entrepreneur, a disruptor yet visionary, and an inventor.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on industrial design available and accessible at the CLR and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, online databases, and industry report are recommended for the entire Industrial Design program.
QUICK LINKS
Basic Drafting Techniques in Computer-Aided Design (CAD)
Basic Drafting Techniques in Computer-Aided Design (CAD) is an introductory course using digital means to expand your knowledge of the tools and techniques of communicating your design ideas.
You are introduced to computer-aided drafting (CAD) of two and three-dimensional designs and modeling as applied in industrial design using both solid and surface software modeling techniques. You learn basic 2D and 3D drawings, basic and advanced operating procedures, and editing tools and layer capabilities and manipulation in AutoCAD.
At the end of the course, you are expected to have gained a more advanced value in drawing accuracy, speed, legibility and neatness as you prepare for the next level of engineering drafting computer-aided drawing.
Applying AutoCAD® 2013 by
Applying AutoCAD® 2013presents each feature of the AutoCAD® 2013 software in a logical, sequential format by introducing new features along with continued enhancements to existing capabilities. It offers step-by-step exercises, examples, illustrations, problems, and activities that make it easy to use and versatile for almost any style of teaching and learning. The student will build skills as they read about and apply techniques, solve problems, and practice computer-aided drafting and design.
Autodesk AutoCAD 2018 Fundamentals by
Autodesk AutoCAD 2018 Fundamentals is designed to be used during instructor led training in an eight week course. It is an introductory level textbook intended for new AutoCAD 2018 users. This book covers all the fundamental skills necessary for effectively using AutoCAD and will provide a strong foundation for advancement. This textbook applies the use of AutoCAD as it pertains to mechanical drafting. Knowing how to draw a line in AutoCAD is not the same as understanding which line type is required when creating technical drawings. This text not only provides the necessary information to operate AutoCAD 2018 but also provides the skills to use AutoCAD as a tool to work proficiently as a drafter or designer.
Computer Aided Design of Micro- and Nanoelectronic Devices by
Micro and nanoelectronic devices are the prime movers for electronics, which is essential for the current information age. This unique monograph identifies the key stages of advanced device design and integration in semiconductor manufacturing. It brings into one resource a comprehensive device design using simulation. The book presents state-of-the-art semiconductor device design using the latest TCAD tools.Professionals, researchers, academics, and graduate students in electrical & electronic engineering and microelectronics will benefit from this reference text.
Creo Parametric 4. 0 Advanced Tutorial by 
Creo Parametric 4. 0 Tutorial by 
Design computing : an overview of an emergent field by
Design Computing will help you understand the rapidly evolving relationship between computing, designers, and the many different environments they create or work in. The book introduces the topic of design computing, and covers the basics of hardware and software, so you don't need to be an expert. Topics include the fundamentals of digital representation, programming and interfaces for design; the shifting landscape of opportunity and expectation in practice and pedagogy; placing sensors in buildings to measure performance; and the challenge of applying information effectively in design. The book also includes additional reading for those who wish to dig deeper into the subject. Design Computing will provide you with a greater awareness of the issues that permeate the field, opportunities for you to investigate, and perhaps motivation to push the boundaries.
Discovering AutoCAD 2013 by
Discovering AutoCAD 2013 presents a hands-on, activity-based approach to the use of AutoCAD as a drafting tool--complete with techniques, tips, shortcuts, and insights that improve efficiency. Topics and tasks are carefully grouped to lead students logically through the AutoCAD command set, with the level of difficulty increasing steadily as skills are acquired through experience and practice. Straightforward explanations focus on what is relevant to actual drawing procedures, and illustrations show exactly what to expect on the computer screen. This edition features Web-based exercises, projects, and new test questions for each chapter.
Drawing from the model : fundamentals of digital drawing, 3D modeling, and visual programming in architectural design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
Project Based SOLIDWORKS 2016 by Basic Drafting Techniques in Computer-Aided Design (CAD)
Basic Drafting Techniques in Computer-Aided Design (CAD) is an introductory course using digital means to expand your knowledge of the tools and techniques of communicating your design ideas.
You are introduced to computer-aided drafting (CAD) of two and three-dimensional designs and modeling as applied in industrial design using both solid and surface software modeling techniques. You learn basic 2D and 3D drawings, basic and advanced operating procedures, and editing tools and layer capabilities and manipulation in AutoCAD.
At the end of the course, you are expected to have gained a more advanced value in drawing accuracy, speed, legibility and neatness as you prepare for the next level of engineering drafting computer-aided drawing.
AutoCAD 2015 and AutoCAD LT 2015 Bible by
The perfect reference for all AutoCAD users AutoCAD 2015 and AutoCAD LT 2015 Bible is the book you want to have close at hand to answer those day-to-day questions about this industry-leading software. Author and Autodesk University instructor Ellen Finkelstein guides readers through AutoCAD 2015 and AutoCAD LT 2015 with clear, easy-to-understand instruction and hands-on tutorials that allow even total beginners to create a design on their very first day. Although simple and fundamental enough to be used by those new to CAD, the book is so comprehensive that even Autodesk power users will want to keep a copy on their desks. Here is what you'll find inside the book: Part I: Introducing AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT Basics Part II: Drawing in Two Dimensions Part III: Working with Data Part IV: Drawing in Three Dimensions Part V: Organizing and Managing Drawings Part VI: Customizing AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT Part VII: Programming AutoCAD Part VIII: Appendixes Appendix A: Installing and Configuring AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT Appendix B: AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT Resources In addition, the book also explores advanced techniques like programming with AutoLISP and VBA, and demonstrates AutoCAD 2015 customization that can smooth workflow. The companion website contains real-world drawings for each tutorial, plus bonus chapters and video tutorials. If you need to become an AutoCAD guru, AutoCAD 2015 and AutoCAD LT 2015 Bible is the one resource that will get you there quickly.
AutoCAD 2016 by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial unitsto illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion CD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2016 3D Modelingincludes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2016. Features: *Covers 3D solid modeling, 3D surface modeling, working with cameras/lighting, rendering and imaging, dimensioning and drafting, and model interchange * Includes 50 "mini-workshops,"that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) * Provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models in both metric and imperial units * Companion disc can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projectsand to see the book's figures in color * Written by an AutoDesk® Approved Instructor and Certified AutoDesk AutoCAD Master eBook Customers:Companion files are available for downloading with order number/proof of purchase by writing to the publisher at info@merclearning.com.
AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 Essentials by
The step-by-step, full-color AutoCAD 2018 guide with real-world practicality AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 Essentials provides a full-color, task-based approach to mastering this powerful software. Straightforward, easy-to-follow instruction pairs with real-world, hands-on exercises to help you quickly get up to speed with core features and functions; screenshots illustrate tutorial steps to help you follow along, and each chapter concludes with a more open-ended project so you can dive in and explore a specific topic in-depth. From 2D drawing and organization to 3D modeling, dimensioning, presenting, and more, this helpful guide walks you through everything you need to know to become productive with AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018. The companion website features downloadable starting and ending files for each exercise, so you can jump in at any point and compare your work to the pros, as well as additional tutorials to help you go as deep as you need to go. Exercises walk you through the real-world process of drafting while teaching you critical skills along the way. Understand the AutoCAD interface and foundational concepts Master essential drawing and visualization tools Stay organized with layers, groups, and blocks Experiment with 3D modeling, add text and dimensions, and much more AutoCAD is the industry-leading technical drawing software, and complete mastery is a vital skill for any design and drafting professional. AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 Essentials is a smart, quick resource that will help you get up to speed with real-world practical instruction.
AutoCAD for Dummies by
You're one step away from creating crystal-clear computer-aided drafts in AutoCAD Ever started an AutoCAD project, only to give up when you couldn't quite get the hang of it? Or do you have a project coming up that would really benefit from a few meticulously created drawings? Then you need the latest edition of AutoCAD For Dummies, the world's bestselling retail book about the wildly popular program. With coverage of all the important updates to AutoCAD released since 2019, this book walks you through the very basics of pixels, vectors, lines, text, and more, before moving on to more advanced step-by-step tutorials on three-dimensional drawings and models. Already know the fundamentals? Then skip right to the part you need! From blocks to parametrics, it's all right here at your fingertips. You'll also find: In-depth explanations of how to create and store your drawings on the web Stepwise instructions on creating your very first AutoCAD drawing, from product installation and project creation to the final touches An exploration of system variables you can tweak to get the best performance from AutoCAD Perfect for the AutoCAD newbie just trying to find their way around the interface for the first time, AutoCAD For Dummies is also a must-read reference for the experienced user looking to get acquainted with the program's latest features and essential drawing tips. Grab a copy today!
AutoCAD 2021 Beginning and Intermediate by
This book is the most comprehensive book you will find on AutoCAD 2021 - 2DDrafting. Covering all of the 2D concepts, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad drawing and editingtools for this popular application. Use the companion disc to set up drawingexercises and projects and see all of the book's figures in color. AutoCAD2021 Beginning and Intermediateincludes over 100 exercises or"mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actualplotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of threeprojects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, withoutoverlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2021. FEATURES: Covers only the basics and uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application CD can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projects and to see the book's figures in color Helps you to prepare for the AutoCAD Certified Professional exam
AutoCAD for Dummies by
Simple steps for creating AutoCAD drawings AutoCAD is the ubiquitous tool used by engineers, architects, designers, and urban planners to put their ideas on paper. It takes some AutoCAD know-how to go from a brilliant idea to a drawing that properly explains how brilliant your idea is. AutoCAD For Dummies helps you de-mystify the handy software and put the tools in AutoCAD to use. Written by an experienced AutoCAD engineer and mechanical design instructor, it assumes no previous computer-aided drafting experience as it walks you through the basics of starting projects and drawing straight lines all the way up through 3D modeling. Conquer the first steps in creating an AutoCAD project Tackle drawing basics including straight lines and curves Add advanced skills including 3D drawing and modeling Set up a project and move into 3D It's true that AutoCAD is tough, but with the friendly instruction in this hands-on guide, you'll find everything you need to start creating marvelous models--without losing your cool.
Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing by
Broad coverage of digital product creation, from design to manufacture and process optimization This book addresses the need to provide up-to-date coverage of current CAD/CAM usage and implementation. It covers, in one source, the entire design-to-manufacture process, reflecting the industry trend to further integrate CAD and CAM into a single, unified process. It also updates the computer aided design theory and methods in modern manufacturing systems and examines the most advanced computer-aided tools used in digital manufacturing. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing consists of three parts. The first part on Computer Aided Design (CAD) offers the chapters on Geometric Modelling; Knowledge Based Engineering; Platforming Technology; Reverse Engineering; and Motion Simulation. The second part on Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) covers Group Technology and Cellular Manufacturing; Computer Aided Fixture Design; Computer Aided Manufacturing; Simulation of Manufacturing Processes; and Computer Aided Design of Tools, Dies and Molds (TDM). The final part includes the chapters on Digital Manufacturing; Additive Manufacturing; and Design for Sustainability. The book is also featured for being uniquely structured to classify and align engineering disciplines and computer aided technologies from the perspective of the design needs in whole product life cycles, utilizing a comprehensive Solidworks package (add-ins, toolbox, and library) to showcase the most critical functionalities of modern computer aided tools, and presenting real-world design projects and case studies so that readers can gain CAD and CAM problem-solving skills upon the CAD/CAM theory. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing is an ideal textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering, and industrial engineering. It can also be used as a technical reference for researchers and engineers in mechanical and manufacturing engineering or computer-aided technologies.
Drawing from the Model : Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
Introduction to AutoCAD 2017 by
This book addresses advances in technology and introduces students to 2-dimensional drawing skills and commands using the current release of AutoCAD. It continuously builds on concepts covered in previous chapters, contains exercises combined with in-text notes, and offers examples that provide the "how and why" of AutoCAD fundamentals. Projects are included at the end of each chapter and provide hands-on experience creating various types of mechanical, architectural, civil and electrical drawings. This text is appropriate for Introductory and Intermediate AutoCAD courses.
Learn Autodesk Inventor 2018 Basics: 3D Modeling, 2D Graphics, and Assembly Design by 
Mastering AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 by
30th Anniversary of the bestselling AutoCAD reference - fully updated for the 2018 release Mastering AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 is the complete tutorial and reference every design and drafting professional needs. Step-by-step instructions coupled with concise explanation walk you through everything you need to know about the latest AutoCAD tools and techniques; read through from beginning to end for complete training, or dip in as needed to for quick reference--it's all here. Hands-on projects teach you practical skills that apply directly to real-world projects, and the companion website features the accompanying project files and other bonus content to help you master every crucial technique. This new edition has been updated to include the latest AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT capabilities, so your skills will transfer directly to real-world projects. With expert guidance and a practical focus, this complete reference is your ultimate resource for mastering this powerful software. AutoCAD is a critical skill in the design fields; whether you're preparing for a certification exam, or just want to become more productive with the software, this book will help you: Master the basic drafting tools that you'll use in every project Work with hatches, fields, tables, attributes, dynamic blocks, and other intermediate tools Turn your 2D drawing into a 3D model with advanced modeling and imaging techniques Customize AutoCAD to fit the way you work, integrate outside data, and much more If you're new to AutoCAD, this book will be your "bible;" if you're an experienced user, this book will introduce you to unfamiliar tools and techniques, and show you tips and tricks that streamline your workflow.
Mastering AutoCAD 2019 and AutoCAD LT 2019 by
The world's favorite guide to everything AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT--updated for 2019! Mastering AutoCAD 2019 and AutoCAD LT 2019 is the world's all-time best-selling guide to the world's most popular drafting software. Packed with tips, tricks, techniques, and tutorials, this guide covers every inch of AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT--including certification. This new edition has been fully updated to align with the software's 2019 update, featuring the same expert instruction augmented by videos of crucial techniques. Step-by-step walk-throughs, concise explanations, specific examples and plenty of hands-on projects help you learn essential AutoCAD skills by working directly with the necessary tools--giving you a skill set that translates directly to on-the-job use. AutoCAD is the dominant design and drafting software for 2D and 3D technical drawings, while AutoCAD LT is the more affordable version often used by students and hobbyists. Professional designers need complete command of the software's tools and functions, but a deeper exploration of more complex capabilities can help even hobbyists produce work at a higher level of technical proficiency. This book is your ultimate guide to AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT, whether you're seeking certification or just looking to draw. Get acquainted with the workspace and basic drafting tools Gain greater control of your drawings with hatches, fields, fills, dynamic blocks, and curves Explore the 3D modeling and imaging tools that bring your drawing to life Customize AutoCAD to the way you work, integrate it with other software, and more As certification preparation material, this book is Autodesk-endorsed; as a self-study guide to AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT mastery, this book is the gold-standard, having led over a half million people on the journey to better design. If you're ready to learn quickly so you can get down to work, Mastering AutoCAD 2019 and AutoCAD LT 2019 is your ideal resource.
Practical Autodesk AutoCAD 2021 and AutoCAD LT 2021 by
Learn 2D drawing and 3D modeling from scratch using AutoCAD 2021 and its more affordable LT version to become a CAD professional Key Features Explore the AutoCAD GUI, file format, and drawing tools to get started with CAD projects Learn to use drawing management tools for working efficiently on large projects Discover techniques for creating, modifying, and managing 3D models and converting 2D plans into 3D models Book Description AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT are one of the most versatile software applications for architectural and engineering designs and the most popular computer-aided design (CAD) platform for 2D drafting and 3D modeling. This hands-on guide will take you through everything you need to know to make the most out of this powerful tool, starting from a simple tour of the user interface through to using advanced tools. Starting with basic drawing shapes and functions, you'll get to grips with the fundamentals of CAD designs. You'll then learn about effective drawing management using layers, dynamic blocks, and groups and discover how to add annotations and plot like professionals. The book delves into 3D modeling and helps you convert your 2D drawings into 3D models and shapes. As you progress, you'll cover advanced tools and features such as isometric drawings, drawing utilities for managing and recovering complex files, quantity surveying, and multidisciplinary drawing files using xRefs, and you'll learn how to implement them with the help of practical exercises at the end of each chapter. Finally, you'll get to grips with rendering and visualizing your designs in AutoCAD. By the end of the book, you'll have developed a solid understanding of CAD principles and be able to work with AutoCAD software confidently to build impressive 2D and 3D drawings. What you will learn Understand CAD fundamentals using AutoCAD's basic functions, navigation, and components Create complex 3d solid objects starting from the primitive shapes using the solid editing tools Working with reusable objects like Blocks and collaborating using xRef Explore some advanced features like external references and dynamic block Get to grips with surface and mesh modeling tools such as Fillet, Trim, and Extend Use the paper space layout in AutoCAD for creating professional plots for 2D and 3D models Convert your 2D drawings into 3D models Who this book is for The book is for design engineers, mechanical engineers, architects, and anyone working in construction, manufacturing, or similar fields. Whether you're an absolute beginner, student, or professional looking to upgrade your engineering design skills, you'll find this AutoCAD book useful. No prior knowledge of CAD or AutoCAD is necessary.
Advanced 3D Modelling Techniques
Advanced 3D Modelling Techniques is an advanced course that puts design concepts into actual and tactile forms and shapes through rapid prototyping tools.
You are introduced to the different cutting-edge computer technologies using different solid modeling software for you to be able to produce photo-realistic renderings of your design concepts, in particular to the use of 3ds Max.
It is emphasized in this course that you develop critical thinking in determining the best medium, tools and techniques to use for your 3D-visualization prior to the production of your designs’ physical models realized through rapid prototyping.
3D Photorealistic Rendering by
Increase the photorealism of your 3d visualizations with enhanced toolsets of V-ray in 3ds Max. Full-color, step-by-step tutorials about techniques involved in creating photorealistic renders for interior/exterior scenes. Each tutorial includes a 3d project scene to guide you through, production and post-production. The production chapter shows how to create shaders, fine-tune textures and set up a day/night lighting rig. You will be rendering high-res images with render elements included for the final stage of post-production. The book also includes tips about, pre-production, camera settings, verified views, material editors, shaders, 3ds max scripts, and much more! Key Features This book deals with real world scenes and delivers up to date design direction. This book has professional supporting files ready for the reader to open and explore. This book highlights the processes of making your own content that not only gives images your personal touch, but also through the online content that will be made available for this title. Includes some coverage of VRay. Focuses in depth on separate issues surrounding interior, exterior and product design, which vary wildly.
3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing: Principles and Applications (Fifth Edition) by
Additive Manufacturing (AM) technologies are developing impressively and are expected to bring about the next revolution. AM is gradually replacing traditional manufacturing methods in some applications because of its unique properties of customisability and versatility. This book provides a very comprehensive and updated text about different types of AM technologies, their respective advantages, shortcomings and potential applications.3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing: Principles and Applications is a comprehensive textbook that takes readers inside the world of additive manufacturing. This book introduces the different types of AM technologies, categorised by liquid, solid and powder-based AM systems, the common standards, the trends in the field and many more.Easy to understand, this book is a good introduction to anyone interested in obtaining a better understanding of AM. For people working in the industry, this book will provide information on new methods and practices, as well as recent research and development in the field. For professional readers, this book provides a comprehensive guide to distinguish between the different technologies, and will help them make better decisions regarding which technology they should use. For the general public, this book sheds some light on the fast-moving AM field.In this edition, new AM standards (e.g. Standard of Terminology and Classification of AM systems) and format standards will be included, Furthermore, the listing of new machines and systems, materials, and software; as well as new case studies and applications in industries that have recently adopted AM (such as the Marine and Offshore industry) have also been incorporated.
3D printing design : additive manufacturing and the materials revolution by
To work with the materials of tomorrow, design students across visual arts disciplines need to understand the cutting edge of today. Whether you're modelling in interiors, designing in fashion or constructing for interiors, in your work or as part of a final project, 3D Printing design is an encouraging guide to additive manufacturing within design disciplines. Francis Bitonti gives an insider's view from his design studio on how 3D printing is already shaking up the industry, and where it's likely to go next. Complete with interviews from designers, business owners and 3D-print experts throughout, Bitonti considers whether 3D body scans mean couture for all, how rapid prototyping can change your design method and if 3D printing materials can enhance medical design, amongst other areas of this emerging method of manufacture. This is inspirational reading for the designers of tomorrow.
Autodesk 3ds Max 2016 Essentials by
Start animating right away with this tutorial-based guide to Autodesk 3ds Max 2016 Autodesk 3ds Max 2016 Essentials is your perfect hands-on guide to start animating quickly. Using approachable, real-world exercises, you'll master the fundamentals of this leading animation software by following full-color screen shots step by step. Each chapter opens with a quick discussion of concepts and learning objectives, and then launches into hands-on tutorials that give you firsthand experience and a good start on preparing for the 3ds Max certification exam. You'll learn the basics of modeling, texturing, animating, and visual effects as you create a retro-style alarm clock, animate a thrown knife, model a chair, and more. Whether you're a complete beginner or migrating from another 3D application, this task-based book provides the solid grounding you need in Autodesk 3ds Max 2016. Model your character with polygons, meshes, and more Add motion with simple and complex animations Add color and textures to visualize materials and surfaces Render interior scenes with great lighting and camera placement If you want to learn 3ds Max quickly and painlessly, Autodesk 3ds Max 2016 Essentials helps you start animating today.
Beginner's Guide to ZBrush by
The ability to create concepts in 3D is an increasingly valuable skill for many creators, with more and more artists and students picking up Pixologic's ZBrush software every day. ZBrush's sculptural approach to 3D modeling almost resembles real clay, making it the first choice for artists seeking an intuitive way to make digital models.Beginner's Guide to ZBrush is the essential how-to for starting out in this powerful software, with professional artists offering detailed instructions and tutorials that explain ZBrush's core tools, techniques, and most accessible workflows. This is an ideal resource for anyone who's picking up ZBrush for the first time.
Computer Graphics Programming in OpenGL with JAVA by
This new edition provides step-by-step instruction on modern 3D graphics shader programming in OpenGL, along with its theoretical foundations. It is appropriate both for computer science undergraduate graphics programming courses in degree programs that emphasize Java, and for professionals interested in mastering 3D graphics skills who prefer Java. It has been designed in a 4-color, "teach-yourself" format with numerous examples that the reader can run just as presented. New sections have been added covering soft shadows, performance optimization, Nsight debugging, as well as updated industry-standard libraries and steps for running the examples on a Macintosh. Includes companion files with all of the source code, models, textures, skyboxes and normal maps used in the book. Features: * Includes new sections on implementing soft shadows, performance optimization, and updated tools such as the JOML math library and the NVIDIA® Nsight(tm) debugger. * Covers modern OpenGL 4.0+ shader programming in Java/JOGL, with instructions for both PC/Windows and Macintosh. * Illustrates every technique with complete running code examples. Everything needed to install the libraries and run every example is provided and fully explained. * Includes step-by-step instruction for every GLSL programmable pipeline stage (vertex, tessellation, geometry, and fragment). * Includes companion files with code, object models, figures, and more.
Drawing from the model : fundamentals of digital drawing, 3D modeling, and visual programming in architectural design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
Getting Started in ZBrush by
Getting Started in ZBrush is a gentle introduction to ZBrush, today's premier digital sculpting program. Beginning with the fundamentals of digital sculpting as well as a thorough introduction to the user interface, Getting Started in ZBrush will have you creating a variety of professional-level 3D models in no-time. More than just another button-pushing manual, this comprehensive guide is packed with start-to-finish projects that ease you into the workflow of the program, while at the same time providing tips and tricks that will allow you to achieve certain tasks much more quickly. After progressing through the tutorials, you will be shown how to customize brushes, materials, scripts, and the interface so that you can utilize these tools to their full advantage. Special consideration is given to ZBrush's integration plug-ins with Maya and 3ds Max, allowing you to properly import and export your models in all programs. Texturing, painting, mapping, decimation, baking, and topology are also fully covered so your Zbrush creations can come to life without sacrificing that high-resolution look. Ease your way into this complex subject with this straight-forward approach to ZBrush Perfect your technique with step-by-step tutorials that allow you to create high res models from start to finish. Expand your knowledge by visiting the companion website, which features video demonstrations, project files, texture and model files, scripts, customized menus, brushes, and additional resources.
Prototyping and Modelmaking for Product Design by
Building prototypes and models is an essential component of any design activity. Modern product development is a multi-disciplinary effort that relies on prototyping in order to explore new ideas and test them sufficiently before they become actual products. A comprehensive modern prototyping approach is crucial to making informed design decisions, and forms a strategic part of a successful designer's toolkit.
Advanced 3D Modelling Techniques
Advanced 3D Modelling Techniques is an advanced course that puts design concepts into actual and tactile forms and shapes through rapid prototyping tools.
You are introduced to the different cutting-edge computer technologies using different solid modeling software for you to be able to produce photo-realistic renderings of your design concepts, in particular to the use of 3ds Max.
It is emphasized in this course that you develop critical thinking in determining the best medium, tools and techniques to use for your 3D-visualization prior to the production of your designs’ physical models realized through rapid prototyping.
3D Printing 2E by
This book is a clear and concise guide to Additive Manufacturing (AM), now a well-established valuable tool for making models and prototypes, and also a manufacturing method for molds and final parts finding applications in industries such as medicine, car manufacturing, and aerospace engineering.The book was designed as a supporting material for special courses on advanced manufacturing technology, and for supplementing the content of traditional manufacturing lessons.This second edition has been updated to account for the recent explosion of availability of small, inexpensive 3D printers for domestic use, as well as new industrial printers for series production that have come onto the market.
3D Shape Analysis : Fundamentals, Theory, and Applications by
An in-depth description of the state-of-the-art of 3D shape analysis techniques and their applications This book discusses the different topics that come under the title of "3D shape analysis". It covers the theoretical foundations and the major solutions that have been presented in the literature. It also establishes links between solutions proposed by different communities that studied 3D shape, such as mathematics and statistics, medical imaging, computer vision, and computer graphics. The first part of 3D Shape Analysis: Fundamentals, Theory, and Applications provides a review of the background concepts such as methods for the acquisition and representation of 3D geometries, and the fundamentals of geometry and topology. It specifically covers stereo matching, structured light, and intrinsic vs. extrinsic properties of shape. Parts 2 and 3 present a range of mathematical and algorithmic tools (which are used for e.g., global descriptors, keypoint detectors, local feature descriptors, and algorithms) that are commonly used for the detection, registration, recognition, classification, and retrieval of 3D objects. Both also place strong emphasis on recent techniques motivated by the spread of commodity devices for 3D acquisition. Part 4 demonstrates the use of these techniques in a selection of 3D shape analysis applications. It covers 3D face recognition, object recognition in 3D scenes, and 3D shape retrieval. It also discusses examples of semantic applications and cross domain 3D retrieval, i.e. how to retrieve 3D models using various types of modalities, e.g. sketches and/or images. The book concludes with a summary of the main ideas and discussions of the future trends. 3D Shape Analysis: Fundamentals, Theory, and Applications is an excellent reference for graduate students, researchers, and professionals in different fields of mathematics, computer science, and engineering. It is also ideal for courses in computer vision and computer graphics, as well as for those seeking 3D industrial/commercial solutions.
AutoCAD 2018 3D Modeling by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion CD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2018 3DModelingincludes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2018. Features: * Provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models in both metric and imperial units * CD can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projects and to see the book's figures in color eBook Customers:Companion files are available for downloading with order number/proof of purchase by writing to the publisher at info@merclearning.com.
AutoCAD 2019 3D Modeling by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion CD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2019 3DModelingincludes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2019. Features: * Covers 3D solid modeling, 3D surface modeling, working with cameras/lighting, rendering and imaging, dimensioning and drafting, and model interchange * Includes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) * Provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models in both metric and imperial units * Companion disc can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projects and to see the book's figures in color * Written by an AutoDesk® Approved Instructor and Certified AutoDesk AutoCAD Master The companion files include (files are also available for downloading from the publisher): --Drawing Exercises and Projects --Solutions to Exercises and Projects --All Images from the Text eBook Customers:Companion files are available for downloading with order number/proof of purchase by writing to the publisher at info@merclearning.com.
AutoCAD 2021 3D Modelling by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion CD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2021 3D Modelingincludes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2021. FEATURES * Provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models in both metric and imperial units * CD can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projects and to see the book's figures in color
A Beginner's Guide to 3D Modeling by
The rise of enthusiast 3D printing and CNC machining has created a need for 3D CAD modelling skills, but CAD has traditionally been associated with a steep learning curve. With CAD for Beginners, you'll learn the basics of 3D CAD modelling all the way to advanced modelling using Autodesk Fusion 360, the cloud powered 3D CAD/CAM tool. In this practical guide, you'll start by learning the principles of parametric modelling and basic modelling and assembly methods. Then, you'll move into advanced modelling concepts like 3D sketching and splines, helixes and ribs, technical drawing, and rendering.
Blender 3D Printing by Example by
Build four projects using Blender for 3D Printing, giving you all the information that you need to know to create high-quality 3D printed objects. Key Features A project based guide that helps you design beautiful 3D printing objects in Blender Use mesh modeling and intersections to make a custom architectural model of a house Create a real world 3D printed prosthetic hand with organic modeling and texturing painting Book Description Blender is an open-source modeling and animation program popular in the 3D printing community. 3D printing brings along different considerations than animation and virtual reality. This book walks you through four projects to learn using Blender for 3D Printing, giving you information that you need to know to create high-quality 3D printed objects. The book starts with two jewelry projects-- a pendant of a silhouette and a bracelet with custom text. We then explore architectural modeling as you learn to makes a figurine from photos of a home. The final project, a human hand, illustrates how Blender can be used for organic models and how colors can be added to the design. You will learn modeling for 3D printing with the help of these projects. Whether you plan to print at-home or use a service bureau, you'll start by understanding design requirements. The book begins with simple projects to get you started with 3D modeling basics and the tools available in Blender. As the book progresses, you'll get exposed to more robust mesh modeling techniques, modifiers, and Blender shortcuts. By the time you reach your final project, you'll be ready for organic modeling and learning how to add colors. In the final section, you'll learn how to check for and correct common modeling issues to ensure the 3D printer can make your idea a reality! What you will learn Using standard shapes and making custom shapes with Bezier Curves Working with the Boolean, Mirror, and Array Modifiers Practicing Mesh Modeling tools such as Loop Cut and Slide and Extrude Streamlining work with Proportional Editing and Snap During Transform Creating Organic Shapes with the Subdivision Surface Modifier Adding Color with Materials and UV Maps Troubleshooting and Repairing 3D Models Checking your finished model for 3D printability Who this book is for If you're a designer, artist, hobbyist and new to the world of 3D printing, this is the book for you. Some basic knowledge of Blender and geometry will help, but is not essential.
The Blender Python API: Precision 3D Modeling and Add-on Development by Learn Autodesk Inventor 2018 Basics: 3D Modeling, 2D Graphics, and Assembly Design by 
Learn SOLIDWORKS 2020 by
Explore a practical and example-driven approach to understanding SOLIDWORKS 2020 and achieving CSWA and CSWP certification Key Features Gain comprehensive insights into the core aspects of mechanical part modeling Get up to speed with generating assembly designs with both standard and advanced mates Focus on design practices for both 2D as well as 3D modeling and prepare to achieve CWSP and CWSA certification Book Description SOLIDWORKS is the leading choice for 3D engineering and product design applications across industries such as aviation, automobiles, and consumer product design. This book takes a practical approach to getting you up and running with SOLIDWORKS 2020. You'll start with the basics, exploring the software interface and working with drawing files. The book then guides you through topics such as sketching, building complex 3D models, generating dynamic and static assemblies, and generating 2D engineering drawings to equip you for mechanical design projects. You'll also do practical exercises to get hands-on with creating sketches, 3D part models, assemblies, and drawings. To reinforce your understanding of SOLIDWORKS, the book is supplemented by downloadable files that will help you follow up with the concepts and exercises found in the book. By the end of this book, you'll have gained the skills you need to create professional 3D mechanical models using SOLIDWORKS, and you'll be able to prepare effectively for the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) and Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional (CSWP) exams. What you will learn Understand the fundamentals of SOLIDWORKS and parametric modeling Create professional 2D sketches as bases for 3D models using simple and advanced modeling techniques Use SOLIDWORKS drawing tools to generate standard engineering drawings Evaluate mass properties and materials for designing parts and assemblies Understand the objectives and the formats of the CSWA and CSWP exams Discover expert tips and tricks to generate different part and assembly configurations for your mechanical designs Who this book is for This book is for aspiring engineers, designers, drafting technicians, or anyone looking to get started with the latest version of SOLIDWORKS. Anyone interested in becoming a Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) or Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional (CSWP) will also find this book useful.
Learn SolidWorks 2022 by
Get to grips with leading 3D engineering and product design application to design robust 3D models and achieve CSWA and CSWP certificationKey Features* Gain comprehensive insights into the core aspects of 3D modeling's mechanical parts* Learn how to generate assembly designs with both standard and advanced mates* Discover design practices for both 2D as well as 3D modeling and prepare to achieve CSWP and CSWA certificationBook DescriptionSOLIDWORKS is the leading choice for 3D engineering and product design applications across industries such as aviation, automobile, and consumer product design. This book helps you to get up and running with SOLIDWORKS and understand each new concept and tool with the help of easy-to-follow exercises.You'll begin with the basics, exploring the software interface and finding out how to work with drawing files. The book then guides you through topics such as sketching, building complex 3D models, generating dynamic and static assemblies, and generating 2D engineering drawings to prepare you to take on any design project. You'll also work with practical exercises to get hands-on experience with creating sketches, 3D part models, assemblies, and drawings. To reinforce your understanding of SOLIDWORKS, the book is supplemented by downloadable files that will help you to understand the concepts and exercises more easily. Finally, you'll also work on projects for 3D modeling objects inspired by everyday life.By the end of this SOLIDWORKS book, you'll have gained the skills you need to create professional 3D mechanical models using SOLIDWORKS and be able to prepare effectively for the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) and Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional (CSWP) exams.What you will learn* Understand the fundamentals of SOLIDWORKS and parametric modeling* Create professional 2D sketches as bases for 3D models using simple and advanced modeling techniques* Use SOLIDWORKS drawing tools to generate standard engineering drawings* Evaluate mass properties and materials for designing parts and assemblies* Join different parts together to form static and dynamic assemblies* Discover expert tips and tricks to generate different part and assembly configurations for your mechanical designsWho this book is forThis book is for aspiring engineers, designers, makers, draftsmen, and hobbyists looking to get started with SOLIDWORKS and explore the software. Individuals who are interested in becoming Certified SOLIDWORKS Associates (CSWAs) or Certified SOLIDWORKS Professionals (CSWPs) will also find this book useful. No specific background is needed to follow the concepts in the book as it starts from the basics of SOLIDWORKS. However, basic theoretical knowledge of 3D modeling will be helpful to get the most out of this book.
Mastering SolidWorks by
The complete SolidWorks reference-tutorial for beginner to advanced techniques Mastering SolidWorks is the reference-tutorial for all users. Packed with step-by-step instructions, video tutorials for over 40 chapters, and coverage of little-known techniques, this book takes you from novice to power user with clear instruction that goes beyond the basics. Fundamental techniques are detailed with real-world examples for hands-on learning, and the companion website provides tutorial files for all exercises. Even veteran users will find value in new techniques that make familiar tasks faster, easier, and more organized, including advanced file management tools that simplify and streamline pre-flight checks. SolidWorks is the leading 3D CAD program, and is an essential tool for engineers, mechanical designers, industrial designers, and drafters around the world. User friendly features such as drag-and-drop, point-and-click, and cut-and-paste tools belie the software's powerful capabilities that can help you create cleaner, more precise, more polished designs in a fraction of the time. This book is the comprehensive reference every SolidWorks user needs, with tutorials, background, and more for beginner to advanced techniques. Get a grasp on fundamental SolidWorks 2D and 3D tasks using realistic examples with text-based tutorials Delve into advanced functionality and capabilities not commonly covered by how-to guides Incorporate improved search, Pack-and-Go and other file management tools into your workflow Adopt best practices and exclusive techniques you won't find anywhere else Work through this book beginning-to-end as a complete SolidWorks course, or dip in as needed to learn new techniques and time-saving tricks on-demand. Organized for efficiency and designed for practicality, these tips will remain useful at any stage of expertise. With exclusive coverage and informative detail, Mastering SolidWorks is the tutorial-reference for users at every level of expertise.
Mastering SOLIDWORKS 2022 Sheet Metal by
Unlock the power of the SOLIDWORKS 3D CAD Sheet Metal module by learning essential tools such as Lofted Bends and Hems, and discover real-world manufacturing tips Key Features Understand what Sheet Metal is and how you can use it with SOLIDWORKS software Explore all of the Sheet Metal tools step by step, from simple edge flanges to complex forming tools Learn the real-world manufacturing factors that can affect your designs Book Description SOLIDWORKS© is the premier software choice for 3D engineering and product design applications across a wide range of industries, and the Sheet Metal module forms an important part of this powerful program. This book will help you to understand exactly what Sheet Metal is, why it is used, and how you can make the most of this fundamental design feature. You'll start by understanding the basic tools, including Base Flanges and Sketched Bends, before moving on to more complex features such as Custom Forming Tools and Lofted Bends. The book covers all the necessary tools in a step-by-step manner and shares practical manufacturing tips and tricks that will allow you to apply the skills that you learn to real-world situations. By the end of this SOLIDWORKS book, you'll have understood how to make the best use of SOLIDWORKS Sheet Metal tools and be able to create a whole range of 3D models and designs confidently. What you will learn Discover what Sheet Metal can be used for and how you can benefit from this skillset Create Sheet Metal parts, both from scratch and by converting existing 3D parts Select different Sheet Metal tools to be used in different situations Produce advanced shapes using Lofted Bends Relate the Sheet Metal techniques in the book to real-world manufacturing and design, including material selection and manufacturing limitations Practice Sheet Metal techniques using real-world examples Who this book is for This book is for existing SOLIDWORKS software users looking to expand their skillset and specialize in Sheet Metal design, including engineers who want to upskill or modeling enthusiasts looking to improve their skills and knowledge. The book will be especially useful for junior engineers and designers who are already familiar with general Solid modeling and want to learn extra computer-aided design (CAD) skills to advance their careers and open up exciting new design opportunities. Basic knowledge of SOLIDWORKS and experience using a Windows PC are all you need to get started.
Unlock the power of the SOLIDWORKS 3D CAD Sheet Metal module by learning essential tools such as Lofted Bends and Hems, and discover real-world manufacturing tips Key Features Understand what Sheet Metal is and how you can use it with SOLIDWORKS software Explore all of the Sheet Metal tools step by step, from simple edge flanges to complex forming tools Learn the real-world manufacturing factors that can affect your designs Book Description SOLIDWORKS© is the premier software choice for 3D engineering and product design applications across a wide range of industries, and the Sheet Metal module forms an important part of this powerful program. This book will help you to understand exactly what Sheet Metal is, why it is used, and how you can make the most of this fundamental design feature. You'll start by understanding the basic tools, including Base Flanges and Sketched Bends, before moving on to more complex features such as Custom Forming Tools and Lofted Bends. The book covers all the necessary tools in a step-by-step manner and shares practical manufacturing tips and tricks that will allow you to apply the skills that you learn to real-world situations. By the end of this SOLIDWORKS book, you'll have understood how to make the best use of SOLIDWORKS Sheet Metal tools and be able to create a whole range of 3D models and designs confidently. What you will learn Discover what Sheet Metal can be used for and how you can benefit from this skillset Create Sheet Metal parts, both from scratch and by converting existing 3D parts Select different Sheet Metal tools to be used in different situations Produce advanced shapes using Lofted Bends Relate the Sheet Metal techniques in the book to real-world manufacturing and design, including material selection and manufacturing limitations Practice Sheet Metal techniques using real-world examples Who this book is for This book is for existing SOLIDWORKS software users looking to expand their skillset and specialize in Sheet Metal design, including engineers who want to upskill or modeling enthusiasts looking to improve their skills and knowledge. The book will be especially useful for junior engineers and designers who are already familiar with general Solid modeling and want to learn extra computer-aided design (CAD) skills to advance their careers and open up exciting new design opportunities. Basic knowledge of SOLIDWORKS and experience using a Windows PC are all you need to get started.
By the end of this SOLIDWORKS book, you'll have understood how to make the best use of SOLIDWORKS Sheet Metal tools and be able to create a whole range of 3D models and designs confidently.
Practical Finite Element Simulations with SOLIDWORKS 2022 by
Harness the power of SOLIDWORKS Simulation for design, assembly, and performance analysis of componentsKey Features* Understand the finite element simulation concepts with the help of case studies and detailed explanations* Discover the features of various SOLIDWORKS element types* Perform structural analysis with isotropic and composite material properties under a variety of loading conditionsBook DescriptionSOLIDWORKS is a dominant computer-aided design (CAD) software for the 3D modeling, designing, and analysis of components. This book helps you get to grips with SOLIDWORKS Simulation, which is a remarkable and integral part of SOLIDWORKS predominantly deployed for advanced product performance assessment and virtual prototyping.With this book, you'll take a hands-on approach to learning SOLIDWORKS Simulation with the help of step-by-step guidelines on various aspects of the simulation workflow. You'll begin by learning about the requirements for effective simulation of parts and components, along with the idealization of physical components and their representation with finite element models. As you progress through the book, you'll find exercises at the end of each chapter, and you'll be able to download the geometry models used in all the chapters from GitHub. Finally, you'll discover how to set up finite element simulations for the static analysis of components under various types of loads, and with different types of materials, from simple isotropic to composite, and different boundary conditions.By the end of this SOLIDWORKS 2022 book, you'll be able to conduct basic and advanced static analyses with SOLIDWORKS Simulation and have practical knowledge of how to best use the family of elements in the SOLIDWORKS Simulation library.What you will learn* Run static simulations with truss, beam, shell, and solid element types* Demonstrate static simulations with mixed elements* Analyze components with point loads, torsional loads, transverse distributed loads, surface pressure loads, and centrifugal speed* Explore the analysis of components with isotropic and composite materials* Analyze members under thermo-mechanical and cyclic loads* Discover how to minimize simulation errors and perform convergence analysis* Acquire practical knowledge of plane elements to reduce computational overheadWho this book is forThis book is for engineers and analysts working in the field of aerospace, mechanical, civil, and mechatronics engineering who are looking to explore the simulation capabilities of SOLIDWORKS. Basic knowledge of modeling in SOLIDWORKS or any CAD software is assumed.
Real-Time 3D Graphics with WebGL 2 by
A comprehensive guide with 80+ examples on 3D programming in WebGL 2, covering computer graphics topics such as rendering, 3D math, camera, and more Key Features Create visually stunning, high-performance 3D applications for the web with WebGL 2 A complete course on 3D computer graphics: rendering, 3D math, lighting, cameras, and more Unlock a variety of new and advanced features offered in WebGL 2 Book Description As highly interactive applications have become an increasingly important part of the user experience, WebGL is a unique and cutting-edge technology that brings hardware-accelerated 3D graphics to the web. Packed with 80+ examples, this book guides readers through the landscape of real-time computer graphics using WebGL 2. Each chapter covers foundational concepts in 3D graphics programming with various implementations. Topics are always associated with exercises for a hands-on approach to learning. This book presents a clear roadmap to learning real-time 3D computer graphics with WebGL 2. Each chapter starts with a summary of the learning goals for the chapter, followed by a detailed description of each topic. The book offers example-rich, up-to-date introductions to a wide range of essential 3D computer graphics topics, including rendering, colors, textures, transformations, framebuffers, lights, surfaces, blending, geometry construction, advanced techniques, and more. With each chapter, you will "level up" your 3D graphics programming skills. This book will become your trustworthy companion in developing highly interactive 3D web applications with WebGL and JavaScript. What you will learn Understand the rendering pipeline provided in WebGL Build and render 3D objects with WebGL Develop lights using shaders, 3D math, and the physics of light reflection Create a camera and use it to navigate a 3D scene Use texturing, lighting, and shading techniques to render realistic 3D scenes Implement object selection and interaction in a 3D scene Cover advanced techniques for creating immersive and compelling scenes Learn new and advanced features offered in WebGL 2 Who this book is for This book is intended for developers who are interested in building highly interactive 3D applications for the web. A basic understanding of JavaScript is necessary; no prior computer graphics or WebGL knowledge is required.
Advanced Drafting Techniques in Engineering Computer-Aided Design (CAD)
Advanced Drafting Techniques in Engineering Computer-Aided Design (CAD) is the next level of digital drafting techniques.
In this course, you learn about the relationship between the design process and computer technology. You learned to difference and analyze the range of computer graphic equipment, digital languages, data structure, graphic packages and graphic standards for computer-aided drawing (CAD) used in the industry, in particular to use of SolidWorks.
At the end of the course, you are able to apply more complex three-dimensional modeling of product component and assemblies and the application of CAD techniques in analysis and manufacturing of a product.
Computational Intelligence Aided Design and Engineering by
Computational Intelligence Assisted Design framework mobilises computational resources, makes use of multiple Computational Intelligence (CI) algorithms and reduces computational costs. This book provides examples of real-world applications of technology. Case studies have been used to show the integration of services, cloud, big data technology and space missions. It focuses on computational modelling of biological and natural intelligent systems, encompassing swarm intelligence, fuzzy systems, artificial neutral networks, artificial immune systems and evolutionary computation. This book provides readers with wide-scale information on CI paradigms and algorithms, inviting readers to implement and problem solve real-world, complex problems within the CI development framework. This implementation framework will enable readers to tackle new problems without difficulty through a few tested MATLAB source codes
Creo Parametric 4. 0 Advanced Tutorial by Creo Parametric 4. 0 Tutorial by 
Design Theory and Methods Using CAD/CAE by
The fourth book of a four-part series, Design Theory and Methods using CAD/CAE integrates discussion of modern engineering design principles, advanced design tools, and industrial design practices throughout the design process. This is the first book to integrate discussion of computer design tools throughout the design process. Through this book series, the reader will: Understand basic design principles and all digital modern engineering design paradigms Understand CAD/CAE/CAM tools available for various design related tasks Understand how to put an integrated system together to conduct All Digital Design (ADD) product design using the paradigms and tools Understand industrial practices in employing ADD virtual engineering design and tools for product development
Digital design in action : creative solutions for designers by
Digital design is not only about creating visually appealing products and promotions; it needs to possess a practical aspect in addition to being aesthetically appealing. Digital Design in Action explores these pragmatic applications and the creative design aspects for various mediums, including the web, apps, ePub, visual presentations, and PDF. Using the latest digital publishing tools and a project-based pedagogy, this book includes projects ranging from real-world to experimental. Each chapter contains the perfect balance of vibrant figures, techniques and applications to help guide the reader into harnessing their inner potential. Key Features Presents methodologies used to deploy layouts for multiple digital output, using the latest tools and techniques Includes a supporting companion website containing digital examples, plus all exercise files and supporting art Contains end-of-chapter exercises and real-world and experimental projects Structured to help design students create dynamic content in class and on the job later down the line.
Drawing from the model : fundamentals of digital drawing, 3D modeling, and visual programming in architectural design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
The Graphic Design Reader by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners. Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin. Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography. The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Project Based SOLIDWORKS 2016 by 
Rapidly Prototyping Interfaces with Indesign by
Rapidly Prototyping Interfaces with InDesign guides readers to learn to create a wide range of interfaces, from mobile to desktop. With InDesign, interface prototyping takes minutes instead of days. This book is code-free and entirely hands-on with InDesign tools. This book acts as a guide for how to prototype user interfaces with InDesign, using diagrams, illustrations, and screen shots. This illustrated book concerns the creation and prototyping of eBooks, eMagazines, websites, desktop apps and movile apps. InDesign is an important tool for rapid prototyping, as no coding is involved. Key Features No available book provides this information. The reader will learn how to prototype a wide range of interfaces for both desktop and movile platforms. The book will include software screen shots and guide the reader step by step. The example prototypes will be interactive. Users can test them using interactive devices, such as desktop computers, tablets or mobile phones. The reader will learn how to prepare an effective portfolio and resume.
Up and Running with AutoCAD 2014 by
Get "Up and Running" with AutoCAD using Gindis's combination of step-by-step instruction, examples, and insightful explanations. The emphasis from the beginning is on core concepts and practical application of AutoCAD in architecture, engineering and design. Equally useful in instructor-led classroom training, self-study, or as a professional reference, the book is written with the user in mind by a long-time AutoCAD professional and instructor based on what works in the industry and the classroom.
Advanced Drafting Techniques in Engineering Computer-Aided Design (CAD)
Advanced Drafting Techniques in Engineering Computer-Aided Design (CAD) is the next level of digital drafting techniques.
In this course, you learn about the relationship between the design process and computer technology. You learned to difference and analyze the range of computer graphic equipment, digital languages, data structure, graphic packages and graphic standards for computer-aided drawing (CAD) used in the industry, in particular to use of SolidWorks.
At the end of the course, you are able to apply more complex three-dimensional modeling of product component and assemblies and the application of CAD techniques in analysis and manufacturing of a product.
3D Graphics Rendering Cookbook by
Build a 3D rendering engine from scratch while solving problems in a step-by-step way with the help of useful recipesKey Features* Learn to integrate modern rendering techniques into a single performant 3D rendering engine* Leverage Vulkan to render 3D content, use AZDO in OpenGL applications, and understand modern real-time rendering methods* Implement a physically based rendering pipeline from scratch in Vulkan and OpenGLBook DescriptionOpenGL is a popular cross-language, cross-platform application programming interface (API) used for rendering 2D and 3D graphics, while Vulkan is a low-overhead, cross-platform 3D graphics API that targets high-performance applications. 3D Graphics Rendering Cookbook helps you learn about modern graphics rendering algorithms and techniques using C++ programming along with OpenGL and Vulkan APIs.The book begins by setting up a development environment and takes you through the steps involved in building a 3D rendering engine with the help of basic, yet self-contained, recipes. Each recipe will enable you to incrementally add features to your codebase and show you how to integrate different 3D rendering techniques and algorithms into one large project. You'll also get to grips with core techniques such as physically based rendering, image-based rendering, and CPU/GPU geometry culling, to name a few. As you advance, you'll explore common techniques and solutions that will help you to work with large datasets for 2D and 3D rendering. Finally, you'll discover how to apply optimization techniques to build performant and feature-rich graphics applications.By the end of this 3D rendering book, you'll have gained an improved understanding of best practices used in modern graphics APIs and be able to create fast and versatile 3D rendering frameworks.What you will learn* Improve the performance of legacy OpenGL applications* Manage a substantial amount of content in real-time 3D rendering engines* Discover how to debug and profile graphics applications* Understand how to use the Approaching Zero Driver Overhead (AZDO) philosophy in OpenGL* Integrate various rendering techniques into a single application* Find out how to develop Vulkan applications* Implement a physically based rendering pipeline from scratch* Integrate a physics library with your rendering engineWho this book is forThis book is for 3D graphics developers who are familiar with the mathematical fundamentals of 3D rendering and want to gain expertise in writing fast rendering engines with advanced techniques using C++ libraries and APIs. A solid understanding of C++ and basic linear algebra, as well as experience in creating custom 3D applications without using premade rendering engines is required.
13th International Symposium on Process SystemsEngineering - PSE 2018, July 1-5 2018 by
Process Systems Engineering brings together the international community of researchers and engineers interested in computing-based methods in process engineering. This conference highlights the contributions of the PSE community towards the sustainability of modern society and is based on the 13th International Symposium on Process Systems Engineering PSE 2018 event held San Diego, CA, July 1-5 2018. The book contains contributions from academia and industry, establishing the core products of PSE, defining the new and changing scope of our results, and future challenges. Plenary and keynote lectures discuss real-world challenges (globalization, energy, environment and health) and contribute to discussions on the widening scope of PSE versus the consolidation of the core topics of PSE. Highlights how the Process Systems Engineering community contributes to the sustainability of modern society Establishes the core products of Process Systems Engineering Defines the future challenges of Process Systems Engineering
26th European Symposium on Computer Aided Process Engineering by
26th European Symposium on Computer Aided Process Engineering contains the papers presented at the 26th European Society of Computer-Aided Process Engineering (ESCAPE) Event held at Portorož Slovenia, from June 12th to June 15th, 2016. Themes discussed at the conference include Process-product Synthesis, Design and Integration, Modelling, Numerical analysis, Simulation and Optimization, Process Operations and Control and Education in CAPE/PSE. Presents findings and discussions from the 26th European Society of Computer-Aided Process Engineering (ESCAPE) Event
AutoCAD for Dummies by
Simple steps for creating AutoCAD drawings AutoCAD is the ubiquitous tool used by engineers, architects, designers, and urban planners to put their ideas on paper. It takes some AutoCAD know-how to go from a brilliant idea to a drawing that properly explains how brilliant your idea is. AutoCAD For Dummies helps you de-mystify the handy software and put the tools in AutoCAD to use. Written by an experienced AutoCAD engineer and mechanical design instructor, it assumes no previous computer-aided drafting experience as it walks you through the basics of starting projects and drawing straight lines all the way up through 3D modeling. Conquer the first steps in creating an AutoCAD project Tackle drawing basics including straight lines and curves Add advanced skills including 3D drawing and modeling Set up a project and move into 3D It's true that AutoCAD is tough, but with the friendly instruction in this hands-on guide, you'll find everything you need to start creating marvelous models--without losing your cool.
AutoCAD 2021 3D Modelling by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion CD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2021 3D Modelingincludes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2021. FEATURES * Provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models in both metric and imperial units * CD can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projects and to see the book's figures in color
A beginner's guide to 3D modeling : a guide to Autodesk Fusion 360 by
"A practical guide to 3D CAD modeling. Begins with the principles of parametric modeling and assembly methods, and then moves on to advanced modeling concepts such as 3D sketching and splines, helixes and ribs, technical drawing, and rendering"-- Provided by publisher.
Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing by
Broad coverage of digital product creation, from design to manufacture and process optimization This book addresses the need to provide up-to-date coverage of current CAD/CAM usage and implementation. It covers, in one source, the entire design-to-manufacture process, reflecting the industry trend to further integrate CAD and CAM into a single, unified process. It also updates the computer aided design theory and methods in modern manufacturing systems and examines the most advanced computer-aided tools used in digital manufacturing. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing consists of three parts. The first part on Computer Aided Design (CAD) offers the chapters on Geometric Modelling; Knowledge Based Engineering; Platforming Technology; Reverse Engineering; and Motion Simulation. The second part on Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) covers Group Technology and Cellular Manufacturing; Computer Aided Fixture Design; Computer Aided Manufacturing; Simulation of Manufacturing Processes; and Computer Aided Design of Tools, Dies and Molds (TDM). The final part includes the chapters on Digital Manufacturing; Additive Manufacturing; and Design for Sustainability. The book is also featured for being uniquely structured to classify and align engineering disciplines and computer aided technologies from the perspective of the design needs in whole product life cycles, utilizing a comprehensive Solidworks package (add-ins, toolbox, and library) to showcase the most critical functionalities of modern computer aided tools, and presenting real-world design projects and case studies so that readers can gain CAD and CAM problem-solving skills upon the CAD/CAM theory. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing is an ideal textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering, and industrial engineering. It can also be used as a technical reference for researchers and engineers in mechanical and manufacturing engineering or computer-aided technologies.
Core Blender Development: Understanding the Essential Source Code by
Learn the essential source code of Blender and its unique build system. This book provides the inner workings of the Blender C-based source code, and will be indispensable for those wanting to contribute to this important open-source project. Blender is an open-source 3D modeling and rendering software package used in the production of assets for animated projects, 3D printing, games, and even scientific visualization. This book goes in depth and discusses the primary modules related to the GUI and the geometric modeling work. You'll start by learning how to reverse engineer geometric operators, and from there move on to the main features of the source code and how to apply them. When done, you'll have the necessary foundation for exploration in other modules of the Blender source code. Lack of software engineering knowledge, such as experience with large cross-platform code base, remains insurmountable for many new developers. While the Blender site includes much useful information, it is not detailed enough. Core Blender Development breaks down the barriers to entry for open-source development in 3-D modeling. You will: Find the code for various functions and editors in Blender Track down bugs, and contribute new functionality to the Blender code base Examine the .blend file and how it stores Blender state Understand the Blender core code base beyond the community website documentation Review the explicit code traces and source files of descriptions of the code base.
Designing and Prototyping Interfaces with Figma by
Discover user experience and user interface design best practices while mastering a wide array of tools across Figma and FigJam with this full-color guide.
Engineering Design and Graphics with SolidWorks 2016 by
Engineering Design and Graphics with SolidWorks 2016 shows students how to use SolidWorks to create engineering drawings and designs. The textbook has been updated to cover the new features in SolidWorks 2016. It focuses on the creation of engineering drawings, including dimensions and tolerances and the use of standard parts and tools. Each chapter contains step-by-step sample problems that show students how to apply the concepts presented in the chapter. Effective pedagogy throughout the text helps students learn and retain concepts: Objectives: Each chapter begins with objectives and an introduction to the material. Summaries: Each chapter concludes with a summary and exercise problems. Numerous illustrations: The multitude of illustrations, accompanied by explanatory captions, present a visual approach to learning. Students see in the text what they see on the screen with the addition of explanatory text. Practical application: The text provides hundreds of exercise projects of varying difficulty (far more than any other computer graphics text). These exercises reinforce each chapter's content and help students learn by doing. Flexibility: With the hundreds of problems presented in the book, instructors can assign different problems within the same class and from year to year without repeating problems for students. Meets standards: The text teaches ANSI standards for dimensions and tolerances. This helps students understand how their designs are defined for production and the importance of proper tolerancing. Step-by-step approach: In presenting the fundamentals of engineering drawing using SolidWorks, the text uses a step-by-step approach that allows students to work and learn at their own pace.
Integration of CAD/CAPP/CAM by
The book introduces the fundamentals and development of Computer aided design, Computer aided process planning, and Computer aided manufacturing. The integration of CAD/CAPP/CAM, product data management and Concurrent engineering and collaborative design etc. are also illustrated in detail, which make this book be an essential reference for graduate students, scientists and practitioner in the research fields of computer sciences and engineering.
Mastering SolidWorks by
The complete SolidWorks reference-tutorial for beginner to advanced techniques Mastering SolidWorks is the reference-tutorial for all users. Packed with step-by-step instructions, video tutorials for over 40 chapters, and coverage of little-known techniques, this book takes you from novice to power user with clear instruction that goes beyond the basics. Fundamental techniques are detailed with real-world examples for hands-on learning, and the companion website provides tutorial files for all exercises. Even veteran users will find value in new techniques that make familiar tasks faster, easier, and more organized, including advanced file management tools that simplify and streamline pre-flight checks. SolidWorks is the leading 3D CAD program, and is an essential tool for engineers, mechanical designers, industrial designers, and drafters around the world. User friendly features such as drag-and-drop, point-and-click, and cut-and-paste tools belie the software's powerful capabilities that can help you create cleaner, more precise, more polished designs in a fraction of the time. This book is the comprehensive reference every SolidWorks user needs, with tutorials, background, and more for beginner to advanced techniques. Get a grasp on fundamental SolidWorks 2D and 3D tasks using realistic examples with text-based tutorials Delve into advanced functionality and capabilities not commonly covered by how-to guides Incorporate improved search, Pack-and-Go and other file management tools into your workflow Adopt best practices and exclusive techniques you won't find anywhere else Work through this book beginning-to-end as a complete SolidWorks course, or dip in as needed to learn new techniques and time-saving tricks on-demand. Organized for efficiency and designed for practicality, these tips will remain useful at any stage of expertise. With exclusive coverage and informative detail, Mastering SolidWorks is the tutorial-reference for users at every level of expertise.
Practical Autodesk AutoCAD 2021 and AutoCAD LT 2021 by
Learn 2D drawing and 3D modeling from scratch using AutoCAD 2021 and its more affordable LT version to become a CAD professional Key Features Explore the AutoCAD GUI, file format, and drawing tools to get started with CAD projects Learn to use drawing management tools for working efficiently on large projects Discover techniques for creating, modifying, and managing 3D models and converting 2D plans into 3D models Book Description AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT are one of the most versatile software applications for architectural and engineering designs and the most popular computer-aided design (CAD) platform for 2D drafting and 3D modeling. This hands-on guide will take you through everything you need to know to make the most out of this powerful tool, starting from a simple tour of the user interface through to using advanced tools. Starting with basic drawing shapes and functions, you'll get to grips with the fundamentals of CAD designs. You'll then learn about effective drawing management using layers, dynamic blocks, and groups and discover how to add annotations and plot like professionals. The book delves into 3D modeling and helps you convert your 2D drawings into 3D models and shapes. As you progress, you'll cover advanced tools and features such as isometric drawings, drawing utilities for managing and recovering complex files, quantity surveying, and multidisciplinary drawing files using xRefs, and you'll learn how to implement them with the help of practical exercises at the end of each chapter. Finally, you'll get to grips with rendering and visualizing your designs in AutoCAD. By the end of the book, you'll have developed a solid understanding of CAD principles and be able to work with AutoCAD software confidently to build impressive 2D and 3D drawings. What you will learn Understand CAD fundamentals using AutoCAD's basic functions, navigation, and components Create complex 3d solid objects starting from the primitive shapes using the solid editing tools Working with reusable objects like Blocks and collaborating using xRef Explore some advanced features like external references and dynamic block Get to grips with surface and mesh modeling tools such as Fillet, Trim, and Extend Use the paper space layout in AutoCAD for creating professional plots for 2D and 3D models Convert your 2D drawings into 3D models Who this book is for The book is for design engineers, mechanical engineers, architects, and anyone working in construction, manufacturing, or similar fields. Whether you're an absolute beginner, student, or professional looking to upgrade your engineering design skills, you'll find this AutoCAD book useful. No prior knowledge of CAD or AutoCAD is necessary.
Practical Autodesk AutoCAD 2023 and AutoCAD LT 2023 by
Learn 2D drawing and 3D modeling from scratch using AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT 2023 and become a CAD professional Key Features: Learn techniques for making, modifying, and managing AutoCAD 2D and 3D drawingsUnderstand how to use reusable and named objects like blocks, xRef, and layersScale, annotate, and print drawings from model space and layout Book Description: AutoCAD is one of the most versatile software applications for architectural and engineering designs and the most popular computer-aided design (CAD) platform for 2D drafting and 3D modeling. This hands-on 2nd edition guide will take you through everything you need to know to make the most out of this powerful tool, from a simple tour of the user interface to using advanced tools. Starting with basic drawing shapes and functions, you'll get to grips with the fundamentals of CAD designs. You'll then learn about effective drawing management using layers, dynamic blocks, and groups, and discover how to add annotations and plots like a professional. As you progress, the book will show you how to convert your 2D drawings into 3D models and shapes. You'll also discover advanced features, such as isometric drawings, drawing utilities for managing and recovering complex files, quantity surveying, and multidisciplinary drawing files using xRefs. Finally, you'll focus on rendering and visualizing your designs in AutoCAD. By the end of this book, you'll have developed a solid understanding of CAD principles and be able to work with AutoCAD software confidently to build impressive 2D and 3D creations. What You Will Learn: Understand CAD fundamentals like functions, navigation, and componentsCreate complex 3D objects using primitive shapes and editing toolsWork with reusable objects like blocks and collaborate using xRefExplore advanced features like external references and dynamic blocksDiscover surface and mesh modeling tools such as Fillet, Trim, and ExtendUse the paper space layout to create plots for 2D and 3D modelsConvert your 2D drawings into 3D models Who this book is for: This 3D modeling book is for design engineers, mechanical engineers, architects, and anyone working in construction, manufacturing, or similar fields. Whether you're an absolute beginner, student, or professional looking to upgrade your engineering design skills, you'll find this AutoCAD book useful. No prior knowledge of CAD or AutoCAD is necessary.
Product Design Modeling Using CAD/CAE by
Product Design Modeling using CAD/CAE is the third part of a four-part series. It is the first book to integrate discussion of computer design tools throughout the design process. Through this book, you will: Understand basic design principles and all digital design paradigms Understand computer-aided design, engineering, and manufacturing (CAD/CAE/CAM) tools available for various design-related tasks Understand how to put an integrated system together to conduct all-digital design (ADD) Provides a comprehensive and thorough coverage of essential elements for product modeling using the virtual engineering paradigm Covers CAD/CAE in product design, including solid modeling, mechanical assembly, parameterization, product data management, and data exchange in CAD Case studies and tutorial examples at the end of each chapter provide hands-on practice in implementing off-the-shelf computer design tools Provides two projects showing the use of Pro/ENGINEER and SolidWorks to implement concepts discussed in the book
Taking SketchUp Pro to the Next Level by
SketchUp is the quickest and easiest way to create 3D models. Not only is the software easy to learn and has an approachable interface, but it is an extremely capably piece of software that can take you far beyond what you may have initially thought possible. With this book, you will be able to quickly level up from a basic user and towards the path of becoming a SketchUp ninja! In each chapter, you will work on a model that will walk you through the capabilities of SketchUp, challenging you to use tools in a way you may not have thought of in the past.
Transforming Engineering Education : Innovative Computer-Mediated Learning Technologies by
Sponsored by the Education Committee of the Computing Division of ASCE. Transforming Engineering Education: Innovative Computer-Mediated Learning Technologiesbrings together 10 contributions on new approaches to research in the use of computer-mediated learning technologies in civil engineering education. The contributions present technology approaches that have made far-reaching improvements in learning outcomes and their alignment in the curriculum. This book is divided into three areas: fundamental computing approaches in design and construction, virtual and augmented reality, and advances in BIM applications. Specific topics include spatial and temporal cognitive ability, construction-centric BIM education, strategic BIM coordination in model-based decision making, georeferenced augmented reality, mixed media mixed reality in the collaborative environment, CyberGRID as a virtual workspace, and a case study in virtual collaboration in an urban design project. Researchers and educators in all areas of engineering education will find innovative and useful suggestions in this collection.
Engineering Mechanics for Industrial Design Students: Dynamics
Engineering Mechanics for Industrial Design Students: Dynamics equips you with a working knowledge in applying mechanical concepts in creating and designing innovative products.
This is the second of the two-part engineering course for Industrial Design. In the first part of this course, you will learn about the basic applications of Force, Resultant Force, Tension, Compression, Friction, Centroid, Gravitational Pull, to Equilibrium of Concurrent Forces, Moment of Inertia, Trusses. Second portion will be basic theories of coplanar and non-coplanar forces in two-dimensional plane and the theories of equilibrium in two- and three-dimensional planes. Further discussions on kinematics and kinetics will provide you a solid engineering background to equip you in designing complex forms and shapes of innovative and creative products.
AQA AS/a-level design and technology : product design by 
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. : a handbook of methods by
This handbook documents sixty methods used in design innovation projects leading to the design of new products or services. It is the first publication to bring together methods, tools and case studies that involve multiple design disciplines and perspectives - from product and service design to interaction and user experience design. Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. addresses the needs of anyone interested in deploying design thinking academically or operationally inside their organisation. With design thinking becoming an increasingly valued skillset across a wide range of industries, there is an increasing demand for design-based skills in the workplace. More and more organisations are looking at design to improve their businesses and the services and products they offer. The book offers an easily accessible overview of the design thinking process along with a wide range of methods that can be applied across many different areas and contexts. Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. is designed as a learning resource to scaffold the reader's understanding of design as a method for innovation. Each method is presented through an evidence-based description along with simple exercises that allow for a hands-on, interactive learning experience, including templates, tools and case studies. It is a must-have for everyone interested in adopting design thinking.
Design Roadmapping by
Design Roadmapping is for anyone interested in design, strategy and innovation, and its wonderful combinations. For those who dare to create a future vision, frame the time pacing and map the pathways towards it.This guidebook teaches you how to create a roadmap. It outlines the origins, design theories and science results. Strategic designers, innovation managers and professors share their roadmapping experiences, views and achievements, including venture CPOs, Head of Design, product and program managers of international companies such as Canon, Peerby, Ferrari, Philips, Victoria State Library and many more.By design roadmapping you devise creative responses to future strategic challenges. Guided by future foresight techniques, you uncover new trends, scout for new technologies and map the values and ideas on the roadmap. Through strong visualization, a design roadmap supports an organizational mindset on value innovations.
The design thinking playbook : mindful digital transformation of teams, products, services, businesses and ecosystems by
A radical shift in perspective to transform your organization to become more innovative The Design Thinking Playbook is an actionable guide to the future of business. By stepping back and questioning the current mindset, the faults of the status quo stand out in stark relief--and this guide gives you the tools and frameworks you need to kick off a digital transformation. Design Thinking is about approaching things differently with a strong user orientation and fast iterations with multidisciplinary teams to solve wicked problems. It is equally applicable to (re-)design products, services, processes, business models, and ecosystems. It inspires radical innovation as a matter of course, and ignites capabilities beyond mere potential. Unmatched as a source of competitive advantage, Design Thinking is the driving force behind those who will lead industries through transformations and evolutions. This book describes how Design Thinking is applied across a variety of industries, enriched with other proven approaches as well as the necessary tools, and the knowledge to use them effectively. Packed with solutions for common challenges including digital transformation, this practical, highly visual discussion shows you how Design Thinking fits into agile methods within management, innovation, and startups. Explore the digitized future using new design criteria to create real value for the user Foster radical innovation through an inspiring framework for action Gather the right people to build highly-motivated teams Apply Design Thinking, Systems Thinking, Big Data Analytics, and Lean Start-up using new tools and a fresh new perspective Create Minimum Viable Ecosystems (MVEs) for digital processes and services which becomes for example essential in building Blockchain applications Practical frameworks, real-world solutions, and radical innovation wrapped in a whole new outlook give you the power to mindfully lead to new heights. From systems and operations to people, projects, culture, digitalization, and beyond, this invaluable mind shift paves the way for organizations--and individuals--to do great things. When you're ready to give your organization a big step forward, The Design Thinking Playbook is your practical guide to a more innovative future.
Foundation Engineering Analysis and Design by
One of the core roles of a practising geotechnical engineer is to analyse and design foundations. This textbook for advanced undergraduates and graduate students covers the analysis, design and construction of shallow and deep foundations and retaining structures as well as the stability analysis and mitigation of slopes. It progressively introduces critical state soil mechanics and plasticity theories such as plastic limit analysis and cavity expansion theories before leading into the theories of foundation, lateral earth pressure and slope stability analysis. On the engineering side, the book introduces construction and testing methods used in current practice. Throughout it emphasizes the connection between theory and practice. It prepares readers for the more sophisticated non-linear elastic-plastic analysis in foundation engineering which is commonly used in engineering practice, and serves too as a reference book for practising engineers. A companion website provides a series of Excel spreadsheet programs to cover all examples included in the book, and PowerPoint lecture slides and a solutions manual for lecturers. Using Excel, the relationships between the input parameters and the design and analysis results can be seen. Numerical values of complex equations can be calculated quickly. non-linearity and optimization can be brought in more easily to employ functioned numerical methods. And sophisticated methods can be seen in practice, such as p-y curve for laterally loaded piles and flexible retaining structures, and methods of slices for slope stability analysis.
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Prototyping and Low-Volume Production by
Designers are presented with a myriad of choices when preparing work for manufacture. Whether professionals or students, they must be thoroughly knowledgeable about how their designs can be produced efficiently and effectively.Here is one the first books in a new series built on the authority of Rob Thompson's highly acclaimed Manufacturing Processes for Design Professionals. Clearly presented and highly detailed, each book is organized into three easily referenced parts: forming, joining, and finishing. An explanation of each manufacturing process provides a full technical description; analysis of typical applications; and information on cost, speed, and environmental impact. Step-by-step case studies show a product or component being manufactured by a leading international supplier. Photographs of geometry, detail, color, and surface finish complete the practical information.
Engineering Mechanics for Industrial Design Students: Dynamics
Engineering Mechanics for Industrial Design Students: Dynamics equips you with a working knowledge in applying mechanical concepts in creating and designing innovative products.
This is the second of the two-part engineering course for Industrial Design. In the first part of this course, you will learn about the basic applications of Force, Resultant Force, Tension, Compression, Friction, Centroid, Gravitational Pull, to Equilibrium of Concurrent Forces, Moment of Inertia, Trusses. Second portion will be basic theories of coplanar and non-coplanar forces in two-dimensional plane and the theories of equilibrium in two- and three-dimensional planes. Further discussions on kinematics and kinetics will provide you a solid engineering background to equip you in designing complex forms and shapes of innovative and creative products.
Advances in Materials Processing Technologies by
This volume is devoted to all the manufacturing engineers that work in Integrated development of products and processes, Machining processes, Forming processes and Non-traditional manufacturing processes. Thereby, this issue contains peer reviewed selected contributions on the aforementioned fields, showing the most recent advances in the most innovative trends in Materials Processing Technologies.
Collaborative Product Design by
You can launch a new app or website in days by piecing together frameworks and hosting on AWS. Implementation is no longer the problem. But that speed to market just makes it tougher to confirm that your team is actually building the right product. Ideal for agile teams and lean organizations, this guide includes 11 practical tools to help you collaborate on strategy, user research, and UX. Hundreds of real-world tips help you facilitate productive meetings and create good collaboration habits. Designers, developers, and product owners will learn how to build better products much faster than before. Topics include: Foundations for collaboration and facilitation: Learn how to work better together with your team, stakeholders, and clients Project strategy: Help teams align with shared goals and vision User research and personas: Identify and understand your users and share that vision with the broader organization Journey maps: Build better touchpoints that improve conversion and retention Interfaces and prototypes: Rightsize sketches and wireframes so you can test and iterate quickly
Design for Sustainability by
This book discusses the most significant ways in which design has been applied to sustainability challenges using an evolutionary perspective. It puts forward an innovation framework that is capable of coherently integrating multiple design for sustainability (DfS) approaches developed so far. It is now widely understood that design can and must play a crucial role in the societal transformations towards sustainability. Design can in fact act as a catalyst to trigger and support innovation, and can help to shape the world at different levels: from materials to products, product-service systems, social organisations and socio-technical systems. This book offers a unique perspective on how DfS has evolved in the past decades across these innovation levels, and provides insights on its promising and necessary future development directions. For design scholars, this book will trigger and feed the academic debate on the evolution of DfS and its next research frontiers. For design educators, the book can be used as a supporting tool to design courses and programmes on DfS. For bachelor's and master's level design, engineering and management students, the book can be a general resource to provide an understanding of the historical evolution of DfS. For design practitioners and businesses, the book offers a rich set of practical examples, design methods and tools to apply the various DfS approaches in practice, and an innovation framework which can be used as a tool to support change in organisations that aim to integrate DfS in their strategy and processes. The Open Access version of this book, available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9780429456510, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.
Designing Objects in Motion by
Die Bewegung von gestalteten Objekten ist nichts rein Funktionales, sondern sie ruft vielfältige Empfindungen hervor. Ein Vorhang, der sanft im Wind bewegt wird, kann den Betrachter sich leicht und entspannt fühlen lassen, als ob er selbst in der Luft schwingt. Diese imaginierte Projektion als Folge einer Wahrnehmung bewegter Objekte wird "kinästhetische Empathie" genannt. In dieser Studie, die aus einer Dissertation an der School of Design Research London hervorging, untersucht der Autor die Ästhetik der Bewegung, indem er, etwa in der experimentellen Zusammenarbeit mit Puppenspielern, den eigenen gestalterischen Lern- und Forschungsprozess als research through design dokumentiert. Er entwirft so einen Rahmen, der Designern die ästhetische Betrachtung von bewegten Objekten als Auslöser von Gefühlen ermöglicht.
Designing sustainable technologies, products and policies : from science to innovation by 
Engineering for industrial designers and inventors : fundamentals for designers of wonderful things by
If you have designs for wonderful machines in mind, but aren't sure how to turn your ideas into real, engineered products that can be manufactured, marketed, and used, this book is for you. Engineering professor and veteran maker Tom Ask helps you integrate mechanical engineering concepts into your creative design process by presenting them in a rigorous but largely nonmathematical format. Through mind stories and images, this book provides you with a firm grounding in material mechanics, thermodynamics, fluid dynamics, and heat transfer. Students, product and mechanical designers, and inventive makers will also explore nontechnical topics such as aesthetics, ethnography, and branding that influence product appeal and user preference. Learn the importance of designing functional products that also appeal to users in subtle ways. Explore the role of aesthetics, ethnography, brand management, and material culture in product design. Dive into traditional mechanical engineering disciplines related to the behavior of solids, liquids, and gases. Understand the human factors of design, such as ergonomics, kinesiology, anthropometry, and biomimicry. Get an overview of available mechanical systems and components for creating your product.
Human Factors and Ergonomics in Consumer Product Design by
Every day we interact with thousands of consumer products. We not only expect them to perform their functions safely, reliably, and efficiently, but also to do it so seamlessly that we don't even think about it. However, with the many factors involved in consumer product design, from the application of human factors and ergonomics principles to red
Industrial environmental management : engineering, science, and policy by
Provides aspiring engineers with pertinent information and technological methodologies on how best to manage industry's modern-day environment concerns This book explains why industrial environmental management is important to human environmental interactions and describes what the physical, economic, social, and technological constraints to achieving the goal of a sustainable environment are. It emphasizes recent progress in life-cycle sustainable design, applying green engineering principles and the concept of Zero Effect Zero Defect to minimize wastes and discharges from various manufacturing facilities. Its goal is to educate engineers on how to obtain an optimum balance between environmental protections, while allowing humans to maintain an acceptable quality of life. Industrial Environmental Management: Engineering, Science, and Policy covers topics such as industrial wastes, life cycle sustainable design, lean manufacturing, international environmental regulations, and the assessment and management of health and environmental risks. The book also looks at the economics of manufacturing pollution prevention; how eco-industrial parks and process intensification will help minimize waste; and the application of green manufacturing principles in order to minimize wastes and discharges from manufacturing facilities. Provides end-of-chapter questions along with a solutions manual for adopting professors Covers a wide range of interdisciplinary areas that makes it suitable for different branches of engineering such as wastewater management and treatment; pollutant sampling; health risk assessment; waste minimization; lean manufacturing; and regulatory information Shows how industrial environmental management is connected to areas like sustainable engineering, sustainable manufacturing, social policy, and more Contains theory, applications, and real-world problems along with their solutions Details waste recovery systems Industrial Environmental Management: Engineering, Science, and Policy is an ideal textbook for junior and senior level students in multidisciplinary engineering fields such as chemical, civil, environmental, and petroleum engineering. It will appeal to practicing engineers seeking information about sustainable design principles and methodology.
Innovator's Playbook by
Take a Design-led Approach to Innovation Innovation drives growth in organisations and entire economies. Yet innovation is hard, risky and rarely successful. Most innovations and startups fail because of a lack of focus on the front end of the innovation process where customer needs are researched, insights are distilled, solutions are ideated, prototyped and tested and business models are shaped. But innovation doesn't have to be this way. In Innovator's Playbook, author and leading Design Thinking expert Nathan Baird shares his 20 years of hands-on experience, tools and methods for developing a winning customer-centric approach to innovation. This book will teach you how to apply the design thinking method to innovation and help you to innovate better with five practical and proven stages: 1. Build the right team for innovation. 2. Better understand your customer through empathy. 3. Distill and refine customer-centric needs and insights. 4. Unleash your team's creativity to create fresh new ideas to address customer needs. 5. Experiment and validate desirable, feasible and viable solutions. Innovator's Playbook helps entrepreneurs, corporate teams, startups and leaders across all levels to use design-led methodologies for start-to-finish innovation success.
Manufacturing Engineering and Process by
These are the proceedings of the International Conference on Manufacturing Engineering and Processing (ICMEP 2012), held on the 21st and 22nd April, 2012, in Kunming, China. The objective of ICMEP 2012 was to provide a forum for the discussion of new developments, recent progress and innovations in Manufacturing Engineering and Processing. These proceedings address all aspects of design methods, with the emphasis placed on current and future challenges in research and developments in academia and industry.
Materials, Machines and Development of Technologies for Industrial Production by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 2014 International Conference on Advanced Nano-Technology and Biomedical Material (ANTBM 2014), June 29-30, 2014, Guangzhou, China. The 117 papers are grouped as follows: Chapter 1: Advanced Nano-Technology and Application, Chapter 2: Materials, Materials Processing and Chemical Engineering, Chapter 3: Biological and Medical Engineering and Technology, Chapter 4: Design and Manufacture in Mechanical Engineering, Engineering Management of Production.
Material Science, Manufacturing Technology and Advanced Design Technology by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 2014 International Conference on Materials Science and Manufacturing (ICMSM 2014), January 10-12, 2014, Yichang, China. The 115 papers are grouped as follows: Chapter 1: Materials Science, Technology and Applications, Chapter 2: Bio and Sustainable Manufacturing Technologies, Chapter 3: Monitoring, Testing and Control Technologies, Chapter 4: Design, Modeling and Simulation.
Process Control Design for Industrial Applications by
This book presents the most important methods used for the design of digital controls implemented in industrial applications. The best modelling and identification techniques for dynamical systems are presented as well as the algorithms for the implementation of the modern solutions of process control. The proposed described methods are illustrated by various case studies for the main industrial sectors There exist a number of books related each one to a single type of control, yet usually without comparisons for various industrial sectors. Some other books present modelling and identification methods or signal processing. This book presents the methods to solve all the problems linked to the design of a process control without the need to find additional information.
Product Design vs. Design Thinking by
Product design tends to jump between business thinking and creative thinking, but design thinking blends them together. This infographic describes the skillset and processes behind product design and design thinking.
Radical Product Thinking by
Iteration rules product development, but it isn't enough to produce dramatic results. This book champions Radical Product Thinking, a systematic methodology for building visionary, game-changing products. In the last decade, we've learned to harness the power of iteration to innovate faster--we've invested in a fast car, but our ability to set a clear destination and navigate to it hasn't kept up. When we iterate without a clear vision or strategy, our products become bloated, fragmented, and driven by irrelevant metrics. They catch "product diseases" that often kill innovation. Radical Product Thinking (RPT) gives organizations a repeatable model for building world-changing products. The key? Being vision-driven instead of iteration-led. R. Dutt guides readers through the five elements of the methodology (vision, strategy, prioritization, execution and measurement, and culture) to develop a clear process for translating vision into reality, and turning RPT skills into muscle memory. This book offers refreshing solutions to the shortcomings of our current model for product development; be prepared to toss out everything you know about a good vision and learn how to measure progress to create revolutionary products. The best part? You don't have to be a natural-born visionary to produce extraordinary results.
Basic Photography and Video in Product Presentations
Basic Photography and Video in Product Presentations is an introduction to the basic use, techniques and composition in photography and video.
This course complements your skills in design presentation. As an industrial designer, you are equipped with technical skill to present your work in the best possible light and the best way to do this is the knowledge on how to take a proper documentation of your product design through photography and video platforms. In this course, you learn about the camera’s usage and function, as well as technical aspects such as aperture-setting, shutter-speed and ISO. You also learn about the basics of video-taking and editing. You are taught on how to manipulate lighting to present your products in the best light and in innovative compositions. These skills equip you with techniques and knowledge of a versatile designer who is able to adapt to the needs of your clients.
At the end of this course, you are expected to show your works in a photography and video exhibit and upload your works online.
A Companion to Photography by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Complete Digital Photography by
In this thoroughly updated eighth edition of COMPLETE DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY, popular photographer, writer, and teacher Ben Long is your guide through the creative and challenging world of digital photography. In this book is everything you'll need to know in order to create great digital photos, from how a camera works and how to choose the right camera for you, to all the details of shooting, image editing, output, and workflow. The step-by-step tutorials included here offer great tips and techniques on improving your processes from start to finish; you'll learn about exposure theory, composition, lighting, complex masking, image adjustment, and much more. No prior experience is needed or assumed, and by the end of the book you'll be tackling complex photographic challenges with your own growing expertise. And the results will astound you.
Creative Photography Lab by
Go ahead, have fun with your photography. Creative Photography Lab is a collection of fun and silly photography exercises designed to teach you something about your camera (and yourself!). Whether you're rockin' a digital SLR, a point and shoot, or even a phone camera, this book will: - Provide easy exercises to help you discover your own personal style. - Tackle the technical stuff. - Explore a new way of seeing. - Turn your camera into a powerful tool of self-expression. - Help you capture amazing shots for your blog, social media, photo albums, your wall at home, or just for yourself. You don't have to be a professional photographer or own expensive cameras and equipment to get inspiring shots. If you've ever taken a picture, this book is for you. Warning: once you get started, you'll never want to stop.
Digital SLR Cameras and Photography for Dummies by
The perennial DSLR bestseller--now expanded with more photography tips Digital SLR Cameras & Photography For Dummies has remained the top-selling book on DSLR photography since the first edition was published. Now in its Fifth Edition, itcovers the latest technologies in the world of DSLR cameras and photography to help you master the techniques that will take your digital photography skills to the next level. Written in plain English and complemented with full-color photos, this hands-on, friendly guide covers the mechanics of the camera; exposure, lenses, and composition; how to capture action, portrait, and low-light shots; editing and sharing images; tips for improving your digital photography skills; and much more. Digital SLR cameras offer the mechanisms and flexibility of traditional pro-level cameras with the instant results and output of digital cameras. If you're a proud owner of a DSLR camera and want to take stunning shots that were once only achievable by the pros, this is the guide you need. Written by one of the most recognized authors in digital photography, this accessible resource makes it fast and easy to start capturing professional-quality photos. Full-color format helps bring the information to life Includes coverage of the latest DSLR cameras to hit the market Provides a foundation on exposure settings, file formats, and editing photos Offers expanded content on capturing the portraits, action shots, nature shots, and night shots photographers love to take If you're interested in capturing more than just a "selfie" and truly want to hone the craft of digital SLR photography, Digital SLR Cameras and Photography For Dummies sets you up for success.
Documentary editing : principles and practice by
Documentary Editing offers clear and detailed strategies for tackling every stage of the documentary editing process, from organizing raw footage and building select reels to fine cutting and final export. Written by a Sundance award- winning documentary editor with a dozen features to his credit and containing examples from over 100 films, this book presents a step-by-step guide for how to turn seemingly shapeless footage into focused scenes, and how to craft a structure for a documentary of any length. The book contains insights and examples from seven of America's top documentary editors, including Geoffrey Richman (The Cove, Sicko), Kate Amend (The Keepers, Into the Arms of Strangers), and Mary Lampson (Harlan County U.S.A.), and a companion website contains easy-to-follow video tutorials. Written for both practitioners and enthusiasts, Documentary Editing offers unique and invaluable insights into the documentary editing process.
DSLR cinema : a beginner's guide to filmmaking on a budget by
The DSLR cinema revolution began over ten years ago. Professional filmmakers, students, video journalists, event video shooters, production houses, and others jumped at the opportunity to shoot cinematic images on these low budget cameras. The first edition of the book mapped the way focusing exclusively on DSLRs. This new edition shows how you can create stunning cinematic images using low budget cinema cameras, from iPhones to the C200. The author examines new cameras and new projects as filmmakers shoot action movies with the Panasonic GH5, craft personal stories with Blackmagic¿s Pocket Cinema Camera, make documentaries and short films with the Canon C100 Mark II, and create music videos with the 5D Mark IV. This book, like the previous edition, takes the wisdom of some of the best shooters and empowers you to create visually stunning images with low budget cinema cameras. It includes six all new case studies, as well as updated examples from short films and documentaries. This book contains the essential tools to make you a better visual storyteller. FEATURES An examination of the creative and technical choices filmmakers face¿everything from why we move cameras to shooting flat in order to widen the dynamic range of cameras Case studies from documentary filmmakers, news shooters, fiction makers, a visual anthropologist, and recent film school graduates An updated list of gear for low-budget filmmakers, including a section on what to look for in the gear you need to shoot and edit your projects
Perception and imaging : photography--a way of seeing by
When you look at an image, what do you see, think, and feel? How do you want your audience to react when they view your work? For over 30 years the late Richard Zakia helped photographers enrich their creative vision through his classic book, Perception and Imaging. Now he is joined by co-author John Suler who extensively studied and worked with images throughout his career as a clinical psychologist. Together they present their insights into the principles of perception, memory, color, time, space, shapes, illusion, subliminals, rhetoric, personality style, and photo critique. Unlike any other book, Perception and Imaging will give you an extensive understanding of how photography relates to art, design, advertising, psychology, and philosophy, as well as what makes photography unique among the image-making disciplines. Whether you are a beginner or a professional, this information will help you appreciate photography not simply as a mastering of technique and composition, but as a way of truly seeing, especially now in the digital age. - New sections about photo sharing in social media and online groups devoted to photography critique - Includes inspirational images from some of the world's most well-known photographers, including Henri Cartier-Bresson, Man Ray, and Ansel Adams - A comprehensive discussion of the "decisive moment" photo, its vital ingredients, and why some consider it the essence of photography - New sections about body language in photographs, camera angles, aspect ratios, self portraits and selfies, and how memory and personality affect photography
Perfect likeness : photography and composition by
This book considers a fascinating paradigm in contemporary photography, and the many ways it engages many of today's most important photographers. Serious photographers have long been suspicious of images that are too beautiful, too "photogenic," or too controlled. Recently, however, there has been a renewed interest in these questions, and in overtly composed images that go beyond simple representation. This volume collects compelling work by many artists working in this area, including Thomas Demand, Stan Douglas, Roe Ethridge, Peter Holzhauer, Barbara Probst, Jeff Wall, and Christopher Williams. Dozens of color reproductions show how these artists contend with the relationship between the world as they find it and the composed image through landscape, portraiture, and still life. Raising as many questions as it answers, this provocative book presents photography as a dynamic and compelling medium for both its practitioners and its audience.
Photographers on Photography by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Photography: a Critical Introduction by
Photography: A Critical Introduction was the first introductory textbook to examine key debates in photographic theory and place them in their social and political contexts, and is now established as one of the leading textbooks in its field. Written especially for students in higher education and for introductory college courses, this fully revised edition provides a coherent introduction to the nature of photographic seeing. Individual chapters cover: Key debates in photographic theory and history Documentary photography and photojournalism Personal and popular photography Photography and the human body Photography and commodity culture Photography as art This revised and updated fifth edition includes: New case studies on topics such as: materialism and embodiment, the commodification of human experience, and an extended discussion of landscape as genre. 98 photographs and images, featuring work from: Bill Brandt, Susan Derges, Rineke Dijkstra, Fran Herbello, Hannah Höch, Karen Knorr, Dorothea Lange, Chrystel Lebas, Susan Meiselas, Lee Miller, Martin Parr, Ingrid Pollard, Jacob Riis, Alexander Rodchenko, Andres Serrano, Cindy Sherman and Jeff Wall. Fully updated resource information, including guides to public archives and useful websites. A full glossary of terms and a comprehensive bibliography. Contributors: Michelle Henning, Patricia Holland, Derrick Price, Anandi Ramamurthy and Liz Wells.
Photography and collaboration : from conceptual art to crowdsourcing by
Photography and Collaboration offers a fresh perspective on existing debates in art photography and on the act of photography in general. Unlike conventional accounts that celebrate individual photographers and their personal visions, this book investigates the idea that authorship in photography is often more complex and multiple than we imagine involving not only various forms of partnership between photographers, but also an astonishing array of relationships with photographed subjects and viewers. Thematic chapters explore the increasing prevalence of collaborative approaches to photography among a broad range of international artists from conceptual practices in the 1960s to the most recent digital manifestations. Positioning contemporary work in a broader historical and theoretical context, the book reveals that collaboration is an overlooked but essential dimension of the medium's development and potential.
Photography Second Edition by
A complete introduction to photography, this book is an essential resource for students across the visual arts. This second edition has been extensively updated, with a greater range of visual examples from master photographers and up-to-date information on digital photography.
Basic Photography and Video in Product Presentations
Basic Photography and Video in Product Presentations is an introduction to the basic use, techniques and composition in photography and video.
This course complements your skills in design presentation. As an industrial designer, you are equipped with technical skill to present your work in the best possible light and the best way to do this is the knowledge on how to take a proper documentation of your product design through photography and video platforms. In this course, you learn about the camera’s usage and function, as well as technical aspects such as aperture-setting, shutter-speed and ISO. You also learn about the basics of video-taking and editing. You are taught on how to manipulate lighting to present your products in the best light and in innovative compositions. These skills equip you with techniques and knowledge of a versatile designer who is able to adapt to the needs of your clients.
At the end of this course, you are expected to show your works in a photography and video exhibit and upload your works online.
Android Smartphone Photography for Dummies by
Wait--you took that amazing picture? Taking a photo is as simple as point and click. Taking a good photo takes a bit more know-how, and Android Smartphone Photography For Dummies is your quick-and-easy guide. No matter what model of Android phone you have, this book teaches you to produce high-quality images using the powerhouse camera you carry in your pocket every day. You'll learn the photography techniques pros use, like how to recognize beautiful outdoor lightning, how to capture moving subjects, and how to make stuff look good. Whatever kind of photos you want to take, this book will help you identify the gear and the apps you need for stunning results. With Dummies as your friendly instructor, you'll be wowing your friends and family before you know it. Explore your phone's camera, including little-known advanced features that will make a big difference in your images Figure out how to edit your pictures, correct lighting imbalances, apply neat filters, remove blemishes, and more Learn the basic principles of photography and apply your knowledge to outdoor photography, action shots, and still life Plus: capture video, organize your images, share photos online, choose a phone tripod, and protect your camera from the elements Dummies makes it easy for Android users of all skill levels to morph into masterful image-makers.
David Busch's Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography by
David Busch's Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the advanced Canon EOS 90D camera. This upgraded 32.5 megapixel APS-C model features a 45-point autofocus system. The Dual Pixel CMOS hybrid autofocus brings lightning-fast phase detect AF to live view and high-definition movie modes, too. The 90D's metering system includes a 220,000-pixel RGB+Infrared sensor with Face Detection for accurate exposure control. The 90D has Wi-Fi/ Bluetooth connectivity to allow linking the camera to a computer and iOS or Android smart devices, and an improved swiveling touch screen LCD. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS 90D. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale camera's features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy 90D "roadmap," an easy-to-use visual guide to the camera's features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author's recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS 90D today.
David Busch's Canon EOS RP Guide to Digital Photography by
David Busch's Canon EOS RP Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the exciting new Canon EOS RP mirrorless camera. This highly-affordable model sports a 26.2 MP full frame sensor embedded with 4,779 Dual-Pixel phase detection AF points for lightning-fast, precise autofocus. The EOS RP's 2.36 million dot electronic viewfinder provides a bright, clear view as you shoot. There are three available adapters that it easy to supplement your RF-mount lenses with a broad selection of legacy Canon EF and EF-S optics. The EOS RP has wireless connectivity to allow linking the camera to a computer and iOS or Android smart devices, high-definition movie-making capabilities, and a versatile swiveling touch screen LCD. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS RP. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Canon EOS RP Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale camera's features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy EOS RP "roadmap" chapter, an easy-to-use visual guide to the camera's features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author's recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS RP today.
David Busch's DJI Mavic Air 2/2S Guide to Drone Photography by
David Busch's DJI Mavic Air 2/2S Guide to Drone Photography is your comprehensive resource and reference guide to capturing high quality photographic still images and high-definition video with the DJI Mavic Air 2 and Air 2S aircraft. These affordable, easy-to-fly Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) are taking off all over the United States and worldwide. Photo and video enthusiasts as young as 16 can capture compelling images and video for personal use, social media, and YouTube channels. The first model-specific guide for the Mavic Air 2/ 2S from David Busch, the world's #1 selling camera guide author, this book will lead you through registration, pre-flight prep and mastery of every feature in a concise, fun, and straightforward way. Filled with detailed how-to steps, full-color illustrations, and links to informative example video clips, David Busch's DJI Mavic Air 2/2S Guide to Drone Photography covers the drones' capabilities in depth, from understanding the FAA rules and regulations, to taking your first photos and videos. You'll learn how to perform basic aerial moves and use the Air 2/2S built-in flight tools, including QuickShots, MasterShots, Focus Track, and panoramas. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your drone's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence with the DJI Mavic Air 2 and Air 2s today.
David Busch's Nikon Z50 Guide to Digital Photography by
★★★★★ "David Busch has been my trusted instructor for years!" Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Nikon Z50 Guide to Digital SLR Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for getting the most out of your Nikon Z50 mirrorless camera. Nikon's first APS-C format mirrorless model is compact, weighs just 14 ounces, and is very affordable, making it the perfect camera for budding photo enthusiasts. It's built around a 21-megapixel sensor that offers excellent image quality and is sensitive enough for low light shooting. With a 209-point phase-detect autofocus system covering more than 85 percent of the frame, the Z50 can shoot sports and action at up to 11 frames per second, with lightning fast focus. The Z50 can capture both 4K and Full HD movies, too, and the flip-down rear LCD is ideal for selfies and vlogging. With this book in hand, you'll master all the camera's impressive features, and fine tune your camera skills as develop your creativity taking great photographs with your new Z50. David covers all the camera's capabilities in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy visual guide to the Z50, with close-up photos and descriptions of the camera's essential features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author's recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Nikon Z50 today.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video by
Digital Compositing for Film and Video is a hands-on, practical, how-to guide that addresses the problems and difficult choices faced by the professional compositor in real-life situations. It presents techniques, tricks, and solutions for dealing with badly shot elements, coloration artifacts, and mismatched lighting that bedevil actual compositors working on real shots. Readers are offered in-depth practical methods for matte extraction, despill procedures, compositing operations, and color correction--the "meat and potatoes" of all digital effects. Compositing is the artistic blending of several disparate elements from a variety of sources into a single image while making all the component elements appear to be in the same light space and shot with the same camera. When confronted with a bad composite any observer will recognize that something is wrong--the artist will know what is causing the problem, and the technician will know how to fix it. A good compositor must be both an artist and a technician. Written by a senior compositor with over ten years' experience in both feature film and broadcast television, this book offers a broad range of alternative solutions that will save hours of fiddling with composites trying to get them to look right when the basic tools aren't working. A companion CD-ROM provides examples of the many topics covered in this book.
Digital Photography by
Idiot's Guides®: Digital Photography is the simplest guide to becoming a better photographer and taking better pictures with any basic digital camera or DSLR. Instead of focusing on complicated and quickly outdated topics like gear or retouching software, you'll learn the timeless principles of good photography, the essentials of every camera and lens, and how to use all that knowledge to take the pictures you previously thought were only achievable by professional photographers. You'll learn how to set up every shot, avoid common mistakes, and do more with your pictures through unique and creative digital photography projects. Focused on making people better photographers, this easy-to-understand, full-color guide finally simplifies the process of taking great pictures by focusing on what people really need to know.
The Digital Photography Book by
Learn how to take professional-quality photographs using the same tricks today's top photographers use (surprisingly, it's easier than you'd think)! This is a completely, totally updated version of the #1 best-selling digital photography book of all time! It's the award winning, worldwide smash hit, written by Scott Kelby, that's been translated into dozens of different languages. Here's how Scott describes this book's brilliant premise: "If you and I were out on a shoot, and you asked me, 'Hey, how do I get this flower to be in focus, with the background out of focus?,' I wouldn't stand there and give you a photography lecture. In real life, I'd just say, 'Put on your zoom lens, set your f-stop to f/2.8, focus on the flower, and fire away.' That's what this book is all about: you and I out shooting where I answer questions, give you advice, and share the secrets I've learned just like I would with a friend--without all the technical explanations and techie photo speak." This isn't a book of theory--full of confusing jargon and detailed concepts. This is a book on which button to push, which setting to use, and when to use it. With over 200 of the most closely guarded photographic "tricks of the trade," this book gets you shooting dramatically better-looking, sharper, more colorful, more professional-looking photos every time. Each page covers a single concept that makes your photography better. Every time you turn the page, you'll learn another pro setting, tool, or trick to transform your work from snapshots into gallery prints. If you're tired of taking shots that look "okay," and if you're tired of looking in photography magazines and thinking, "Why don't my shots look like that?" then this is the book for you. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1: Pro Tips for Getting Sharp Photos Chapter 2: The Scoop on Lenses Chapter 3: Shooting Landscapes Like a Pro Chapter 4: Shooting Travel Like a Pro Chapter 5: Making Portraits Like a Pro Chapter 6: Making Portraits with Flash Like a Pro Chapter 7: Shooting Weddings Like a Pro Chapter 8: Shooting Sports Like a Pro Chapter 9: Shooting Other Stuff Like a Pro Chapter 10: Pro Tips for Getting Better Photos Chapter 11: How to Print Like a Pro Chapter 12: Photo Recipes to Help You Get the Shot
Digital Photography for Dummies by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
Introduction to Video Production by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Production focuses on the fundamental principles and aesthetics of video production and the technologies used in both studio and field environments. Ronald J. Compesi and Jaime S. Gomez cover each aspect of the process step by step, from preproduction to lighting, sound, directing, editing, graphics, and distribution. Taking into account the changes in workflow and production planning and distribution brought on by the advent of digital media, this second edition has been updated throughout to account for the increasing popularity of DSLR cameras, online distribution, the rise of portable cameras and mobile video, and much more. Key features include: a thorough overview of video production in studio and field environments without being overly technical, allowing students to get the "big picture" of production; coverage of new digital production, recording, and editing technologies; over 300 photos and line art illustrating aesthetic elements, technical issues, and production planning; key words identified in boldface throughout the text and reinforced in a comprehensive glossary of terms.
Keys to the Production Office by
Opening a door to the real behind-the-scenes of a film or television show, this book explores the reality of working in the Production Office as an Office Production Assistant. Drawing on over 40 years' combined experience, authors Jennifer A. Haire and Gilana M. Lobel map out a career path into the industry by providing comprehensive practical information designed specifically for individuals pursuing the entry level role of the Office PA. An invaluable tool for both breaking into the industry and on the job, the book is full of detailed "how to" information that not only provides an overview of the full scope of the industry, but also functions as a user's manual for Production Office operations. Haire and Lobel outline variations of the job of an Office PA nationwide, for both big- and small-budget feature films and television shows, and how you are a vital component of the Production team which can open the door to your future career. With coverage on how the Office PA supports the process of creating a show, the Production staff and crew, the practical day-to-day of the office, and developing your career, this is an essential resource for anyone wishing to take their first steps into the film and television industry. Featuring charts, graphics, diagrams, sample documents, templates, supplemental materials, and lighthearted cartoons throughout the book, the reader is immersed in real-world scenarios which create a solid foundation for how to be a professional in the workplace. This is an inspiring and practical manual that reveals what is beyond the behind-the-scenes of film and television production. It's ideal for aspiring film and TV professionals with little to no experience working in Physical Production as well as readers studying film and television production courses and industry training programs.
Light and Lens by
The new edition of this pioneering book allows students to acquire an essential foundation for digital photography. Fully updated, it clearly and concisely covers the fundamental concepts of imagemaking, how to use digital technology to create compelling images, and how to output and preserve images in the digital world. Exploring history, methods, and theory, this text offers classroom-tested assignments and exercises from leading photographic educators, approaches for analyzing, discussing, and writing about photographs, and tools to critically explore and make images with increased visual literacy. New to this edition: New larger page format Revised and renewed to reflect technological advances Expanded coverage of smartphone/mobile photography Extended coverage of the careers section More than 100 new images
On Photography by
Walter Benjamin's 1931 essay "A Short History of Photography" is a landmark in the understanding and criticism of the medium, offering surprising new takes on such photographic pioneers as David Octavius Hill and Nicéphore Niépce and their aesthetic and technical achievements. On Photography presents a new translation of that essay along with a number of other writings by Benjamin, some of them presented in English for the first time. Translator and editor Esther Leslie sets Benjamin's work in context with prefaces to each piece and contributes a substantial introduction that considers Benjamin's engagement with photography in all its forms, including early commercial studio photography, the uses of photography in science, and much more.
The Photography Handbook by
The new edition of The Photography Handbook builds on previous editions' illuminating overview of the history, theory and practice of the creation and consumption of photographic images, and engages with the practical and theoretical implications of the explosion of new platforms for making, viewing and distributing images. New materials in this edition includes new chapters on 'Photo-elicitation' and 'Photography and Technological Change', exploration and analysis of 'selfie' culture, and extensive discussion of the work and practices by a new generation photographic artists. The Photography Handbook, Third edition also features: exploration and discussion of key photographic terms, including composition, framing, visualisation, formalism and realism analysis of the ethics of photojournalism, and ethical issues specific to digital photography practice today case studies illustrating different photographic production practices and specific related issues, including an assignment for the Guardian, the Libyan People's Bureau siege, and the work of war photographers a foregrounding of digital photographic practices, and exploration of areas including photographic manipulation, digital photojournalism, citizen journalists and copyright on the internet end of chapter summaries of key points, and an extensive glossary of essential photography terms. The Photography Handbook, Third edition is an invaluable resource for students, scholars and practitioners of photography, and all those seeking to understand its place in today's society.
The Photographer's Guide to Adobe Lightroom by
It takes talent to be a great photographer, but in the digital era, it also takes a level of technical proficiency. Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic was designed as a one-stop-shop for photographers to perfect their final products on a desktop-focused workflow, which includes local storage of your photos in files and folders on your computer. Knowing how to efficiently move around Lightroom means that youll be able to concentrate on being creative instead of wondering what does this button do.
The Photographer's Guide to Drones, 2nd Edition by
Learn to master your drone--the gear, the technique, the photography, the video--and create jaw-dropping visuals! Over the last few years, drones and quadcopters have become the hottest new gear in photography, whether you're a professional photographer or an amateur shooter. These "flying tripods" have given photographers the ability to place their cameras virtually anywhere they want, creating still images and video footage that was previously impossible to capture. Many photographers have a drone or quadcopter right at the top of their "I want" list. And many others have already purchased a drone but haven't mastered its use yet. No matter what model you may own--whether that's a popular Mavic, Mini, Air, or Phantom from DJI, or another brand--you need to learn how to put this new gear to good use in your aerial photography. You need to learn how to safely operate and fly a drone, how to create compelling photos and video, and how to make your work stand out from the crowd. In this fully updated and revised edition of the bestselling first edition, photographer and bestselling author Colin Smith guides you toward mastering your drone and creating powerful and impactful imagery. Featuring his award-winning and beautiful aerial photography throughout the book, Colin will teach you: * How to fly a drone, including practice flight patterns and controller tips that will help you master the basics * New rules of composition for aerial photography as they apply to drone and quadcopter imagery * How to create the best files for both still photos and video * Post-processing techniques--both basic workflow and advanced techniques--unique to aerial photography that you need to know, such as how to make videos look both dynamic and smooth You'll learn everything you need to know about drones and quadcopters in order to take your photography to new levels...literally! Table of Contents Chapter 1: Safety and Regulations Chapter 2: Drones and Gear Chapter 3: Flight School Chapter 4: Shooting Photographs with a Drone Chapter 5: Shooting Video with Drones Chapter 6: Basic Photo Workflow in Lightroom or ACR Chapter 7: Advanced Photo Editing Chapter 8: Editing Aerial Video Parting Words Index
Understanding Photography by
Understanding Photography will teach you the core concepts that underlie the magic of digital photography with highly visual, clear, and comprehensive explanations. Topics covered include the fundamentals of exposure, how lens choice affects creative control, digital image characteristics, and how to make the most of natural light. If you yearn to understand the digital photography hobby at a deeper level, or you simply want to take better photos, Understanding Photography is a must-have resource.
Drawing 1: Basic Form and Product Sketching
Basic Form and Product Sketching teaches and trains you with the fundamentals of drawing and sketching.
In the aim to discover and develop your skills in basic drawing, you will be trained with the use and handling of basic drawing tools (specifically dry mediums), side-by-side with the principles of basic drawing with emphasis on form, texture, depth, shapes, value, tone, and texture, in relation to space. Technical basics such as perspective, proportion, and scaling grades are also discussed, and guided sessions and activities will utilize techniques in equipping you the base skill in discovering your drawing style, in expressing your ideas into sketches. This also serves as your fundamental course in product sketching.
This course establishes the foundation of your Industrial Design learning experience, in relating fundamental form drawing to your future product design courses.
The Art of Ballpoint by
The Art of Ballpoint offers a historical perspective of the pen as an art medium and how it has evolved and grown in popularity. The book features several leading contemporary ballpoint artists who are creating complex and provocative masterpieces. They discuss their methods, the messages in their work, and their personal connections to the pen. These fascinating pieces range from psychologically charged portraits to mutant animals to spectacular wall-sized abstractions. The chapters cover classical drawings, modern abstractions, graphic illustration, contemporary realism, and sketchbook styles. Interspersed throughout the book, ballpoint techniques are demonstrated through stepped-out exercises that explore line drawing and crosshatching, shading and tone, photo-realism, drawing texture and pattern, working in layers, mixing other media with ballpoint, and more. Glide through this inspiring book and enjoy the intricate and impressive works created from an everyday tool.
Beginner's Guide to Sketching by
Following the success of Beginner's Guide to Sketching: Characters, Creatures & Concepts, 3dtotal Publishing presents readers with another fun, inspiring book on traditional sketching, with a focus on sci-fi themes. From robots and spaceships to buildings and aliens, Beginner's Guide to Sketching: Robots, Vehicles & Sci-fi Concepts is an informative starting point for any sci-fi-loving beginner artist who needs an introduction to traditional drawing and rendering techniques. Richlyillustrated tutorials by industry professionals will guide the reader through learning a wide range of drawing tools, the basics of lighting and perspective, creating different rendering effects, and how to create sci-fi concepts that are both convincing and excitingly futuristic.
D. Eugene Egger : the paradox of place in the line of sight by
Dayton Eugene Egger, The Paradox of Place in the Line of Sight, showcases the pedagogical sketches of Dayton Eugene Egger, the Patrick and Nancy Lathrop Professor Emeritus, Virginia Tech School of Architecture + Design. To Egger, architectural education is a vibrant vehicle for creating and disseminating knowledge across generations. It simultaneously concerns learning from the past and presents possible futures. Egger points to lessons learned from Josef Albers related to the "criticality of seeing" and displaying information. For Egger, these discursive departure points engage both the place of potential discovery and the act of applying knowledge to a given situation and a given context. The book comprises three parts--Gene Egger's pedagogy as sparked by travels to Europe and North America and its direct impact on students as evidenced through drawing. Essay contributions by Kenneth Frampton, Dayton Eugene Egger, Steven + Cathi House, Mitzi Vernon, Paul Emmons, Mark Blizard, Michael OBrien, Gregory Luhan, and Frank Weiner bridge these three "chapters" and provide critical insights or personal reflections.
Draw It : tools, techniques, methods : a workbook manual for sketching + drawing by
A compact, portable drawing resource book of over 200 highly illustrated pages of sketching and drawing techniques, the book is crafted to be a companion tool which is tucked in your travel gear and referred to regularly. The book is durable with helpful color-coded pages to cross reference with demonstrated drawing tools. The book is organized into three Drawing Chapters: First, Tools +Techniques, from black and white to color drawings: Second, Methods, where perspective drawing rules are established, followed by Learning from The Masters to learn color theory and composition, then drawing Cityscapes + Landscapes, Aerial Perspectives, with demonstrations of Quick Draw and Slow Draw techniques: Third, Drawing as a Way of Thinking, where Analytical Sketching, Sequential Serial View drawings and Developing Design Proposals Using the Story Board Method are illustrated. This book is a tool for everyone - whether you are traveling the globe or drawing in your backyard. With a multitude of examples and helpful insights for both the professional and beginner, this book will help you take the world around you and Draw It.
Edge of Order by
Daniel Libeskind is one of the foremost architects of our time, a self-proclaimed rebel celebrated for innovative, site-conscious designs, including the Jewish Museum Berlin and New York's World Trade Center Redevelopment. He has also emerged as one of architecture's most visible public ambassadors. In Edge of Order, Libeskind opens the door to his unique creative process, guiding us through a selection of his projects never before collected--both built and unrealized, major commissions and unexpected favorites--and revealing how he arrived at their designs through text and a rich array of visuals, including drawings, plans, and photographs. With a voracious appetite for culture and history, and an encyclopedic memory, Libeskind draws on everything from Greek mythology to Emily Dickinson to the Marx Brothers to explain the way he thinks about buildings and cities. Far more than a monograph,Edge of Orderis both an essential document of Libeskind's remarkable career and an intimate portrait of an artist that will encourage creative people in any field to discover new points of inspiration.
Eisenstein on Paper : graphic works by the master of film by
This landmark publication presents, for the first time ever, 500 of the very best and previously unpublished graphic works by cinema's master of film. Created in collaboration with RGALI - the Russian State Archive of Literature and Arts - this book traces Eisenstein's extraordinary life and career through the distinctive yet evolving styles of his drawings, from early childhood sketches to set and costume designs, and from surreal pshychoanalytic drawings to late abstract works. Foremost Eisenstein scholar Naum Kleiman brings fresh and incredible insights into the motivation and purpose of the drawings, and reflects upon excerpts from Eisenstein's own discursive texts, some published here for the first time. Comparative frames from Eisenstein's movies - scanned from the original film - together with a biographical introduction and a foreword by Martin Scorsese completes the revelatory and arresting picture.
How to Keep a Sketch Journal : a guide to observational drawing and keeping a sketchbook by
How to Keep a Sketch Journalis the essential travel-sized guide to keeping a visual diary of your surroundings. Whether you're a habitual sketcher or just starting out, this book will teach you how to improve your observational sketching, indoors or outdoors, whether you're drawing still lifes, environments, or scenes. It covers sketching with different media, from a simple pen or pencil to using watercolors or pastels on the go. The book stands perfectly on its own as a guidebook, or can be used as a complement to 3dtotal's Sketch Journal travel portfolio, fitting neatly alongside your favorite sketching tools.
Hybrid Drawing Techniques : design process and presentation by
Hybrid Drawing Techniques: Design Process and Presentation reaffirms the value of traditional hand drawing in the design process by demonstrating how to integrate it with digital techniques; enhancing and streamlining the investigative process while at the same time yielding superior presentation images. This book is a foundations guide to both approaches: sketching, hardline drawing, perspective drawing, digital applications, and Adobe Photoshop; providing step-by-step demonstrations and examples from a variety of professional and student work for using and combining traditional and digital tools. Also included are sections addressing strategies for using color, composition and light to further enhance one's drawings. An eResource offers copyright free images for download that includes: tonal patterns, watercolor fields, people, trees, and skies.
Interpreting Engineering Drawings by
Designed to provide a complete and customized learning experience for each reader, this edition of our popular Interpreting Engineering Drawings book now features expanded units on "Drawings for Numerical Control" and "Manufacturing Materials." The first section acquaints readers with topics that are universally applicable to the interpretation of all mechanical/industrial drawings, such as: drawing standards, abbreviations, basic rules for dimensioning, reading and measuring with US inch and SI metric scales, plus different types of sectional views. Subsequent units enable readers to gain valuable experience interpreting more specialized engineering drawings, including pipe drawings, structural steel shapes, welds, gear trains, and more. Hands-on assignments at the end of each short, concise unit offer opportunities to put new knowledge into practice, enabling readers to gain confidence as they develop their print reading skills.
Leonardo Da Vinci. the Complete Paintings and Drawings by
One of the most fully achieved human beings who has ever lived, Leonardo da Vinci (1452-1519) is recognized the world over as a figure of infinite curiosity, feverish imagination and sublime artistic ability. This updated edition of our XL title provides the most comprehensive survey of the life and work of this master painter, sculptor, architect, scientist, and inventor. Its catalogue raisonné of Leonardo's paintings covers both his surviving and his lost painted works. With full-bleed details of many paintings, the reader is able to inspect the subtlest facets of brushworks that came to revolutionize Art History. A further catalog of Leonardo's drawings arranges nearly 700 of his drawings by category (architecture, technical, proportion, cartography, etc) and showcases his fabulous observational finesse, from anatomical studies to architectural plans, from complex engineering designs to pudgy infant portraits. It includes a fresh chapter exploring the artist's mesmerizing manuscripts. The accompanying account of Leonardo's life and work includes a special in-depth exploration of his masterworks The Annunciation and The Last Supper.
Making marks : architects' sketchbooks: the creative process by
While digital technologies have pushed the boundaries of architectural creation, conceiving an original and appropriate design is as challenging as it has always been. As this book shows, however, a recent return to the basic act of putting pen or pencil to paper has produced some of the most successful buildings of the past decade.Making Marks follows the highly successful Architects' Sketchbooks, which presented the rich breadth of sketches created by contemporary architects post digital revolution. Taking a post-digital perspective, the sixty renowned architects whose work is collected here show how drawing and new forms of manual presentation have been refined since the reawakening of this basic technique. Revealing why hand-drawing still matters, this global survey presents the freehand drawings, vibrant watercolors, and abstract impressions of a broad and eclectic array of rising talents and well-known names, including Jun Igarashi, Deborah Saunt, Daniel Libeskind, Meg Graham, and Brian MacKay-Lyons, to name but a few. Author Will Jones's introduction reviews the importance of the physical sketch and its vital role in the creative process.Spanning diverse approaches, styles, and physical forms, Making Marks is not merely a compendium of the preoccupations and stylistics of current practice, but a rich and varied insight into architectural creativity.
Masterpieces of Architectural Drawing by
This book highlights architectural drawings from the Albertina's superb collection and offers new insights into the genre. Since the medium began, artists have used architectural drawings to document the urban and rural past and to envision the future. Covering a period that runs from the 16th-century to the 1930s, this collection of 140 architectural drawings presents a panoply of styles and perspectives from some of the leading artists of their day, including Durer, Bernini, Hansen, Loos and others. From delicately colored Baroque vedute and magnificent Renaissance buildings to Hapsburg palaces and Art Deco structures, these works both document and reflect upon the architects and the artists' visions and hopes for our built environments. With detailed sketches and painters' compositions, this book will fascinate architectural enthusiasts and art lovers alike. AUTHOR: Christian Benedik is Head of the Department of Architecture at the Albertina in Vienna, Austria. SELLING POINTS: * Drawings: This book shows 140 different architectural drawings. * Time span: This book shows 400 years of architectural drawings. * Styles: Many different styles of architecture are covered which gives this book a wider appeal. * Artists: Many famous artists and architects are shown which show many different architectural perspectives. 140 colour illustrations
Masters of Sketching by
Sketching has been used by generations of artists as a way of quickly capturing something they see, working out concepts, or planning a final composition. They are generally not used as a final rendered image. We have gathered together twenty "Master" sketchers who have taken sketching to the next level. They will take you, step-by-step, through their process, sharing their creative insight along the way. So, whether you want to improve your drawing or you are just starting out,Masters of Sketching is an outstanding collection of useful tutorials and inspiring images.
Sketching, Product Design Presentation by
We are very pleased to announce the third book by our bestselling writers Koos Eissen and Roselien Steur. After the worldwide success of Sketching and Sketching: the Basics the authors now shift their focus from 'how to sketch' to 'why to sketch'.For designers, sketching is a daily activity that can serve many goals. You can sketch to brainstorm, to find and articulate ideas or to present a project to other designers in your team or people from other departments. And of course you sketch to present projects to clients and production companies. All these goals require different sketching techniques,which will be even more effective if you understand how people view your sketches and how you can use your sketches to improve your way of communicating what you want.
Sketching for Engineers and Architects by
Using real working drawings from a 50 year career, Ron Slade shows how drawing remains at the heart of the design process in the everyday working life of engineers and architects. The book explains simple techniques that can be learnt and used to enhance any professional's natural ability. Using over 180 categorised examples it demonstrates that drawing remains the fastest, clearest and most effective means of design communication. Unlike many other books on drawing in the construction industry, this book is 'engineer led' and science oriented but effectively shows that there is a close affinity between the working methods of architects and engineers.
Sketching from the Imagination - Dark Arts by
Sketching and drawing are fundamental to creating great art; the simple doodle is often where the artist first brings their ideas and concepts to life. InSketching from the Imagination: Dark Arts, we have gathered together fifty talented traditional and digital artists to showcase work from their sketchbooks, share inspiration, and give insight into how they create imaginative and dark illustrations. Featuring a range of artwork and artists from many fields, from concept design and animation to illustration and comic art,Sketching from the Imagination: Dark Arts is a collection of beautifully macabre sketches with plenty of useful tips and creative insights--an invaluable resource that will inspire artists of all abilities.
Sketching times : inspirations from 25 artists' sketch collection.Sketch workshop. Future concepts by
The Sketch Workshop - Future Concepts is 3dtotal's answer to the question: 'Why can't I draw futuristic scenes like that?' Designed for beginners and hobbyists alike, it's a fun and innovative way for people of all ages to find the inspiration to pick up a pencil and draw. It is different from our other books in that it is 50 percent a workbook in which you draw and 50 percent a project guide with instructional text and reference images for drawing characters. Created by a number of top industry artists who share their tips and tricks and help you grasp the fundamental elements needed to draw beautiful futuristic sketches.
The Sketch Workshop. Mechs & weapons by
Sketch Workshop: Mech and Weapon Design is 3dtotal's answer to the question: "Why can't I draw mechs or weapons like that?" Designed for beginners and hobbyists alike, it's a fun and innovative way for people of all ages to find the inspiration they need to draw. With four sketching projects by professional artists, the goal is to help people learn to draw their own mechs and weapons!
Drawing 1: Basic Form and Product Sketching
Basic Form and Product Sketching teaches and trains you with the fundamentals of drawing and sketching.
In the aim to discover and develop your skills in basic drawing, you will be trained with the use and handling of basic drawing tools (specifically dry mediums), side-by-side with the principles of basic drawing with emphasis on form, texture, depth, shapes, value, tone, and texture, in relation to space. Technical basics such as perspective, proportion, and scaling grades are also discussed, and guided sessions and activities will utilize techniques in equipping you the base skill in discovering your drawing style, in expressing your ideas into sketches. This also serves as your fundamental course in product sketching.
This course establishes the foundation of your Industrial Design learning experience, in relating fundamental form drawing to your future product design courses.
The Art of Product Design : changing how things get made by
Embrace Open Engineering and accelerate the design and manufacturing processes Product development is a team sport, but most companies don't practice it that way. Organizations should be drawing on the creativity of engaged customers and outsiders, but instead they rely on the same small group of internal "experts" for new ideas. Designers and engineers should be connecting with marketing, sales, customer support, suppliers, and most importantly, customers. The Art of Product Design explains the rise of "Open Engineering," a way of breaking down barriers and taking advantage of web-based communities, knowledge, and tools to accelerate the design and manufacturing processes. Explains how to establish open flows of information inside and outside an organization, increasing the quality and frequency of input from different groups and stakeholders Hardi Meybaum is the founder and CEO of GrabCad, the largest community of mechanical engineers and designers in the world Open Engineering is crowdsourcing, it's collaborating, it's sharing and connecting. And it's helping a growing number of companies create better products faster than they ever imagined. The Art of Product Design shows you how to harness its power for your company.
Artist Toolbox: Surfaces & Supports by
Artist Toolbox: Surfaces & Supports explores a wide range of drawing and painting surfaces and the unique effects they have on a variety of media.
The surface you draw or paint on impacts everything in your artwork, from its texture and brightness to color and durability. Artist Toolbox: Surfaces & Supports covers the drawing and painting surfaces and supports that all artists should know. With this art book, you'll learn the basics and finer points of working on: • Canvas
• Paper • Panels • Textiles • Metal • Glass • Stone
You'll also learn useful tips and techniques for preparing supports to receive media, see how to work with different media on each support, and discover the most effective way to protect your finished artwork.
Artist Toolbox: Surfaces & Supports is packed with visual examples, step-by-step tutorials, and demonstrations on the practical aspects of working with graphite and colored pencils;charcoal and pastel;and watercolor, acrylic, and oil paints. With this reference guide that no artist's library should be without, you can also learn how each support will take a medium.
The Artist Toolbox series presents practical reference guides designed for beginning artists interested in fully understanding the focus and function of essential art tools of the trade.
Color First, Ink Later (Urban Sketching Handbook) by
Discover a unique approach to creating art on location: start with a loose, colorful watercolor sketch, let that layer dry, then add details in ink. The result? Sketches that are more vibrant, dynamic, and fun! Designer, urban sketcher, and author of The Urban Sketching Handbook: Sketch Now, Think Later, Mike Daikubara is your guide to this exciting method in The Urban Sketching Handbook: Color First, Ink Later: Start with a detailed overview of the process, from optional light pencil sketch to finishing touches Follow along several step-by-step demonstrations that apply the approach to a range of subjects, from still life to figures to architecture Get inspired by an extensive gallery of on-location sketches You'll learn how to let watercolor do the hard work of urban sketching and enjoy the spontaneous effects and delightful surprises you'll see in your artwork. The Urban Sketching Handbooks series offers location artists expert instruction on creative techniques, on-location tips and advice, and an abundance of visual inspiration. These handy references come in a compact, easy-to-carry format--perfect to toss in your backpack or artist's tote. Also available from the Urban Sketching Handbooks series: Understanding Light; Panoramas and Vertical Vistas; Drawing Expressive People; Techniques for Beginners; Complete Urban Sketching Companion; Drawing with a Tablet; 101 Sketching Tips; Working with Color; Sketch Now, Think Later; Understanding Perspective; People and Motion; and Architecture and Cityscapes.
Drawing for Product Designers by
This is both a practical and theoretical guide to the visualization techniques used by contemporary product designers, including freehand sketching, digital rendering, information graphics, and presentation skills. Hundreds of hand-drawn sketches and computer models have been specially created to demonstrate critical geometry and show how to develop sketches into finished illustrations. Practical tutorials give guidance in creating simple and complex forms, as well as rendering and providing context using scenarios and storyboards. Insightful case studies of leading designers illustrate the full range of different visualization options available.
Drawn on the Way by
Learn to observe the world more deeply--with curiosity, empathy, and joy--as you sketch the stories unfolding all around you. In Drawn on the Way, Sarah Nisbett shares her techniques for creating captivating line drawings that capture the moments and moods that you encounter on the train, in a café, outdoors, anywhere: a young woman lost in thought, a pair of hands clasped on a lap, a peppy beagle, a pair of jeans-clad crossed legs. Sarah invites you to see the people, animals, places, and objects you draw with compassionate curiosity--as more than a stranger or inanimate object, but as someone or something with a story worth knowing or imagining. Even if you are inexperienced at drawing or don't consider yourself an artist, you can learn how to create sketches from start to finish employing techniques such as contour drawing, using line work to add texture, and adding spot color--and discover how each sketch tells a story. You'll begin to focus on important details that reveal something about the subject you're drawing: the graceful drape of a hand over a purse, the shy way someone tucks their feet underneath them. As you unplug, set aside perfectionism, and explore the world through drawing, you'll learn: How to translate what you see into a compelling drawing How to silence your inner critic and find joy in drawing what captures your interest Techniques for drawing figures and creating quick portraits How to find the emotion in objects by asking questions How to draw scenes and backgrounds without becoming overwhelmed How to quickly and expressively render the natural world, including plants and animals How key details can take a sketch from plain to captivating Ways to find the extraordinary in the everyday How to transform mistakes into likeable elements Tips for becoming a visual storyteller Life lessons learned from years of live drawing We spend most of our lives on the way, rushing and running from place to place, task to task. When we have a spare minute, we usually reach for our phones and shut everything else out. The techniques, projects, and ideas in Drawn on the Way are designed to help you be more mindful about drawing, to capture the people, places, and things you encounter each day. By doing that, you'll connect with humanity in a deeper, more meaningful way--and discover a lot about yourself.
Easy Drawing by
Leave your artistic insecurities behind as you easily re-create the simple but beautiful drawings in Art Made Easy: Easy Drawing. Easy Drawing offers beginning artists a definite way to succeed. Without getting bogged down in a lot of technical detail, aspiring artists just need to gather a few inexpensive supplies and put pencil to paper! Even if you have never drawn before, the engaging yet easy subjects are simple to re-create by following the step-by-step progressive images. Projects include: Flowers, leaves, and trees Landscapes Animal portraits Gestures of animals and people Still lifes of everyday objects And much more Along with the beautiful, on-trend art projects, tips and common pitfalls are explained throughout to ensure your art is the best it can be. No matter your skill level going in, you will be proud to frame your creations and just might feel encouraged to progress to more in-depth art in the future. And the best part is, as you're drawing, you'll be familiarizing yourself with art concepts without feeling like you're taking a serious class. If you want to move on to more difficult subjects, you'll have a basic understanding of color, value, form, texture, perspective, composition, and more. With the simple, fun, and low-pressure approach found in Walter Foster's Art Made Easy series, absolutely anyone can create a work of art! Continue your streak of creative successes with another book in this series, Easy Watercolor.
Hacking product design : a guide to designing products for startups by
Chapter 7: Designing for Scale; Fall in Love with the Problem; Benefit As Many People As Possible; Designing for Accessibility; Don't Get Lost in the Aesthetics; Systems and Processes; Systems for Designers and Engineers; How Do We Create a Design System?; When to Use and Not Use Design Systems; Summary; Chapter 8: Psychology, Culture, and Design; Visual Perception; Affordance; Gestalt; Comprehension and Memory; Progressive Disclosure; Mental Models; Metaphors, Examples, and Stories; Culture; Archetype; Design Reflects Culture; Summary; Chapter 9: Tools, Frameworks, and the Future.
Materials Encyclopedia for Creatives by
Materials and the myriad technologies that have been developed to manipulate them are of essential relevance to product designers, architects, artists and stylists, as they represent the starting point for every product and every architectural work. The book is an encyclopaedic compendium of around 1,000 terms in this field, from aerogel to marble to zirconium. It features traditional and frequently used materials, as well as new and unexpected ones. Their respective advantages and disadvantages are precisely described. In addition, terms related to production processes, such as upcycling or tanning, or that describe the properties of materials or are closely related to the topic have also been included.
Observational Sketching by
Learn to draw by sketching what surrounds you everyday. In Observational Sketching, author Mariko Higaki--an ISDA Gold Award-winning industrial designer based in Japan--teaches you how to practice and learn to sketch by using well-established observational techniques. Perspective, proportion, lines, shapes, shading, and many other techniques can be learned through everyday practice and observation of the items you come in contact with everyday, from a backpack to your sunglasses. This book addresses how to approach sketching a range of shapes and materials and how to disassemble each object to accurately capture its unique design elements. Inspiration and examples from the author and other well-known artists accompany a variety of projects that you can try right away and skill-building projects that will strengthen your talent. Find within: An introduction to observational sketchingThe basic concepts and tools used in observational sketchingObservation techniquesIllustrated step-by-step instructions for creating observational sketches of 20 common objects, from a alarm clock to a wooden stool Hone your artistic skills with this daily sketching practice. Whether you are an urban sketcher or an industrial designer, this books should be part of your reference collection.
The Perspective Drawing Guide by
Perspective drawing is the foundation for creating art that pops off the page. This is the ultimate guide to helping aspiring artists understand and develop techniques to draw confidently using the power of perspective. While mastering perspective can take years, this book will provide understanding of why things look the way they do and how to draw them accurately and confidently. In The Perspective Drawing Guide: Simple Techniques for Mastering Every Angle, designer and teacher Spencer Nugent takes a fundamental approach and gives tips, tricks, and techniques that enable readers to draw more confidently by breaking down objects into easier to draw shapes, showing the mechanics of perspective, and demonstrating how to make drawings presentation ready. This guide is perfect for beginning artists looking to develop their perspective drawing abilities or even seasoned artists wanting to sharpen their skills.
Presto sketching : the magic of simple drawing for brilliant product thinking and design by
"Do you feel like your thoughts, ideas, and plans are being suffocated by a constant onslaught of information? Do you want to get those great ideas out of your head, onto the whiteboard and into everyone else's heads, but find it hard to start? No matter what level of sketching you think you have, Presto Sketching will help you lift your game in visual thinking and visual communication. In this practical workbook, Ben Crothers provides loads of tips, templates, and exercises that help you develop your visual vocabulary and sketching skills to clearly express and communicate your ideas. Learn techniques like product sketching, storyboarding, journey mapping, and conceptual illustration. Dive into how to use a visual metaphor (with a library of 101 visual metaphors), as well as tips for capturing and sharing your sketches digitally, and developing your own style. Designers, product managers, trainers, and entrepreneurs will learn better ways to explore problems, explain concepts, and come up with well-defined ideas--and have fun doing it"-- Source other than Library of Congress.
Product Design by
Product design is a comprehensive process related to the creation of new products, and the ability to design and develop efficient products are key to success in today’s dynamic global market. Written by experts in the field, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the product design process and its applications in various fields, particularly engineering. Over seven chapters, the authors explore such topics as development of new product design methodologies, implementation of effective methods for integrated products, development of more visualized environments for task-based conceptual design methods, and development of engineering design tools based on 3D photogrammetry, among others.
Product design vs. design thinking by
Product design tends to jump between business thinking and creative thinking, but design thinking blends them together. This infographic describes the skillset and processes behind product design and design thinking.
Product Development by
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT An insightful development roadmap to help engineers and businesspeople successfully bring a product to market In Product Development: An Engineer's Guide to Business Considerations, Real-World Product Testing, and Launch, accomplished project manager, engineer, and business strategist David V. Tennant delivers a comprehensive walkthrough of the full scope of product development activities, from initial business considerations to real-world product testing and launch. The book covers key product development considerations like determining the target market, working with a product development team, management challenges, funding, user identification, ergonomics, product design, testing, and launch. The distinguished author presents the material in the form of practical, hands-on tutorials with case studies featuring large corporations and small- and mid-size firms. He also includes team exercises and question-and-answer features to help early-career and aspiring engineers acquire the interdisciplinary and inter-department coordination skills they'll require to successfully bring a new product to market. Readers will learn about the critical roles played by the engineering, marketing, and finance departments, as well as each stage of the product development process. The book also includes: Thorough introductions to product development and the role of the marketing group in product development, including corporate strategy, product and business plans, and marketing leadership Comprehensive explorations of the role of the engineering group in product development, including functional areas led by engineers and engineering leadership Practical discussions of the core team and teamwork in product development, including executives' roles, the role of the accounting department, and the identification of key stakeholders In-depth examinations of how to move forward with product development after project approval Perfect for early- and mid-career engineers working in product-oriented companies, as well as marketers and other business professionals seeking to understand engineering best practices, Product Development is the ideal reference for use in upper-level undergraduate Product Development courses.
Quick Sketching with Ron Husband by
Quick sketching is the best technique you can use to stay finely tuned and to keep those creative juices flowing. To keep your sense of observation heightened, and to sharpen your hand-eye coordination, an animator needs to constantly draw and sketch. Quick Sketching with Ron Husband offers instruction to quick sketching and all its techniques. From observing positive and negative space and learning to recognize simple shapes in complex forms to action analysis and using line of action, this Disney legend teaches you how to sketch using all these components, and how to do it in a matter of seconds. On top of instruction and advice, you¿ll also see Ron¿s portfolio of select art representing his growth as an artist throughout the years. Watch his drawings as he grows from a young, talented artist, to a true Disney animator. Follow him as he goes around the world and sketches flamenco dancers, football players, bakers, joggers, lions, tigers, anyone, and anything. As if instruction and inspiration in one place weren¿t enough, you¿ll find a sketchbook included, so you can flip from Ron¿s techniques and work on perfecting basic shapes. Or take your book on the road, read Ron¿s advice, sketch away, capture the world around you.
Sketching Techniques for Artists by
Sketching Techniques for Artists is the modern guide for learning essential sketching and watercolour techniques for creating landscapes, cityscapes, architecture, figures and faces, still lifes, and more.
The World of Urban Sketching by
The remarkable work of the vibrant, international urban sketching community was first documented in The Art of Urban Sketching by Gabriel Campanario. In the ten years since its release, sketching on location has grown into nothing less than a worldwide phenomenon.
A visual feast of more than 700 images from over 150 sketchers, The World of Urban Sketching unveils the latest developments and innovations in the creative and rewarding pursuit of on-location drawing and painting.
Drawing 2: Anthropometric and Product Rendering
Anthropometric and Product Rendering trains you in drawing the human body (anatomy) and in developing the skill in accurately composing parts, or its entirety, in a visually accurate manner, in relation to product use.
Applying the basics you have learned from IDDRAW1, you will now express the principles by building human figures from basic shapes and shading, and then come up with outputs in static and moving forms. Guided sessions and activities will use drawing and sketching techniques in equipping you with the details of drawing each body part, and in exploring the drawing style that best fits you in expressing your output. You will also employ figure-rendering approaches such as the Classical Greek that uses balance, proportion and symmetry. The development will also bridge the development of your skill in product sketching by incorporating the relationship between the product and the user, illustrated through sketches.
This course helps you appreciate the human form, confidence in showcasing your artwork and artistic skills, and in establishing the foundation of your Industrial Design learning experience, in relating figure drawing to your future product design development courses.
Anatomy Drawing School - Human by
"The Anatomy Drawing School "recognises the prominent role of the anatomy for the fine arts. The impressively detailed illustrations of the Hungarian master Andras Szunyoghy have accompanied artists as well as anatomists all over the world for more than a decade. The current two-volume edition is intended to make Szunyoghy's work accessible for an even broader public. The familiar high quality of the illustrations and anatomic content joins with the flexicover and the handy LCT-Format into two new, high value volumes, which introduce the human and animal anatomy separately. AUTHOR: The graphic artist, painter and stamp designer Andras Szunyoghy was educated at the University of Visual Arts in Budapest, and is now a professor for artistic anatomy at the University of Applied Art, Budapest. Gyogy Feher was a veterinarian and tutor at the University of Veterinary Medicine, Budapest, until 1987. He was the president of the World Association of Veterinary Anatomists and wrote over 50 books. 500 illustrations
The Artist's Guide to the Anatomy of the Human Head by
The Artist's Guide to the Anatomy of the Human Head is a comprehensive manual for artists designed to help them understand and accurately portray the forms and features of the human head. Bring characters to life by learning the structure of the human head and how to correctly depict the six base emotions--happiness, sadness, fear, anger, surprise, and disgust--to further improve the quality of your character-based artwork. This book is packed with tutorials and insights that will teach you to better appreciate the underlying anatomy of the face, and help you execute universally recognisable expressions in your future artwork.The Artist's Guide to the Anatomy of the Human Head is written and illustrated by leading artists from a variety of different disciplines, including 3D modeling, illustration, and concept art; their extensive knowledge and understanding makes this book a must-have for all artists looking to portray emotions and create relatable characters.
The Art of Cartooning & Illustration by
An inclusive resource, The Art of Cartooning & Illustration introduces artists to the basics of traditional cartooning and animation, as well as how to develop their own unique cartooning style, write storylines, and create gags, using both traditional media and digital imaging software.
Beginner's Guide to Sketching the Fashion Figure by
"I like the way the author has developed the croquis and the steps. It starts on the basis of anatomy, and how to draw anatomy and mixes it with fashion proportions" - Patrick Brown-Hayes, Washington State University, USA "Beautiful organization, excellent logical structure. Love the exercises inserted into the flow of the book" - Nicolas ChampRoux, Houston Community College, USA Learn the beginner level steps of fashion drawing, The book shows you illustrated step-by-step instructions that you can follow to build your skills until you're able to draw the female, male and children's fashion figures. Learn to develop fast designer concept sketches called croquis. Quick reference sheets, model poses, timed exercises, do's and don'ts, and online practice templates will help you gain confidence as you progress in fashion drawing. You'll also learn how to draw figures of diverse sizes and backgrounds, so you can design clothes for anyone. Features · Visual reference pages in the book are also downloadable as a quick reference guide to reinforce specific topics · Variations of model poses throughout the book will aid you in getting the right proportions for a variety of views · Includes instructions for drawing faces, hands, and feet · Example drawings from students and professionals included to inspire your own personal style · Easy to follow steps for drawing garments on the figure · Separate chapters included for drawing men and children Beginner's Guide to Sketching the Fashion Figure STUDIO Access downloadable files for additional exercises, templates, and croquis Image bank of additional drawings for inspiration and practice
Concise Book of Muscles by
This newly revised fourth edition of The Concise Book of Muscles is a comprehensive guide to the major muscle groups. Fully illustrated with more than 500 drawings, and easy to use, this compact reference provides a complete profile for each muscle, clearly showing its origin, insertion, nerve supply, and action, the movements that use it, and, where appropriate, exercises that stretch and strengthen it. The book's distinctive quick-reference format shows students exactly how to locate and identify specific muscles, highlighting those that are heavily used and therefore subject to injury in a variety of sports and activities. Each muscle chapter now includes an overview of the gross anatomy of the body area to show bony landmarks, cross-sections of muscle layers, and points of attachment as well as a quick reference table and an overview of the nerve pathways that are most relevant. The book also includes a new chapter on the pelvic floor muscles, which are of particular interest to those studying or practicing yoga and Pilates. While designed for the student and beginning practitioner of anatomy, massage, bodywork, physical therapy, chiropractic medicine, physiotherapy, yoga, and Pilates or any other health-related field, The Concise Book of Muscles is equally useful for athletes and anyone interested in the workings of the human body.
Draw 50 People : the step-by-step way to draw cavemen, queens, Aztecs, Vikings, clowns, minutemen, and many more-- by
Draw 50 Peopleteaches aspiring artists how to draw with ease by following simple, step-by-step instructions. Acclaimed author Lee J. Ames shows you how to draw a wondrous diversity of people from around the world and throughout history. Included here are people from ancient times, like an Egyptian mathematician, a medieval troubadour, and a Roman athlete. But there are also pirates, queens, soldiers from the Civil War and World War II, and many others. Lee J. Ames's drawing method has proven successful for children and adults alike over the past thirty years. The twenty-seven books in the Draw 50series have sold more than 3 million copies and have shown everyone from amateurs to experts how to draw everything from animals to airplanes. Even the youngest artists can make these ancient and modern men and women look great. It's easy to draw people when you do it the Draw 50way.
Drawing and Painting Sports Figures by
Learn to capture your sporting heroes in striking drawings and paintings.
Drawing Masterclass: Life Drawing by
Eddie Armer explains that life drawing is about learning to interpret the world visually through careful observation and freeing up the mind. He demonstrates various approaches to drawing from life and a range of techniques and disciplines. He begins by discussing pencil, ballpoint pen, wax crayons and charcoal as media. He then goes on to explain how to set up a model in a simple pose, and shows step by step how to produce a drawing in less than ten minutes. There are then a series of gesture drawings done in two minutes. There are chapters on line, the rhythm of line and tone and shading, scribble drawing, using charcoal and foreshortening, with exercises for the reader to try. There are four full step by step demonstrations, and finally there is advice on drawing faces, hands and feet.
Draw people in 15 minutes : amaze your friends with your drawing skills by
Yes, you can draw! And this book will show you how. By the time you finish reading, you'll have all the skills you need to sketch a convincing clothed figure in 15 minutes. Artist, life drawing expert, and best-selling author Jake Spicer takes you through a series of carefully crafted tutorials, from how to put together a basic sketch of a person to developing your drawings and taking them further. From materials and set-up to mark-making, spatial relationships and how clothes hang on a body, every aspect of the figure drawing process is examined, with a special emphasis on guerilla sketching in public places: cafes, trains, buses, and anywhere that people are to be seen in action.
The Figurative Artist's Handbook : a contemporary guide to figure drawing, painting, and composition by
Written by a well-known artist and expert instructor, The Figurative Artist's Handbook offers a comprehensive, contemporary approach to the subject that instructs artists on the foundation basics and advanced techniques they need for successful figure drawing and painting. In addition to Zeller's stunning drawings and paintings, the work of over 50 of today's top practicing artists is included, so that the book will do double-duty as a hard-working how-to book and a visual treasure trove of some of the finest figurative art being created today. A must-have reference book for today's figurative artists and art students. This handbook combines three oschools of thoughto regarding figure drawing that are, at least on the surface, at odds with each other. But with his vast teaching experience, Zeller has seen that on a deeper level they are very compatible. Such a synthesis leads to a more complete understanding of the figure. Although this comprehensive approach is reflected in contemporary art and art education, no book has ever combined all three before. Gestural- The dynamic, gestural, rhythmic understanding of the figure as practiced by the great Mannerists of the Renaissance. This philosophy emphasizes life and rhythm in the human form. Rooted in the 16th and 17th centuries. Structural- A solid architectural understanding of the structure and anatomy of the body as the basis for building solid figure drawings. Rooted in the 20th and 21st centuries. Atelier Method- A beautiful, careful, detailed understanding of surface morphology of the figure. Smooth surface rendering. Very sensual. Rooted in the 18th and 19th centuries.
Figure Drawing by
This series of small primers on drawing encourages readers not only to pick up a pen and start drawing, but to see the world that surrounds them with fresh eyes. Visual thinking and using one's imagination are skills that are often neglected in today's world. With author Peter Jenny's help, readers will learn to perceive their environment in a new way and will soon follow his lead, discovering the joy of drawing. The three books in the series each present a short introduction by Jenny and twenty-two easy exercises, with each book focusing on a different aspect: Notes on Drawing Technique takes actions such as gesticulating, touching, feeling, doodling, and moving as the starting points for putting pen to paper. Notes on Figure Drawing focuses on the archetypal presentation of the human figure, and Learning to See teaches the reader to discover art in everyday objects.
Figure Drawing Master Class : Lessons in life drawing. by
With Figure Drawing Master Class, you will discover the secrets to creating masterful figure drawings through examples of Old Master drawings, as well as Dan Gheno's own beautiful drawings, demonstrations and diagrams.This take-home course covers everything you need to put yourself on the fast-track to successful figure drawing. Inside you'll find: The basics of training your hand to draw Gesture drawing lessons How to draw heads and hands, How to accurately compose your figures Keys to replicating the subtle details in the posture of the head to suggest emotion The basics of human proportions ,With tips, tricks and historical references, the drawing instruction inside will help you with all the critical skills you need to travel your own journey through successful figure drawing and improve your drawings for years to come. Learn to draw all aspects of the human figure with diagrams, demonstrations and Old Master drawings More than 120 drawings by Old Master artists including Michelangelo, Leonardo, Raphael and Rembrandt Includes 5 step-by-step demonstrations to reinforce the key concepts of figure drawing
Force. Drawing human anatomy by
The newest book in Michael Mattesi's Force Drawing series takes movement to the next level. Force: Drawing Human Anatomy, explores the different facets of motion and the human body. As opposed to the memorization technique, Mattesi stresses the function of each body part and how gravity relative to different poses affects the aesthetics and form of muscle. The chapters are divided by the different parts of the body, thus allowing the reader to concentrate on mastery one body part at a time. Color coded images detail each muscle and their different angles. Special consideration is given to anatomy for animation, allowing the reader to create a character that is anatomically accurate in both stillness and motion. Key Features Detailed visual instruction includes colourful, step-by-step diagrams that allow you to easily follow the construction of an anatomically correct figure. Clearly organized and color coded per regions of the body's anatomy, a clarity of design for better reader understanding. Learn how anatomy is drawn and defined by the function of a pose. Visit the companion website for drawing demonstrations and further resources on anatomy.
How to draw and paint fantasy combat by
"A step-by-step guide to kick-ass combat scenes"--Cover.
Human Figure Drawing : drawing gestures, postures and movements by
Drawing is a very fragile, sensitive and powerful thing. Learning to draw is like starting to talk or to play an instrument. At first, it is about following a natural inclination, which, with disciplined cultivation, gradually undergoes both small and great progress and soon provides thrilling satisfaction. This path of knowledge becomes more and more fascinating and indispensable from the very moment it begins. This book shows us how to learn to draw the human figure and regain our ability to observe a subject. Being able to capture the human body is a basic requirement for any artist;Human Figure Drawing will help the reader to conquer the fear of making mistakes, in order to face the challenge of drawing with the confidence and curiosity of a child. Human Figure Drawing offers a refreshing perspective on this timeless topic with clear and helpful explanations and around 500 illustrations in b/w and colour.
Introduction to Drawing the Human Body by
In this technical guide, Civardi imparts a thorough and intelligent understanding of how to draw the human body. Written with clarity and enthusiasm, and using numerous examples of his own work as teaching aids, Civardi provides the reader with a firm grounding in observation, anatomy, proportion, body structure, perspective and composition. The exploration of static versus dynamic poses provides the artist with an invaluable source of ideas and inspiration, and towards the end of the book is a series of exercises designed to stimulate the reader, and reinforce and consolidate his or her understanding of the text. This is a rigorous, in-depth treatment of the subject, suitable for novice artists seeking a comprehensive introduction to drawing the human form as well as more experienced artists wishing to learn more about this fascinating subject.
Leonardo Da Vinci : the mechanics of man by
Leonardo daVinci was not only one of the leading artists of the Renaissance, he was also one of the greatest anatomists ever to have lived. He combined, to a unique degree, manual skill in dissection, analytical skill in understanding the structures he uncovered, and artistic skill in recording his results. Leonardo's campaign of human dissection carried out during 1510-11 was recorded on the pages of a manuscript now in the Print Room atWindsor Castle known as Anatomical Manuscript A.These are extensively annotated in Leonardo's distinctive 'mirror-writing', which is translated here for the first time 'on the page'. so that the unfolding of his thoughts can be followed by both the specialist and the general reader.
Mader's Understanding Human Anatomy and Physiology by
Renowned for her effective learning systems, respected author Sylvia Mader has helped thousands of entry-level students understand and enjoy the principles of human anatomy and physiology. Beginning with the sixth edition, Susannah Longenbaker has been building on Dr. Mader's format and engaging writing style while adding her own personal touch to this successful title. The writing is clear, direct and user-friendly, and enriched with new clinical information, terminology and classroom-tested features such as "Focus on Forensics" readings and in-text "Content Check-Up" questions. Drawing on over twenty years of teaching experience, Sue Longenbaker writes for the next generation of students that will learn anatomy and physiology from this classic textbook.
Mastering Comics : drawing words and writing pictures continued : a definitive course in comics narrative by
A new course of material to accompany First Second's widely acclaimed 2008 comics textbook. In their hotly anticipated follow-up to2008's comics textbookDrawing Words & Writing Pictures, School of Visual Arts cartooning professors Matt Madden and Jessica Abel bring their expertise to bear on the "second semester" of a course of study for the budding cartoonist. Covering advanced topics such as story composition, coloring, and file formatting,Mastering Comicsis a vital companion to the introductory content of the first volume.
Mixed-Media Girls with Suzi Blu : drawing, painting, and fanciful adornments from start to finish by
Growing out of her popular online workshops and videos, Mixed-Media Girls with Suzi Blu takes you step by step through the process of drawing a folk art and stylized girl's face. You will learn to create simple, balanced features and add shading with colored pencils and paint. From there, you will learn how to draw the rest of the figure and put it into a unique, textured, mixed-media background. - Learn to design costumes and personalities for your girls and adapt them to fit your own artistic style. - Create vivid, exciting backgrounds by layering paint, collaging with fabric, carving beeswax, distressing wood, and building up texture with mediums and pastes. - And the accompanying online videos include a mini workshop full of whimsical mayhem, motivation, and real-time video with Suzi Blu, showing you detailed drawing and shading techniques for faces, beeswax finishes, and how to make a mixed-media art journal start to finish.
Painting Classic Portraits : great faces step by step by
Easy techniques for true-to-life portraits! If you think all portrait-painting books are the same, think again. This book will inspire you to approach your canvas with renewed (or newly discovered) enthusiasm and confidence. Using modern-day techniques, Luana Luconi Winner shows you how to capture not only a physical likeness, but also the personality and unique, natural expression of your subject. Her direct, relaxed teaching style takes the intimidation out of painting portraits, empowering artists of any skill level and medium to turn ordinary people into exceptional works of art. Time-tested, easy-to-follow techniques for achieving accurate facial shapes and proportions. 10 quick-reference color charts make it easy to mix skin tones and hair colors for a full range of complexions and ethnicities. Mini-demonstrations show how to use a variety of mediums--graphite, charcoal, pastels, watercolor and oils--to create sketches and preliminary studies. Tips on using a digital camera to generate reference material and troubleshoot your compositions. Three start-to-finish painting demonstrations in oils and pastels illustrate the particulars of painting males and females, adults and children. Destined to become a classic in its own right, Painting Classic Portraits covers every step in the process--from selecting clothes, backgrounds and props that tell a story, to using design elements to stir emotion in your viewers. It's everything you need to know to create timeless portraits and great paintings.
Sketch Workshop : Anatomy. by
TheSketch Workshop is 3DTotal Publishing's answer to the question "Why can't I draw like that?" Designed for beginners and hobbyists, it's a fun and innovative way for people of all ages to find the inspiration to pick up a pencil and draw. It is different to our other books in that it is 50 percent a workbook in which you draw and 50 percent a project guide with instructional text and reference images for drawing anatomy. Created by a number of top industry artists who share their tips and tricks and help you grasp the fundamental elements needed to craft beautiful sketches.
Successful Drawing by
The illustrator Andrew Loomis is revered amongst artists for his mastery of drawing technique and his clean, realist style. His hugely influential series of art instruction books have never been bettered and Successful Drawing, the third in Titan's programme of facsimile editions, returns this classic title to print for the first time in decades. For over 60 years Successful Drawing has provided a superb resource covering all the techniques needed to master three-dimensional drawing. From the fundamentals of proportion, placement, perspective, planes and pattern, through a detailed examination of scale and the effects and capture of light, to the mastery of conception, construction, contour, character and consistency, Successful Drawing is filled with step-by-step instruction, professional tips and beautiful illustration. Engaging, witty, and wonderfully executed, this is a masterclass for amateur artists and professional illustrators alike.
Drawing 2: Anthropometric and Product Rendering
Anthropometric and Product Rendering trains you in drawing the human body (anatomy) and in developing the skill in accurately composing parts, or its entirety, in a visually accurate manner, in relation to product use.
Applying the basics you have learned from IDDRAW1, you will now express the principles by building human figures from basic shapes and shading, and then come up with outputs in static and moving forms. Guided sessions and activities will use drawing and sketching techniques in equipping you with the details of drawing each body part, and in exploring the drawing style that best fits you in expressing your output. You will also employ figure-rendering approaches such as the Classical Greek that uses balance, proportion and symmetry. The development will also bridge the development of your skill in product sketching by incorporating the relationship between the product and the user, illustrated through sketches.
This course helps you appreciate the human form, confidence in showcasing your artwork and artistic skills, and in establishing the foundation of your Industrial Design learning experience, in relating figure drawing to your future product design development courses.
Action Fighting Figures by
Ninjas and gladiators will jump off the page with the help of the techniques featured in this step-by-step guide. Readers will learn how to draw thrilling action scenes with the help of the exciting volume. Young artists are encouraged to develop their own style and create unique fighting creations.
The Artist's Guide to Drawing People by
An essential guide for all artists with more than 600 images to show readers how to draw realistic characters with examples of movement, faces, and hands. Anatomy charts and rules of proportion will also allow users to accurately represent any human subject. Including instructions for a variety of drawing techniques (graphite pencils, colored pencils, felt tip pens, etc.) and a diverse array of models, this is the ultimate guide to mastering drawing the human form.
The Art of Comic Book Drawing by
Wham! Pow! Bam! Kaboom! Learn everything you need to make your own comic books, superheroes, and story lines with The Art of Comic Book Drawing. Featuring step-by-step tutorials, helpful tips, and dozens of drawing and illustration techniques, aspiring cartoonists, graphic illustrators, and comic book artists will discover all of the basics, from creating characters to mastering features and expressions to bringing it all together with unique and interesting story lines. This helpful guide also includes practice pages to help put your newfound skills to immediate use. Learn all the drawing tips and techniques you need to create your very own comic book, including: Drawing basics Inking techniques Creating characters Drawing bodies in motion Designing characters Creating battle scenes Adding speech Developing a story segment Veteran comic book artists teach you to draw basic cartoon characters, superheroes, villains, and more using simple, step-by-step drawing lessons. Once you get the hang of illustrating your favorite characters, you'll learn to draw action scenes, set up panels, add speech bubbles, and even learn the basics of cartoon and comic book word treatments. With approachable exercises, interactive pages, and action-packed projects to guide you, The Art of Comic Book Drawing will help you find inspiration, learn how to create a story, and most importantly, develop the characters that will make your story come to life. So, grab a pencil and paper, and learn to create your own comic books, step by easy step!
The Art of Drawing People by
Learn to draw one of art's most interesting and challenging subjects. Packed with practical advice, helpful tips, and fundamental drawing techniques, The Art of Drawing People explores how to capture detailed poses and likenesses in graphite pencil.
With step-by-step instruction from a variety of artists, you’ll find plenty of helpful tips on choosing the right tools and materials, fundamental drawing techniques, developing value and shading, and setting up an effective composition, as well as important information about the influences of anatomy, bone structure, and musculature. Detailed examples of facial features, hands, and feet will help guide you through the most challenging aspects of drawing people.
Whether drawing from life or from photographs, this comprehensive drawing guide is the perfect first step for beginning artists. Follow along, step by step, as professional artists reveal their drawing secrets. With practice, you’ll soon be able to capture amazing likenesses in your own pencil drawings. It’s as easy as 1, 2, 3.
The Art of Drawing Poses for Beginners by
With a wealth of illustrated graphite portrait references and step-by-step pencil lessons, The Art of Drawing Poses for Beginners will help you master drawing realistic human figures in a range of different positions.
This helpful 128-page guide reveals the process of drawing the human figure as it pertains to anatomy, proportions, volume, mass, gesture, movement, and expression. From there, discover how these characteristics come together using light, shape, line, and form to accurately depict the human figure in a variety of everyday poses. Step-by-step drawing instructions and techniques demonstrate how to capture realistic poses as they differ from one person to the next across a range of human characteristics.
In section 1 of this book, learn the tools, materials, and techniques used in drawing before diving into the basics of portraiture and human anatomy. In section 2, practice a variety of basic stationary poses before moving on to the dynamic poses in section 3. Section 4 covers expressive portraits and conveying mood and facial expressions. Finally, with lots of examples, section 5 covers many of the artistic compositions you can use when drawing people.
Packed with helpful illustrated references, hundreds of tips, and loads of expert instruction, The Art of Drawing Poses for Beginners is the perfect resource for artists of all skill levels—and one that will be referred to over and over again.
Walter Foster Publishing’s Collector’s Series offers a broad range of projects across a variety of mediums and genres, such as drawing, oil, acrylic, watercolor, cartooning, calligraphy, and others. Suitable for beginning to intermediate artists, each book features in-depth instruction about how to work with the tools of the trade, master techniques, and use newfound skills in practical application via step-by-step projects.
The Complete Book of Poses for Artists : a comprehensive photographic and illustrated reference book for learning to draw more than 500 poses. by
The Complete Book of Poses for Artists combines hundreds of photographs and illustrations helping demonstrate how to accurately render the human form in hundreds of realistic poses-the perfect resource for artists of all skill levels.
Design Your Own Anime and Manga Characters by
With Design Your Own Anime and Manga Characters, you’ll learn character design for these popular entertainment genres from renowned concept artist and teacher TB Choi.
Constructing a Character. Build a character right from the start with the basics of human anatomy and proportion.
Simplifying Forms for Poses and Gestures. Streamline form to develop effective poses and gestures from a variety of angles.
Drawing Hair, Clothing, and Accessories. Render authentic details that support your characters and enrich your stories.
Conveying Dimension, Emotion, and Character. Refine your use of line, shadow, and form to create visual variety, depth, and emotion.
Pets, Chibis, and Sidekicks. Create pets, chibis, anthros, and kemonomimi with personality.
Exercise: Design and Draw a Character. Learn a simple method for developing an original character, from mind map to finished drawing.
Filled with step-by-step demonstrations and expert guidance and advice, Design Your Own Anime and Manga Characters teaches you everything you need to bring unique characters to life.
Drawing and Painting Expressive Little Faces by
In Drawing and Painting Expressive Little Faces, artist and popular Skillshare instructor Amarilys Henderson shares her practical and creative techniques for drawing and painting faces with style and personality.
Gathering supplies. Consider the creative possibilities of watercolor, ink, and markers, and create a mobile sketch pack so you can capture faces and expressions on the go.
Simplifying the face and identifying proportions. Use photos to simplify the face’s key elements, learn about facial proportions and factors and variables for placing facial features, and apply these concepts through a simple warm up using a single color to paint a face in multiple values.
Facial shapes and features. Learn about the five basic facial shapes and how to modify the chin line, ears, and hairline, and how to draw and paint mouths, eyes, and noses and make alterations to show pose and personality.
Mixing color. The pigments and brushes you’ll need to achieve a wide range of realistic skin tones, shadows, and expressions.
Bringing faces to life. Navigate the process from start to finish, learn to adjust line quality to suggest different genders and ethnicities, and change up artistic styling to put a unique spin on your creations.
Project ideas. Get inspired by some cool ways to apply your new skills: party invitations, repeat patterns, comic books, and more!
Don’t be intimidated by the challenge of drawing and painting faces. Improve your face game with Drawing and Painting Expressive Little Faces!
Drawing Lessons from the Famous Artists School : Classic Techniques and Expert Tips from the Golden Age of Illustration - Featuring the work and words of Norman Rockwell, Albert Dorne, and other celebrated 20th-century illustrators. by
Learn to draw from a collection of works from famous artists such as Norman Rockwell and Albert Dorne with Drawing Lessons from the Famous Artists School.
Easy Drawing by
Leave your artistic insecurities behind as you easily re-create the simple but beautiful drawings in Art Made Easy: Easy Drawing.
Easy Drawing offers beginning artists a definite way to succeed. Without getting bogged down in a lot of technical detail, aspiring artists just need to gather a few inexpensive supplies and put pencil to paper! Even if you have never drawn before, the engaging yet easy subjects are simple to re-create by following the step-by-step progressive images.
Projects include: • Flowers, leaves, and trees
• Landscapes
• Animal portraits
• Gestures of animals and people
• Still lifes of everyday objects
• And much more
Along with the beautiful, on-trend art projects, tips and common pitfalls are explained throughout to ensure your art is the best it can be. No matter your skill level going in, you will be proud to frame your creations and just might feel encouraged to progress to more in-depth art in the future.
And the best part is, as you’re drawing, you’ll be familiarizing yourself with art concepts without feeling like you’re taking a serious class. If you want to move on to more difficult subjects, you’ll have a basic understanding of color, value, form, texture, perspective, composition, and more.
With the simple, fun, and low-pressure approach found in Walter Foster’s Art Made Easy series, absolutely anyone can create a work of art! Continue your streak of creative successes with another book in this series, Easy Watercolor.
Encyclopedia of Drawing Techniques by
Detailed photographic sequences explore pencil, charcoal, pen and technical pen techniques, including shading, building up, blending, hatching, highlighting, stippling and more. Coloured pencils, chalks, pastels, and pen and ink are also covered with inspirational pictures across a full range of subject matter, including landscapes, buildings, figures, animals, flowers and still life. Techniques are discussed in detail including layering, feathering, burnishing, linear marks and pointillism. The use of paint and brushes is less obvious in a book on drawing, but there are some techniques in which the brush is used to create a line, or to infill a linear shape. These techniques are discussed as well with Gallery examples shown throughout to act as inspiration for the practising artist. Sequences on mixed media, keeping a sketchbook and digital drawing are included too, making this book an invaluable addition to any artists book shelves.
The Essential Book of Drawing by
A step-by-step guide for those who want to hone their skills and create eye-catching drawings; aimed at anyone who wants to improve their drawing, from the complete novice to the mid-level and even the more experienced artist.
Figure drawing for artists : making every mark count by
Annotation Steve Huston shows beginners and pros alike the two foundational concepts behind the greatest masterpieces in art and how to use them as the basis for their own success. Embark on a drawing journey and discover how these twin pillars of support are behind everything from the Venus De Milo to Michelangelo's Sibyl, how they're the fundamental tools for animation studios around the world, and how the best comic book artists from the beginnings of the art form until now use them whether they know it or not.
Life Drawing for Artists by
Life Drawing for Artists teaches a contemporary approach to figure drawing that includes both the familiar poses—standing, sitting, lying down—but also how to capture figures in movement and in more dynamic and engaging positions.
Author Chris Legaspi is a dedicated, life-long artist and admired instructor who is known for his dynamic figurative drawings and paintings, and as a successful illustrator in the entertainment industry. Whether you are an aspiring illustrator, art student, or a professional artist looking to develop your abilities, Life Drawing for Artists shows how to build your skills by combining fundamental building blocks, such as gesture lines, shape and design, structure, value control, and edge or line control.
You'll focus on different skills while working on both quick timed drawings and longer detailed drawings. The book covers important topics, such as drawing different views, understanding perspective, foreshortening strategies, and how to deal with various lighting conditions. The examples and tutorials explore virtually every pose scenario, as well as many active and dynamic movements.
Breathe drama into your figures as you master the fundamentals with this fresh approach to life drawing.
The For Artists series expertly guides and instructs artists at all skill levels who want to develop their classical drawing and painting skills and create realistic and representational art.
Manga Martial Arts Figures by
Manga has become very popular in America and is giving young readers a new medium to explore. The figures in this action volume will excite the imaginations of young artists everywhere. Step-by-step instructions and completed drawings help readers develop their own creativity.
Presto sketching : the magic of simple drawing for brilliant product thinking and design by
"Do you feel like your thoughts, ideas, and plans are being suffocated by a constant onslaught of information? Do you want to get those great ideas out of your head, onto the whiteboard and into everyone else's heads, but find it hard to start? No matter what level of sketching you think you have, Presto Sketching will help you lift your game in visual thinking and visual communication. In this practical workbook, Ben Crothers provides loads of tips, templates, and exercises that help you develop your visual vocabulary and sketching skills to clearly express and communicate your ideas. Learn techniques like product sketching, storyboarding, journey mapping, and conceptual illustration. Dive into how to use a visual metaphor (with a library of 101 visual metaphors), as well as tips for capturing and sharing your sketches digitally, and developing your own style. Designers, product managers, trainers, and entrepreneurs will learn better ways to explore problems, explain concepts, and come up with well-defined ideas--and have fun doing it"-- Source other than Library of Congress.
Realistic Portraits in Colored Pencil by
*Named Art Book of the Year by Colored Pencil Magazine*
*Named One of the 54 Best Colored Pencil Drawing Books of All Time by BookAuthority*
Rendering artwork that leaves viewers contemplating whether they might actually be looking at a photograph is no easy task. Introducing Realistic Portraits in Colored Pencil—a comprehensive guidebook that shows artists the secrets and steps to drawing lifelike portraits in this dynamic medium.
This engaging resource is perfect for artists who want to improve upon their existing skills and learn how to render realistic portraits utilizing a wide range of techniques. After details about the essential tools and materials, readers will learn to employ a variety of colored-pencil techniques, such as:
hatching
crosshatching
shading
blending
layering
burnishing
and much more!
Colored-pencil artists will also discover more complex techniques relative to creating realistic portraits, including how to render various textures, from hair and skin to clothing and facial features. Also included is valuable information for collecting all of the elements for polished and professional results.
Packed with clear, easy-to-follow instructions, plenty of helpful artist tips, and beautiful artwork that's sure to inspire, Realistic Portraits in Colored Pencil is the perfect resource for any colored-pencil artist ready to take their skills to the next level. Find more techniques for drawing realistically in colored pencil in Realistic Still Life in Colored Pencil.
Rough by
Do you know how to draw a square, triangle, and rectangle? Well, then, you know how to draw! Rough: Drawing in 2 Strokes and 3 Moves provides you with a way to start drawing that is based on a very simple observation: the human body, as well as everything surrounding us, can be broken down into elementary and basic geometric shapes. The technique that author and teacher Pierre Pochet shows you here has no fine art or academic ambitions. Instead, it shows you how to quickly draw from memory a facial expression or a bodily movement, to flesh out a picture, to create a perspective, or to sketch a scene. This approach to drawing is particularly useful for those who have no artistic training but who are considering a career in a creative field, whether that be advertising, design, or graphics . . . as well as for anyone who simply wants to learn how to draw!
Saturday AM Presents How to Draw Diverse Manga by
Learn how to reflect the beautifully diverse world around you in the manga-style characters you draw, guided by the talented team of artists at Saturday AM.
Saturday AM is the world’s leading showcase of diverse anime and manga stories. How to Draw Diverse Manga features the comics brand’s most popular artists, who themselves represent racial identities, ethnicities, and cultures from all over the world, as well as diverse gender identities.
Our perceptions of the world are shaped by how the media presents it. With this guide, you will be able to tell inclusive stories about heroic, beautiful, strong, intelligent, and courageous heroes from all backgrounds that are relatable to all and represent the true diversity of our world.
Success in Art: Drawing Hands & Feet by
Ready to take your drawing skills to the next level? Success in Art: Drawing Hands & Feet allows beginning artists to master the challenges of rendering realistic hands and feet.
Drawing realistic hands and feet in graphite pencil is a challenging subject for most beginners. With Drawing Hands & Feet, follow along as you study the common forms of the fingers and toes and learn to create and meld basic shapes to build realistic final art. Discover how light and shadow play an important part in creating muscle definition, expression, and realism. Understand the effect of perspective when choosing and rendering a pose. Drawing Hands & Feet encourages artists to master the individual parts of the form—the pose, structure, values, and shading—before approaching the composition as a whole.
More than a basic step-by-step drawing guide, the Success in Art series focuses on subject matter that is often challenging for artists, regardless of skill level. From highly foundational art concepts, such as proportion and perspective, light and shadow, and composition to mastering textures and the human figure, Success in Art covers difficult subject matter in an approachable way using easy-to-grasp techniques and step-by-step exercises.
The Urban Sketching Handbook Drawing Expressive People by
In The Urban Sketching Handbook: Drawing Expressive People, urban sketcher and workshop instructor Róisín Curé shows how to make your figures more than just anonymous bystanders by sharing the basics of drawing people on the go as well as how to successfully render poses, faces, and expressions.
Following an essential section on proportion, you’ll find tips, tricks, and examples for surmounting the intimidating prospect of capturing ever-shifting subjects, plus techniques for portraying poses accurately and distilling details that convey personality and emotion, whether individually, in small groups, or in crowds.
Bring figures and people to life on the page and tell an authentic visual story with The Urban Sketching Handbook: Drawing Expressive People.
The Urban Sketching Handbook series offers location artists expert instruction on creative techniques, on-location tips and advice, and an abundance of visual inspiration. These handy references come in a compact, easy-to-carry format—perfect to toss in your backpack or artist’s tote.
Drawing 3: Digital Product Rendering
Digital Product Rendering trains you in the two-dimensional mode of rendering color and realism to sketches and drawings, in a visually accurate manner, as well as presentation knowledge and techniques.
Your training implements the manual and digital drafting courses as means of visualizing design ideas. You will experience hands-on, two-dimensional mode of rendering techniques using traditional media such as colored pencils, pens and markers. Emphasis is placed on the development of manual rendering skills to facilitate documentation, analysis and presentation in the design process
This course aims to develop your skill in mixed media product rendering, which, as backed up by your drawing and sketching competence, becomes a powerful tool in ideation and presentation that becomes your base skill in your Industrial Design learning experience.
3D Design Basics by
3D Design Basics explores basic three-dimensional options for presenting design ideas, including models, paraline drawings, and perspective drawings. Students will be exposed to a variety of model-building tools and methods and learn how to start designing with quick rip-and-tear models.
Adobe after Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC (2018 release) choose Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Create Motion Graphics templates in After Effects so colleagues can make specific edits in Premiere Pro without accidentally changing other critical settings. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Animate to Harmony : the independent animator's guide to Toon Boom by
Want to create studio-quality work and get noticed? Just coming off Flash and looking for a Toon Boom intro? Are you a traditional pencil-and-paper animator? From scene setup to the final render, learn how to navigate the Toon Boom interface to create animation that can be published on a variety of platforms and formats. Animate to Harmonyguides you through Toon Boom's Animate, Animate Pro and Harmony programs, teaching you how to create high-quality 2D animation of all complexities. The main text focuses onfeatures that are common across all three programs while "Advanced Techniques" boxes throughout the book elaborate on Pro and Harmony features, appealing to all levels of experience with any of the three main Toon Boom products.
AutoCAD 2013 for Interior Design and Space Planning by
AutoCAD 2013 for Interior Design and Space Planning helps students understand the commands and features of AutoCAD 2013 and demonstrates how to use the program to complete interior design and space planning projects. Covering both two- and three-dimensional drawings, the text provides abundant exercises that walk students step-by-step through the use of AutoCAD prompts and commands. Using numerous illustrations, the text captures the essence of this powerful program and the importance it plays in the interior design, architecture and space planning professions.
AutoCAD 2015 Beginning and Intermediate by
This book is the most comprehensive book you will find on AutoCAD 2015 - 2D Drafting. Covering all of the 2D concepts, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad drawing and editing tools for this popular application. Use the DVD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures in color. AutoCAD 2015 Beginning and Intermediateincludes over 100 exercises or "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of three projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2015. Features: Covers only the basics and uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application DVD can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projects and to see the book's figures in color Helps you to prepare for the AutoCAD Certified Professional exam Instructor's resources available for use as a textbook eBook Customers:Companion files are available for downloading with order number/proof of purchase by writing to the publisher at info@merclearning.com.
Basic Perspective Drawing : a visual approach by
The best-selling guide?now completely updated to includeonline tutorials! Basic Perspective Drawing introduces students, both those informal design courses and self-learners, to the basic principlesand techniques of perspective drawing. Clear and accessibleillustrations show how to construct perspective views one step at atime. The new, streamlined Sixth Edition contains must-have contentfor students and instructors in art and design, architecture, andinterior design programs. Updated illustrations reflect the mostcurrent drawing styles and examples while supplementary tutorialvideos, grouped by architectural disciplines, interior design, andstudio art/illustration, provide live-action demonstrations of keytopics discussed in the book.
Beginner's Guide to ZBrush by
The ability to create concepts in 3D is an increasingly valuable skill for many creators, with more and more artists and students picking up Pixologic's ZBrush software every day. ZBrush's sculptural approach to 3D modeling almost resembles real clay, making it the first choice for artists seeking an intuitive way to make digital models.Beginner's Guide to ZBrush is the essential how-to for starting out in this powerful software, with professional artists offering detailed instructions and tutorials that explain ZBrush's core tools, techniques, and most accessible workflows. This is an ideal resource for anyone who's picking up ZBrush for the first time.
Character Costume Figure Drawing by
Character Costume Figure Drawing is an essential guide that will improve your drawing skills and costume renderings. Step-by-step visuals illustrate the how-tos of drawing body parts, costumes, accessories, faces, children, and different character archetypes, such as maternal, elderly, sassy, sexy, and evil. By focusing on the foundations of drawing bodies, including body proportion, bone structure, body masses, facial expressions, and appendages, this guide shows you how to develop sketches from stick figures to full-blown characters. The third edition features a new chapter, Digital Mixed Media Costume Rendering. This chapter introduces the basic usages of Photoshop tools to enhance and improve costume designs, in order to provide easy delivery design ideas to the director and design team, provide easy changes and alterations during the design process, virtually apply actual fabric swatches over costume sketches, and help visualize lighting effects.
Design for Motion : motion design techniques & fundamentals by
Plumb the depths of core motion design fundamentals and harness the essential techniques of this diverse and innovative medium. Combine basic art and design principles with creative storytelling to create compelling style frames, design boards, and motion design projects. Here, in one volume, Austin Shaw covers all the principles any serious motion designer needs to know in order to make their artistic visions a reality and confidently produce compositions for clients, including: Illustration techniques Typography Compositing Cinematography Incorporating 3D elements Matte painting Concept development, and much more Lessons are augmented by illustrious full color imagery and practical exercises, allowing you to put the techniques covered into immediate practical context. Industry leaders and pioneers, including Karin Fong, Bradley G Munkowitz (GMUNK), Will Hyde, Erin Sarofsky, Danny Yount, and many more, contribute their professional perspectives, share personal stories, and provide visual examples of their work. Additionally, a robust companion website (www.focalpress.com/cw/shaw) features project files, video tutorials, bonus PDFs, and rolling updates to keep you informed on the latest developments in the field.
Developing Your Design Process : six key concepts for studio by
Developing Your Design Process is your primary source for acquiring knowledge of how and why you design. It will help you understand how architects think as well as learn why you should educate yourself about design culture. You'll explore the spark of imagination that leads to a strong concept, realize the importance of sketching and rough drafts, focus your original concept to make your abstract idea visible, and finally step away for a moment to critically question your concept by identifying its strengths and weaknesses. You'll also be introduced to the language of design, architectural terminology, historic precedents, and designers, in addition to the why, what, and how of the design process. The book is illustrated throughout with international examples of work by professionals and students in the discipline of architecture, and other related design professions.
Digital Drawing for Landscape Architecture : contemporary techniques and tools for digital representation in site design Front cover image for Digital drawing for landscape architecture : contemporary techniques and tools for digital representation in sit by
Combine traditional techniques with modern media for morecommunicative renderings Digital Drawing for Landscape Architecture: ContemporaryTechniques and Tools for Digital Representation in Site Design,Second Edition bridges the gap between traditional analog andnew digital tools by applying timeless concepts of representationto enhance design work in digital media. The book explores specifictechniques for creating landscape designs, including digitallyrendered plans, perspectives, and diagrams, and the updated secondedition offers expanded coverage of newer concepts and techniques.Readers will gain insight into the roles of different drawings,with a clear emphasis on presenting a solid understanding of howdiagram, plan, section, elevation, and perspective work together topresent a comprehensive design approach. Digital rendering is faster, more efficient, and more flexiblethan traditional rendering techniques, but the design principlesand elements involved are still grounded in hand-renderingtechniques. Digital Drawing for Landscape Architectureexploits both modalities to help designers create more beautiful,accurate, and communicative drawings in a professional studioenvironment. This second edition contains revised information onplan rendering techniques, camera matching workflow, and colorselection, along with brand new features, like: Time-based imagery and tools Workflow integration techniques Photoshop and Illustrator task automation Over 400 updated images, plus over 50 new examples ofaward-winning work The book takes a tutorial-based approach to digital rendering,allowing readers to start practicing immediately and get up tospeed quickly. Communication is a vital, but often overlookedcomponent of the design process, and designers rely upon theirdrawings to translate concepts from idea to plan. DigitalDrawing for Landscape Architecture provides the guidancelandscape designers need to create their most communicativerenderings yet.
Drawing for Landscape Architecture by
This essential publication reintroduces the importance of learning to 'see by hand', to visualize large-scale design schemes and explain them through drawing, before using the digital tools that are so crucial to efficient and cost-effective building solutions. Combining traditional drawing techniques with those from CAD rendering, Drawing for Landscape Architecture guides practitioners from their very first impression of a site, through concept and schematic design and client presentation to construction and site drawings, concluding with two case studies that show the final result. Just as hand-drawing returns to design courses around the world, this welcome publication celebrates the best aspects of traditional techniques while incorporating them into today's digital design methods.
Drawing from the model : Fundamentals of digital drawing, 3D modeling, and visual programming in architectural design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
Drawing Ideas : a hand-drawn approach for better design by
"A primer for design professionals across all disciplines that helps them create compelling and original concept designs by hand--as opposed to on the computer--in order to foster collaboration and win clients. In today's design world, technology for expressing ideas is pervasive; CAD models and renderings created with computer software provide an easy option for creating highly rendered pieces. However, the accessibility of this technology means that fewer designers know how to draw by hand, express their ideas spontaneously, and brainstorm effectively. In a unique board binding that mimics a sketchbook, Drawing Ideas provides a complete foundation in the techniques and methods for effectively communicating to an audience through clear and persuasive drawings."
Drawing Masterclass: Life Drawing by
Eddie Armer explains that life drawing is about learning to interpret the world visually through careful observation and freeing up the mind. He demonstrates various approaches to drawing from life and a range of techniques and disciplines. He begins by discussing pencil, ballpoint pen, wax crayons and charcoal as media. He then goes on to explain how to set up a model in a simple pose, and shows step by step how to produce a drawing in less than ten minutes. There are then a series of gesture drawings done in two minutes. There are chapters on line, the rhythm of line and tone and shading, scribble drawing, using charcoal and foreshortening, with exercises for the reader to try. There are four full step by step demonstrations, and finally there is advice on drawing faces, hands and feet.
Drawing Projects : an exploration of the language of drawing by
Drawing Projects combines a review of contemporary artists with a 'how to draw' guide, celebrating drawing as the process of seeing made visible. Drawing Projects profiles ten key artists, revealing their working environments and practices, including Gavin Turk, Dryden Goodwin, Keith Tyson, Cornelia Parker, William Kentridge, Claude Heath, Tim Knowles and Zoe Mendelson. The artists discuss the value of drawing in their own work, and invites you to think about how we view life, view art and view the story that they tell together. Drawing Projects includes fifteen projects to inspire you to join in and work through at your own pace. These detailed tutorials provide a how to draw these images guide. The combination of artists work and easy to follow projects make this a practical guide to inspire the artist in you.
Drawing the Landscape : the art of hand drawing and digital representation by
This elegant Fourth Edition of Chip Sullivan's classic Drawing the Landscape shows how to use drawing as a path towards understanding the natural and built environment. It offers guidance for tapping into and exploring personal creative potential and helps readers master the essential principles, tools, and techniques required to prepare professional graphic representations in landscape architecture and architecture. It illustrates how to create a wide range of graphic representations using step-by-step tutorials, exercises and hundreds of samples.
The Figurative Artist's Handbook : a contemporary guide to figure drawing, painting, and composition by
Written by a well-known artist and expert instructor, The Figurative Artist's Handbook offers a comprehensive, contemporary approach to the subject that instructs artists on the foundation basics and advanced techniques they need for successful figure drawing and painting. In addition to Zeller's stunning drawings and paintings, the work of over 50 of today's top practicing artists is included, so that the book will do double-duty as a hard-working how-to book and a visual treasure trove of some of the finest figurative art being created today. A must-have reference book for today's figurative artists and art students. This handbook combines three oschools of thoughto regarding figure drawing that are, at least on the surface, at odds with each other. But with his vast teaching experience, Zeller has seen that on a deeper level they are very compatible. Such a synthesis leads to a more complete understanding of the figure. Although this comprehensive approach is reflected in contemporary art and art education, no book has ever combined all three before. Gestural- The dynamic, gestural, rhythmic understanding of the figure as practiced by the great Mannerists of the Renaissance. This philosophy emphasizes life and rhythm in the human form. Rooted in the 16th and 17th centuries. Structural- A solid architectural understanding of the structure and anatomy of the body as the basis for building solid figure drawings. Rooted in the 20th and 21st centuries. Atelier Method- A beautiful, careful, detailed understanding of surface morphology of the figure. Smooth surface rendering. Very sensual. Rooted in the 18th and 19th centuries.
Freehand Drawing and Discovery : urban sketching and concept drawing for designers by
Features access to video tutorials! Designed to help architects, planners, and landscape architects use freehand sketching to quickly and creatively generate design concepts, Freehand Drawing and Discovery uses an array of cross-disciplinary examples to help readers develop their drawing skills. Taking a "both/and" approach, this book provides step-by-step guidance on drawing tools and techniques and offers practical suggestions on how to use these skills in conjunction with digital tools on real-world projects. Illustrated with nearly 300 full color drawings, the book includes a series of video demonstrations that reinforces the sketching techniques.
Fundamentals of Modern Drafting by
FUNDAMENTALS OF MODERN DRAFTING, Second Edition, provides a thorough introduction to contemporary drafting, covering essential technical and engineering drawing concepts and key professional applications. The author uses a highly practical, building-block approach to help you quickly develop the knowledge and skills you need to prepare working drawings for production. Coverage encompasses freehand sketching, instrument drawing, CAD, drafting conventions and formats, multiview, development, pictorial drawing procedures, geometric tolerancing practices, descriptive geometry, and more. Every chapter includes vibrant illustrations to complement the text, as well as hands-on exercises that encourage you to apply what you're learning. Now updated to reflect the latest trends and technology, the new Second Edition reflects current ASME standards to help you make a smooth transition from study and skill development to professional success.
The Guided Sketchbook That Teaches You How to DRAW! by
The guided sketchbook that teaches you how to DRAW! by Keane University's 2013 Teacher of the Year, Robin Landa, is an introduction to drawing techniques, skills, composition, visual thinking, purposes, and tools packaged in a way that makes drawing fun for everyone-especially the 'net generation. From learning how to use a continuous line to drawing with tone, this guided sketchbook teaches drawing in a concise and engaging way. Aspiring illustrators, designers, artists, and avid sketchers alike will gain skills, knowledge, and get creative jolts out of this volume of how-to techniques and imaginative drawing prompts. Topics are introduced in a logical way that allows one to build technical and compositional skills and comprehension. What makes the pedagogy in this book new is that the approach takes into account what has transpired in the age of drawing software-what has become possible and how people now draw and utilize drawing.
Nuthin' but Mech 4 : sketches and renderings by
"It all began in 2009, when designer Lorin Wood started the Nuthin' But Mech blog to share artwork by him and his colleagues featuring their favourite subject: robots. Three years later Wood launched the eponymous book series, providing three (now four!) opportunities for dozens of talented artists from around the world to showcase their passion projects and personal visions of robots in print. Wrapping up the undeniably popular series, Nuthin But Mech 4 perfectly complements the thrilling volumes that preceded it, and celebrates how far artistry and technology can advance in just a few years. This final instalment features artists from all manner of industries (film, animation, video games, theme parks), and their remarkable works illustrate a vast range of tones and themes. You'll also learn about the creators themselves through their accompanying biographies, which add a personal sometimes comedic touch. It's fitting that with the series coming to a close, Nuthin But Mech 4 brings together the highest number of creatives yet fifty-seven in all each with original and imaginative points of view. More talent, more inspiration, more mech!"--Publisher's description.
Quick Sketching with Ron Husband by
Quick sketching is the best technique you can use to stay finely tuned and to keep those creative juices flowing. To keep your sense of observation heightened, and to sharpen your hand-eye coordination, an animator needs to constantly draw and sketch. Quick Sketching with Ron Husband offers instruction to quick sketching and all its techniques. From observing positive and negative space and learning to recognize simple shapes in complex forms to action analysis and using line of action, this Disney legend teaches you how to sketch using all these components, and how to do it in a matter of seconds. On top of instruction and advice, you¿ll also see Ron¿s portfolio of select art representing his growth as an artist throughout the years. Watch his drawings as he grows from a young, talented artist, to a true Disney animator. Follow him as he goes around the world and sketches flamenco dancers, football players, bakers, joggers, lions, tigers, anyone, and anything. As if instruction and inspiration in one place weren¿t enough, you¿ll find a sketchbook included, so you can flip from Ron¿s techniques and work on perfecting basic shapes. Or take your book on the road, read Ron¿s advice, sketch away, capture the world around you.
Sensing Spaces : architecture reimagined by
More than any other art form, architecture is part of our everyday life. Despite this, its ability to dramatically affect the way we think, feel and interact with one another is often overlooked. This volume brings the focus back to the sensual aspects of architecture: the subtle and intangible ways it impacts on human experience. It approaches this subject through the work of six leading architects from around the world, all of whom have created a unique immersive installation for the Royal Academy. Conversations with each of these architects (including Kengo Kuma, Li Xiaodong and Pezo von Ellrichshausen) show the multiplicity of ways in which different approaches to the built environment can affect the way in which we connect with our surroundings, while an introduction by Philip Ursprung explores the background to this humanistic approach to design. The book is fully illustrated, featuring preparatory sketches of the installations as well as key buildings by each of the architects. AUTHOR: Philip Ursprung is professor of history of art and architecture at the Institute for the History and Theory of Architecture, Zurich. Kate Goodwin is Heinz Curator of Architecture at the Royal Academy of Arts. SELLING POINTS: * Focusing on installations made especially for the Royal Academy, this is a completely unique approch to the study of architecture * Features some of the most exciting architects working today, including Li Xiaodong and Pezo von Ellrichshausen * Includes photographs illustrating each architect's work, as well as preparatory studies for their RA installations 120 colour
Sketching from the imagination : fantasy. by
Drawings are the foundations of great fantasy art where concepts, thoughts, and inspirations first become an image. InSketching from the Imagination: Fantasy, fifty talented traditional and digital artists have been chosen to share their sketchbook works and describe their artistic practices when forging new ideas as beautiful sketches. Ranging from Hollywood film concept designers to talented students, each artist is handpicked from a vibrant international art community and from a wide spectrum of styles and mediums. This exquisite new title explores how fifty artists develop their ideas, drawing on diverse sources and their own imaginations to create incredible images. In each article, artists share their love for fantasy drawing, exploring the inspirations and processes behind their practices. Packed with tips, tricks, and creative insights, the artists reveal how they developed their skills, exercise their talents, and explore new fantasy ideas through the forum of drawing. From doodles and sketches ofcreative creatures to fully rendered drawings of invented worlds, each collection is a compendium of concepts to intrigue and inspire the creatively minded. Following the runaway success ofSketching from the Imagination: An Insight into Creative Drawing, 3DTotal Publishing's new titleSketching from the Imagination: Fantasy focuses on designing concepts for one of the most popular genres for artists and audiences alike. A visually stunning collection packed with useful advice,Sketching from the Imagination: Fantasy is an excellent value resource for concept design that will inspire artists of all abilities, as well as those that simply admire beautiful art.
Sketching from the imagination : Sci-Fi by
The humble sketch is the foundation of great art, where thoughts and concepts first come to life as an image--but rarely are sketches celebrated like they deserve to be for their power to explore, inspire, and entertain. InSketching from the Imagination: Sci-fi, a selection of fifty talented traditional and digital artists, ranging from industry legends to talented up-and-comers, have been chosen to share their sketches and reveal the ideas, inspirations, and techniques behind their creative processes. Continuing the high-quality format of 3dtotal Publishing's previous successes,Sketching from the Imagination: An Insight into Creative Drawing andSketching from the Imagination: Fantasy, this new title is dedicated to fantasy's sibling genre, sci-fi, in all its forms. From doodles of robots and aliens to concept designs for spaceships and speculative life-forms, including rendered drawings of invented worlds,Sketching from the Imagination: Sci-fi presents a handpicked collection of the best sketches and drawings by sci-fi artists from across the globe--each with their own unique style and approach to the genre. Each artist presents an impressive showcase of images from their sketchbooks, accompanied by their own enlightening commentary, and page upon page of useful tips, techniques, creative insights, and invaluable advice for getting your ideas out of your brain and onto the page.Sketching from the Imagination: Sci-fi is not only a must-have resource for any concept designer's shelf, but a stunning compilation of drawings that will delight sci-fi fans and any admirer of beautiful artwork.
Sketch Your World : essential techniques for drawing on location by
Discover the Joy of Working on Location! Breathe the air and hear the sounds, and experience the freshness and energy that working on location brings to your work...a quality that says "I was here." And transports your viewer there, too. In Sketch Your World, top artists take you back to the scene--be it a bustling cafe, town square, or quiet park--to share the subjects that caught their eye and how they captured them on paper. * Showcases the work and approaches of more than 20 contemporary urban artists. * Covers topics such as how to hone observation skills, sketch moving subjects, and convey a sense of atmosphere. * Features a range of media, from pencil to watercolor. * Explores a variety of techniques, including ways to work with digital tools such as tablets and smart pens. Uncover the fun and excitement of drawing on location while filling your sketchbook with buildings, people and scenes. The creative possibilities are as unlimited as the world around you!
Up and Running with AutoCAD 2014 : 2D and 3D drawing and modeling by
Get "Up and Running" with AutoCAD using Gindis's combination of step-by-step instruction, examples, and insightful explanations. The emphasis from the beginning is on core concepts and practical application of AutoCAD in architecture, engineering and design. Equally useful in instructor-led classroom training, self-study, or as a professional reference, the book is written with the user in mind by a long-time AutoCAD professional and instructor based on what works in the industry and the classroom.
[Digital] Lighting and Rendering by
Who better to teach students the fine art and craft of digital lighting and rendering than the individual who created many of the stunning lighting effects for Pixar's blockbuster films such as Brave, Toy Story 3, Wall-e, Cars, and The Incredibles? In these pages, lighting and animation pro Jeremy Birn draws on his wealth of industry and teaching experience to provide an thoroughly updated edition of what has become the standard guide to digital lighting and rendering. Using beautiful, full-colour examples; a friendly, clear teaching style; and a slew of case studies and tutorials, Jeremy demonstrates how to create strategic lighting for just about any project. By explaining not just how to use various lighting techniques but why, this guide provides the grounding graphics pros need to master Hollywood lighting techniques. Realising that lighting - how it's used, where it's placed, and the kind of shadow it casts - is critical to any image, Jeremy dedicates the first half of his volume to just that topic. Additional chapters cover colour, exposure, composition, materials and textures, and compositing.
Drawing 3: Digital Product Rendering
Digital Product Rendering trains you in the two-dimensional mode of rendering color and realism to sketches and drawings, in a visually accurate manner, as well as presentation knowledge and techniques.
Your training implements the manual and digital drafting courses as means of visualizing design ideas. You will experience hands-on, two-dimensional mode of rendering techniques using traditional media such as colored pencils, pens and markers. Emphasis is placed on the development of manual rendering skills to facilitate documentation, analysis and presentation in the design process
This course aims to develop your skill in mixed media product rendering, which, as backed up by your drawing and sketching competence, becomes a powerful tool in ideation and presentation that becomes your base skill in your Industrial Design learning experience.
Autodesk Fusion 360 by
3D-Modelle professionell konstruieren, rendern, animieren und simulieren Aufbereitung der Modelle für 3D-Druck und CNC-Fertigung Alle wichtigen Funktionen anhand praktischer Beispiele Schritt für Schritt erklärt
Mit dem cloudbasierten CAD/CAM-Programmsystem Fusion 360 lassen sich schnell und einfach professionelle 3D-Modelle und 2D-Fertigungszeichnungen erstellen und für CNC-Bearbeitungen und 3D-Druck vorbereiten.
Dieses Buch bietet eine praktische Einführung in die wichtigsten Funktionen der umfangreichen Software. Dabei setzt der Autor folgende Themenschwerpunkte:
3D-Modelle zweidimensional skizzieren und aus der Skizze heraus erzeugen Volumenkörper-, Flächen-, Freiform- und Netzmodellierung 2D-Fertigungszeichnungen mit Beschriftung und Stücklisten ableiten Bauteile und Baugruppen rendern, animieren und Mechanismen simulieren Erstellen von Fertigungsdaten für 3D-Drucker und CNC-Bearbeitungsmaschinen (wie CNC-Fräsen, CNC-Drehen und Laserschneiden) Elektronik-Schaltpläne entwerfen und Leiterplatten-Layouts in 2D und 3D ableiten
Alle Funktionen und Arbeitsweisen werden Schritt für Schritt demonstriert und eingeübt. Zahlreiche praktische Beispiele helfen, die verschiedenen Techniken nachzuvollziehen und zu verinnerlichen.
Nach der Lektüre dieses Buches sind Sie bestens gerüstet, individuelle 3D-Modelle sowie die entsprechenden Fertigungsdaten zu erstellen und eigene Projekte umzusetzen.
Aus dem Inhalt:
Installation und Benutzeroberfläche Skizzenerstellung 3D-Modellierung mit Volumen, Flächen, Freiform-Elementen und Netzen Ableiten von Zeichnungen Simulation Baugruppen mit Gelenken Animieren und Rendern Blechkonstruktionen 3D-Druck und CNC-Bearbeitungen (Fräsen, Drehen, Bohren und Schneiden) Elektronik-Schaltpläne und Leiterplatten-Layout (2D/3D) Zahlreiche praktische Beispiele
Detlef Ridder hat langjährige Erfahrung im Bereich CAD und bereits zahlreiche Bücher zu AutoCAD, Inventor, Revit und ArchiCAD veröffentlicht. Er gibt Schulungen zu diesen Programmen und zu CNC und weiß daher, welche Themen für Einsteiger besonders wichtig sind.
Autodesk Fusion 360, 2. Auflage by
3D-Modelle professionell konstruieren, rendern, animieren und simulieren
Aufbereitung der Modelle für 3D-Druck und CNC-Bearbeitungen sowie Einführung in den Fertigungsprozess
Alle wichtigen Funktionen anhand praktischer Beispiele Schritt für Schritt erklärt
Mit dem cloudbasierten CAD/CAM-Programmsystem Fusion 360 lassen sich schnell und einfach professionelle 3D-Modelle und 2D-Fertigungszeichnungen erstellen und für CNC-Bearbeitungen und 3D-Druck vorbereiten.
Dieses Buch bietet eine praktische Einführung in die wichtigsten Funktionen der umfangreichen Software. Dabei setzt der Autor folgende Themenschwerpunkte:
3D-Modelle zweidimensional skizzieren und aus der Skizze heraus erzeugen
Volumenkörper-, Flächen-, Freiform- und Netzmodellierung
2D-Fertigungszeichnungen mit Beschriftung und Stücklisten ableiten
Bauteile und Baugruppen rendern, animieren und Mechanismen simulieren
Erstellen von Fertigungsdaten für 3D-Drucker und CNC-Bearbeitungsmaschinen
3D-Druck und CNC-Bearbeitungen (wie CNC-Fräsen, CNC-Drehen und Laserschneiden)
Alle Funktionen und Arbeitsweisen werden Schritt für Schritt demonstriert und eingeübt. Zahlreiche praktische Beispiele helfen, die verschiedenen Techniken nachzuvollziehen und zu verinnerlichen.
Nach der Lektüre dieses Buches sind Sie bestens gerüstet, individuelle 3D-Modelle sowie die entsprechenden Fertigungsdaten zu erstellen und eigene Projekte umzusetzen.
A Beginner's Guide to 3D Modeling by
The rise of enthusiast 3D printing and CNC machining has created a need for 3D CAD modelling skills, but CAD has traditionally been associated with a steep learning curve. With CAD for Beginners, you'll learn the basics of 3D CAD modelling all the way to advanced modelling using Autodesk Fusion 360, the cloud powered 3D CAD/CAM tool. In this practical guide, you'll start by learning the principles of parametric modelling and basic modelling and assembly methods. Then, you'll move into advanced modelling concepts like 3D sketching and splines, helixes and ribs, technical drawing, and rendering.
Blender 3D Incredible Models by
Learn all about hard-surface modeling in Blender while creating three increasingly complex projects: an assault rifle, a sci-fi racing ship, and an army tank Key Features: Explore Blender's wide array of 3D modeling tools and features with key images printed in colorLearn techniques for texturing, rendering, and riggingEmploy these lessons to create increasingly complex hard-surface models Book Description: Blender is a massively popular and powerful 3D program, with versatile modeling abilities that make it a great way to enter the 3D modelling world. Blender 3D Incredible Models is an extensive guide for those new to hard-surface modeling with Blender, helping you understand the complete range of tools and features it offers and how to employ those efficiently to create realistic models. You'll be led through progressively more challenging modeling projects- from an assault rifle and an army tank to a sci-fi spaceship model-giving you a glimpse of all the skills you'd need in Blender's vast ecosystem of features and functionality, ranging from textures, rendering, and UV mapping to lighting, rigging, and beyond. Each engaging project builds upon the last until you're equipped with everything you need to tackle your own modeling challenges, whatever they may be. By the end of this Blender book, you won't just know how to create the models covered here, but you'll be able to turn your own concepts and references into 3D Blender models too! What You Will Learn: Dive into the fundamental theory behind hard-surface modelingExplore Blender's extensive modeling tools and featuresUse references to produce sophisticated and accurate modelsCreate models with realistic textures and materialsSet up lighting and render your scenes with styleMaster the use of polygons to make game-optimized modelsDevelop impressive animations by exploring the world of riggingEmploy texture painting and modifiers to render the tiniest details Who this book is for: This book is for aspiring 3D artists, animators, architectural visualizers, and game developers looking to learn hard-surface modeling, an essential skill in creative industries. A basic understanding of Blender and its interface, orienting in the 3D Viewport, creating and moving objects, and mesh editing is necessary to get started.
A Companion to Contemporary Drawing by
The first university-level textbook on the power, condition, and expanse of contemporary fine art drawing A Companion to Contemporary Drawing explores how 20th and 21st century artists have used drawing to understand and comment on the world. Presenting contributions by both theorists and practitioners, this unique textbook considers the place, space, and history of drawing and explores shifts in attitudes towards its practice over the years. Twenty-seven essays discuss how drawing emerges from the mind of the artist to question and reflect upon what they see, feel, and experience. This book discusses key themes in contemporary drawing practice, addresses the working conditions and context of artists, and considers a wide range of personal, social, and political considerations that influence artistic choices. Topics include the politics of eroticism in South American drawing, anti-capitalist drawing from Eastern Europe, drawing and conceptual art, feminist drawing, and exhibitions that have put drawing practices at the centre of contemporary art. This textbook: Demonstrates ways contemporary issues and concerns are addressed through drawing Reveals how drawing is used to make powerful social and political statements Situates works by contemporary practitioners within the context of their historical moment Explores how contemporary art practices utilize drawing as both process and finished artifact Shows how concepts of observation, representation, and audience have changed dramatically in the digital era Establishes drawing as a mode of thought Part of the acclaimed Wiley Blackwell Companions to Art History series, A Companion to Contemporary Drawing is a valuable text for students of fine art, art history, and curating, and for practitioners working within contemporary fine art practice.
The Complete Book of Drawing Optical Illusions, 3D Illustrations, and Spiral Art by
Designed for artists of all skill levels, The Complete Book of Drawing Optical Illusions, 3D Illustrations, and Spiral Art will help you create mind-bending art with simple step-by-step instructions.
Optical illusions, 3D trick illustrations, and spiral art may look difficult to create, but with just a little bit of guidance, they can be easily achieved. Artists Jonathan Stephen Harris and Stefan Pabst guide you step by step in creating mind-blowing pencil drawings, starting with basic illustrations and progressing to more challenging ones. From impossible shapes to three-dimensional sketches and trick art, you won’t believe your eyes as you learn to draw these impressive graphite and colored pencil illustrations.
Learn to draw more than 50 stunning items, including:
Floating Shapes & Impossible Shapes
5-Legged Elephant
Transparent Cube
Water Droplet
3D Hole
3D Chichen Itza pyramids
3D Tyrannosaurus rex
3D Leaning Tower of Pisa
Spiral Rose
Spiral Panda
Spiral Diamond Ring
Spiral Butterfly
And much more!
Certain techniques can be used to create these types of illustrations, and this comprehensive guide gives clear instructions for everything you need to know. The Complete Book of Drawing Optical Illusions, 3D Illustrations, and Spiral Art begins with information on tools and materials, perspective, and shading, and then jumps into the first simple step-by-step project. At the end of the book is an inspirational idea gallery for more mind-bending art you can create.
As you work through the art projects in this book, you will hone your drawing skills in the most intriguing way possible, while also exercising your mind with these brain-boosting, unbelievable illustrations! Just like a magician, you’ll be able to wow your family and friends with your own stunning trick art!
Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing by
Broad coverage of digital product creation, from design to manufacture and process optimization This book addresses the need to provide up-to-date coverage of current CAD/CAM usage and implementation. It covers, in one source, the entire design-to-manufacture process, reflecting the industry trend to further integrate CAD and CAM into a single, unified process. It also updates the computer aided design theory and methods in modern manufacturing systems and examines the most advanced computer-aided tools used in digital manufacturing. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing consists of three parts. The first part on Computer Aided Design (CAD) offers the chapters on Geometric Modelling; Knowledge Based Engineering; Platforming Technology; Reverse Engineering; and Motion Simulation. The second part on Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) covers Group Technology and Cellular Manufacturing; Computer Aided Fixture Design; Computer Aided Manufacturing; Simulation of Manufacturing Processes; and Computer Aided Design of Tools, Dies and Molds (TDM). The final part includes the chapters on Digital Manufacturing; Additive Manufacturing; and Design for Sustainability. The book is also featured for being uniquely structured to classify and align engineering disciplines and computer aided technologies from the perspective of the design needs in whole product life cycles, utilizing a comprehensive Solidworks package (add-ins, toolbox, and library) to showcase the most critical functionalities of modern computer aided tools, and presenting real-world design projects and case studies so that readers can gain CAD and CAM problem-solving skills upon the CAD/CAM theory. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing is an ideal textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering, and industrial engineering. It can also be used as a technical reference for researchers and engineers in mechanical and manufacturing engineering or computer-aided technologies.
Drawing from the Model by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
Engineering design graphics with Autodesk Inventor 2017 by
Using a step-by-step format, Engineering Design Graphics with Autodesk Inventor 2017 shows students how to use Autodesk Inventor to create and document designs. Chapter test questions help students assess their understanding of key concepts. Sample problems, end-of-chapter projects, and a variety of additional exercises reinforce the material and allow students to practice the techniques described. The content of the book goes beyond the material normally presented in an engineering graphics text associated with CAD software to include exercises requiring students to design simple mechanisms.
GPU Pro 5 : advanced rendering techniques by
In GPU Pro5: Advanced Rendering Techniques, section editors Wolfgang Engel, Christopher Oat, Carsten Dachsbacher, Michal Valient, Wessam Bahnassi, and Marius Bjorge have once again assembled a high-quality collection of cutting-edge techniques for advanced graphics processing unit (GPU) programming. Divided into six sections, the book covers render
Introduction to Blender 3. 0 by
Master the basics of 3D modeling for art, architecture, and design by exploring Blender 3.0. This book explains modeling, materials, lighting, painting, and more with Blender and other external tools. You will configure a 3D architectural environment and set up the workflow of an art and design project within Blender. You will use Blender's main tools--mesh modeling and sculpting--to create virtual objects and environments. And, you will explore building materials and light scenes, followed by drawing and virtual painting. Chapters cover rendering scenes and transforming them into 2D images or videos. You will learn to use Blender 3.0 for video editing as a compositor and video sequence editor (VSE or sequencer) with a wide range of effects available through the nodal system. On completing this book, you will have the knowledge to create art, design, and architecture with this 3D modeler. What You Will Learn Create objects and architectural buildings with different techniques of 3D modeling Master creating an environment for your objects and how to light them Determine how to create node materials and assign them to your Blender objects Pick up UV unwrapping and texture painting Get closer to painting and drawing in Blender Render your scenes and create stunning videos Who This Book Is For Artists, designers, architects, and animation artists who want to learn Blender by tackling the challenges of building high-end computer graphics, art, design, and architecture. Ideal for readers with little-to-no experience with Blender as it starts with the basics and covers techniques to produce objects, materials, environments.
Learn Autodesk Inventor 2018 basics : 3D modeling, 2D graphics, and assembly design by
Get started with the basics of part modeling, assembly modeling, presentations, and drawings in this step-by-step tutorial on Autodesk Inventor fundamentals. Next, this book teaches you some intermediate-level topics such as additional part modeling tools, sheet metal modeling, top-down assembly features, assembly joints, and dimension and annotations. Engaging explanations, practical examples, and step-by-step instructions make this tutorial book complete. Once you have read Learn Autodesk Inventor 2018 Basics you will be able to use Autodesk Inventor for 3D modeling, 2D drawings, finite element analysis, mold design, and other purposes, just like a design professional. You will gain all the basic information and essential skills you need to work in Autodesk Inventor immediately. You will: Carry out virtual 3D modeling for your next 3D printing projects Design molds for 3D printing and other projects Generate 2D drawings Apply basic finite element analysis for figuring stress, tension, and optimized dimensions for your 3D printing projects.
Mastering Adobe Photoshop Elements by
Become a professional photo editor and bring your ideas to life with Photoshop Elements 2019 Key Features Improve your pictures with easy-to-follow techniques that help you make simple, fast and effective edits Understand how to animate and add multiple layers to your images Master the Photoshop Elements user interface (UI) with real-life examples Book Description Adobe Photoshop Elements is a raster graphics editor for entry-level photographers, image editors, and hobbyists. Though it shares many of Photoshop CC's high-end features, it also boasts a significant number of simple to use, yet highly effective tools not found at the professional level. This book presents the complexities of image editing in easy-to-follow, bite-sized chunks, allowing you to quickly recognize the editing challenge, and helps you to identify the tools and techniques required to make improvements, and to apply those techniques quickly and efficiently. You will start by learning how to import, organize, manage, edit, and use your pictures in a format that's designed for creative photography projects. Going further, you'll discover how to fix a wide range of photographic problems based on the book's extensive repertoire of commonly applied solutions. You'll be escorted through a wide range of common processes that include applying artistic effects to creative projects, custom image makeovers, processing images for social media, and other file export methods. Towards the end of the book, you will understand what the most important tools and features actually do in Photoshop Elements, answering the often-asked question; What, when, and where would you use these features in a precise and practical way. What you will learn Understand the latest Photoshop tools to add life to your photos Add graphic elements to any composition, photograph, or illustration Tackle challenges in editing multi-layered images for your photography projects Develop illustrative skills with Photoshop Elements' variety of drawing tools Understand techniques for professional photo retouching Work with online and local templates to create calendars, greeting cards, and other projects Who this book is for This book is for photographers, creative professionals, and individuals who want to master image editing for publishing, press, and web formats with Adobe's Photoshop Elements. Professionals who are looking to become accomplished image retouchers will also find the book helpful. Photography skills along with basic photo editing knowledge will be useful, but not necessary.
Mastering Autodesk Inventor 2016 and Autodesk Inventor LT 2016 by
Your real-world introduction to mechanical design with Autodesk Inventor 2016 Mastering Autodesk Inventor 2016 and Autodesk Inventor LT 2016 is a complete real-world reference and tutorial for those learning this mechanical design software. With straightforward explanations and practical tutorials, this guide brings you up to speed with Inventor in the context of real-world workflows and environments. You'll begin designing right away as you become acquainted with the interface and conventions, and then move into more complex projects as you learn sketching, modeling, assemblies, weldment design, functional design, documentation, visualization, simulation and analysis, and much more. Detailed discussions are reinforced with step-by-step tutorials, and the companion website provides downloadable project files that allow you to compare your work to the pros. Whether you're teaching yourself, teaching a class, or preparing for the Inventor certification exam, this is the guide you need to quickly gain confidence and real-world ability. Inventor's 2D and 3D design features integrate with process automation tools to help manufacturers create, manage, and share data. This detailed guide shows you the ins and outs of all aspects of the program, so you can jump right in and start designing with confidence. Sketch, model, and edit parts, then use them to build assemblies Create exploded views, flat sheet metal patterns, and more Boost productivity with data exchange and visualization tools Perform simulations and stress analysis before the prototyping stage This complete reference includes topics not covered elsewhere, including large assemblies, integrating other CAD data, effective modeling by industry, effective data sharing, and more. For a comprehensive, real-world guide to Inventor from a professional perspective, Mastering Autodesk Inventor 2016 and Autodesk Inventor LT 2016 is the easy-to-follow hands-on training you've been looking for.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 by
Go from 'beginner' to 'expert' with this professional, tutorial-based guide to Maya 2016 Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 is your professional hands-on coverage to getting the most out of Maya. If you already know the basics of Maya, this book is your ticket to full coverage of all Maya 2016's latest features, and showcases the tools and methods used in real-world 3D animation and visual effects. From modeling, texturing, animation, and effects to high-level techniques for film, television, games, and more, this book expands your skill set, and helps you prepare for the Autodesk Maya certification exam. Filled with challenging tutorials and real-world scenarios this book provides valuable insight into the entire CG production timeline. Take your Maya skills to the next level with step-by-step instruction and insight from the industry professionals. Learn professional techniques used in real-world visual effects Master Dynamics, Maya Muscle, Stereo Cameras, mental ray, and more Expand your skills with advanced techniques for cloth, fur, and fluids Understand everything you need to know for the Maya certification exam
OpenGL 4 Shading Language Cookbook by
OpenGL Shading Language 4 Cookbook is a hands-on guide that gets straight to the point - actually creating graphics, instead of just theoretical learning. Each recipe is specifically tailored to satisfy your appetite for producing real-time 3-D graphics using the latest GLSL specification. This book is for OpenGL programmers looking to use the modern features of GLSL 4 to create real-time, three-dimensional graphics. Familiarity with OpenGL programming, along with the typical 3D coordinate systems, projections, and transformations is assumed. It can also be useful for experienced GLSL programme.
Practical Autodesk AutoCAD 2021 and AutoCAD LT 2021 by
Learn 2D drawing and 3D modeling from scratch using AutoCAD 2021 and its more affordable LT version to become a CAD professional Key Features Explore the AutoCAD GUI, file format, and drawing tools to get started with CAD projects Learn to use drawing management tools for working efficiently on large projects Discover techniques for creating, modifying, and managing 3D models and converting 2D plans into 3D models Book Description AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT are one of the most versatile software applications for architectural and engineering designs and the most popular computer-aided design (CAD) platform for 2D drafting and 3D modeling. This hands-on guide will take you through everything you need to know to make the most out of this powerful tool, starting from a simple tour of the user interface through to using advanced tools. Starting with basic drawing shapes and functions, you'll get to grips with the fundamentals of CAD designs. You'll then learn about effective drawing management using layers, dynamic blocks, and groups and discover how to add annotations and plot like professionals. The book delves into 3D modeling and helps you convert your 2D drawings into 3D models and shapes. As you progress, you'll cover advanced tools and features such as isometric drawings, drawing utilities for managing and recovering complex files, quantity surveying, and multidisciplinary drawing files using xRefs, and you'll learn how to implement them with the help of practical exercises at the end of each chapter. Finally, you'll get to grips with rendering and visualizing your designs in AutoCAD. By the end of the book, you'll have developed a solid understanding of CAD principles and be able to work with AutoCAD software confidently to build impressive 2D and 3D drawings. What you will learn Understand CAD fundamentals using AutoCAD's basic functions, navigation, and components Create complex 3d solid objects starting from the primitive shapes using the solid editing tools Working with reusable objects like Blocks and collaborating using xRef Explore some advanced features like external references and dynamic block Get to grips with surface and mesh modeling tools such as Fillet, Trim, and Extend Use the paper space layout in AutoCAD for creating professional plots for 2D and 3D models Convert your 2D drawings into 3D models Who this book is for The book is for design engineers, mechanical engineers, architects, and anyone working in construction, manufacturing, or similar fields. Whether you're an absolute beginner, student, or professional looking to upgrade your engineering design skills, you'll find this AutoCAD book useful. No prior knowledge of CAD or AutoCAD is necessary.
Practical Autodesk AutoCAD 2023 and AutoCAD LT 2023 by
Learn 2D drawing and 3D modeling from scratch using AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT 2023 and become a CAD professional Key Features: Learn techniques for making, modifying, and managing AutoCAD 2D and 3D drawingsUnderstand how to use reusable and named objects like blocks, xRef, and layersScale, annotate, and print drawings from model space and layout Book Description: AutoCAD is one of the most versatile software applications for architectural and engineering designs and the most popular computer-aided design (CAD) platform for 2D drafting and 3D modeling. This hands-on 2nd edition guide will take you through everything you need to know to make the most out of this powerful tool, from a simple tour of the user interface to using advanced tools. Starting with basic drawing shapes and functions, you'll get to grips with the fundamentals of CAD designs. You'll then learn about effective drawing management using layers, dynamic blocks, and groups, and discover how to add annotations and plots like a professional. As you progress, the book will show you how to convert your 2D drawings into 3D models and shapes. You'll also discover advanced features, such as isometric drawings, drawing utilities for managing and recovering complex files, quantity surveying, and multidisciplinary drawing files using xRefs. Finally, you'll focus on rendering and visualizing your designs in AutoCAD. By the end of this book, you'll have developed a solid understanding of CAD principles and be able to work with AutoCAD software confidently to build impressive 2D and 3D creations. What You Will Learn: Understand CAD fundamentals like functions, navigation, and componentsCreate complex 3D objects using primitive shapes and editing toolsWork with reusable objects like blocks and collaborate using xRefExplore advanced features like external references and dynamic blocksDiscover surface and mesh modeling tools such as Fillet, Trim, and ExtendUse the paper space layout to create plots for 2D and 3D modelsConvert your 2D drawings into 3D models Who this book is for: This 3D modeling book is for design engineers, mechanical engineers, architects, and anyone working in construction, manufacturing, or similar fields. Whether you're an absolute beginner, student, or professional looking to upgrade your engineering design skills, you'll find this AutoCAD book useful. No prior knowledge of CAD or AutoCAD is necessary.
Practical Machine Learning and Image Processing: For Facial Recognition, Object Detection, and Pattern Recognition Using Python by
Gain insights into image-processing methodologies and algorithms, using machine learning and neural networks in Python. This book begins with the environment setup, understanding basic image-processing terminology, and exploring Python concepts that will be useful for implementing the algorithms discussed in the book. You will then cover all the core image processing algorithms in detail before moving onto the biggest computer vision library: OpenCV. You’ll see the OpenCV algorithms and how to use them for image processing.
The next section looks at advanced machine learning and deep learning methods for image processing and classification. You’ll work with concepts such as pulse coupled neural networks, AdaBoost, XG boost, and convolutional neural networks for image-specific applications. Later you’ll explore how models are made in real time and then deployed using various DevOps tools.
All the concepts in Practical Machine Learning and Image Processing are explained using real-life scenarios. After reading this book you will be able to apply image processing techniques and make machine learning models for customized application.
What You Will Learn
Discover image-processing algorithms and their applications using Python
Explore image processing using the OpenCV library
Use TensorFlow, scikit-learn, NumPy, and other libraries
Work with machine learning and deep learning algorithms for image processing
Apply image-processing techniques to five real-time projects
Who This Book Is For
Data scientists and software developers interested in image processing and computer vision.
Practical Paint.NET: The Powerful No-Cost Image Editor for Microsoft Windows by
Learn to use the most up-to-date version of Paint.NET, the free, Windows-based program for image editing. This book is ideal for PC users who find Microsoft Paint too lacking, and Photoshop or GIMP too overwhelming. Paint.NET is a lightweight yet capable program that’s easy to navigate and is regularly updated.
You’ll quickly become acquainted with this powerful, yet easy-to-learn program’s features; tools, layers, adjustments, and effects. See how to correct exposure, digitally retouch and repair damaged photos, and handle a broad spectrum of photo editing tasks—even how to colorize a black-and-white image. You’ll also learn how to create digital art using the Paint.NET drawing tools and effects. Practice files are provided with step-by-step instructions to jump into photo editing and art creation.
Practical Paint.NET highlights this powerful program's rich set of features and capabilities providing you the pathway for just about any kind of image editing. Join the large community behind it today!
What You'll Learn
Use layers, which are essential in any professional quality image editing program
Acquire and install plugins to maximize Paint.NET’s capabilities
Enhance, retouch, and modify digital images
Create compelling digital artwork using the drawing tools and applying artistic filters
Who This Book Is For
Windows-based PC users who require the ability to edit digital images without the ongoing cost of subscription-based software, or complex open-source software. This group includes art or photography instructors (especially those in schools systems with limited budgets), small business owners, casual photographers, aspiring graphic designers, or anyone requiring a solid, basic editing program.
Programming with OpenSCAD by
Programming with OpenSCAD is a STEM-focused, learn-to-code book for beginners that introduces core computational thinking concepts through the design of 3D-printable objects. Develop coding skills as you build increasingly complex 3D models and print them into fun games, puzzles, and more.
OpenSCAD is freely available open source software that enables nondesigners to easily create 3D designs using a text-based programming language. It’s a great language for beginners because the instant 3D visualization gives you immediate feedback on the results of your code. This book channels OpenSCAD’s visual benefits and user-friendliness into a STEAM-focused, project-based tutorial that teaches the basics of coding, 3D printing, and computational thinking while you develop your spatial reasoning by creating 3D designs with OpenSCAD.
Presuming no prior experience with either programming or 3D design, each chapter builds a scaffolded understanding of core concepts. You’ll start by defining, drawing and displaying geometric primitives with text-based code, then expand your creative toolbox with transformation operations – like rotating, reflecting, scaling, and combining shapes.
As the projects become more sophisticated, so will your programming skills; you’ll use loops for replicating objects, if statements for differentiating your designs, and parameterized, self-contained modules to divide longer scripts into separate files. Along the way, you'll learn 3D printing tips so that you can produce physical mementos of your progress and get physical feedback that lets you correct mistakes in real time. In addition, the book provides hands-on and accessible design exercises at the end of each chapter so that you can practice applying new concepts immediately after they are introduced.
You’ll learn:
Programming basics like working with variables, loops, conditional statements, and parameterized modules
Transformation operations, such as rotate, reflect, and scale, to create complex shapes
Extrusion techniques for turning 2D shapes into elaborate 3D designs
Computational-thinking concepts, including decomposition, abstraction, and pattern recognition
OpenSCAD’s Boolean, Minkowski and hull operations for combining multiple 3D shapes into one
3D design fundamentals, like navigating the xyz-axis, orthogonal vs. perspective views, and constructive solid geometry
Organizing bigger designs into separate files to make code more readable and collaborative
Accessibly written for a wide audience (advanced middle schoolers, high school students, college students, artists, makers and lifelong-learners alike), this is the perfect guide to becoming proficient at programming in general and 3D modeling in particular.
Realistic Asset Creation with Adobe Substance 3D by
Gain extensive, practical knowledge of 3D design with Adobe Substance 3D and learn to build a comprehensive portfolio of work with this interactive book Key Features: Find out how to use Adobe Substance 3D swiftly and with little prior knowledgeUse a variety of interactive projects to get familiar with the fundamentalsCreate better career prospects for yourself by mastering 3D design with a single comprehensive guide Book Description: Adobe Substance 3D is a comprehensive suite complete with everything an artist needs to create stunning 3D digital materials. Getting a grip on the ecosystem of apps can be challenging for beginners, which is where Realistic Asset Creation with Adobe Substance 3D comes in! This practical guide doesn't bombard you with reams of textual information. Instead, you get an interactive, project-based book that'll help you gain sound knowledge of Adobe Substance 3D and set you on the right path toward a career in 3D design. You'll start off with the rudiments of Adobe Substance 3D Painter, which will enable you to acquire the skills needed to work with layers, masks, shelves, textures, and more. Next, you'll move on to Adobe Substance 3D Designer and become well-acquainted with this node-based design tool as you progress through the chapters. The final section is devoted to Adobe Substance 3D Stager, which teaches you to build complex 3D scenes and visualize your edits in real time. By the end of this Adobe book, you'll have gained a solid understanding of Adobe Substance 3D and developed the skills to build a comprehensive portfolio of work, setting you up for a lucrative career in 3D design. What You Will Learn: Discover Substance 3D Painter, Designer, and Stager through easy projectsAssemble 3D scenes and set up assets, materials, lights, and camerasExplore the innovative 3D assets library and learn how to digitize your 3D assetsTexture your 3D assets with advanced brushes and Smart MaterialsUse and blend a variety of nodes in Adobe Substance 3D DesignerCreate and export materials using Adobe Substance 3D Sampler Who this book is for: This book is for game designers, 3D generalists, and design students. If you're looking to get started in your 3D career or planning to join 3D generation, then you'll find this book useful. The book assumes very little to no 3D design knowledge. A bit of understanding of the history, functionality, and purpose of the Adobe Substance 3D package is presumed but is not mandatory; however, you must know how to work with Adobe Photoshop.
Tools for Ideas by
This reference work on the core competence of architects and designers provides a thorough and considered overview of the tools and theories, means and methods and practices and possibilities of creative design. In this substantially expanded edition, a review of recent developments since the first edition has been added, the chapters on digital tools have been updated, and a new, extensive practice section describes the foundations of digital, research-based processes and social agendas in design. The author "demonstrates compellingly that design is a synthesis of creative, technical and architectural skills coupled with academic research and reflection. Enlightening!" (Christian Thomas on the first edition). "Insight into the craft of design. Light in the darkness of how ideas take shape." (Jesko Fezer).
Unreal Engine 5 Character Creation, Animation, and Cinematics by
Get to grips with the base workflow and create your own cinematic scenes in UE5 by learning to develop the main elements, animate, and combine them into a complete rendered movie scene with the help of key images printed in color Key Features Perform your entire rigging and animation workflow inside Unreal Engine 5 using Control Rig tools Create hand-keyed animations and clean up motion capture natively in Unreal Engine Learn the basics of creating 3D assets and customizing a MetaHuman for your movie needs Book Description Unreal Engine 5 (UE5) offers beginners and seasoned professionals the ability to create detailed movie scenes with realistic human characters using MetaHuman and combine it with custom props and environments. It also comes with built-in industry standard animation tools to develop such scenes in a fraction of the time compared to old methods. This book takes you through the entire 3D movie production pipeline using free (open - source) software. By following the step-by-step, beginner-friendly tutorials in this book, you'll learn how to create your own custom 3D assets in Blender and texture these 3D assets in Quixel Mixer. Next, you'll take these completed 3D assets into Unreal Engine 5 and use them to build a virtual 3D movie set for your 3D movie. You'll also populate your 3D movie set by using Quixel MegaScans assets and create and customize your own photorealistic human character using MetaHuman Creator and UE5. As you advance, you'll discover how to rig, skin, and animate these 3D assets and characters using Blender and UE5's new Control Rig. Finally, you'll explore the process of setting up your movie cameras and animation sequences and rendering your 3D movie using UE5's Sequencer. By the end of this Unreal Engine book, you'll have learned how to combine different elements in UE5 to make your own movies and cinematics. What you will learn Create, customize, and use a MetaHuman in a cinematic scene in UE5 Model and texture custom 3D assets for your movie using Blender and Quixel Mixer Use Nanite with Quixel Megascans assets to build 3D movie sets Rig and animate characters and 3D assets inside UE5 using Control Rig tools Combine your 3D assets in Sequencer, include the final effects, and render out a high-quality movie scene Light your 3D movie set using Lumen lighting in UE5 Who this book is for This book is for beginners to Unreal Engine or 3D animation and art in general who want to learn the entire process of creating 3D movies with Unreal Engine 5. Experienced 3D artists and animators new to UE5 will also find this book invaluable as it covers cutting-edge techniques for making real-time 3D movies using Unreal Engine, Blender, Quixel Mixer, and Quixel Bridge. Although prior experience with 3D software is not necessary, it will be helpful in understanding the concepts more easily.
WWW. Drawing by
What is the role of hand drawing play for architecture in a digital age, as drawing moves off the page and onto the screen? How might computer-generated drawings emulate the ambiguities and nuances of the hand? WWW Drawing: Architectural Drawing from Pencil to Pixel documents the eponymous project conducted by Pennsylvania State University's Department of Architecture, which explored these questions through a giant-scale hand-drawing workshop and a symposium held at the Drawing Center, New York. WWW refers in this context both to the World Wide Web, and to the "Three Ws"--architects Michael Webb, Mark West and James Wines, each renowned for their skills in hand drawing, who discuss their individual approaches and techniques. Complementing the Ws' perspectives, artists and architects of a younger generation -- Daniel Cardoso Llach, Andrew Heumann, Jürg Lehni, Jane Nisselson, Seher Shah and Ann Tarantino--address various aspects of contemporary architectural drawing, both analog and digital: the legacies of contrasting ideologies of early computer-aided design; technology as expressive vocabulary; and drawing as live performance, whether executed by hand or by robotic drawing machine. Together, the research and creative explorations presented in WWW Drawing cast architectural drawing in a fresh light. Published by Actar Publishers, Pennsylvania State University and Stuckeman School of Architecture
Digital Graphic Techniques for Industrial Design
Digital Graphic Techniques for Industrial Design is an introductory computer-rendering course designed to complement the manual rendering course that you have learned in your design foundation courses.
In this course, you learn the basic computer-rendering techniques that you could use in your visualizing design ideas in all the major design courses. This is an important course for you in creating original design concepts in digital format through software such as Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, and other apps available via PC, Mac, or tablets. An introduction to the history and practice of graphic design ushers you to the world of graphic design. You are taught the practical approaches in visualization and presentation techniques and will be guided through a series of exercises to teach you further digital literacy in the areas of vector and bitmap graphics.
At the end of this course, you are expected to be knowledgeable on the different digital rendering techniques and its application
Adobe Dreamweaver CC : 2018 release by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Dreamweaver CC (2018 release) choose Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks from Adobe Press. The 12 project-based step-by-step lessons in this book show users the key techniques for working in Dreamweaver. Learn how to create webpages for the modern web with a minimum of hand coding; incorporate graphics, and text; add links to text and images; add interactive elements to your sites, such as HTML5-compatible interactivity; work with the latest HTML5 and CSS3 code and structures; and publish a finished site to the web. Four additional online lessons provide valuable hands-on experience in working with code and how to use and customize web frameworks to build a fully responsive site design to support a wide variety of desktop computers and mobile devices. The online assets also include three bonus exercises for HTML and Cascading Style Sheets, and creating web assets, essential to your understanding of web design and website development. That's 16 total lessons chock full of invaluable information and real world examples. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Illustrator CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Illustrator CC (2018 release) choose Adobe Illustrator CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show users the key techniques for realizing your creative potential with Adobe Illustrator CC. Following hands-on step-by-step projects, users create logos, illustrations, posters, and more. Explore the new Essentials workspace that makes learning Illustrator even easier. Learn how to use the Shaper tool and Live Shapes along with dynamic symbols to streamline graphics creation. Create website assets and export them in multiple formats to support modern responsive web designs. From exacting illustration to free-form painting, you'll build a strong foundation in Illustrator as you progress through the lessons. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
The Adobe Illustrator Wow! Book for CS6 and CC by
Adobe Illustrator WOW! Book is updated to help intermediate through advanced students get up to speed on the more creative features of Illustrator and efficiently integrate workflow updates and improvements. With its practical, yet beautiful examples, this book focuses on real-world tips, tricks, and techniques extracted from the artwork of many of the world's best Illustrator artists. This 14th edition of the book will help students harness the most powerful creative features of Adobe Illustrator CS6 and CC (including the latest 2014 release), from painting and generating objects with raster brushes, to creating complex repeating patterns, and inserting Illustrator objects into an editable 3D perspective grid. They'll learn how to incorporate the vast array of feature enhancements designed to improve object and text creation and editing, including Live Corners, Live Rectangles, the new Path Reshaping functions, and the Touch Type tool. In addition, they'll discover how to add automatic corners to pattern brushes, apply gradients to strokes, prepare artwork for animation and the web, and use Image Trace to transform raster art to vectors. Through real-world step-by-step lessons and stunning artwork, students will be inspired to master even the most challenging aspects of Adobe Illustrator.
Adobe Indesign CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe InDesign choose Adobe InDesign CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based step-by-step lessons show users the key techniques for working in InDesign. Designers will build a strong foundation of typographic, page layout, and document-construction skills that will enable them to produce a broad range of print and digital publications--from a simple postcard to an interactive Adobe PDF with form fields. The real-world tasks in this comprehensive book are presented in an easy-to-follow, step-by-step format and are designed to train beginning Adobe InDesign users in the program--from fundamental features to powerful layout and output skills. This book will also help experienced InDesign users elevate their skills, understand best practices, and learn about new features. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Lightroom Classic CC : the official training workbook from Adobe by
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book® New ways to assemble collections and more search filters make it easier than ever to organize your growing library and find the photos you need. Streamline your editing workflow using intelligent tools trained with thousands of professionally corrected images, and make more selective local adjustments with sophisticated color and tone range masking. Work on your photos on any device; then, create stylish books and print layouts, dynamic slideshows, and interactive web galleries to showcase your images-or publish them online with just a click. The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC! Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does-an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) contains 11 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Purchase of this book includes valuable online features. Follow the instructions in the book's Getting Started section to unlock access to: * Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book * Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step, and updated material covering new feature releases from Adobe What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC (2018 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC software.
Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop choose Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show key step-by-step techniques for working in Photoshop, including how to correct, enhance, and distort digital images, create image composites, and prepare images for print and the web. In addition to learning the essential elements of the Photoshop interface, this revised edition for the 2018 release covers features like search capabilities, Content-Aware Crop, Select and Mask, Face-Aware Liquify, designing with multiple artboards, creating and organizing enhanced brush presets, and much more! The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Photoshop CC for Dummies by
The fast and easy way to grasp Photoshop CC essentials Photoshop is the gold standard when it comes to photo and image editing tools. But unless you've ever taken a class or gotten help from a Photoshop guru, you may find yourself a bit confused on where to start and how to get things done. Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition is the book for those of us who don't know a layer from a level and just want to learn how to make photos look better. This update to Photoshop CC For Dummies, the first since the product launched, packs an even more powerful punch to help you manage and enhance your images. In Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition you'll find clear explanations of the menus, panels, tools, options, and shortcuts you'll use the most. Plus, you'll discover invaluable tips for fixing common photo flaws, improving color quality, adjusting brightness, removing unwanted background elements, and more. Whether you want to improve how your family photos look or need to add a new skillset to your resume, this friendly guide gives you all the steps to navigating the software and getting top-notch results. Get a handle on the most common tools Improve focus and color in photos Add text and illustrations to create stunning graphics Find insider tips and tricks the pros use The sky's the limit for stunning photos and innovative images when you have Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition in your design toolbox!
Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud revealed by
Adobe Photoshop has long provided cutting edge technology for sophisticated digital editing, and ADOBE PHOTOSHOP CREATIVE CLOUD REVEALED provides a solid foundation for those looking to learn this industry-standard program. Real-world, practical examples and step-by-step instruction throughout offer well-rounded, comprehensive coverage of both artistic and technical features. With extensive four-color artwork and screenshots that support and clarify key concepts, ADOBE PHOTOSHOP CREATIVE CLOUD REVEALED is a valuable resource that will give readers the confidence they need to edit and enhance digital images with skill and ease.
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC : the official training workbook from Adobe by
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book® New ways to assemble collections and more search filters make it easier than ever to organize your growing library and find the photos you need. Streamline your editing workflow using intelligent tools trained with thousands of professionally corrected images, and make more selective local adjustments with sophisticated color and tone range masking. Work on your photos on any device; then, create stylish books and print layouts, dynamic slideshows, and interactive web galleries to showcase your images-or publish them online with just a click. The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC! Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does-an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) contains 11 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Purchase of this book includes valuable online features. Follow the instructions in the book's Getting Started section to unlock access to: * Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book * Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step, and updated material covering new feature releases from Adobe What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC (2018 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC software.
Adobe® Illustrator Creative Cloud Revealed by
ADOBE ILLUSTRATOR CREATIVE CLOUD REVEALED offers you comprehensive coverage in all areas of Adobe Illustrator. Beginning with fundamental concepts and progressing to in-depth exploration of the software's full set of features, these step-by-step lessons offer you a guided tour of all the program's great features - including an illustrated tutorial on �how to draw with the Pen tool� that you won't find in any other book. This new edition highlights extensive coverage of important and exciting new features, including dramatic improvements to Illustrator's built-in tracing utility and a major upgrade for creating patterns.
Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer : a guide to careers in design by
Begin your graphic design career now, with the guidance ofindustry experts Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer is a singlesource guide to the myriad of options available to those pursuing agraphic design career. With an emphasis on portfolio requirementsand job opportunities, this guide helps both students andindividuals interested in entering the design field prepare forsuccessful careers. Coverage includes design inspiration, designgenres, and design education, with discussion of the specificcareer options available in print, interactive, and motion design.Interviews with leading designers like Michael Bierut, StefanSagmeister, and Mirko Ilic give readers an insider's perspective oncareer trajectory and a glimpse into everyday operations andinspirations at a variety of companies and firms. Design has become a multi-platform activity that involvesaesthetic, creative, and technical expertise. Becoming a Graphicand Digital Designer shows readers that the field once known as"graphic design" is now richer and more inviting than everbefore. Learn how to think like a designer and approach projectssystematically Discover the varied career options available within graphicdesign Gain insight from some of the leading designers in theirfields Compile a portfolio optimized to your speciality of choice Graphic designers' work appears in magazines, advertisements,video games, movies, exhibits, computer programs, packaging,corporate materials, and more. Aspiring designers are sure to findtheir place in the industry, regardless of specific interests.Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer provides a roadmapand compass for the journey, which begins today.
Digital painting in Photoshop : Industry techniques for beginners by
Learn how to paint digitally in Adobe Photoshop; the key professional software for illustrators, video game artists, and the CG industry. Inside Digital Painting in Photoshop: Industry Techniques for Beginners is everything the budding digital painter needs to know about the customizable Photoshop interface, its efficient tools, essential painting brushes, and complex layers and masks. Explore the endless possibilities of digital painting through three highly detailed step-by-step tutorials which look intricately at key processes and techniques. Discover how to subtly integrate photo textures, create custom brushes, and generate impressive effects to develop your own incredible artworks. Digital Painting in Photoshop: Industry Techniques for Beginners is an essential guide for beginners, students, and those who want to learn more about how to harness the significant power of Photoshop as a painting tool.
Expressive Type : unique typographic design in sketchbooks in print & on location around the globe by
Expressive Type showcases the work of major international designers working with typography in branding and advertising, environment, packaging and products, and self- initiated projects.
The Graphic Designer's Digital Toolkit by
THE GRAPHIC DESIGNER�S DIGITAL TOOLKIT, 7th Edition not only introduces students to the essential features of industry-standard software applications, but also gives them an understanding of how to integrate these programs into a seamless whole. Using a highly visual and project-based approach, this fully revised new edition examines Macintosh OS X Maverick, Windows 7 and Windows 8 operating systems, as well the most up to date Creative Cloud features of the �Big 3� digital design programs used in the graphics industry today: Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop, and Adobe InDesign . After thoroughly examining the features of each application from the designer�s perspective, the author then reveals in practical detail the traditional skills and technology necessary for effective design for print and Web media. Using online project files, students are encouraged to practice what they have learned by tackling design projects throughout the text from concept to completion. Effectively merging theory with practice, THE GRAPHIC DESIGNER'S DIGITAL TOOLKIT, 7th Edition stresses the critical importance of integration in design while meeting design parameters and client expectations. Contact your Learning Consultant to learn more about how CourseMate can enhance the way you teach and your students learn.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
The Graphic Design Reader by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners. Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin. Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography. The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Graphic design school : a foundation course for graphic designers working in print, moving image and digital media by
This fully revised edition of Graphic Design School improves upon previous editions by providing a more fully developed introduction to the study of graphic design, firmly locating it within the professional activities it embraces. The book is organized into two main sections, 'principles' and 'practice'. The first section deals with the fundamentals of design, such as composition, hierarchy, layout, typography, grid structure, colour and so on. The second section puts these basics into practice, and gives information about studio techniques and production issues relevant to a number of different graphic design disciplines. The last part of the second section provides an overview of some of the different career choices open to students entering the graphic design field.
Illustrator CC : 2014 release for Windows and Macintosh by
For almost two decades, the best-selling Visual QuickStart Guides by Elaine Weinmann and Peter Lourekas have been the textbooks of choice in classrooms and the go-to tutorial and reference for art and design professionals. This edition includes their trademark features: clear, concise, step-by-step instructions; hundreds of full-color illustrations; screen captures of program features; and supplemental tips and sidebars in every chapter. This fully updated edition for Illustrator CC (2014 release) covers the new enhancements and features, including significant upgrades to the Pencil tool, Swatches panel, Artboard panel, as well as new Live Corners, reshaping methods, and much more. The new and updated Illustrator CC features are clearly marked with bright red stars in both the table of contents and main text. Readers can follow the steps in a tutorial fashion, or use the book as a reference guide to individual program features. Many of the key illustrations used in the book are available via Web download for practice by readers.
Photoshop Elements 2019 for Dummies by
Turn blah photos into dazzling images Photoshop Elements offers enough of the power you'll find in full Photoshop to make both basic and artistic edits to your photos. Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies helps you learn how to use Photoshop Elements to take your shots to stunning new heights! Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies offers photographers of all skill levels the power to turn run-of-the-mill digital pictures into beautiful photographs. This friendly and helpful guidebook directs you on how to harness all the tools this powerful software has to offer. Simple explanations for handling image editing Steps for giving your photos a digital makeover Ways to turn your photos into works of art Guidance on fixing your pics with one click No matter if you're a photo editing newcomer looking for advice on making the most common fixes or an experienced editor in need of a road map to this version of Photoshop Elements, this book has you covered!
Type tells tales by
Type Tells Tales' focuses on typography that is integral to the message or story it is expressing. This is type that speaks - that is literally the voice of the narrator. And the narrator is the typographer. This can be quite literal, for example when letters come from the mouth of a person or thing, as in a comics balloon. It can be hand lettering, drawn with its own distinctive peculiarities that convey personality and mood. Precedents for contemporary work might be in Apollinaire's calligram 'Il pleut' or Kurt Schwitters' children's picture book 'The Scarecrow', or in Concrete Poetry, Futurist 'Words in Freedom' or Dadaist collage. Seeking out examples in the furthest reaches of graphic design, Steven Heller and Gail Anderson uncover work that reveals how type can be used to render a particular voice or multiple conversations, how letters can be used in various shapes and sizes to create a kind of typographic pantomime, and how type can become both content and illustration as in, for example Paul Rand's 'ROARRRRR'. Letters take the shape and form of other things, such as people, faces, animals, cars or planes.
Typographic Design : form and communication by
The bestselling introduction to designing the written word Typographic Design: Form & Communication is the definitive reference for graphic designers, providing a comprehensive introduction to the visual word. Done well, typopgraphy can communicate so much more than the words themselves. Typographic design determines how you feel about a message, the associations you make, and ultimately, the overall success of the communication. Typographic design extends from the page to the screen, and is a critical element of almost any graphic design project. This book provides essential guidance on everything related to type: from letterforms and negative space, to messaging, processes, and history, aspiring designers will find great utility in mastering these critical concepts. This new seventh edition has been fully updated with new coverage of contemporary typography processes, updated case studies, and new examples from branding, print, web, motion, and more. On-screen typographic design concepts are discussed in greater detail, and the online supplemental materials include new flashcards, terminology and quizzes. Understand design factors as they relate to type Explore communication and typographic messaging Learn how typography has evolved, and where it is headed Adopt established approaches to designing with type The irony of typographic design is that, when done well, it often goes unnoticed--but its impact on a project's overall success is undeniable. Typography can make or break a page, can enhance or overpower an image, and can obscure a message or bring it into sharp focus. It is one of the most powerful tools in the graphic designer's arsenal, and Typographic Design is the complete, practical introduction.
Digital Graphic Techniques for Industrial Design
Digital Graphic Techniques for Industrial Design is an introductory computer-rendering course designed to complement the manual rendering course that you have learned in your design foundation courses.
In this course, you learn the basic computer-rendering techniques that you could use in your visualizing design ideas in all the major design courses. This is an important course for you in creating original design concepts in digital format through software such as Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, and other apps available via PC, Mac, or tablets. An introduction to the history and practice of graphic design ushers you to the world of graphic design. You are taught the practical approaches in visualization and presentation techniques and will be guided through a series of exercises to teach you further digital literacy in the areas of vector and bitmap graphics.
At the end of this course, you are expected to be knowledgeable on the different digital rendering techniques and its application.
Adobe after Effects Classroom in a Book (2020 Release) by
Adobe After Effects Classroom in a Book (2020 release) is the best-selling guide to Adobe's powerful motion graphics program. The 15 project-based lessons in this book teach students step-by-step the key techniques for working efficiently in After Effects and delivering in the widest possible range of media types. In addition to the key elements of the After Effects interface, this revised edition covers new features and techniques. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, removing unwanted objects, and correcting color. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: A Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe after Effects Classroom in a Book (2023 Release) by
Learn video compositing, motion graphics design, and animation using Adobe After Effects Adobe After Effects Classroom in a Book (2023 release) uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, the web, and mobile devices Animate text and images, customize a wide range of effects, track and sync content, rotoscope, manipulate timing, correct color, and remove unwanted objects Customize cameras and lighting to create compelling 3D content Design Motion Graphics templates for editing in Adobe Premiere Pro Deform and animate objects and video using robust Puppet tools Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe After Effects (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe After Effects software.
Adobe Creative Cloud All-In-One for Dummies by
Get ready to jump into the Creative Cloud Adobe Creative Cloud is the most popular suite of tools among creative professionals, and a valuable resource you can use to fulfill all of your design goals. Ready to get started? The only book on the market of its kind, Adobe Creative Cloud All-in-One For Dummies is written by designers for designers. It will provide you with expert instruction that spans seven mini-books, with helpful information that can grant insight regardless of your current level of knowledge. Experience with Adobe Creative Cloud is a marketable skill, and this all-in-one reference guide will help you add InDesign CC, Illustrator CC, Photoshop CC, Acrobat Pro, Adobe Bridge, and Adobe Experience Design to your resume. With more than 800 pages of content, this detailed guide will give you confidence you need to use Adobe photography and graphic design tools to edit photos, make original designs and layouts, and let your creativity shine with Adobe Creative Cloud. Learn design basics and utilize more advanced features Protect your documents with Acrobat Pro Find tips and tricks to make each program work better From 3D images and vivid illustrations to dynamic web pages and interactive effects, Adobe Creative Cloud All-in-One For Dummies shows you how to do it all!
Adobe Illustrator by
Adobe Illustrator: A Complete Course and Compendium of Features is your guide to building vector graphics, whether you're creating logos, icons, drawings, typography, or other illustrations--and regardless of their destination: print, web, video, or mobile. First, with a complete Course that includes a set of projects and lessons derived from Adobe Certified Instructor Jason Hoppe, you will learn the procedures needed to use Illustrator effectively and professionally. Dozens of lessons are included that can be applied to any graphics you have in mind. Through these step-by-step lessons, you'll be exposed to all of Illustrator's features in practical contexts and its best practices for optimal workflows. To complete the Course, we'll supply lesson documents and their assets to download. These can even serve as starting points for your own projects. Then, for greater depth of knowledge and subsequent reference, you'll use the Compendium to uncover more of the "how" and "why" of Illustrator. With each topic easy to access, you can find and explore all of Illustrator's key features and concepts in depth. With cross references between the Course and Compendium, the two parts of the book complement each other perfectly. Best of all, when the lessons in the Course are done, the Compendium will continue to serve for months and years to come. Learn step by step how to: * Draw basic shapes and lines * Build graphics using Illustrator's deep and diverse toolset * Create complex icons using the Pathfinder and Shape Builder * Use color with predictable and harmonic results * Work effectively with type * And much more!
Adobe Illustrator CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Illustrator CC (2018 release) choose Adobe Illustrator CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show users the key techniques for realizing your creative potential with Adobe Illustrator CC. Following hands-on step-by-step projects, users create logos, illustrations, posters, and more. Explore the new Essentials workspace that makes learning Illustrator even easier. Learn how to use the Shaper tool and Live Shapes along with dynamic symbols to streamline graphics creation. Create website assets and export them in multiple formats to support modern responsive web designs. From exacting illustration to free-form painting, you'll build a strong foundation in Illustrator as you progress through the lessons. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Illustrator CC for Dummies by
Get to know your digital drawing board Adobe Illustrator CC offers a vibrant tool for creating drawings and illustrations in a digital environment. It takes some practice to get a feel for the digital pens, pencils, paintbrushes, and erasers, though. Adobe Illustrator CC For Dummies offers the guidance you need to turn your ideas into real drawings. Written by an Illustrator trainer and expert, this book walks those new to the tool through the basics of drawing, editing, and applying the unique tools found in this popular program. Create illustrations using simple shapes Touch up images using pen, pencil, and brush tools Import your illustrations into other graphic apps Apply special effects and add type This book is essential reading for new and beginning illustrators who are either adopting a digital tool for the first time, switching from an existing tool to Illustrator, or adding Illustrator know-how to existing Adobe knowledge.
Adobe Illustrator Classroom in a Book (2020 Release) by
The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn. The best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Contains 16 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Build a strong foundation by following hands-on projects for creating logos, illustrations, and posters. Learn how to use the Shaper tool and Live Shapes along with dynamic symbols to streamline graphics creation. Create website assets and export them in multiple formats to support modern responsive web designs. From exacting illustration to more free-form painting, you'll gain vital skills as you progress through the lessons. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: A Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Illustrator for Creative Professionals by
Build your own designs using vector shapes and apply design principles when creating projects in Adobe Illustrator with the help of this full-color guide Key Features Apply industry trends and methods and move from concept to completion of designs Manipulate tools within the software to make your creative process smoother Master the technique of using tools such as the Shaper Tool, Shape Builder Tool, and the Live Paint Bucket Book Description Adobe Illustrator is a vector-based art tool for visual creatives. It is an industry-standard tool that helps you take a design from concept to completion, including the process of peer collaboration and client feedback. Complete with step-by-step explanations of essential concepts and practical examples, you'll begin to build confidence as you master the methods of successful illustrators in the industry by exploring crucial tools and techniques of Adobe Illustrator. You'll learn how to create objects using different tools and methods while assigning varied attributes and appearances. Throughout the book, you'll strengthen your skills in developing structures for maintaining organization as your illustration grows. By the end of this Adobe Illustrator book, you'll have gained the confidence you need to not only create content in the desired format and for the right audience but also build eye-catching vector art based on solid design principles. What you will learn Master a wide variety of methods for developing objects Control files using layers and groups Enhance content using data-supported infographics Use multiple artboards for better efficiency and asset management Understand the use of layers and objects in Illustrator Build professional systems for final presentation to clients Who this book is for This book is for creative illustrators with basic to intermediate-level experience with vector-based software who want to take their existing skills to the next level. Prior knowledge of vector-based illustration concepts will help you get the most out of this Adobe Illustrator software book and produce impressive results.
Adobe Illustrator Visual QuickStart Guide by
Learn Adobe Illustrator with the Visual QuickStart Guide--the quick and easy way! Visual QuickStart Guide is an easy, visual approach to learning. Concise steps and explanations guide you through Adobe Illustrator, getting you up and running in no time. In addition, the free Web Edition of the book includes more than 40 videos, enhancing and expanding the information in the book while providing an alternative method for learning. Whether you're an experienced designer or an enthusiastic newcomer, Illustrator gives you all the tools you need to begin creating impressive vector artwork. Learn how to navigate the application and set up your documents to start drawing quickly, using a variety of tools and features. Then you'll move on to applying appearance attributes and effects for adding visual interest to your artwork. Once your artwork is complete you'll learn how to save and export it using best practices. This book provides you with: An easy visual approach that uses pictures to guide you through Adobe Illustrator features and shows you what to do. Concise steps and explanations that let you get up and running in no time. The best content and value around, page for page.
The Adobe Illustrator WOW! Book for CS6 and CC by
For decades, Sharon Steuer and her international WOW! team have been showcasing the world's best artists and designers working in Adobe Illustrator. In this edition of the best-selling and award-winning Illustrator WOW! Book, you'll find hundreds of tips, tricks, and techniques derived from actual projects from top illustrators. You'll discover exciting ways to create complex effects, learn fresh ways to use venerable tools to speed up your workflow, and find updated information on features through the 2019 CC release. This edition is loaded with lessons, technical information, and stunning artwork galleries including: Coloring with Freeform Gradients, Gradients, Mesh Transforming with Puppet Warp Painting and generating artwork with raster brushes Harnessing Live Corners/Rectangles, and new reshaping tools Mastering type effects and controls Creating airbrush and neon effects with gradients on strokes Quickly styling with multiple lines, fills, and effects Creating complex repeating patterns Forming 3D and perspective effects Exploring different ways to globally change artwork Preparing and saving artwork for print and web Using Adobe Illustrator with Adobe Photoshop and other apps Register your book at peachpit.com to download artwork that you can manipulate in Adobe Illustrator, see the "How to use this book" section for details. "This book has the perfect mix of inspiration and instruction-I have yet to find a better motivational tool for using Illustrator to push the envelope and create art that forces people to notice." MORDY GOLDING, Senior Director of Content, lynda.com "Every Illustrator user should have a copy of the WOW! book. Period." DAVID BLATNER, co-publisher of CreativePro.com and InDesignSecrets.com
Adobe Photoshop by
Adobe Photoshop: A Complete Course and Compendium of Features is your guide to creating, editing, and enhancing images and designs in Adobe Photoshop. Whether you're retouching a photograph, making a simulated chalk drawing, or creating a composite photo with a 3D drawing, Photoshop is the tool for you--and this book will teach you what you need to know. First, with a complete Course that includes a set of projects and lessons derived from Adobe Certified Instructor Steve Laskevitch, you will learn the procedures needed to use Photoshop effectively and professionally. Dozens of lessons are included that can be applied to any graphics you have in mind. Through these step-by-step lessons, you'll be exposed to all of Photoshop's features in practical contexts and its best practices for optimal workflows. To complete the Course, we'll supply lesson documents and their assets to download. These can even serve as starting points for your own projects. Then, for greater depth of knowledge and subsequent reference, you'll use the Compendium to uncover more of the "how" and "why" of Photoshop. With each topic easy to access, you can find and explore all of Photoshop's key features and concepts in depth. With cross references between the Course and Compendium, the two parts of the book complement each other perfectly. Best of all, when the lessons in the Course are done, the Compendium will continue to serve for months and years to come. Learn step by step how to: * Set up an ideal workspace * Master selections and masks * Work with type and brushes * Use blend modes for combining images * Take advantage of Smart Objects * Become more efficient and effective with actions and scripts * And much more! 2021 Photoshop Update: Download an addendum covering the 2021 Adobe Photoshop update along with the supplied Course files for the book. See the book's Introduction for a link to downloadable resources webpage.
Adobe Photoshop CC for Dummies by
Get picture perfect with Photoshop CC Photoshop is a stunning program that puts the power of a professional photography studio into your hands, but it can also be a jungle to navigate--with a dense proliferation of menus, panels, shortcuts, plug-ins, and add-ons to get thoroughly lost in. Written by a literal Photoshop Hall of Famer, the new edition of Photoshop CC For Dummies is your experienced guide to the technical terrain, slashing away the foliage for a clear picture of how to produce the perfectly framed and beautifully curated images you want. Beginning with an overview of the basic kit bag you need for your journey toward visual mastery, Peter Bauer--Photoshop instructor and an award-winning fine art photographer in his own right--shows you how to build your skills and enrich your creative palette with enhanced colors and tone, filters and layering, and even how undertake a foray into digital painting. Add in instructions on combining text with images and the how-tos of video and animation editing, and you have all the tools you need to carve out a one-person multimedia empire. Master everything from the basics to professional insider tips Combine, layer, tone, and paint your images Explore the colorfully creative world of Photoshop filters Fix common problems You'll find everything on the latest version of the software that you could dream of--and an improved shot at artistic success!
Adobe Photoshop Classroom in a Book (2023 Release) by
Learn to create and edit images using Adobe Photoshop Adobe Photoshop Classroom in a Book (2023 release) uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Correct and improve digital images Seamlessly remove backgrounds, repair images, and replace skies Explore advanced filters that use machine learning and cloud processing Select subjects with complex outlines, including hair, quickly and precisely Composite multiple images and combine with typography Edit video, including transitions and motion effects Edit camera raw images Automate tasks Save as a Photoshop cloud document to easily edit across desktop and mobile devices Export your work for web, mobile devices, and print Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop software. This book covers Photoshop on desktop only. It does not address Photoshop on the iPad.
Adobe Photoshop Elements 2020 Classroom in a Book by
Adobe Photoshop Elements 2020 Classroom in a Book is the most thorough and comprehensive way for you to master Adobe's industry-leading consumer-targeted photo-editing software. Each chapter in this step-by-step, lesson-based guide contains a project that builds on your growing knowledge of the program, while end-of-chapter review questions reinforce each lesson. You will learn the basics of editing your images with Photoshop Elements and learn how to best use the program's many new features. This edition covers many new and improved features in Adobe Photoshop Elements 2020, including two tools based on Adobe Sensei AI technology that smooth skin to improve people's appearance while still looking natural, and colorize black and white photos or give a new look to color images. The revolutionary Select Subject feature makes complex selections in one click that would normally take much longer to create. And, of course, this edition includes Auto Creations delivered to your Home Screen and some of the latest guided edits, such as a fun way to paint patterns onto any photo. You'll discover new techniques that let you expand your creativity and improve your images from the other side of the photography process. And you'll learn how to print, export, and share your images.
Adobe Photoshop Elements Advanced Editing Techniques and Tricks by
Adobe Photoshop Elements Advanced Editing Techniques and Tricks: The Essential Guide to Going Beyond Guided Edits is a must for those who want to go beyond automated features and Guided Edits and delve into the many advanced techniques that are possible using Adobe Photoshop Elements. LEARN HOW TO Perfect editing portrait images by performing techniques such as skin tone correction, frequency separations, skin smoothing, and enhancing facial features Properly edit and enhance a subject's eyes, lips, eyebrows, and facial lighting Apply advanced photo compositing techniques, utilizing rules for controlling perspective Use color grading techniques similar to those used by professional motion picture film editors Delve into advanced tools not included in Photoshop Elements such as curves, color range, selective color, working with color LUTs, and more With detailed step-by-step instructions, this book is targeted to intermediate and advanced users who want to take their photography to the next level. Additional tips using Photoshop Elements can be found on Ted's YouTube channel at www.YouTube/tedpadova.
The Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Book by
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC is one of the most powerful tools a digital photographer has in their toolset, offering powerful editing features in streamlined interface that lets photographers import, sort, and organize images. In this completely updated bestseller, author Martin Evening describes Lightroom Classic CC features in detail, covering library organization, develop image processing, output modules, and an introduction to the features in the new Adobe Photoshop Lightroom CC across desktop, web, and mobile. As an established commercial and landscape photographer, Martin knows first-hand what photographers need for an efficient work flow. He has been working with Lightroom from the beginning, and as a result, knows the software inside and out. In this book, he'll teach you how to: Work efficiently with images shot in raw or non-raw formats Import photographs with ease and sort them according to your workflow Create and manage a personal image and video library Integrate Lightroom with Adobe Photoshop Prepare images for print, slideshows, or to create a book Make the most of new features, such as the ability to migrate and sync photos via the cloud Photographers will find Lightroom Classic CC--and The Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Book--indispensable tools in their digital darkrooms.
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic Classroom in a Book (2020 Release) by
The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic! Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does-an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic Classroom in a Book (2020 release) contains 12 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Purchase of this book includes valuable online features. Follow the instructions in the book's Getting Started section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic Classroom in a Book (2022 Release) by
Manage your photography workflow using Adobe Photoshop Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic Classroom in a Book (2023 release) uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Use proven methods to keep your photography archive organized and make hours of editing turn into minutes Leverage tools in each module to reduce the amount of time you spend working on images Take advantage of ground-breaking changes to AI-based masking to select skies, subjects, color ranges, and tones Experiment with color grading tools to pull the best out of all of the elements in your images Create stylish books and print layouts, dynamic slideshows, and interactive web galleries to showcase your images Access collections and presets on your desktop, mobile device, or on the web Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic software.
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic for Dummies by
Learn to make your digital photos *pop* with easy-to-follow help using AI-powered software from Adobe With no prior photography or editing experience necessary, Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic For Dummies delivers a must-have walkthrough for taking your photos to the next level using Adobe's powerful consumer software. You'll learn the fundamentals of opening your pictures, managing your photo library, and fixing common problems--like redeye and poor lighting--before jumping into more advanced topics, like creating slideshows and troubleshooting problems. The perfect place to begin learning how to improve your family photos, Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic For Dummies also helps you discover: How to take control of and organize your photo library How to apply common artificial intelligence-powered photo enhancements with the click of a mouse Ways to share your photos with the world, both digitally and on paper The premier jumping-off point for aspiring photo editors everywhere, this book is a can't-miss resource for anyone who wants to make the most of their digital photo collection and for professionals who want to expand their design skillset by learning Adobe Lightroom Classic.
Autodesk 3ds Max 2014 Bible by
A complete reference covering the newest version of 3ds Max software Autodesk 3ds Max is the popular 3D modeling, animation, rendering, and compositing software preferred by game developers and graphic designers in film and television. This comprehensive reference not only introduces beginners to this pricey and complex software, but also serves as a reference for experienced users. Packed with expert advice from popular author Kelly Murdock, it begins with a Quick Start tutorial to get you up and running, then continues with more than 150 step-by-step tutorials, advanced coverage, and plenty of tips and timesavers. 3ds Max is professional modeling and animation software used in the film, television, and game development industries; this complete guide gets beginners started and teaches experienced users how to take advantage of the program's newest capabilities Covers all the basics as well as advanced topics including crowd simulation, particle systems, rigid body dynamics, state sets, compositing, radiosity, network rendering, and MAXScript Features more than 150 step-by-step tutorials and complete references detailing all primitives, modifiers, materials, maps, and controllers Companion website includes examples from the book, unique models and textures that you can customize, before-and-after examples from the tutorials, and bonus Quick Starts from previous editions Autodesk 3ds Max 2014 Bible is the one book you need to succeed with this all-new version of 3ds Max.
Creating Visual Effects in Maya by
Produce mind-blowing visual effects with Autodesk Maya. Gain the practical skills and knowledge you need to recreate phenomena critical to visual effects work, including fire, water, smoke, explosions, and destruction, as well as their integration with real-world film and video. In Creating Visual Effects in Maya, Maya master Lee Lanier has combined the latest studio techniques with multi-chapter, hands-on projects and professionally-vetted workflows to bolster your CG toolkit. Engaging, full-color tutorials cover: Creating foliage, fire, and smoke with Paint Effects Growing Maya Fur and nHair on clothing, characters, and sets Replicating water, smoke, sparks, swarms, bubbles, and debris with nParticles and nCloth Controlling scenes and simulations with expressions and MEL, Python, and PyMEL scripting Adding dust, fog, smoke, rippling water, and fireballs with Fluid Effects containers Creating damage with Effects presets, deformers, and animated textures Matchmoving and motion tracking with Maya and MatchMover Creating complex destruction by combining rigid bodies, nParticles, nCloth, and Fluid Effects Setting up, rendering, and compositing mental ray render passes with Autodesk Composite, Adobe After Effects, and The Foundry Nuke The companion website (www.focalpress.com/cw/lanier) features a treasure trove of Maya, MatchMover, After Effects, and Nuke project files, image sequences, texture bitmaps, and MEL, Python, and PyMEL scripts, allowing you to immediately apply the techniques taught in the book.
Foundations of Digital Art and Design with Adobe Creative Cloud by
Foundations of Digital Art and Design, Second Edition Fuses design fundamentals and software training into one cohesive approach! All students of digital design and production-whether learning in a classroom or on their own-need to understand the basic principles of design. These principles are often excluded from books that teach software. Foundations of Digital Art and Design reinvigorates software training by integrating design exercises into tutorials that fuse design fundamentals and core Adobe Creative Cloud skills. The result is a comprehensive design learning experience organized into five sections that focus on vector art, photography, image manipulation, typography, and effective work habits for digital artists. Design topics and principles include: Bits, Dots, Lines, Shapes, Unity, Rule of Thirds, Zone System, Color Models, Collage, Appropriation, Gestalt, The Bauhaus Basic Course Approach, Continuity, Automation, and Revision. This book: Teaches art and design principles with references to contemporary digital art alongside digital tools and processes in Adobe Creative Cloud Addresses the growing trend of compressing design fundamentals and design software into the same course in universities and design colleges Times each lesson to be used in 50 to 90-minute class sessions with additional practice materials available online Includes free video screencasts that demonstrate key concepts in every chapter Download work files and bonus chapters, view screencasts, connect with the author online and more; see the Introduction to the book for details. "This ambitious book teaches visual thinking and software skills together. The text leads readers step-by-step through the process of creating dynamic images using a range of powerful applications. The engaging, experimental exercises take this project well beyond the typical software guide." ELLEN LUPTON, co-author of Graphic Design: The New Basics
Getting Started in Zbrush : an Introduction to Digital Sculpting and Illustration. by
" Getting Started in ZBrush "is a gentle introduction to ZBrush, today s premier digital sculpting program. Beginning with the fundamentals of digital sculpting as well as a thorough introduction to the user interface, "Getting Started in ZBrush "will have you creating a variety of professional-level 3D models in no-time. More than just another button-pushing manual, this comprehensive guide is packed with start-to-finish projects that ease you into the workflow of the program, while at the same time providing tips and tricks that will allow you to achieve certain tasks much more quickly. After progressing through the tutorials, you will be shown how to customize brushes, materials, scripts, and the interface so that you can utilize these tools to their full advantage. Special consideration is given to ZBrush s integration plug-ins with Maya and 3ds Max, allowing you to properly import and export your models in all programs. Texturing, painting, mapping, decimation, baking, and topology are also fully covered so your Zbrush creations can come to life without sacrificing that high-resolution look. Ease your way into this complex subject with this straight-forward approach to ZBrush Perfect your technique with step-by-step tutorials that allow you to create high res models from start to finish. Expand your knowledge by visiting the companion website, which features video demonstrations, project files, texture and model files, scripts, customized menus, brushes, and additional resources. "
Introducing Autodesk Maya 2016 by
Start modeling right away with this hands-on guide to learning Autodesk Maya 2016 Introducing Autodesk Maya 2016 is the official guide to the most popular and complex 3D application on the market. Building from the ground up, this book combines straightforward text with practical examples that make it easy to absorb the basics and start designing and animating your own digital models and scenes. The tutorials offer realistic challenges and clear explanations, laid out in fun, step-by-step lessons that help you gain confidence and learn by doing. You'll delve into CG and 3D core concepts and production workflows, then get right to work designing an animation of the solar system as you learn the interface and basic tools. As your modeling skills grow, you'll build a steam locomotive, a starfish, a table lamp, and much more as you learn to rig your model for animation, create fabric motion with nCloth, and add the lighting and effects that bring your scenes to life. The companion website features downloadable project files that help you see how the pros do it, and the book includes real-world examples from talented users who were beginners just like you. Master the Maya 2016 interface, menus, and plug-ins Begin building simple animations right away Explore modeling, rendering, animation, and cloth motion Add lighting, rendering, dynamics, simulations, and effects If you want to work like the pros, Introducing Autodesk Maya 2016 is the perfect primer for getting started.
Mastering Adobe Photoshop Elements by
Become a professional photo editor and bring your ideas to life with Photoshop Elements 2019 Key Features Improve your pictures with easy-to-follow techniques that help you make simple, fast and effective edits Understand how to animate and add multiple layers to your images Master the Photoshop Elements user interface (UI) with real-life examples Book Description Adobe Photoshop Elements is a raster graphics editor for entry-level photographers, image editors, and hobbyists. Though it shares many of Photoshop CC's high-end features, it also boasts a significant number of simple to use, yet highly effective tools not found at the professional level. This book presents the complexities of image editing in easy-to-follow, bite-sized chunks, allowing you to quickly recognize the editing challenge, and helps you to identify the tools and techniques required to make improvements, and to apply those techniques quickly and efficiently. You will start by learning how to import, organize, manage, edit, and use your pictures in a format that's designed for creative photography projects. Going further, you'll discover how to fix a wide range of photographic problems based on the book's extensive repertoire of commonly applied solutions. You'll be escorted through a wide range of common processes that include applying artistic effects to creative projects, custom image makeovers, processing images for social media, and other file export methods. Towards the end of the book, you will understand what the most important tools and features actually do in Photoshop Elements, answering the often-asked question; What, when, and where would you use these features in a precise and practical way. What you will learn Understand the latest Photoshop tools to add life to your photos Add graphic elements to any composition, photograph, or illustration Tackle challenges in editing multi-layered images for your photography projects Develop illustrative skills with Photoshop Elements' variety of drawing tools Understand techniques for professional photo retouching Work with online and local templates to create calendars, greeting cards, and other projects Who this book is for This book is for photographers, creative professionals, and individuals who want to master image editing for publishing, press, and web formats with Adobe's Photoshop Elements. Professionals who are looking to become accomplished image retouchers will also find the book helpful. Photography skills along with basic photo editing knowledge will be useful, but not necessary.
Mastering Adobe Photoshop Elements 2022 by
Become an accomplished photo editor, image retoucher, or creative artist with this well-illustrated, easy-to-understand, and end-to-end guide Key Features Updated to the latest version of Photoshop Elements 2022 with focused coverage of Adobe's latest AI technology Organize, search, and manage an ever-increasing number of images, videos, and multimedia using expert practices Find solutions to a wide range of photographic and image-editing problems Book Description Managing thousands of images while producing perfectly edited results has now become a must-have skill for bloggers, influencers, all social media users, and photography enthusiasts. Photoshop Elements 2022 has all the right tools to help you manage your growing multimedia assets and significantly boost your creative output. This fourth edition is updated with Elements 2022's latest features, including Adobe's AI-powered tools that perfectly complement its entire creative workflow. Each chapter is designed to help you get the most from your image files in a simple, easy-to-follow way. You'll find out how to add significant visual improvements to your projects using brilliant AI-driven single-click edits or through more complex manual adjustments, all depending on your skill level and requirements. The book is packed with clear instructions to guide you effortlessly through the hundreds of processes, tools, and features in Photoshop Elements 2022. You'll cover everything from developing your organizational skills through to creating remarkable images using photos, text, graphics, downloadable content, animation, and a range of fantastic AI-driven features. By the end of this Photoshop Elements book, you'll have learned how to leverage the impressive tools available in Photoshop Elements 2022 with confidence. What you will learn Identify the five parts of Elements and set up your computer, camera, and color monitor for best results Import, organize, and keep track of your imported media library Add impressive visual effects to your work in seconds Develop advanced picture retouching skills Discover how to add text and graphic elements Cultivate your understanding of multi-image and multi-layered editing techniques Develop illustrative skills using the many drawing and design tools Find out how to troubleshoot your work when things don't come out the way you hoped they would Who this book is for This Photoshop Elements book is for creative and enthusiastic photographers who have elementary experience in photo editing. If you are looking to organize your picture collection, make simple yet effective edits, and take control of post-processing requirements, you'll find this book useful.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 by
Go from 'beginner' to 'expert' with this professional, tutorial-based guide to Maya 2016 Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 is your professional hands-on coverage to getting the most out of Maya. If you already know the basics of Maya, this book is your ticket to full coverage of all Maya 2016's latest features, and showcases the tools and methods used in real-world 3D animation and visual effects. From modeling, texturing, animation, and effects to high-level techniques for film, television, games, and more, this book expands your skill set, and helps you prepare for the Autodesk Maya certification exam. Filled with challenging tutorials and real-world scenarios this book provides valuable insight into the entire CG production timeline. Take your Maya skills to the next level with step-by-step instruction and insight from the industry professionals. Learn professional techniques used in real-world visual effects Master Dynamics, Maya Muscle, Stereo Cameras, mental ray, and more Expand your skills with advanced techniques for cloth, fur, and fluids Understand everything you need to know for the Maya certification exam
Photoshop Elements 2022 for Dummies by
Make your photos pop without any visual design or editing experience With cameras on every phone, we've all got more photos than we know what to do with. But what if you could optimize and beautify every snap you take, regardless of the lighting or background? What if you could turn every shot of your adorable baby or a serene sunset into a stunning work of art? Photoshop Elements 2022 For Dummies is the key to making that happen. This handy, step-by-step guide walks you through every aspect of using Photoshop Elements--the intuitive and accessible cousin of the more complex Photoshop--to make your next picture the best one you've ever taken. Don't have any graphic design experience? Don't worry! This handbook is written specifically for everyday, busy people who want to learn Photoshop Element's photo editing tools without wading through complicated jargon or confusing instructions. In no time flat, you'll be fixing red eye, enhancing contrast and colors, and adding artistic flair to photos people can't help but enjoy and share. Get a handle on the most basic Photoshop Elements features before moving on to more advanced walkthroughs that will have you editing like a pro Figure out how to build, manipulate, and alter layers so you can change one part of a picture without altering the whole thing Make tiny adjustments--like fixing glare--or fundamental changes--like switching backgrounds--with the click of a mouse So, get ready for more social media "Likes" than you know what to do with. You're about to turn your photos into something truly special.
Practical Maya Programming with Python by
"Practical Maya Programming with Python" is a practical tutorial packed with plenty of examples and sample projects which guides you through building reusable, independent modules and handling unexpected errors. If you are a developer looking to build a powerful system using Python and Maya's capabilities, then this book is for you. Practical Maya Programming with Python is perfect for intermediate users with basic experience in Python and Maya who want to better their knowledge and skills.
Real-Time Rendering by
Thoroughly revised, this third edition focuses on modern techniques used to generate synthetic three-dimensional images in a fraction of a second. With the advent of programmable shaders, a wide variety of new algorithms have arisen and evolved over the past few years. This edition discusses current, practical rendering methods used in games and other applications. It also presents a solid theoretical framework and relevant mathematics for the field of interactive computer graphics, all in an approachable style. The authors have made the figures used in the book available for download for fair use.:Download Figures. Reviews Rendering has been a required reference for professional graphics practitioners for nearly a decade. This latest edition is as relevant as ever, covering topics from essential mathematical foundations to advanced techniques used by today's cutting edge games. -- Gabe Newell, President, Valve, May 2008 Rendering ... has been completely revised and revamped for its updated third edition, which focuses on modern techniques used to generate three-dimensional images in a fraction of the time old processes took. From practical rendering for games to math and details for better interactive applications, it's not to be missed. -- The Bookwatch, November 2008 You'll get brilliantly lucid explanations of concepts like vertex morphing and variance shadow mapping--as well as a new respect for the incredible craftsmanship that goes into today's PC games. -- Logan Decker, PC Gamer Magazine , February 2009 > -- Gabe Newell, President, Valve, May 2008 Rendering ... has been completely revised and revamped for its updated third edition, which focuses on modern techniques used to generate three-dimensional images in a fraction of the time old processes took. From practical rendering for games to math and details for better interactive applications, it's not to be missed. -- The Bookwatch, November 2008 You'll get brilliantly lucid explanations of concepts like vertex morphing and variance shadow mapping--as well as a new respect for the incredible craftsmanship that goes into today's PC games. -- Logan Decker, PC Gamer Magazine , February 2009
Industrial Design History 1: Pre-Twentieth Century
Industrial Design History 1: Pre-Twentieth Century presents to you the influential and significant portions in the past and modern art and design history.
In the aim to educate and strengthen your conceptual background as an Industrial Designer, you are to identify stylistic developments of forms according to their concepts and functions. In addition, this helps you understand the meanings and significance of various artworks in response to the conditions of the period, artists’ statements, and reception of the publics, the region’s environment, socio-economic and political conditions, religion, and the like. This walk through history will tackle significant art and design movements from the European, Asian, and Western histories. At the end of this course, you are expected to trace the sources and influences of highly significant artworks and designs in modern and contemporary periods.
This course aims to impart an appreciation of Western civilization’s art and design history, in establishing a context in your Industrial Design learning experience.
1927, the return to Italy : Salvatore Ferragamo and the twentieth-century visual culture by
Salvatore Ferragamo returned to Italy in 1927 after twelve years in the United States. In 2017, to mark the ninetieth anniversary of his homecoming, the Museo Salvatore Ferragamo presents an exhibition offering an overview of the 1920s, a decade now recognized as an authentic forge of open-minded ideas and experimentation free of ideological constraints and prejudices. Ferragamo chose to settle in Florence in virtue of its acknowledged centrality in the geography of Italian taste and style at a time in which the word "return" was especially meaningful: the return to order in the arts, the return to professional skill and to the great national tradition. Developed in chapters like a coming-of-age story, the exhibition focuses precisely on this trend in the culture of the period. Curated by Carlo Sisi, it takes Ferragamo's voyage on an ocean liner back to Italy as its guiding thread: a metaphor of his mental journey through the Italian visual culture of the 1920s, the source of the themes and works that were to influence his poetic vision directly or indirectly. At the same time, it also encompasses all the cultural and social facets that distinguished Italy's rebirth after the Great War, on the eve of the authoritarian regime imposed by Fascism.
5000 years of glass by
This is a new edition of this definitive world history of glassmaking and decorative techniques from 2500 BC, updated to cover the first decade of the 21st century.
The Art of Graphic Design by
A revered classic of American design delights anew with the freshness and ingenuity of its approach Bradbury Thompson (1911-1995) remains one of the most admired and influential graphic designers of the twentieth century, having trained a generation of design students while on the faculty of the Yale School of Art for more than thirty years. The art director of Mademoiselle and design director of Art News and Art News Annual in the decades after World War II, Thompson was also a distinguished designer of limited-edition books, postage stamps, rationalized alphabets, corporate identification programs, trademarks, and sacred works (most notably the Washburn College Bible). Thompson also designed more than sixty issues of Westvaco Inspirations, a magazine that was published by the Westvaco Corporation and distributed to thousands of printers, designers, and teachers to show the range and versatility of printing papers. Thompson was especially revered for his ability to adapt classic typography for the modern world. Bradbury Thompson: The Art of Graphic Design is a landmark in the history of fine bookmaking. First published by Yale University Press in 1988 and designed by Thompson himself, it was praised by the New York Times as a book in which "art and design are gloriously and daringly mixed." Original texts by the author and other notable designers, critics, and art historians, including J. Carter Brown, Alvin Eisenman, and Steven Heller, explore Thompson's methods and design philosophy, and a newly commissioned afterword by Jessica Helfand attests to the enduring importance of his work. Both a retrospective and a manifesto, the book surveys Thompson's timeless contributions to American graphic design, including his experimental work and his work in magazines, typography, books, simplified alphabets, and contemporary postage stamps. Published for the first time in paperback, this classic text is now available for a new generation of designers and students. ]]>
The Ashgate Research Companion to Art Deco by
Scholarly interest in Art Deco has grown rapidly over the past fifty years, spanning different academic disciplines. This volume provides a guide to the current state of the field of Art Deco research by highlighting past accomplishments and promising new directions. Chapters are presented in five sections based on key concepts: migration, public culture, fashion, politics, and Art Deco's afterlife in heritage restoration and new media. The book provides a range of perspectives on and approaches to these issues, as well as to the concept of Art Deco itself. It highlights the slipperiness of Art Deco yet points to its potential to shed new light on the complexities of modernity.
Design, History and Time by
Design, History and Time reflects on the nature of time in relation to design, in both past and contemporary contexts. In contrast to a traditional design historical approach which emphasises schools and movements, this volume addresses time as a continuum and considers the importance of temporality for design practice and history. Contributors address how designers, design historians and design thinkers might respond to the global challenges of time, the rhythms of work, and the increasing speed of life and communication between different communities. They consider how the past informs the present and the future in terms of design; the importance of time-based design practices such as rapid prototyping and slow design, time in relation to memory and forgetting, and artefacts such as the archive for which time is key, and ponder the design of time itself. Showcasing the work of fifteen design scholars from a range of international contexts, the book provides an essential text for thinking about changing attitudes to the temporal.
Gardner's Art Through the Ages by
GARDNER'S ART THROUGH THE AGES: A CONCISE WESTERN HISTORY provides you with a comprehensive, beautifully illustrated tour of the great artistic traditions of Western civilization! Easy to read and understand, the latest edition of this best-selling art history book provides a rich cultural backdrop for each of the covered periods and geographical locations, and incorporates new artists and art forms--all reproduced according to the highest standards of clarity and color fidelity. The unique scale feature will help you better visualize the actual size of the artworks shown in the book. Within each chapter, the "Framing the Era" overviews, a new timeline, and the chapter-ending section entitled "The Big Picture", make it easier to understand the cultural and historical forces that influenced each artwork. A complete online environment, including all images and an eBook, is also available. Go to the Museum index before your next visit to a museum to locate the works in the book.
Great Book of Shop Drawings for Craftsman Furniture : authentic and fully detailed plans for 57 classic pieces by
This big book provides complete working shop drawings for 57 classic furniture pieces. The author, a master cabinetmaker, measured original Craftsman antiques to create these detailed plans. With full perspective views, elevations, sections, details, and cutting lists for each project, this revised collection gives today's woodworkers the heart of the Craftsman aesthetic, along with all the information needed for workshop success. "I've been collecting and building Arts & Crafts furniture for more than a decade, and I've been waiting for a book like this." Christopher Schwarz, Popular Woodworking "Lang understands the subtleties of Stickley's groundbreaking designs." Woodworker's Journal "This collection of drawings for Craftsman furniture is a must-have title if you like the style." Popular Mechanics
History of Design : decorative arts and material culture, 1400-2000 by
A survey of spectacular breadth, covering the history of decorative arts and design worldwide over the past six hundred years Spanning six centuries of global design, this far-reaching survey is the first to offer an account of the vast history of decorative arts and design produced in Africa, the Americas, Asia, Europe, the Indian subcontinent, and the Islamic world, from 1400 to the present. Meticulously documented and lavishly illustrated, the volume covers interiors, furniture, textiles and dress, glass, graphics, metalwork, ceramics, exhibitions, product design, landscape and garden design, and theater and film design. Divided into four chronological sections, each of which is subdivided geographically, the authors elucidate the evolution of style, form, materials, and techniques, and address vital issues such as gender, race, patronage, cultural appropriation, continuity versus innovation, and high versus low culture. Leading authorities in design history and decorative arts studies present hundreds of objects in their contemporary contexts, demonstrating the overwhelming extent to which the applied arts have enriched customs, ceremony, and daily life worldwide over the past six hundred years. This ambitious, landmark publication is essential reading, contributing a definitive classic to the existing scholarship on design, decorative arts, and material culture, while also introducing these subjects to new readers in a comprehensive, erudite book with widespread appeal.
History of Illustration by
"The authoritative book on the origins, history, and influence of illustration. Bravo!" David Brinley, University of Delaware, USA History of Illustration covers image-making and print history from around the world, spanning from the ancient to the modern. Hundreds of color images show illustrations within their social, cultural, and technical context, while they are ordered from the past to the present. Readers will be able to analyze images for their displayed techniques, cultural standards, and ideas to appreciate the art form. This essential guide is the first history of illustration written by an international team of illustration historians, practitioners, and educators.
An Introduction to Design and Culture : 1900 to the present by
This third edition of An Introduction to Design and Culture has been revised and updated throughout to include issues of globalization, sustainability and digital/interactive design. New for this edition is a chapter which covers key changes in design culture. Design culture has changed dramatically in the 21st century, the designer-hero is now much less in evidence and design has become much more interdisciplinary. Drawing on a wealth of mass-produced artefacts, images and environments including sewing machines, cars, televisions, clothes, electronic and branded goods and exhibitions, author Penny Sparke shows how design has helped to shape and reflect our social and cultural development. This introduction to the development of modern (and postmodern) design is ideal for undergraduate students.
Japanese Design : art, aesthetics & culture by
**Winner,Choice Magazine Outstanding Academic Title 2015** This Japanese design book presents the arts, aesthetics and culture of Japan with over 160 stunning color photos and extensive historical and cultural commentary. The Japanese sensibility often possesses an intuitive, emotional appeal, whether it's a silk kimono, a carefully raked garden path, an architectural marvel, a teapot, or a contemporary work of art. This allure has come to permeate the entire culture of Japan--it is manifest in the most mundane utensil and snack food packaging, as well as in Japanese architecture and fine art. InJapanese Design, Asian art expert and author Patricia J. Graham explains how Japanese aesthetics based on fine craftsmanship and simplicity developed. Her unusual, full-color presentation reveals this design aesthetic in an absorbing way. Focusing on ten elements of Japanese design, Graham explores how visual qualities, the cultural parameters and the Japanese religious traditions of Buddhism and Shinto have impacted the appearance of its arts. Japanese Design is a handbook for the millions of us who have felt the special allure of Japanese art, culture and crafts. Art and design fans and professionals have been clamoring for this--a book that fills the need for an intelligent, culture-rich overview of what Japanese design is and means. Topics explored inJapanese Design include: The Aesthetics of Japanese Design The Cultural Parameters of Japanese Design Early Promoters of "Artistic Japan" 1830s-1950s
Japanese Tattoos : history, culture, design by
Thinking of getting a Japanese-style tattoo? Want to avoid a permanent mistake?Japanese Tattoos is an insider's look at the world of Japaneseirezumi (tattoos). Japanese Tattoos explains the imagery featured in Japanese tattoos so that readers can avoid getting ink they don't understand or, worse, that they'll regret. This photo-heavy book also traces the history of Japanese tattooing, putting the iconography andkanji symbols in their proper context so readers will be better informed as to what they mean and have a deeper understanding ofirezumi. Featured tattoos range from traditionaltebori (hand-poked) andkanji tattoos to anime-inspired and modern works--as well as everything in between. For the first time, Japanese tattooing is put together in a visually attractive, informative, and authoritative way. Along with the 350+ photos of tattoos,Japanese Tattoos also features interviews with Japanese tattoo artists on a variety of topics. What's more, it contains interviews with clients, who are typically overlooked in similar books, allowing them to discuss what their Japanese tattoos mean to them. Those who read this informative tattoo guide will be more knowledgeable about Japanese tattoos should they want to get inked or if they are merely interested in Japanese art and culture.
New wave clay : ceramic design, art and architecture by
Throughout the twentieth century, ceramics was broadly divided into two sectors.Studio pottery, which was a reaction against the mass-madewares of the industrialrevolution, and fine art by contemporary artists, who just happened touse clay in their practice but rejected many of its traditional codes of practice.The unprecedented surge in popularity of ceramics in the last five years hashelped forge a new type of potter: the ceramic designer. Part-craftsman,part designer,they bridge ceramic craft, collectable design, and fine art. These ceramicistsinclude product designers who use clay as a means of creative expression,and classically trained potters who create design-ledpieces, in addition to interiordecorators, illustrators, and graphic designers.Their collective output includes furniture, decorative objects, murals, andvessels: not art, not craft, but design. The ambition of the book is to show the diversityof this area of creative production and the way in which history, craft,technology, and design are all intersecting in the present day, creating a new typeof designer--anda new type of ceramicist.The book is divided into four thematic chapters and accompanied by writtencontributions on the subject from designers, decorators, and collectors.
The Routledge companion to art deco by
Scholarly interest in Art Deco has grown rapidly over the past fifty years, spanning different academic disciplines. This volume provides a guide to the current state of the field of Art Deco research by highlighting past accomplishments and promising new directions. Chapters are presented in five sections based on key concepts: migration, public culture, fashion, politics, and Art Deco's afterlife in heritage restoration and new media. The book provides a range of perspectives on and approaches to these issues, as well as to the concept of Art Deco itself. It highlights the slipperiness of Art Deco yet points to its potential to shed new light on the complexities of modernity.
The Sixth Sense of the Avant-Garde : dance, kinaesthesia and the arts in revolutionary Russia by
This book turns to history to show just how significant movement and the sense of movement were to pioneers of modernism at the turn of the 20th century. It makes this history vivid through a picture of movement in the lives of an extraordinary generation of Russian artists, writers, theatre people and dancers bridging the last years of the tsars and the Revolution. Readers will gain a new perspective on the relation between art and life in the period 1890-1920 in great innovators like the poets Mayakovsky and Andrei Bely, the theatre director Meyerhold, the dancer Isadora Duncan and the young men and women in Russia inspired by her lead, and esoteric figures like Gurdjieff. Movement, and the turn to the body as a source of natural knowledge, was at the centre of idealistic creativity and hopes for a new age, for a new man ', and this was true both for those who looked forward to the technology of the future and those who looked back to the harmony of Ancient Greece. The book weaves history and analysis into a colourful, thoughtful affirmation of movement in the expressive life.
Swedish Design by
Swedish Design- A History provides a fascinating and comprehensive introduction to the development of design in Sweden from the mid-nineteenth century to the early twenty-first. Leading design historian Lasse Brunnstrum traces the move from artisanal crafts production to the mass production and consumption of designed objects, a process by which the role and profile of the designer became increasingly important. His survey, richly illustrated with images of the designed objects discussed, takes in forms of design traditionally associated with Sweden, such as household objects and textiles, while also considering some less-written about genres such as industrial and graphic design. Brunnstrum questions many established ideas about design in Sweden, notably its aesthetics and its relationship to Sweden's national and political culture. He argues that the history of design in Sweden has been far more complex and less straightforwardly 'blond' than hitherto understood.
Weaving cultures : the invention of colonial art and culture in the Philippines 1565-1850 by
This book reads the emergence of a unique art and culture in the Philippines during the colonial era from the optic of communications theory and the emerging theoretical discourse from information design. It views colonial exchange not primarily as an exchange of cultural goods, tangible or intangible, but as a negotiation forged by the communication between sender and receiver. In such a process, the cultural good is ineluctably transformed. Because emerging new cultural expressions involve communication, both sender and receiver interact in the creation of a new culture. Communication becomes a leveler because either side in the cultural dialogue can fail, which can also be an opportunity to find something exotic, novel, and unexpected, or to create something completely new. These two meanings of "invention," as discovering and creating,weave in and out in the discourse of this book
World History of Design by
The definitive global history of design Authored by preeminent design scholar Victor Margolin, World History of Design is an indispensable new multi-volume work, providing a comprehensive and detailed historical account of design from prehistory to the end of the twentieth century. An unrivalled breadth of coverage Comprising three volumes containing almost one million words and 1,500 images, World History of Design features all world regions across all periods. From the earliest cave art and human tools to the recent development of a global design culture, it includes substantial new material on design in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East and Africa. Multi-disciplinary relevance and appeal With its broad geographic and chronological purview, and its depth of discussion, World History of Design is an essential resource for students and scholars in design history, as well as in the fields of history, sociology, art history, and anthropology. It will also appeal to design practitioners worldwide and to a general audience with an interest in design.
World History of Design Volume 1 by
This is the first volume of the World History of Design, the definitive historical account of global design by pre-eminent design scholar Victor Margolin. The first volume explores the earliest cave art and human tools, including the key examples of the visual and material culture that were produced in all parts of the world from the first stages of human civilization, the Industrial Revolution and its aftermath, and finally World War I. This richly illustrated volume contains over 380 images, with 72 in full colour.
Industrial Design History 1: Pre-Twentieth Century
Industrial Design History 1: Pre-Twentieth Century presents to you the influential and significant portions in the past and modern art and design history.
In the aim to educate and strengthen your conceptual background as an Industrial Designer, you are to identify stylistic developments of forms according to their concepts and functions. In addition, this helps you understand the meanings and significance of various artworks in response to the conditions of the period, artists’ statements, and reception of the publics, the region’s environment, socio-economic and political conditions, religion, and the like. This walk through history will tackle significant art and design movements from the European, Asian, and Western histories. At the end of this course, you are expected to trace the sources and influences of highly significant artworks and designs in modern and contemporary periods.
This course aims to impart an appreciation of Western civilization’s art and design history, in establishing a context in your Industrial Design learning experience.
Applied Arts in British Exile From 1933 : Changing Visual and Material Culture by
This volume addresses and analyses the important contribution of émigrés to Britain during the 1930s and postwar, across the applied arts, embracing mainstream practices such as photography, advertising architecture, graphics, printing, textiles and illustration, alongside less well known fields of animation, typography and puppetry.
Art and Design Education in Times of Change by
It has always been the case that the teaching of art has had to deal with social changes. We are currently facing historic challenges and phenomena which we could never have imagined - the global financial crisis, the massive migration flows, and the ubiquitous spread of new technologies in our everyday life. Creative competence is needed for overcoming the disciplinary boundaries and in order to make equal opportunities for education possible in a diverse society. This publication takes a critical look at the role of art and design education amidst these social changes - using theoretical reflection, practical experience, and empirical analysis.
Art and Destruction by
Most talk of and writing on art is about its relationship to creation and creativity. This of course takes various forms, but ultimately the creative act in the making of art works is a key issue. What happens when we put together art and destruction? This has been referenced in some major areas, such as that of art and iconoclasm and auto-destructive art movements. Less evident are accounts of more intimate, smaller scale OCydestructiveOCO interventions into the world of the made or exhibited ar..."
Art at Auction in 17th Century Amsterdam by
Examines original documents from Amsterdam's Orphan Chamber, analyzing the profiles of buyers of art by auction.
Art in Europe by
The European continent gathers together, without a doubt, the most famous works of art, evidence of the history of Western art. The cultural capitals and their emblematic museums contain paintings, sculptures, or rather works of art, devised by the great artists, representative of European culture. From Madrid to London, passing through Prague, the major works of the old continent are presented here. Thanks to detailed information about the museums and their collections, you, too, can explore and discover Europe's fascinating cultural heritage.
Art Nouveau by
Art Nouveau gives a name to the decorative and architectural style developed in the 1880s and 1890s in the West. Born in reaction to the Industrial Revolution and to the creative vacuum it left behind, Art Nouveau was at the heart of a "renaissance" in the decorative arts. The primary objective of the movement was the creation of a new aesthetic of nature through a return to the study of natural subjects. In order to achieve this, artists such as Gustav Klimt, Koloman Moser, Antoni Gaudí, Jan Toorop, and William Morris favoured innovation in technique and novelty of forms.After its triumph at the Paris Universal Exposition in 1900, the trend continued and has inspired many artists ever since. Art Deco, the successor of Art Nouveau, appeared after World War II.
The Art of Building a Garden City by
The Art of Building a Garden City is a well-researched guide to the history of the garden city movement and the delivery of a new generation of communities for the 21st Century. Bringing together key findings from the TCPA's campaign work, and drawing on lessons from the first garden cities, the new towns programme and other large-scale developments, it identifies what steps need to be taken in order to deliver the highest standards of design and place making today.
Botticelli past and present by
The recent exhibitions dedicated to Botticelli around the world show, more than ever, the significant and continued debate about the artist. Botticelli Past and Present engages with this debate. The book comprises four thematic parts, spanning four centuries of Botticelli’s artistic fame and reception from the fifteenth century. Each part comprises a number of essays and includes a short introduction which positions them within the wider scholarly literature on Botticelli. The parts are organised chronologically beginning with discussion of the artist and his working practice in his own time, moving onto the progressive rediscovery of his work from the late eighteenth to the turn of the twentieth century, through to his enduring impact on contemporary art and design. Expertly written by researchers and eminent art historians and richly illustrated throughout, the broad range of essays in this book make a valuable contribution to Botticelli studies.
Praise for Botticelli Past and Present
'Individually and as a group, the essays are beyond reproach, models of subtle and sympathetic analysis. I would single out for special praise Wedepohl's essay, based on a thorough knowledge of the Warburg Institute Archives ... [and] Riccardo Venturi's excellent essay on Salvador Dali's 'Dream of Venus' pavilion for the New York World's Fair of 1939.'
The Art Newspaper
Classical art : a life history from antiquity to the present by
How did the statues of ancient Greece wind up dictating art history in the West? How did the material culture of the Greeks and Romans come to be seen as "classical" and as "art"? What does "classical art" mean across time and place? In this ambitious, richly illustrated book, art historian and classicist Caroline Vout provides an original history of how classical art has been continuously redefined over the millennia as it has found itself in new contexts and cultures. All of this raises the question of classical art's future. What we call classical art did not simply appear in ancient Rome, or in the Renaissance, or in the eighteenth-century Academy. Endlessly repackaged and revered or rebuked, Greek and Roman artifacts have gathered an amazing array of values, both positive and negative, in each new historical period, even as these objects themselves have reshaped their surroundings. Vout shows how this process began in antiquity, as Greeks of the Hellenistic period transformed the art of fifth-century Greece, and continued through the Roman empire, Constantinople, European court societies, the neoclassical English country house, and the nineteenth century, up to the modern museum. A unique exploration of how each period of Western culture has transformed Greek and Roman antiquities and in turn been transformed by them, this book revolutionizes our understanding of what classical art has meant and continues to mean.
Construction As Depicted in Western Art by
The Art of Building has captured the interest of artists from the Roman period to today. The process of construction appears in western art in all its details, trades, and operations. Michael Tutton investigates the representation of building processes and materials through an examination of paintings, illuminated manuscripts, watercolours, prints, drawings and sculpture. Technical terms are explained and detailed interpretations of each work are provided, with insights into the artists' inspiration and themes. Even paintings not wholly or principally devoted to construction sites may give tantalising glimpses of building activity. How do these images convey meaning? How much is imagined; how much is authentic? Fully referenced endnotes, bibliography, and glossary complement the text and captions, informing not only the architectural and construction historian, but also those simply interested in art.
Design by
Für Studenten, professionelle Designer und interessiert Laien gleichermaßen unverzichtbar: die umfassend überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage dieses Standardwerks zur Produktgestaltung. Es zeichnet die Geschichte und die heutige Ausrichtung des Designs nach und vermittelt die wichtigsten Grundlagen der Designtheorie und -methodologie. Aus dem Inhalt: *Design und Geschichte: Bauhaus, Hochschule für Gestaltung Ulm, Braun, Von der Guten Form zur De-signkunst *Design und Globalisierung *Design und Methodologie: Erkenntnismethoden im Design *Design und Theorie: Auf dem Weg zu einer disziplinären Designtheorie *Design und Kontext: Vom Corporate Design zum Strategischen Design *Produktsprache und Produktsemantik *Architektur und Design *Design und Gesellschaft *Design und Technik
Design and Application of Electrical Machines. by
Electrical machines are one of the most important components of the industrial world. They are at the heart of the new industrial revolution, brought forth by the development of electromobility and renewable energy systems. Electric motors must meet the most stringent requirements of reliability, availability, and high efficiency in order, among other things, to match the useful lifetime of power electronics in complex system applications and compete in the market under ever-increasing pressure to deliver the highest performance criteria.
Today, thanks to the application of highly efficient numerical algorithms running on high-performance computers, it is possible to design electric machines and very complex drive systems faster and at a lower cost. At the same time, progress in the field of material science and technology enables the development of increasingly complex motor designs and topologies. The purpose of this Special Issue is to contribute to this development of electric machines. The publication of this collection of scientific articles, dedicated to the topic of electric machine design and application, contributes to the dissemination of the above information among professionals dealing with electrical machines.
Design and Culture by
Design and Culture: A Transdisciplinary History offers an inclusive overview that crosses disciplinary boundaries and helps define the next phase of global design practice. This book examines the interaction of design with advances in technology, developments in science, and changing cultural attitudes. It looks to the past to prepare for the future and is the first book to offer an innovative transdisciplinary design history that integrates multidisciplinary sources of knowledge into a mindful whole. It shows design as a process that expresses goals through values and beliefs, functioning as a major factor in contemporary cultural life. Starting with the development of the Industrial Revolution, the book focuses on the evolution of design and culture in the twentieth century to predict where design will go in the future. Given the major social and political shifts currently unfolding across the globe, and the resulting changing demographics and environmental degradation, Design and Culture encourages collaboration and communication between disciplines to prepare for the future of design in a rapidly changing world.
Design Dispersed by
This volume traces the complex and heterogeneous connections between migration and design in the 20th and 21st centuries. Questions tackled address the aesthetic effects that result from the networking, overlapping, and mixing of forms as well as the political and social dimensions of design: How are experiences of displacement inscribed in the things designers create? Can design contribute to a critical debate in migration and flight? Is it able to provide 'material' to rethink complex historical and cultural relationships? The chapters clarify the challenges and possibilities of thinking together migration, design and flight, critically historicize and discuss design concepts for displaced people, and bring mobile actors in design into focus.
The Female Secession : Art and the Decorative at the Viennese Women's Academy by
Decorative handcrafts are commonly associated with traditional femininity and unthreatening docility. However, the artists connected with interwar Vienna’s “female Secession” created craft-based artworks that may be understood as sites of feminist resistance. In this book, historian Megan Brandow-Faller tells the story of how these artists disrupted long-established boundaries by working to dislodge fixed oppositions between “art” and “craft,” “decorative” and “profound,” and “masculine” and “feminine” in art.
Tracing the history of the women’s art movement in Secessionist Vienna—from its origins in 1897, at the Women’s Academy, to the Association of Austrian Women Artists and its radical offshoot, the Wiener Frauenkunst—Brandow-Faller tells the compelling story of a movement that reclaimed the stereotypes attached to the idea of Frauenkunst, or women’s art. She shows how generational struggles and diverging artistic philosophies of art, craft, and design drove the conservative and radical wings of Austria’s women’s art movement apart and explores the ways female artists and craftswomen reinterpreted and extended the Klimt Group’s ideas in the interwar years. Brandow-Faller draws a direct connection to the themes that impelled the better-known explosion of feminist art in 1970s America. In this provocative story of a Viennese modernism that never disavowed its ornamental, decorative roots, she gives careful attention to key primary sources, including photographs and reviews of early twentieth-century exhibitions and archival records of school curricula and personnel.
Engagingly written and featuring more than eighty representative illustrations, The Female Secession recaptures the radical potential of what Fanny Harlfinger-Zakucka referred to as “works from women’s hands.” It will appeal to art historians working in the decorative arts and modernism as well as historians of Secession-era Vienna and gender history.
Global Objects by
A bold reorientation of art history that bridges the divide between fine art and material culture through an examination of objects and their uses Art history is often viewed through cultural or national lenses that define some works as fine art while relegating others to the category of craft. Global Objects points the way to an interconnected history of art, examining a broad array of functional aesthetic objects that transcend geographic and temporal boundaries and challenging preconceived ideas about what is and is not art. Avoiding traditional binaries such as East versus West and fine art versus decorative art, Edward Cooke looks at the production, consumption, and circulation of objects made from clay, fiber, wood, and nonferrous base metals. Carefully considering the materials and process of making, and connecting process to product and people, he demonstrates how objects act on those who look at, use, and acquire them. He reveals how objects retain aspects of their local fabrication while absorbing additional meanings in subtle and unexpected ways as they move through space and time. In emphasizing multiple centers of art production amid constantly changing contexts, Cooke moves beyond regional histories driven by geography, nation-state, time period, or medium. Beautifully illustrated, Global Objects traces the social lives of objects from creation to purchase, and from use to experienced meaning, charting exciting new directions in art history.
Imagining Consumers by
Winner of the Hagley Prize in Business History from The Hagley Museum and Library and the Business History ConferenceSelected byChoice Magazine as an Outstanding Academic Title Originally published in 1999.Imagining Consumerstells for the first time the story of American consumer society from the perspective of mass-market manufacturers and retailers. It relates the trials and tribulations of china and glassware producers in their contest for the hearts of the working- and middle-class women who made up more than eighty percent of those buying mass-manufactured goods by the 1920s. Based on extensive research in untapped corporate archives, Imagining Consumerssupplies a fresh appraisal of the history of American business, culture, and consumerism. Case studies illuminate decision making in key firms--including the Homer Laughlin China Company, the Kohler Company, and Corning Glass Works--and consider the design and development of ubiquitous lines such as Fiesta tableware and Pyrex Ovenware.
Material Histories of Time by
The historiography of timekeeping is traditionally characterized by a dichotomy between research that investigates the evolution of technical devices on the one hand, and research that is concerned with the examination of the cultures and uses of time on the other hand. Material Histories of Time opens a dialogue between these two approaches by taking monumental clocks, table clocks, portable watches, carriage clocks, and other forms of timekeeping as the starting point of a joint reflection of specialists of the history of horology together with scholars studying the social and cultural history of time. The contributions range from the apparition of the first timekeeping mechanical systems in the Middle Ages to the first evidence of industrialization in the 18thand 19th centuries.
New Materials: Towards a History of Consistency by
This edited volume gathers eight cases of industrial materials development, broadly conceived, from North America, Europe and Asia over the last 200 years. Whether given utility as building parts, fabrics, pharmaceuticals, or foodstuffs, whether seen by their proponents as human-made or “found in nature,” materials result from the designation of some matter as both knowable and worth knowing about. In following these determinations we learn that the production of physical novelty under industrial, imperial and other cultural conditions has historically accomplished a huge range of social effects, from accruals of status and wealth to demarcations of bodies and geographies. Among other cases, New Materials traces the beneficent self-identity of Quaker asylum planners who devised soundless metal cell locks in the early 19th century, and the inculcation of national pride attending Taiwanese carbon-fiber bicycle parts in the 21st; the racialized labor organizations promoted by California orange breeders in the 1910s, and bureaucratized distributions of blame for deadly high-rise fires a century later. Across eras and global regions New Materials reflects circumstances not made clear when technological innovation is explained solely as a by-product of modernizing impulses or critiqued simply as a craving for profit. Whether establishing the efficacy of nano-scale pharmaceuticals or the tastiness of farmed catfish, proponents of new materials enact complex political ideologies. In highlighting their actors’ conceptions of efficiency, certainty, safety, pleasure, pain, faith and identity, the authors reveal that to produce a “new material” is invariably to preserve other things, to sustain existing values and social structures.
Nordic Design Cultures in Transformation, 1960-1980 by
Covering the 1960s and 1970s, this volume explores new ways of investigating, comparing and interpreting the different domains of design culture across the Nordic countries. Challenging the traditional narrative, this volume argues that the roots of the most prominent features of Nordic design's contemporary significance are not to be found amongst the objects for the home collectively branded as 'Scandinavian Design' to great acclaim in the 1950s, but in the discourses, institutions and practices formed in the aftermath of that oft-told success story, during the turbulent period between 1960 and 1980. This is achieved by employing multidisciplinary approaches to connect the domains of industrial production, marketing, consumption, public institutions, design educations, trade journals as well as public debates and civic initiatives forming a design culture. This book makes a significant contribution to current, international agendas of historiographical critique focusing on transnational relations and the deconstruction of national design histories. This book will be of interest to scholars in design, design history and Scandinavian studies. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.
Swedish Design by
Swedish Design: A History provides a fascinating and comprehensive introduction to the development of design in Sweden from the mid-nineteenth century to the early twenty-first.Leading design historian Lasse Brunnström traces the move from artisanal crafts production to the mass production and consumption of designed objects, a process by which the role and profile of the designer became increasingly important. His survey, richly illustrated with images of the designed objects discussed, takes in forms of design traditionally associated with Sweden, such as household objects and textiles, while also considering some less-written about genres such as industrial and graphic design. Brunnström questions many established ideas about design in Sweden, notably its aesthetics and its relationship to Sweden's national and political culture. He argues that the history of design in Sweden has been far more complex and less straightforwardly 'blond' than hitherto understood.
Industrial Design History 2: Twentieth Century Design
Industrial Design History 2: Twentieth Century Design introduces you to the contemporary world of Industrial Design and its various strategic approaches to creativity that will stimulate, encourage, and liberate your own creative potential in coming up with innovative design solutions.
Through the knowledge garnered from the past, you will now learn new concepts based on contemporary movements, trends, and innovations in the modern era of Industrial Design. These will also involve exploration of the theoretical components of creativity and the use of cross-disciplinary evaluation techniques which will make you develop your own learning process, and be able to expand your range of creative thinking skills. Processes involved in typical industrial design projects, and modern and contemporary art/design theories will be studied with reference to the significant works in the local and international setting.
At the end of this course, you will be able to commence a project properly with methodologies you have learned for designing, communicating, and manufacturing products, as inspired by the past to the present world of Industrial Design.
360 Industrial Design : fundamentals of analytic product design by
Our world is developing in the fast lane, becoming more complex by the second. What challenges are pace and complexity bringing for product design? Rapidly shrinking resources and ever-more-fierce global competition are in any case forcing us to rethink the entire design process. What significance do form, function, feel and appearance have? Is the only important factor the constant drive to make it new at all costs, or is the aim rather to marry the tried-and-tested and the innovativeand establish an efficient link, a working relationship between them? Arman Emami has set out with the intention of writing short, clear and entertaining texts. The book comprises a comprehensive view of relevant matters relating to industrial design. Development steps from idea to mass production are described gradually and supported by illustrated examples of good practices. A working compendium not only for design students and young designers, but also a guide book for creative lateral thinkers, product and marketing managers and all those who are interested in intelligent design. Complex processes are displayed in an entertaining and easily understandable way.
Changing Things by
Many of the things we now live with do not take a purely physical form. Objects such as smart phones, laptops and wearable fitness trackers are different from our things of the past. These new digital forms are networked, dynamic and contextually configured. They can be changeable and unpredictable, even inscrutable when it comes to understanding what they actually do and whom they really serve. In this compelling new volume, Johan Redstrom and Heather Wiltse address critical questions that have assumed a fresh urgency in the context of these rapidly-developing forms. Drawing on critical traditions from a range of disciplines that have been used to understand the nature of things, they develop a new vocabulary and a theoretical approach that allows us to account for and address the multi-faceted, dynamic, constantly evolving forms and functions of contemporary things. In doing so, the book prototypes a new design discourse around everyday things, and describes them as fluid assemblages. Redstrom and Wiltse explore how a new theoretical framework could enable a richer understanding of things as fluid and networked, with a case study of the evolution of music players culminating in an in-depth discussion of Spotify. Other contemporary 'things' touched on in their analysis include smart phones and watches, as well as digital platforms and applications such as Google, Facebook and Twitter.
Delft Design Guide : design methods by
Delft Design Guide details roughly seventy strategies, techniques, and methods taught at the Delft University Faculty of Industrial Design in a practical one-page text, illustrated for further clarification and enriched with further reading suggestions. The high quality of their research and teaching at the TU Delft is renowned, making it one of the top universities in the world.
Design, History and Time by
Design, History and Time reflects on the nature of time in relation to design, in both past and contemporary contexts. In contrast to a traditional design historical approach which emphasises schools and movements, this volume addresses time as a continuum and considers the importance of temporality for design practice and history. Contributors address how designers, design historians and design thinkers might respond to the global challenges of time, the rhythms of work, and the increasing speed of life and communication between different communities. They consider how the past informs the present and the future in terms of design; the importance of time-based design practices such as rapid prototyping and slow design, time in relation to memory and forgetting, and artefacts such as the archive for which time is key, and ponder the design of time itself. Showcasing the work of fifteen design scholars from a range of international contexts, the book provides an essential text for thinking about changing attitudes to the temporal.
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat by
This handbook documents sixty methods used in design innovation projects leading to the design of new products or services. It is the first publication to bring together methods, tools and case studies that involve multiple design disciplines and perspectives - from product and service design to interaction and user experience design. Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. addresses the needs of anyone interested in deploying design thinking academically or operationally inside their organisation. With design thinking becoming an increasingly valued skillset across a wide range of industries, there is an increasing demand for design-based skills in the workplace. More and more organisations are looking at design to improve their businesses and the services and products they offer. The book offers an easily accessible overview of the design thinking process along with a wide range of methods that can be applied across many different areas and contexts. Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. is designed as a learning resource to scaffold the reader's understanding of design as a method for innovation. Each method is presented through an evidence-based description along with simple exercises that allow for a hands-on, interactive learning experience, including templates, tools and case studies. It is a must-have for everyone interested in adopting design thinking.
Design Basics : from ideas to products by
How does design function? What is the difference between design and styling? Is the principle "form follows function" still valid? And what constitutes the design process in practice?There are so many questions on the highly topical subject of design. The authors provide answers to many of them by covering a wide range of topics, from the historical roots to the outlook on the near future, from a comprehensive look at product functions to the analysis of the complex design process, from theoretical foundations to descriptive case studies. The central theme is product design, taking the conflicting interests of consumers, manufacturers and designers into consideration. All factors of planning and designing of industrial products are considered and clearly presented. The book is aimed at enquiring users as well as committed entrepreneurs, interested technicians and aspiring designers from a great variety of fields.
Design Culture by
Design culture foregrounds the relationships between the domains of design practice, design production and everyday life. Unlike design history and design studies, it is primarily concerned with contemporary design objects and the networks between the multiple actors engaged in their shaping, functioning and reproduction. It acknowledges the rise of design as both a key component and a key challenge of the modern world. Featuring an impressive range of international case studies, Design Culture interrogates what this emergent discipline is, its methodologies, its scope and its relationships with other fields of study. The volume's interdisciplinary approach brings fresh thinking to this fast-evolving field of study.
Designing for the Circular Economy by
The circular economy describes a world in which reuse through repair, reconditioning and refurbishment is the prevailing social and economic model. The business opportunities are huge but developing product and service offerings and achieving competitive advantage means rethinking your business model from early creativity and design processes, through marketing and communication to pricing and supply. Designing for the Circular Economy highlights and explores 'state of the art' research and industrial practice, highlighting CE as a source of: new business opportunities; radical business change; disruptive innovation; social change; and new consumer attitudes. The thirty-four chapters provide a comprehensive overview of issues related to product circularity from policy through to design and development. Chapters are designed to be easy to digest and include numerous examples. An important feature of the book is the case studies section that covers a diverse range of topics related to CE, business models and design and development in sectors ranging from construction to retail, clothing, technology and manufacturing. Designing for the Circular Economy will inform and educate any companies seeking to move their business models towards these emerging models of sustainability; organizations already working in the circular economy can benchmark their current activities and draw inspiration from new applications and an understanding of the changing social and political context. This book will appeal to both academia and business with an interest in CE issues related to products, innovation and new business models.
Design of the 20th Century by
Poised at the start of the 21st century, we can see clearly that the previous century was marked by momentous changes in the field of design. Aesthetics entered into everyday life with often staggering results. Our homes and workplaces turned into veritable galleries of style and innovation. From furniture to graphics, it's all here--the work of artists who have shaped and re-created the modern world with a dizzying variety of materials. From the organic to the geometric, from Art Deco, through to Pop and High-Tech, this book contains all the great names--Harry Bertoia, De Stijl, Dieter Rams, Philippe Starck, Charles and Ray Eames, to name only a very few. This essential book is a comprehensive journey through the shapes and colors, forms and functions of design history in the 20th century. An A-Z of designers and design schools, which builds into a complete picture of contemporary living. Lavishly illustrated, this is design in the fullest sense. About the series Bibliotheca Universalis -- Compact cultural companions celebrating the eclectic TASCHEN universe!
Design Roadmapping by
Design Roadmapping is for anyone interested in design, strategy and innovation, and its wonderful combinations. For those who dare to create a future vision, frame the time pacing and map the pathways towards it.This guidebook teaches you how to create a roadmap. It outlines the origins, design theories and science results. Strategic designers, innovation managers and professors share their roadmapping experiences, views and achievements, including venture CPOs, Head of Design, product and program managers of international companies such as Canon, Peerby, Ferrari, Philips, Victoria State Library and many more.By design roadmapping you devise creative responses to future strategic challenges. Guided by future foresight techniques, you uncover new trends, scout for new technologies and map the values and ideas on the roadmap. Through strong visualization, a design roadmap supports an organizational mindset on value innovations.
Driverless Urban Futures : a speculative atlas for autonomous vehicles Front cover image for Driverless urban futures : a speculative atlas for autonomous vehicles by AnnaLisa Meyboom (Author), Lorinc Vass (Illustrator) Format:Print BookPublication year:2 by
Since the industrial revolution, innovations in transportation technology have continued to re-shape the spatial organization and temporal occupation of the built environment. Today, autonomous vehicles (AVs, also referred to as self-driving cars) represent the next disruptive innovation in mobility, with particularly profound impacts for cities. At a moment of the fast-paced development of AVs by auto-making companies around the world, policymakers, planners, and designers need to anticipate and address the many questions concerning the impacts of this new technology on urbanism and society at large. Conceived as a speculative atlas -a roadmap to unknown territories- this book presents a series of drawings and text that unpack the potential impacts of AVs on scales ranging from the metropolis to the street. The work is both grounded in a study of the history of urban transportation and current trajectories of technological innovation, and informed by an open-ended attitude of future envisioning and design. Through the drawings and essays, Driverless Urban Futures invites readers into a debate of how our future infrastructure could benefit all members of the public and levels of society.
Energy Efficient Manufacturing by
Over the last several years, manufacturers have expressed increasing interest in reducing their energy consumption and have begun to search for opportunities to reduce their energy usage. In this book, the authors explore a variety of opportunities to reduce the energy footprint of manufacturing. These opportunities cover the entire spatial scale of the manufacturing enterprise: from unit process-oriented approaches to enterprise-level strategies. Each chapter examines some aspect of this spatial scale, and discusses and describes the opportunities that exist at that level. Case studies demonstrate how the opportunity may be acted on with practical guidance on how to respond to these opportunities.
Human Factors in Transportation by
More and more the most traditional and typical applied ergonomics issues of the activities related to sea shipping, vehicle driving, and flying are required to deal with some emerging topics related to the growing automatism and manning reduction, the ICT's advances and pervasiveness, and the new demographic and social phenomena, such as aging or multiculturalism. With contributions from expert researchers, professionals, and doctoral students from a wide number of countries such as Australia, Austria, Canada, Italy, Germany, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, UK and USA, this multi-contributed book will explore traditional and emerging topics of Human Factors centered around the maritime, road, rail, and aviation transportation domains.
Industrial Chic by
Industrial-style furniture is in fashion--bistro tables and chairs, lockers, mail sorting racks, and jointed lamps are all common elements in today's interior design. In the book Industrial Chic, Brigitte Durieux, one of the most well-known experts on the style, tells us the story behind 50 European and American objects that have made the surprising transition from factories to our living rooms and become cult furniture. The remarkable histories of these 50 significant objects--including the Gras lamp, the Singer stool, the Holophane reflector, the Brilli#65533; clock, and more--accompany brilliant photographs by Laziz Hamani. Featuring more than 250 images, Industrial Chic is a beautifully illustrated showcase that reveals the incredible reach, versatility, and long-lasting appeal of industrial design. Praise for Industrial Chic: "Large, lush photographs.... [A] luxe treasury for design and furniture lovers alike." --American Craft magazine
Material+ : creative products by
Materials + Creative Products focuses on original design ideas. It features wall clocks made from old vinyl records, comic books used as plant pots, vases made from sticks of dynamite, waste baskets constructed from sheets of recycled newspaper, lampshades made from eggshells, ornaments made from matchsticks; the materials used to make many of the products are not typically associated with the product, resulting in exceptionally creative designs. This innovative book offers access to many unique designs and is an excellent source of inspiration. 1,000 colour photographs
Mid-Century Modern by
This gift book, featuringsophisticated illustrationsof classic pieces, is a must-have for lovers of Mid-Century Modern design. Mid-Century Modern remains one of the most popular, collectable, and dynamic styles of international design. This gift book features original illustrations of iconic mid-century designs, from Eames chairs to Poul Henningsen lamps and George Nelson clocks, all rendered in a distinctive graphic style. Featuring more than 90 pieces by over 60 designers and design duos, Mid-Century Modern: Icons of Design is arranged chronologically, and includes chairs, tables, storage, lighting, and product and industrial designs. On each spread, a stylish illustration of the piece is accompanied by a concise overview; an index of models, designers and manufacturers makes the book a useful reference. Inspired by one of the most iconic eras of modern design, this covetable gift book brings a touch of Mid-Century Modern style into any home.
Modern Asian Design by
Modern Asian Design provides a comprehensive introduction to the development of Asian design in the modern period, both tracing historical threads and offering a theoretical framework within which to chart the history of design in Asia.Rather than a singular "Asian history", this book presents a series of studies centred on trade routes, colonial relationships, regional networks and cross-cultural exchanges. Modern Asian Design builds on existing resources beyond design history in an effort to map the field, focusing particularly on relations between Asia and the West and also across Asian design cultures.Opening with a brief overview of trade and exchange networks in the 17th and 18th centuries, the bulk of this study comprises analysis of the development of modern design in Asia during the later 19th and early 20th centuries, a period of rapid modernisation. The book's final two chapters bring these central ideas into a contemporary and highly relevant context.
Notes on Design : how creative practice works by
This book introduces practices that are now part of what people see as '21st Century Skills'. The enjoyable essays in this book provide a panoramic view over the subject of design. The essays are written to encourage designers and students of design to reflect upon their field. Fundamental questions are raised about the nature of design, about designers themselves, and about the role of design within the broader contexts of business and society.And design, these days, is not just for designers - many different fields are learning from design to build creative practices, and this book seeks to help to open up design practices for general use. The book is for designers (to help them reflect on their practices, and develop them further) and for students of design across all designing disciplines.
Not Invented Here : cross-industry innovation by
Where can a hospital apply principles from the airline sector?How can a car manufacturer use tools from the video game industry?What can an event organiser learn from the railways?Cross-industry innovation is a clever way to jump-start your innovation efforts by drawing analogies and transferring approaches between contexts, beyond the borders of your own industry, sector, area or domain.Not invented here refers to the phenomenon of people blocking out ideas from the outside, it also indicates that there are beautiful alternatives everywhere just waiting to be introduced to your context. The potential of ideas and approaches from other areas is tremendous, still only very few organisations apply cross-industry innovation strategies in any kind of structured way. The book Not Invented Here provides you with cross-industry innovation strategies and tools to increase your match sensitivity' (the ability to make more effective connections) and see the opportunities available to you. With the chapters The art of questioning, Someone else has solved your problem, Inspiring industries & smart sectors, Your business challenges and many more this book opens up interesting new perspectives and is a significant source of major innovative steps.This inspirational, illustrated business book presents strategies & tools for cross-industry innovation. It emerged from hundreds of conversations with business leaders and innovators and is packed with ideas, approaches, and cases that you can apply in your own industry. The authors, Ramon Vullings & Marc Heleven, would like to invite you to this quest called cross-industry innovation, learning from other sectors, not just to think outside the box -but even more importantly- to think outside of your industry. Ramon & Marc hope to inspire and enable you by developing your match sensitivity to make even better connections.
The Rural by
An investigation through texts, interviews, and documentation of the complex relationship between the urban, the rural, and contemporary cultural production.What, and where, is "the Rural"? From the rocks that break a farmer's plough on a field in Japan to digital infrastructures that organize geographically dispersed interests and ambitions, vast parts of our lives are still connected and dependent on resources, production, and infrastructures located within rural geographies, and the rural remains a shared cultural space. This anthology offers an urgent and diverse cross-section of rural art, thinking, and practice, with writings that consider ways in which artists respond to the socioeconomic divides between the rural and the urban-from reimagined farming practices and food systems to architecture, community projects, and transnational local networks. Edited by three artists who have been working within rural situations and communities for the last twenty years, this anthology is formed as a document, tool, and navigation device for future artistic practice in which "the rural" is filtered through a lens sharpened by an audience-based model of art that practices from within the culture it addresses. Artists surveyed include Lara Almarcegui, Lina Bo Bardi, Ruth Ewan, Forensic Architecture, Amy Franceschini, Fernando Garcia-Dory, Grizedale Arts, Sigrid Holmwood, Huit Fa ettes, Brian Jungen, M12, Renzo Martens, Lala Meredith-Vula, Grace Ndiritu, OHO Group, Robert Smithson, Rirkrit Tiravanja, Andrea Zittel, Stephen Willats, Bedwyr Williams, Franciska Z lyom Writers include Homi K. Bhabha, Okwui Enwezor, Hal Foster, Freeyad Ibrahim, Julia Kristeva, Henri Lefebvre, Marco Marcon, Georgy Nikich, Hans Ulrich Obrist, Paul O'Neill, Mike Pearson, Doina Petrescu, Tomasz Rakowski, Natalie Robertson, Marco Scotini, Vandana Shiva, Monika Szewczyk, David Teh, Colin Ward, Grit Weber, Stephen Wright
Swedish Design by
Swedish Design- A History provides a fascinating and comprehensive introduction to the development of design in Sweden from the mid-nineteenth century to the early twenty-first. Leading design historian Lasse Brunnstrum traces the move from artisanal crafts production to the mass production and consumption of designed objects, a process by which the role and profile of the designer became increasingly important. His survey, richly illustrated with images of the designed objects discussed, takes in forms of design traditionally associated with Sweden, such as household objects and textiles, while also considering some less-written about genres such as industrial and graphic design. Brunnstrum questions many established ideas about design in Sweden, notably its aesthetics and its relationship to Sweden's national and political culture. He argues that the history of design in Sweden has been far more complex and less straightforwardly 'blond' than hitherto understood.
Synesthetic Design by
Synesthetic design strives to develop products that systematically incorporate all five senses. In future, the current wealth of medical technical insights in psychology, physiology, motor functions, and neurology and the development of innovative materials with astonishing new properties will open up almost unlimited opportunities for the designer's creativity. Haverkamp brings together for the first time precisely those aspects of this fundamental knowledge that are specifically relevant for designers. The result is a book that offers designers of all schools a clear and well-organized practical handbook and a solid foundation for their own designs.
Transformations : 7 roles to drive change by design by
Tracking how design has changed in previous book Design Transitions has inevitably led the authors to explore how organisations are changing using design. Design is now the key driver of innovation and change within organisations across the globe. It is therefore important to learn how, when and why to use design to drive change in your organisation.Transformations documents how design is being used to support change across different organisations, countries and sectors, sharing the stories of experts in their fields at varying stages of their transformative journeys. The authors present seven roles for change that are used to influence the development of products and services, the shape of the organisation itself and, most importantly, their ability to embrace change. These seven roles can transform organisations to be more innovative, human-centred and resilient: Cultural Catalyst; Framework Maker; Humaniser; Power Broker; Friendly Challenger; Technology Enabler and Community Builder.Well-documented case studies offer readers insight into how design strategies can be successfully activated in different types of organisation. The seven roles offer both designers and non-designers a common language and framework to support design-driven transformation. Transformations, in the right hands, is a potent tool to understand, shape and implement design-driven change.
Tricky Design by
Tricky Things responds to the burgeoning of scholarly interest in the cultural meanings of objects, by addressing the moral complexity of certain designed objects and systems. The volume brings together leading international designers, scholars and critics to explore some of the ways in which the practice of design and its outcomes can have a dark side, even when the intention is to design for the public good. Considering a range of designed objects and relationships, including guns, eyewear, assisted suicide kits, anti-rape devices, passports and prisons, the contributors offer a view of design as both progressive and problematic, able to propose new material and human relationships, yet also constrained by social norms and ideology. This contradictory, tricky quality of design is explored in the editors' introduction, which positions the objects, systems, services and 'things' discussed in the book in relation to the idea of the trickster that occurs in anthropological literature, as well as in classical thought, discussing design interventions that have positive and negative ethical consequences. These will include objects, both material and 'immaterial', systems with both local and global scope, and also different processes of designing. This important new volume brings a fresh perspective to the complex nature of 'things', and makes a truly original contribution to debates in design ethics, design philosophy and material culture.
World History of Design by
The definitive global history of design Authored by preeminent design scholar Victor Margolin, World History of Design is an indispensable new multi-volume work, providing a comprehensive and detailed historical account of design from prehistory to the end of the twentieth century. An unrivalled breadth of coverage Comprising three volumes containing almost one million words and 1,500 images, World History of Design features all world regions across all periods. From the earliest cave art and human tools to the recent development of a global design culture, it includes substantial new material on design in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East and Africa. Multi-disciplinary relevance and appeal With its broad geographic and chronological purview, and its depth of discussion, World History of Design is an essential resource for students and scholars in design history, as well as in the fields of history, sociology, art history, and anthropology. It will also appeal to design practitioners worldwide and to a general audience with an interest in design.
World History of Design Volume 1 by
This is the first volume of the World History of Design, the definitive historical account of global design by pre-eminent design scholar Victor Margolin. The first volume explores the earliest cave art and human tools, including the key examples of the visual and material culture that were produced in all parts of the world from the first stages of human civilization, the Industrial Revolution and its aftermath, and finally World War I. This richly illustrated volume contains over 380 images, with 72 in full colour.
Industrial Design History 2: Twentieth Century Design
Industrial Design History 2: Twentieth Century Design introduces you to the contemporary world of Industrial Design and its various strategic approaches to creativity that will stimulate, encourage, and liberate your own creative potential in coming up with innovative design solutions.
Through the knowledge garnered from the past, you will now learn new concepts based on contemporary movements, trends, and innovations in the modern era of Industrial Design. These will also involve exploration of the theoretical components of creativity and the use of cross-disciplinary evaluation techniques which will make you develop your own learning process, and be able to expand your range of creative thinking skills. Processes involved in typical industrial design projects, and modern and contemporary art/design theories will be studied with reference to the significant works in the local and international setting.
At the end of this course, you will be able to commence a project properly with methodologies you have learned for designing, communicating, and manufacturing products, as inspired by the past to the present world of Industrial Design.
Aluminium alloys : design and development of innovative alloys, manufacturing processes and applications by
Aluminium alloys are among the most interesting materials being adopted for weight reduction and recycling benefits. The increasing importance of aluminium alloys over the years is due to their widespread use and applications in automotive, aerospace, food handling, building, heat exchange, and electrical transmission industries. Their high strength/weight ratio makes aluminium alloys useful for applications where simultaneous high strength and lightness are needed.This book provides a comprehensive review of the design and development of innovative aluminium alloys and composites. Chapters discuss manufacturing processes and applications and are heavily illustrated to make the concepts clear.
The Confusion Between Art and Design [EPUB] by
In the past century the borders have blurred between art and design. Designers, artists, aestheticians, curators, art and design critics, historians and students all seem confused about these borders. Figurative painting was reduced to graphic design while still being called 'art'. Figurative sculpture was reduced to nonfunctional industrial design while being called 'sculpture'. This fundamental blunder resulted from total misunderstanding of the concept of "abstraction" by the founders of modern art. Comprehensive analysis shows that so-called "abstract art" is neither abstract nor art, but a very simple, even trivial, kind of design. In this book the prehistoric, philosophical, logical, historic and religious sources of the confusion between art and design are analyzed.A new and coherent conceptual framework is proposed, to distinguish between art and design. Nearly one hundred distinctions, contradistinctions and comparisons between art and design are presented, showing clearly that they are totally independent domains. Philosophy of art books are written by philosophers for philosophers, not for artists and designers; therefore they are irrelevant for the latter, especially for students who normally lack the necessary conceptual training. This book is not only for theoreticians but for art and design practitioners at all levels. This is a new kind of book: an illustrated philosophical book for the art and design world, which can make philosophical knowledge accessible and useful for solving real problems for designers and artists who are mostly visual rather than conceptual thinkers. The book contains over two hundred images; thus art and design people can easily follow the arguments and reasoning presented in this book in their own language; images. Lack of distinction between art and design harms both. Design is contaminated by the ills of modern art, while modern art cannot recover from its current stagnation while under the illusion that it is actually art rather than design.
Design by
Für Studenten, professionelle Designer und interessiert Laien gleichermaßen unverzichtbar: die umfassend überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage dieses Standardwerks zur Produktgestaltung. Es zeichnet die Geschichte und die heutige Ausrichtung des Designs nach und vermittelt die wichtigsten Grundlagen der Designtheorie und -methodologie. Aus dem Inhalt: *Design und Geschichte: Bauhaus, Hochschule für Gestaltung Ulm, Braun, Von der Guten Form zur De-signkunst *Design und Globalisierung *Design und Methodologie: Erkenntnismethoden im Design *Design und Theorie: Auf dem Weg zu einer disziplinären Designtheorie *Design und Kontext: Vom Corporate Design zum Strategischen Design *Produktsprache und Produktsemantik *Architektur und Design *Design und Gesellschaft *Design und Technik
Design, When Everybody Designs by
The role of design, both expert and nonexpert, in the ongoing wave of social innovation toward sustainability. In a changing world everyone designs: each individual person and each collective subject, from enterprises to institutions, from communities to cities and regions, must define and enhance a life project. Sometimes these projects generate unprecedented solutions; sometimes they converge on common goals and realize larger transformations. As Ezio Manzini describes in this book, we are witnessing a wave of social innovations as these changes unfold--an expansive open co-design process in which new solutions are suggested and new meanings are created. Manzini distinguishes between diffuse design (performed by everybody) and expert design (performed by those who have been trained as designers) and describes how they interact. He maps what design experts can do to trigger and support meaningful social changes, focusing on emerging forms of collaboration. These range from community-supported agriculture in China to digital platforms for medical care in Canada; from interactive storytelling in India to collaborative housing in Milan. These cases illustrate how expert designers can support these collaborations--making their existence more probable, their practice easier, their diffusion and their convergence in larger projects more effective. Manzini draws the first comprehensive picture of design for social innovation: the most dynamic field of action for both expert and nonexpert designers in the coming decades.
Design and Culture by
Design and Culture: A Transdisciplinary History offers an inclusive overview that crosses disciplinary boundaries and helps define the next phase of global design practice. This book examines the interaction of design with advances in technology, developments in science, and changing cultural attitudes. It looks to the past to prepare for the future and is the first book to offer an innovative transdisciplinary design history that integrates multidisciplinary sources of knowledge into a mindful whole. It shows design as a process that expresses goals through values and beliefs, functioning as a major factor in contemporary cultural life. Starting with the development of the Industrial Revolution, the book focuses on the evolution of design and culture in the twentieth century to predict where design will go in the future. Given the major social and political shifts currently unfolding across the globe, and the resulting changing demographics and environmental degradation, Design and Culture encourages collaboration and communication between disciplines to prepare for the future of design in a rapidly changing world.
Design Dispersed by
This volume traces the complex and heterogeneous connections between migration and design in the 20th and 21st centuries. Questions tackled address the aesthetic effects that result from the networking, overlapping, and mixing of forms as well as the political and social dimensions of design: How are experiences of displacement inscribed in the things designers create? Can design contribute to a critical debate in migration and flight? Is it able to provide 'material' to rethink complex historical and cultural relationships? The chapters clarify the challenges and possibilities of thinking together migration, design and flight, critically historicize and discuss design concepts for displaced people, and bring mobile actors in design into focus.
Design Innovative Robots with LEGO SPIKE Prime by
Discover how to use the LEGO SPIKE Prime kit and boost your confidence in robotics, coding, and engineeringKey Features* Get up and running with new parts not seen in previous LEGO kits* Gain deeper insights into non-compatible sensors and components that work with all prior LEGO components and third-party elements* Explore new features and experiment with new robot builds with LEGO's new coding platformBook DescriptionThe new LEGO SPIKE Prime is one of the latest additions to the LEGO robotics line of products. This book will help you to enjoy building robots and understand how exciting robotics can be in terms of design, coding, and the expression of ideas.The book begins by taking you through a new realm of playful learning experiences designed for inventors and creators of any age. In each chapter, you'll find out how to build a creative robot, learn to bring the robot to life through code, and finally work with exercises to test what you've learned and remix the robot to suit your own unique style. Throughout the chapters, you'll build exciting new smart robots such as a handheld game, a robotic arm with a joystick, a guitar, a flying bird, a sumobot, a dragster, and a Simon Says game.By the end of this LEGO book, you'll have gained the knowledge and skills you need to build any robot that you can imagine.What you will learn* Discover how the LEGO SPIKE Prime kit works, and explore its parts and the elements inside them* Build and design robots that go beyond basic robotic designs* Create interactive robots with the help of sensors* Explore real-world robots and learn how to build them by yourself* Find out challenging ways to remix build ideas with your own imagination and skills* Develop coding skills using the Scratch programming interfaceWho this book is forThis book is for robot enthusiasts, LEGO lovers, hobbyists, educators, students, and anyone looking to learn about the new LEGO SPIKE Prime kit. The book is designed to go beyond the basic builds to intermediate and advanced builds, while also helping you to learn how to add your own personal touch to the builds and code. To make the most of this book, you'll need a basic understanding of build techniques, coding in block-based software environments, and weaving them together to create unique robot builds.
Frame Innovation : create new thinking by design by
How organizations can use practices developed by expert designers to solve today's open, complex, dynamic, and networked problems. When organizations apply old methods of problem-solving to new kinds of problems, they may accomplish only temporary fixes or some ineffectual tinkering around the edges. Today's problems are a new breed--open, complex, dynamic, and networked--and require a radically different response. In this book, Kees Dorst describes a new, innovation-centered approach to problem-solving in organizations: frame creation. It applies "design thinking," but it goes beyond the borrowed tricks and techniques that usually characterize that term. Frame creation focuses not on the generation of solutions but on the ability to create new approaches to the problem situation itself. The strategies Dorst presents are drawn from the unique, sophisticated, multilayered practices of top designers, and from insights that have emerged from fifty years of design research. Dorst describes the nine steps of the frame creation process and illustrates their application to real-world problems with a series of varied case studies. He maps innovative solutions that include rethinking a store layout so retail spaces encourage purchasing rather than stealing, applying the frame of a music festival to understand late-night problems of crime and congestion in a club district, and creative ways to attract young employees to a temporary staffing agency. Dorst provides tools and methods for implementing frame creation, offering not so much a how-to manual as a do-it-yourself handbook--a guide that will help practitioners develop their own approaches to problem-solving and creating innovation.
The Industrial Design Reference and Specification Book by
To make designs that work and endure (and are also legal), designers need to know-or be able to find-an endless number of details. Whether it's what kind of glue needs to be used on a certain surface, metric equivalents, thread sizes, or how to apply for a patent, these details are essential and must be readily available so designers can create successful products efficiently. "The Industrial Design Reference & Specification Book "provides designers with a comprehensive handbook they can turn to over and over again. These pages are filled with information that is essential to successful product design, including information on measurement conversions, trademark and copyright standards, patents and product-related intellectual property rights/standards, setting up files for prototyping and production runs, and manufacturing and packaging options to optimize the design. It is an essential resource for any industrial or product designer.
Industrial Product Design of Solids and Liquids by
Offering invaluable insights from a chemist with over 35 years experience in the industry, this practical guide incorporates numerous practical examples and case studies to explain the concepts included here. The author explains the processes involved in product design, how to set up experiments, and ultimately how to scale-up. Among the host of topics covered is a discussion of recent advances in the fundamentals and innovative technologies leading to new and improved products. Industrial Product Design of Solids and Liquids: A Practical Guide is essential reading for the pharmaceutical, cosmetics and personal care, food, fragrance, paints, plastics and agricultural industries.
An Introduction to Design and Culture by
This third edition of An Introduction to Design and Culture has been revised and updated throughout to include issues of globalization, sustainability and digital/interactive design. New for this edition is a chapter which covers key changes in design culture. Design culture has changed dramatically in the 21st century, the designer-hero is now much less in evidence and design has become much more interdisciplinary. Drawing on a wealth of mass-produced artefacts, images and environments including sewing machines, cars, televisions, clothes, electronic and branded goods and exhibitions, author Penny Sparke shows how design has helped to shape and reflect our social and cultural development. This introduction to the development of modern (and postmodern) design is ideal for undergraduate students.
Make It New : A History of Silicon Valley Design by
The role of design in the formation of the Silicon Valley ecosystem of innovation. California's Silicon Valley is home to the greatest concentration of designers in the world: corporate design offices at flagship technology companies and volunteers at nonprofit NGOs; global design consultancies and boutique studios; research laboratories and academic design programs. Together they form the interconnected network that is Silicon Valley. Apple products are famously "Designed in California," but, as Barry Katz shows in this first-ever, extensively illustrated history, the role of design in Silicon Valley began decades before Steve Jobs and Steve Wozniak dreamed up Apple in a garage. Offering a thoroughly original view of the subject, Katz tells how design helped transform Silicon Valley into the most powerful engine of innovation in the world. From Hewlett-Packard and Ampex in the 1950s to Google and Facebook today, design has provided the bridge between research and development, art and engineering, technical performance and human behavior. Katz traces the origins of all of the leading consultancies--including IDEO, frog, and Lunar--and shows the process by which some of the world's most influential companies came to place design at the center of their business strategies. At the same time, universities, foundations, and even governments have learned to apply "design thinking" to their missions. Drawing on unprecedented access to a vast array of primary sources and interviews with nearly every influential design leader--including Douglas Engelbart, Steve Jobs, and Don Norman--Katz reveals design to be the missing link in Silicon Valley's ecosystem of innovation.
Mid-Century Modernism and the American Body by
The first investigation of how race and gender shaped the presentation and marketing of Modernist decor in postwar America In the world of interior design, mid-century Modernism has left an indelible mark still seen and felt today in countless open-concept floor plans and spare, geometric furnishings. Yet despite our continued fascination, we rarely consider how this iconic design sensibility was marketed to the diverse audiences of its era. Examining advice manuals, advertisements in Life and Ebony, furniture, art, and more, Mid-Century Modernism and the American Body offers a powerful new look at how codes of race, gender, and identity influenced--and were influenced by--Modern design and shaped its presentation to consumers. Taking us to the booming suburban landscape of postwar America, Kristina Wilson demonstrates that the ideals defined by popular Modernist furnishings were far from neutral or race-blind. Advertisers offered this aesthetic to White audiences as a solution for keeping dirt and outsiders at bay, an approach that reinforced middle-class White privilege. By contrast, media arenas such as Ebony magazine presented African American readers with an image of Modernism as a style of comfort, security, and social confidence. Wilson shows how etiquette and home decorating manuals served to control women by associating them with the domestic sphere, and she considers how furniture by George Nelson and Charles and Ray Eames, as well as smaller-scale decorative accessories, empowered some users, even while constraining others. A striking counter-narrative to conventional histories of design, Mid-Century Modernism and the American Body unveils fresh perspectives on one of the most distinctive movements in American visual culture.
New Materials by
This edited volume gathers eight cases of industrial materials development, broadly conceived, from North America, Europe and Asia over the last 200 years. Whether given utility as building parts, fabrics, pharmaceuticals, or foodstuffs, whether seen by their proponents as human-made or "found in nature," materials result from the designation of some matter as both knowable and worth knowing about. In following these determinations we learn that the production of physical novelty under industrial, imperial and other cultural conditions has historically accomplished a huge range of social effects, from accruals of status and wealth to demarcations of bodies and geographies. Among other cases, New Materials traces the beneficent self-identity of Quaker asylum planners who devised soundless metal cell locks in the early 19th century, and the inculcation of national pride attending Taiwanese carbon-fiber bicycle parts in the 21st; the racialized labor organizations promoted by California orange breeders in the 1910s, and bureaucratized distributions of blame for deadly high-rise fires a century later. Across eras and global regions New Materials reflects circumstances not made clear when technological innovation is explained solely as a by-product of modernizing impulses or critiqued simply as a craving for profit. Whether establishing the efficacy of nano-scale pharmaceuticals or the tastiness of farmed catfish, proponents of new materials enact complex political ideologies. In highlighting their actors' conceptions of efficiency, certainty, safety, pleasure, pain, faith and identity, the authors reveal that to produce a "new material" is invariably to preserve other things, to sustain existing values and social structures.
Nordic Design Cultures in Transformation, 1960-1980 by
Covering the 1960s and 1970s, this volume explores new ways of investigating, comparing and interpreting the different domains of design culture across the Nordic countries. Challenging the traditional narrative, this volume argues that the roots of the most prominent features of Nordic design's contemporary significance are not to be found amongst the objects for the home collectively branded as 'Scandinavian Design' to great acclaim in the 1950s, but in the discourses, institutions and practices formed in the aftermath of that oft-told success story, during the turbulent period between 1960 and 1980. This is achieved by employing multidisciplinary approaches to connect the domains of industrial production, marketing, consumption, public institutions, design educations, trade journals as well as public debates and civic initiatives forming a design culture. This book makes a significant contribution to current, international agendas of historiographical critique focusing on transnational relations and the deconstruction of national design histories. This book will be of interest to scholars in design, design history and Scandinavian studies. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.
The Pocket Universal Methods of Design, Revised and Expanded by
This handy, portable version of the authoritative Universal Methods of Design provides the same thorough and critical presentation, updated and expanded to include 125 research methods, synthesis/analysis techniques, and research deliverables for human-centered design.
Each method of research is distilled down to its most powerful essence, in a format that will help individual practitioners as well as design teams select and implement the research methods best suited to their design culture within the constraints of their projects. This valuable guide:
Dismantles the myth that user research methods are complicated, expensive, and time-consuming
Creates a shared meaning for cross-disciplinary design teams
Illustrates methods with compelling visualizations and case studies
Characterizes each method at a glance
With the concise, accessible format of The Pocket Universal Methods of Design, you and your team will be designing in a completely new, more effective way.
The titles in the Rockport Universal series offer comprehensive and authoritative information and edifying and inspiring visual examples on multidisciplinary subjects for designers, architects, engineers, students, and anyone who is interested in expanding and enriching their design knowledge.
Process Intensification by
Process Intensification is a comprehensive textbook and treats the theory of process intensification design, and all innovation steps from idea generation to commercial implementation, and all focused on contributing to the UN Sustainable Development Goals. This book covers the 'hard' elements of design, modelling, and experimental validations and the 'soft' elements, values of engineers, interests of stakeholders and beliefs of society.
Prototype to Product by
Product development is the magic that turns circuitry, software, and materials into a product, but moving efficiently from concept to manufactured product is a complex process with many potential pitfalls. This practical guide pulls back the curtain to reveal what happens--or should happen--when you take a product from prototype to production. For makers looking to go pro or product development team members keen to understand the process, author Alan Cohen tracks the development of an intelligent electronic device to explain the strategies and tactics necessary to transform an abstract idea into a successful product that people want to use. Learn 11 deadly sins that kill product development projects Get an overview of how electronic products are manufactured Determine whether your idea has a good chance of being profitable Narrow down the product's functionality and associated costs Generate requirements that describe the final product's details Select your processor, operating system, and power sources Learn how to comply with safety regulations and standards Dive into development--from rapid prototyping to manufacturing Alan Cohen, a veteran systems and software engineering manager and lifelong technophile, specializes in leading the development of medical devices and other high-reliability products. His passion is to work with engineers and other stakeholders to forge innovative technologies into successful products.
T-Shaped Professionals : Adaptive Innovators by
What skills are needed for the future? This book argues for T-shaped professionals who are adaptive innovators, with broad communication skills and deep problem-solving skills. We invite readers to explore this question from the perspective of academics, educators, business practitioners, those in government, as well as researchers trying to measure more precisely just what it means to be a T-shaped professional and adaptive innovator.
Understanding Industrial Design : principles for UX and interaction design by
With the coming flood of connected products, many UX and interaction designers are looking into hardware design, a discipline largely unfamiliar to them. If you're among those who want to blend digital and physical design concepts successfully, this practical book helps you explore seven long-standing principles of industrial design. Two present and former design directors at IDEO, the international design and innovation firm, use real-world examples to describe industrial designs that are sensorial, simple, enduring, playful, thoughtful, sustainable, and beautiful. You'll learn how to approach, frame, and evaluate your designs as they extend beyond the screen and into the physical world. Sensorial: create experiences that fully engage our human senses Simple: design simple products that provide overall clarity in relation to their purpose Enduring: build products that wear well and live on as classics Playful: use playful design to go beyond functionality and create emotional connections Thoughtful: observe people's struggles and anticipate their needs Sustainable: design products that reduce environmental impact Beautiful: elevate the experience of everyday products through beauty
What is design thinking? by
Design Thinking has a lot of facets that we distill into one core idea: Design Thinking is a way to solve problems. It’s not the only way. It might not even always be the best way. But, it is an extremely effective way to radically increase your likelihood of success when you’re solving a problem. Design Thinking is often referred to as a process, and, in fact, it does include specific ordered process steps. However, it’s also a philosophy, a mindset, a set of core principles, and a satchel full of tools. In essence, Design Thinking is a cohesive framework for innovation that can be used in a multitude of areas ranging from creating something new to running a business to managing interpersonal communication. And, if you’re an entrepreneur, it is a remarkable approach for identifying the problem that you should be solving for people. If you’re looking for an official definition, here’s our favorite: Design Thinking is a human-centered process for identifying and solving problems that results in effective, innovative solutions.
Elective Course on Design Trends
Elective Course on Design Trends offers two-credit advanced studio courses on special topic categories that offers you the opportunity to focus on various curricular topics including innovative product designs through socially responsible, humanitarian and sustainable design. Each class is designed to strengthen your ability for research, ideation, presentation, and concept validation.
A student project involving the application of gained knowledge in a 3D model of a product is required at the end the course.
OPTIONS: SUSTAIN (Sustainable Design Management), and ROBOTIX (Robotics and Mechatronics).
(ROBOTIX) Robotics and Mechatronics equips you with the knowledge in robotic technologies and mechatronics as considered in the design work.
You will learn relevant and current concepts in kinematics, dynamics, control electronics, trajectory generation, actuation, sensing, signal processing and mechanisms design, mainly as a play around utilities such as Arduino and micro-controllers.
At the end of the course, you must be able to determine the appropriate electro-mechanical computational systems that fit the required work to be performed by his robot. You must also be able to create your own theoretical framework for future directions possible in automation as it is applied in his chosen industry of specialization.
AQA AS/a-level design and technology : product design by Delft Design Guide by
Delft Design Guide details roughly seventy strategies, techniques, and methods taught at the Delft University Faculty of Industrial Design in a practical one-page text, illustrated for further clarification and enriched with further reading suggestions. The high quality of their research and teaching at the TU Delft is renowned, making it one of the top universities in the world.
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat by
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. provides a comprehensive collection of 60 methods applicable to any design innovation project. This handbook provides a flexible, interactive learning resource for anyone interested in learning about design thinking methods and their use for product and service innovation. It includes easy-to-follow exercises for each method along with ready-to-use templates and tools, case studies and design challenges.The book features 60 methods that were selected from across the design disciplines of product design, service design, design innovation, interaction design and user experience design. The easy-to-navigate structure of the book allows people new to design to learn about methods at their own pace and in their own time. For the practising designer, the book is an excellent reference guide: the overview allows them to quickly identify which methods they might need to apply depending on the phase of their own design project.
Design basics : from ideas to products by
How does design function? What is the difference between design and styling? Is the principle "form follows function" still valid? And what constitutes the design process in practice?There are so many questions on the highly topical subject of design. The authors provide answers to many of them by covering a wide range of topics, from the historical roots to the outlook on the near future, from a comprehensive look at product functions to the analysis of the complex design process, from theoretical foundations to descriptive case studies. The central theme is product design, taking the conflicting interests of consumers, manufacturers and designers into consideration. All factors of planning and designing of industrial products are considered and clearly presented. The book is aimed at enquiring users as well as committed entrepreneurs, interested technicians and aspiring designers from a great variety of fields.
Design Roadmapping by
Design Roadmapping is for anyone interested in design, strategy and innovation, and its wonderful combinations. For those who dare to create a future vision, frame the time pacing and map the pathways towards it.This guidebook teaches you how to create a roadmap. It outlines the origins, design theories and science results. Strategic designers, innovation managers and professors share their roadmapping experiences, views and achievements, including venture CPOs, Head of Design, product and program managers of international companies such as Canon, Peerby, Ferrari, Philips, Victoria State Library and many more.By design roadmapping you devise creative responses to future strategic challenges. Guided by future foresight techniques, you uncover new trends, scout for new technologies and map the values and ideas on the roadmap. Through strong visualization, a design roadmap supports an organizational mindset on value innovations.
Design roots : culturally significant designs, products, and practices by
Design Roots provides a comprehensive review of culturally significant designs, products and practices which are rooted to particular communities through making tradition and a sense of place. Many rich traditional practices associated with community, tacit knowledge and culture are being rapidly lost due to globalisation and urbanisation. Yet they have much to offer for the future in terms of sustainability, identity, wellbeing and new opportunities in design. This book considers the creative roots, the place-based ecologies, and deep understandings of cultural significance, not only in terms of history and tradition but also in terms of locale, social interactions, innovation, and change for the sustainment of culturally significant material productions. Importantly, these are not locked in time by sentimentality and nostalgia but are evolving, innovative, and adaptive to new technologies and changing circumstances. Contributing authors explore the historical roots of culturally significant designs, products and practices, emerging directions, amateur endeavours, enterprise models, business opportunities and the changing role and contribution of design in the creation of material cultures of significance, meaning and value. An international perspective is provided through case studies and research from North and South America, Africa, Europe, Asia and Australasia, with examples including Aran jumper production in Northern Ireland, weaving in Thailand, Iranian housing design, Brazilian street design and digital crafting in the United Kingdom.
The Design Student's Journey by
Being a professional designer is one of the most intellectually rewarding careers. Learning to become a designer can be tremendous fun but it can also be frustrating and at times painful. What you have to do to become a designer is not often clearly laid out and can seem mysterious. Over the past 50 years or so we have discovered a great deal about how designers think. This book relies upon that knowledge but presents it in a way specifically intended to help the student and perhaps the teacher. Bryan Lawson's classic book How Designers Think has been in print since 1980 and has gone through four editions to keep it up to date. This book can be seen as a companion volume for the design student.
The design thinking playbook : mindful digital transformation of teams, products, services, businesses and ecosystems by
A radical shift in perspective to transform your organization to become more innovative The Design Thinking Playbook is an actionable guide to the future of business. By stepping back and questioning the current mindset, the faults of the status quo stand out in stark relief--and this guide gives you the tools and frameworks you need to kick off a digital transformation. Design Thinking is about approaching things differently with a strong user orientation and fast iterations with multidisciplinary teams to solve wicked problems. It is equally applicable to (re-)design products, services, processes, business models, and ecosystems. It inspires radical innovation as a matter of course, and ignites capabilities beyond mere potential. Unmatched as a source of competitive advantage, Design Thinking is the driving force behind those who will lead industries through transformations and evolutions. This book describes how Design Thinking is applied across a variety of industries, enriched with other proven approaches as well as the necessary tools, and the knowledge to use them effectively. Packed with solutions for common challenges including digital transformation, this practical, highly visual discussion shows you how Design Thinking fits into agile methods within management, innovation, and startups. Explore the digitized future using new design criteria to create real value for the user Foster radical innovation through an inspiring framework for action Gather the right people to build highly-motivated teams Apply Design Thinking, Systems Thinking, Big Data Analytics, and Lean Start-up using new tools and a fresh new perspective Create Minimum Viable Ecosystems (MVEs) for digital processes and services which becomes for example essential in building Blockchain applications Practical frameworks, real-world solutions, and radical innovation wrapped in a whole new outlook give you the power to mindfully lead to new heights. From systems and operations to people, projects, culture, digitalization, and beyond, this invaluable mind shift paves the way for organizations--and individuals--to do great things. When you're ready to give your organization a big step forward, The Design Thinking Playbook is your practical guide to a more innovative future.
Design Transitions by
Discover where design practice is today - and where it will take us in the future.Design Transitions presents 42 unique and insightful stories of how design is changing around the world. Twelve countries are represented from the perspectives of three different communities: design agencies, organizations embedding design; and design academics. Our journey has taken us across the globe in search of the most innovative design practitioners, and their answers to the question How are design practices changing? From small practices to vast corporations, the renowned to the lesser known: these are the stories of people working at the fringes of the traditional disciplines of design. They have opened up their design worlds to reveal the methods, tools and thinking behind their inspirational work. Some of the organizations and individuals featured includes: Droog, BERG, Fjord, thinkpublic, FutureGov, Hakuhodo Innovation Lab, DesignThinkers Group, INSITUM, Optimal Usability, frog Asia, Ziba, Banny Banerjee, Ezio Manzini, Carlos Teixeira and Adam Greenfield.Design Transitions is divided into three sections:Section I: Changing Practices features 25 stories from design practices in a range of disciplines. Section II: New Territories features five organizations introducing and embedding design approaches into their core practice and operations. Section III: Viewpoints features 12 interviews with leading design academics, offering additional insights and a critical perspective on the key themes that have emerged from our case studies and interviews.
Digital Design by
Digital Design: A Critical Introduction provides a much-needed new perspective on designing with digital media. Linking ideas from media theory, generative design and creativity with examples from nature, art, architecture, industrial design, websites, animation and games, it addresses some fundamental questions about creative design with digital media. Featuring original material based on the authors' own research, the book argues that the recognition and understanding of the interplay of the two apparently opposing concepts of rules and contingency supports original thinking, creativity and innovation. Going beyond existing texts on the subject, Digital Design is an accessible primer whose innovative approach transcends the analysis of individual subfields - such as animation, games and website design - yet offers practical help within all of them.
Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction by
A comprehensive guide to the friction, contact and impact on robot control and force feedback mechanism Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction offers an authoritative guide to the basic principles of robot dynamics and control with a focus on contact and friction. The authors discuss problems in interaction between human and real or virtual robot where dynamics with friction and contact are relevant. The book fills a void in the literature with a need for a text that considers the contact and friction generated in robot joints during their movements. Designed as a practical resource, the text provides the information needed for task planning in view of contact, impact and friction for the designer of a robot control system for high accuracy and long durability. The authors include a review of the most up-to-date advancements in robot dynamics and control. It contains a comprehensive resource to the effective design and fabrication of robot systems and components for engineering and scientific purposes. This important guide: Offers a comprehensive reference with systematic treatment and a unified framework Includes simulation and experiments used in dynamics and control of robot considering contact, impact and friction Discusses the most current tribology methodology used to treat the multiple-scale effects Contains valuable descriptions of experiments and software used Presents illustrative accounts on the methods employed to handle friction in the closed loop, including the principles, implementation, application scope, merits and demerits Offers a cohesive treatment that covers tribology and multi-scales, multi-physics and nonlinear stochastic dynamics control Written for graduate students of robotics, mechatronics, mechanical engineering, tracking control and practicing professionals and industrial researchers, Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction offers a review to effective design and fabrication of stable and durable robot system and components.
From AI to robotics : mobile, social, and sentient robots by
From AI to Robotics: Mobile, Social, and Sentient Robots is a journey into the world of agent-based robotics and it covers a number of interesting topics, both in the theory and practice of the discipline. The book traces the earliest ideas for autonomous machines to the mythical lore of ancient Greece and ends the last chapter with a debate on a prophecy set in the apparent future, where human beings and robots/technology may merge to create superior beings - the era of transhumanism. Throughout the text, the work of leading researchers is presented in depth, which helps to paint the socio-economic picture of how robots are transforming our world and will continue to do so. This work is presented along with the influences and ideas from futurists, such as Asimov, Moravec, Lem, Vinge, and of course Kurzweil. The book furthers the discussion with concepts of Artificial Intelligence and how it manifests in robotic agents. Discussions across various topics are presented in the book, including control paradigm, navigation, software, multi-robot systems, swarm robotics, robots in social roles, and artificial consciousness in robots. These discussions help to provide an overall picture of current day agent- based robotics and its prospects for the future. Examples of software and implementation in hardware are covered in Chapter 5 to encourage the imagination and creativity of budding robot enthusiasts. The book addresses several broad themes, such as AI in theory versus applied AI for robots, concepts of anthropomorphism, embodiment and situatedness, extending theory of psychology and animal behavior to robots, and the proposal that in the future, AI may be the new definition of science. Behavior-based robotics is covered in Chapter 2 and retells the debate between deliberative and reactive approaches. The text reiterates that the effort of modern day robotics is to replicate human-like intelligence and behavior, and the tools that a roboticist has at his or her disposal are open source software, which is often powered by crowd-sourcing. Open source meta-projects, such as Robot Operating System (ROS), etc. are briefly discussed in Chapter 5. The ideas and themes presented in the book are supplemented with cartoons, images, schematics and a number of special sections to make the material engaging for the reader. Designed for robot enthusiasts - researchers, students, or the hobbyist, this comprehensive book will entertain and inspire anyone interested in the exciting world of robots.
Handbook of Research on New Product Development by
New products are the major driver of revenue growth in today's dynamic business environment. In this Handbook, the world's foremost experts on new product development bring together the latest thinking on this vitally important topic. These thought-leading authors organize knowledge into useful and insightful frameworks, covering all aspects of new product development: companies, collaborators, customers, context, markets, and performance. The contributors delve into a broad range of topics, covering each one deeply and comprehensively. Careful attention to the development of these topics make it a fantastic single-source reference for state-of-the-art knowledge on new product development, including comprehensive sets of questions and discussion topics to inspire future research. Managers will benefit from the Handbook by expanding their knowledge of new product development, and for researchers, the book provides a comprehensive look at the current research, as well as offering opportunities to continue expanding on this body of knowledge. Contributors include:A.M. Baker, B.L. Bayus, S. Bharadwaj, D. Boyd, R.J. Calantone, G. Challagalla, D. Chandrasekaran, G. Colarelli O'Connor, R.G. Cooper, C.A. Di Benedetto, N. Donthu, E. Fang, G.J. Fisher, N.Z. Foutz, N. Franke, E. Genc, J. Goldenberg, P.N. Golder, D.A. Griffith, E. Keko, V. Kuppuswamy, D. Mitra, C. Moorman, C.P. Moreau, H. Nguyen, J.C. Prabhu, G.J. Prevo, N. Ramani, V.R. Rao, S.M. Shugan, R. Srinivasan, S. Stremersch, G.J. Tellis, L.H. Vincent, E. von Hippel, S. Wies, G. Yalcinkaya, E. Yin
Inclusive Design by
Stretching beyond the successes and challenges of universal design since the inception of the Americans with Disabilities Act in 1990 and its amendment in 2008, Inclusive Design: A Universal Need details how an inclusive approach to design creates an accessible and aesthetically pleasing environment for a total population-not just the aging or differently abled. Fully covering CIDA accreditation standards that include both the application of ADA and universal design, the text further specifies the benefits of an inclusive approach to residential and commercial environments, product design, and technology.
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Mid-Century Modern by
This gift book, featuringsophisticated illustrationsof classic pieces, is a must-have for lovers of Mid-Century Modern design. Mid-Century Modern remains one of the most popular, collectable, and dynamic styles of international design. This gift book features original illustrations of iconic mid-century designs, from Eames chairs to Poul Henningsen lamps and George Nelson clocks, all rendered in a distinctive graphic style. Featuring more than 90 pieces by over 60 designers and design duos, Mid-Century Modern: Icons of Design is arranged chronologically, and includes chairs, tables, storage, lighting, and product and industrial designs. On each spread, a stylish illustration of the piece is accompanied by a concise overview; an index of models, designers and manufacturers makes the book a useful reference. Inspired by one of the most iconic eras of modern design, this covetable gift book brings a touch of Mid-Century Modern style into any home.
Nature: Collaborations in Design by
An exploration of the ways in which designers are striving to transform our relationship with the natural world. Designers today are striving to transform our relationship with the natural world. While the modern industrial age gave way to designs that vastly improved human enterprise through technology, there were unintended and destructive consequences for the environment. Humans are intrinsically linked to nature yet our actions have frayed this relationship, forcing designers to think more intentionally and to consider the impact of every design decision, from an artifact's manufacture and use to its obsolescence. Designers are aligning with biologists, engineers, agriculturists, environmentalists and many other disciplines to design a more harmonious and regenerative future. Based on these new partnerships, designers are asking different questions and anticipating future challenges, which not only change the design process, but also what design means. Nature: Collaborations in Design includes over sixty-five international projects from the fields of architecture, product design, landscape design, fashion, interactive and communication design, and material research. More than 300 compelling and exquisite photographs, illustrations and content from data visualizations illustrate seven essays, which explain and explore designers' strategies around understanding, simulating, salvaging, facilitating, augmenting, remediating and nurturing nature. Four conversations between scientists and designers delve into topics related to synthetic biology, scientific versus design lexicon, and recent shifts in the meaning of nature with a glossary illuminating scientific, technological and theoretical concepts and processes invoked by the designers.
Product Design and Development by
New Features Updated examples and data, new insights from recent research and innovations in practice, and revisions incorporated throughout the book. NEW Examples-- New chapter examples bring relevant issues to students for analysis and discussion. These updated examples include major products such as: Belle-V ice cream scoop, AvaTech avalanche probe, iRobot Roomba vacuum cleaner, Tesla Model S automobile, Boeing 787 aircraft, Nespresso coffee makers, and more. Retained Features Modular format, a series of nearly independent chapters that permits total flexibility by users. Interdisciplinary or cross-functional approach, which reflects the business world today where product design and development are the result of cross-functional teams. Professors that offer a project-based course will find this text ideal because of the structured, step-by-step design and development methods in each chapter. The chapter on Robust Design (also called the Taguchi method) explains the techniques for design of experiments that minimizes the effects of variations on product performance. The chapter on patents and intellectual property explains what is patentable, how the patenting process works, licensing issues, and the many types of intellectual property. The book's website is written and maintained by the text authors themselves, and includes up-to-date web links, teaching notes, PowerPoint presentations, video clips, and syllabi from instructors currently teaching from the book. This book employs detailed industrial examples to illustrate the key ideas. Each chapter features a different product to offer a variety of product types and real examples. The book treats contemporary design and development issues such as identifying customer needs, design for manufacturing, prototyping, and industrial design.
Social Design by
Architects and designers have always played a vital role in shaping society. Social Design presents a long-overdue survey of current international activity in this realm, from new infrastructures and the reclaiming of cities by their inhabitants as seen in the work of Assemble and Gehl Architects to build-it-yourself housing by Urban Think Tank, all the way to GRAFT's solar kiosk, an energy source that is driving sustainable development opportunities for communities. The book addresses this enormous topic in six chapters: Urban Space and Landscape (including works by Antonio Scarponi and Organization for Permanent Modernity); Living, Education, Work (including Francis KErE and Urban Think Tank); Migration (including Shigeru Ban, the Refugee Nation); Production (including Andreas MOller); Networks (including One Laptop per Child, GRAFT); and Environment (including Olafur Eliasson, Frederik Ottesen and Philips Design). Some 27 projects in the areas of cityscape and countryside, housing, education and work, production, migration, networks and the environment are framed by three research studies that trace the historical roots and foundations of social design and look at today's theoretical discourse as well as future trends.
Towards a Robotic Architecture by
The field of robotics is coming of age. Robotics and artificial intelligence represent the next cutting edge technology to transform the fields of architecture and design. The past decade's surge towards more computationally defined building systems and highly adaptable open-source design software has left the field ripe for the integration of robotics wither through large-scale building fabrication or through more intelligent/adaptive building systems. Through this surge, architecture has not only been greatly influenced by these emerging technologies, but has also begun influencing other disciplines in unexpected ways. The purpose of this book is to provide systems of classification, categorization and taxonomies of robotics in architecture so that a more systematic and holistic body of work could take place while addressing the multifarious aspects of possible research and production. As the research in this area is in its infancy, the book will play the role of bringing together scholars, designers and industry members defining their positions along the four frameworks for architectural robotics. The book aspires to be the first scholarly treatment of a broad range of robotics research in architecture and design fields. It will address how architectural robotics can open up unique and innovative possibilities both within architecture and related disciplines.
Transformations by
Tracking how design has changed in previous book Design Transitions has inevitably led the authors to explore how organisations are changing using design. Design is now the key driver of innovation and change within organisations across the globe. It is therefore important to learn how, when and why to use design to drive change in your organisation.Transformations documents how design is being used to support change across different organisations, countries and sectors, sharing the stories of experts in their fields at varying stages of their transformative journeys. The authors present seven roles for change that are used to influence the development of products and services, the shape of the organisation itself and, most importantly, their ability to embrace change. These seven roles can transform organisations to be more innovative, human-centred and resilient: Cultural Catalyst; Framework Maker; Humaniser; Power Broker; Friendly Challenger; Technology Enabler and Community Builder.Well-documented case studies offer readers insight into how design strategies can be successfully activated in different types of organisation. The seven roles offer both designers and non-designers a common language and framework to support design-driven transformation. Transformations, in the right hands, is a potent tool to understand, shape and implement design-driven change.
Elective Course on Design Trends
Elective Course on Design Trends offers two-credit advanced studio courses on special topic categories that offers you the opportunity to focus on various curricular topics including innovative product designs through socially responsible, humanitarian and sustainable design. Each class is designed to strengthen your ability for research, ideation, presentation, and concept validation.
A student project involving the application of gained knowledge in a 3D model of a product is required at the end the course.
OPTIONS: SUSTAIN (Sustainable Design Management), and ROBOTIX (Robotics and Mechatronics).
(ROBOTIX) Robotics and Mechatronics equips you with the knowledge in robotic technologies and mechatronics as considered in the design work.
You will learn relevant and current concepts in kinematics, dynamics, control electronics, trajectory generation, actuation, sensing, signal processing and mechanisms design, mainly as a play around utilities such as Arduino and micro-controllers.
At the end of the course, you must be able to determine the appropriate electro-mechanical computational systems that fit the required work to be performed by his robot. You must also be able to create your own theoretical framework for future directions possible in automation as it is applied in his chosen industry of specialization.
Basics Design Methods by
Architects often employ design methods to help them find more creative forms. These methods make it possible to break free of the traditional canon of forms and established paradigms. At the same time, there must be enough leeway for a functional, systematic design conception to take shape. This volume focuses in depth on the design methods that have decisively shaped current architectural practice. Themes are - Diagrammatic methods (using drawings and schematic representations), -Mimetic methods (imitative), - Parametric methods (using a characteristic quantity), - Automated and digital design methods of the contemporary avant-garde, e.g. scaling, datascapes, folding, and morphing.
Basics Spatial Design by
Architektur besteht nicht aus zweidimensionalen Zeichnungen - sie ist gebauter Raum. Der Band Raumgestaltung beschäftigt sich mit den Hintergründen der Wahrnehmung und Gestaltung von Räumen und schafft ein tiefes Verständnis für das bewusste Entwerfen dreidimensionaler Zusammenhänge. Er präsentiert Möglichkeiten der Raumgestaltung übersichtlich und leicht für die eigene Arbeit adaptierbar. Themen: Was ist Raum? Wie nehme ich Raum wahr? Entwurfsparameter - Elemente des Raums Repertoire - Einsatz der Mittel
Creating Precision Robots by
Creating Precision Robots: A Project-Based Approach to the Study of Mechatronics and Robotics shows how to use a new "Cardboard Engineering" technique for the handmade construction of three precision microcomputer controlled robots that hit, throw and shoot. Throughout the book, the authors ensure that mathematical concepts and physical principles are not only rigorously described, but also go hand-in-hand with the design and constructional techniques of the working robot. Detailed theory, building plans and instructions, electric circuits and software algorithms are also included, along with the importance of tolerancing and the correct use of numbers in programming. The book is designed for students and educators who need a detailed description, mathematical analysis, design solutions, engineering drawings, electric circuits and software coding for the design and construction of real bench-top working robots. Provides detailed instructions for the building and construction of specialized robots using line drawings Teaches students how to make real working robots with direct meaning in the engineering academic world Describes and explains the math and physics theory related to hitting, throwing and shooting robots
Design for Wellbeing by
Design for Wellbeing charts the development and application of design research to improve the personal and societal wellbeing and happiness of people. It draws together contributions from internationally leading academics and designers to demonstrate the latest thinking and research on the design of products, technologies, environments, services and experiences for wellbeing. Part I starts by conceptualising wellbeing and takes an in-depth look at the rise of the design for wellbeing movement. Part II then goes on to demonstrate design for wellbeing in practice through a broad range of domains from products and environments to services. Among others, we see emerging trends in the design of interiors and urban spaces to support wellbeing, designing to enable and support connectedness and social interaction, and designing for behaviour change to tackle unhealthy eating behaviour in children. Significantly, the body of work on subjective wellbeing, design for happiness, is increasing, and several case studies are provided on this, demonstrating how design can contribute to support the wellbeing of people. Part III provides practical guidance for designing for wellbeing through a range of examples of tools, methods and approaches, which are highly user-centric, participatory, critical and speculative. Finally, the book concludes in Part IV with a look at future challenges for design for wellbeing. This book provides students, researchers and practitioners with a detailed assessment of design for wellbeing, taking a distinctive global approach to design practice and theory in context. Design for Wellbeing concerns designers and organisations but also defines its broader contribution to society, culture and economy.
Designing Across Senses by
Today we have the ability to connect speech, touch, haptic, and gestural interfaces into products that engage several human senses at once. This practical book explores examples from current designers and devices to describe how these products blend multiple interface modes together into a cohesive user experience. Authors Christine Park and John Alderman explain the basic principles behind multimodal interaction and introduce the tools you need to root your design in the ways our senses shape experience. This book also includes guides on process, design, and deliverables to help your team get started. The book covers several topics within multimodal design, including: New Human Factors: learn how human sensory abilities allow us to interact with technology and the physical world New Technologies: explore some of the technologies that enable multimodal interactions, products, and capabilities Multimodal Products: examine different categories of products and learn how they deliver sensory-rich experiences Multimodal Design: learn processes and methodologies for multimodal product design, development, and release
Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction by
A comprehensive guide to the friction, contact and impact on robot control and force feedback mechanism Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction offers an authoritative guide to the basic principles of robot dynamics and control with a focus on contact and friction. The authors discuss problems in interaction between human and real or virtual robot where dynamics with friction and contact are relevant. The book fills a void in the literature with a need for a text that considers the contact and friction generated in robot joints during their movements. Designed as a practical resource, the text provides the information needed for task planning in view of contact, impact and friction for the designer of a robot control system for high accuracy and long durability. The authors include a review of the most up-to-date advancements in robot dynamics and control. It contains a comprehensive resource to the effective design and fabrication of robot systems and components for engineering and scientific purposes. This important guide: Offers a comprehensive reference with systematic treatment and a unified framework Includes simulation and experiments used in dynamics and control of robot considering contact, impact and friction Discusses the most current tribology methodology used to treat the multiple-scale effects Contains valuable descriptions of experiments and software used Presents illustrative accounts on the methods employed to handle friction in the closed loop, including the principles, implementation, application scope, merits and demerits Offers a cohesive treatment that covers tribology and multi-scales, multi-physics and nonlinear stochastic dynamics control Written for graduate students of robotics, mechatronics, mechanical engineering, tracking control and practicing professionals and industrial researchers, Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction offers a review to effective design and fabrication of stable and durable robot system and components.
End-To-end Data Analytics for Product Development by
An interactive guide to the statistical tools used to solve problems during product and process innovation End to End Data Analytics for Product Development is an accessible guide designed for practitioners in the industrial field. It offers an introduction to data analytics and the design of experiments (DoE) whilst covering the basic statistical concepts useful to an understanding of DoE. The text supports product innovation and development across a range of consumer goods and pharmaceutical organizations in order to improve the quality and speed of implementation through data analytics, statistical design and data prediction. The book reviews information on feasibility screening, formulation and packaging development, sensory tests, and more. The authors - noted experts in the field - explore relevant techniques for data analytics and present the guidelines for data interpretation. In addition, the book contains information on process development and product validation that can be optimized through data understanding, analysis and validation. The authors present an accessible, hands-on approach that uses MINITAB and JMP software. The book: * Presents a guide to innovation feasibility and formulation and process development * Contains the statistical tools used to solve challenges faced during product innovation and feasibility * Offers information on stability studies which are common especially in chemical or pharmaceutical fields * Includes a companion website which contains videos summarizing main concepts Written for undergraduate students and practitioners in industry, End to End Data Analytics for Product Development offers resources for the planning, conducting, analyzing and interpreting of controlled tests in order to develop effective products and processes.
A Few Minutes of Design by
"A marvelous invitation to anyone with an interest in creativity, invention, and design." (Michael Bierur) This colorful, handy card deck presents fifty-two exercises and activities to jump-start your creative juices, free you from creative block, start a new project, or finish an existing one. Each exercise offers insight into the innumerable small decisions involved in design: How to establish a pattern, continue a series, how to say it without words, how to name a project, what fits, and what doesn't? These cards benefit established practicing designers or creatives in any field with activities that are sometimes playful, sometimes challenging, but always enlightening. Each activity is estimated to take 15 minutes.
Hacking Product Design: A Guide to Designing Products for Startups by Human Inspired Dexterity in Robotic Manipulation by
Aus Wikipedia. Nicht dargestellt. Auszug: Rennertshofen is a municipality in the district of Neuburg-Schrobenhausen in Bavaria in Germany. ...http://booksllc.net/?l=de
Industrial Machine Learning: Using Artificial Intelligence as a Transformational Disruptor by 
Innovation and New Product Planning by
This practical book introduces readers to the essential business aspects of innovation and new product planning. The product planning process is discussed across two broad themes: product development and product management. Importantly, the book emphasizes the 21st-century strategic and creative mindset necessary to drive business innovation activities in a concise, yet comprehensive manner. The book delves into the front end of innovation and formal product development activities, examining the topics of opportunity identification, concept generation and evaluation, technical development, product design, testing, launch strategies, product management, life cycle management, brand management, and vital elements for international success. There are stand-alone notes that serve to apprise readers on related topics such as the use of agile product development methodologies, the formation of business entities, and recommended best practices for new product development. The book excels at providing relevant examples and applied tools that augment the concepts to offer valuable connections to real-world product planning efforts. This book is particularly useful as a guide to learning the fundamental concepts and strategies associated with innovation and new product planning. Among student audiences, upper-level undergraduate and first-year graduate students are likely to benefit as the book embraces its position to serve as a primer on product development and management.
Interactive Design by
User experience design is one of the fastest-growing specialties in graphic design. Smart companies realize that the most successful products are designed to meet the needs and goals of real people--the users. This means putting the user at the center of the design process. This innovative, comprehensive book examines the user-centered design process from the perspective of a designer. With rich imagery, Interactive Design introduces the different UX players, outlines the user-centered design process from user research to user testing, and explains through various examples how user-centered design has been successfully integrated into the design process of a variety of design studios worldwide.
Making It by
There are many ways in which a product can be manufactured but most designers know only a handful of techniques. Informative and incredibly easy to use, this bestselling book discusses more than a hundred production methods in detail. Making It appeals not only to product designers but also to interior, furniture, and graphic designers who need access to a range of production methods, as well as to all students of design. This expanded edition includes nine new processes and an all-new section of over 40 finishing techniques.
Materials in Progress by
New materials and technologies play a significant role in architecture and design. Environmentally compatible materials and production methods are demanded just as much as smoothly functioning recycling management. In addition, trends like digitalization, 3D printing and intelligent systems and materials have a decisive influence on material innovations. The book's eight chapters span a bridge from science and industrial research to applications in architecture and design. In a compact format, it offers a well-grounded overview of the latest material innovations, including edible packaging, liquid light and intelligent natural materials. At the same time, the societal dimension of such developments is taken into consideration.
Not at Your Service : Manifestos for Design by
Not at Your Service: Manifestos for Design brings together the broad spectrum of beliefs, subjects and practices of designers at Zurich University of the Arts. It offers different approaches and insights on the present-day role and impact of design. It is not conceived as a finished project, but as a fluid document of its time. Collaborative design, interaction within complex systems, attention economics, the ecological shift, visual literacy, gender-neutral design, "quick and dirty" design ethnography, social responsibility, the value of ugliness, death futures, immersive technologies, identity and crises, design as a transformative discipline - all of these topics are presented for debate with passion, conviction and professional expertise.
Process Control Design for Industrial Applications by
This book presents the most important methods used for the design of digital controls implemented in industrial applications. The best modelling and identification techniques for dynamical systems are presented as well as the algorithms for the implementation of the modern solutions of process control. The proposed described methods are illustrated by various case studies for the main industrial sectors There exist a number of books related each one to a single type of control, yet usually without comparisons for various industrial sectors. Some other books present modelling and identification methods or signal processing. This book presents the methods to solve all the problems linked to the design of a process control without the need to find additional information.
Product Development by
Product development teams are composed of an integrated group of professionals working from the nascent stage of new product planning through design creation and design review and then on to manufacturing planning and cost accounting. An increasingly large number of graduate and professional training programs are aimed at meeting that need by creating a better understanding of how to integrate and accelerate the entire product development process. This book is the perfect accompaniment and a comprehensive guide. The second edition of this instructional reference work presents invaluable insight into the concurrent nature of the multidisciplinary product development process. It can be used in the traditional classroom, in professional continuing education courses or for self-study. This book has a ready audience among graduate students in mechanical and industrial engineering, as well as in many MBA programs focused on manufacturing management. This is a global need that will find a receptive readership in the industrialized world particularly in the rapidly developing industrial economies of South Asia and Southeast Asia.
Product Planning Essentials by
Concise yet comprehensive, Product Planning Essentials, Second Edition, addresses the complex, interdisciplinary nature of product development and product management. It covers strategic issues that emerge during the product life cycle, including identifying opportunities, idea generation and evaluation, technical development, commercialization, and eventual product dismissal. Instructors, students, and practitioners will appreciate the balanced managerial and how-to orientation. Changes to the Second Edition * Addition of two chapters on design and legal considerations. * Expanded discussion of global considerations to introduce sustainable product development and Base of the Pyramid (BoP) product development. * Simplified technical discussions of planning techniques for improved comprehension. * Inclusion of product planning best practices from recent noteworthy cases and studies in the final chapter.
The Sustainable Design Book by
The Sustainable Design Book updates the reader on the latest products and developments in the field of "green" design. Around 300 of the most exciting new products are featured. Q&As with leading designers give insight into trends and key techniques used within the industry, while handy icons highlight each product's sustainability credentials at a glance. Beginning with a chapter on sustainable materials, the book goes on to cover furniture, lighting, home accessories, and personal accessories, giving readers a broad and current understanding of sustainable design from raw elements through to finished products. Web addresses of designers and retailers make each product easy to source. This combination of products, profiles and information will make The Sustainable Design Book an unbeatable resource for those aspiring to best practice within the field of sustainable design, as well as students of contemporary product design. Consumers looking for beautiful but environmentally conscious products and accessories will also find this an essential guide.
Systems, Automation, and Control by
The book presents selected, extended and peer reviewed papers from the International Multiconference on System, Automation and Control held Leipzig in 2018. These are complemented with solicited contributions by international experts. Main topics are automatic control, robotics, synthesis of automation systems. Application examples range from man-machine interaction, mechatronics, on to biological and economical models.
Universal Design by
The future is looking old. We are currently at the threshold of the largest demographic transformation of modern times, the advent of the age of the senior citizen. What awaits us - what kinds of products, what kinds of houses? The fifty-and-over generation represents an enormous potential: in Germany alone, twenty million seniors have hundreds of billions of euros, but they hardly spend them for lack of suitable products. This book provides answers from a sociological and design perspective for architects, designers, decision-makers, and firms who wish to respond to the demands of this diverse and discriminating target group. It investigates the various aspects of senior citizens' lives from tip to toe and offers technical articles as well as authentic case studies and reports. Attractively laid out, fully illustrated, and with pointedly written texts, it is also aimed at the silver agers themselves, especially those who would like to find out what architecture and design can do to make their lives as pleasant and independent as possible.
Elective Course on Manufacturing and other Industries
Elective Course on Manufacturing and other Industries offers two-credit advanced studio courses on special topic categories that offer you the opportunity to focus on various curricular topics that revolve around the industrial production processes such as technology management, robotics and mechatronics, and manufacturing engineering. Each class is designed to strengthen your ability in applying appropriate technologies and improvements in the methods for volume production.
A student project that shows the application of gained knowledge in a 3D model of a product is required at the end of each course.
OPTIONS: MPROCES (Manufacturing Processes and Technology), EVENTEX (Events and Exhibitions Management), and TECHMAN (Technology Management)
Recommended Elective:
(TECHMAN) Technology Management is a discussion of the process of technological innovation, with opportunities of expanding technological uses and frameworks.
You will learn relevant and current concepts in industrial automation systems and how these are used in the design process, whether in prototyping or volume manufacturing of a product. Basic set-up, maintenance, and testing of these automated systems will also be discussed, such as mechanics and technologies used such as in drones.
At the end of the course, you must be familiar with the production of well-designed work, and, and must also be able to create your own theoretical framework for future directions possible in improving the management of technology in a firm that belong to his chosen industry of specialization.
Advanced analytics and AI : impact, implementation, and the future of work by
Be prepared for the arrival of automated decision making Once thought of as science fiction, major corporations are already beginning to use cognitive systems to assist in providing wealth advice and also in medication treatment. The use of Cognitive Analytics/Artificial Intelligence (AI) Systems is set to accelerate, with the expectation that it'll be considered 'mainstream' in the next 5 - 10 years. It'll change the way we as individuals interact with data and systems--and the way we run our businesses. Cognitive Analysis and AI prepares business users for the era of cognitive analytics / artificial intelligence. Building on established texts and commentary, it specifically prepares you in terms of expectation, impact on personal roles, and responsibilities. It focuses on the specific impact on key industries (retail, financial services, utilities and media) and also on key professions (such as accounting, operational management, supply chain and risk management). Shows you how users interact with the system in natural language Explains how cognitive analysis/AI can source 'big data' Provides a roadmap for implementation Gets you up to speed now before you get left behind If you're a decision maker or budget holder within the corporate context, this invaluable book helps you gain an advantage from the deployment of cognitive analytics tools.
Advanced Manufacturing by
How to rethink innovation and revitalize America's declining manufacturing sector by encouraging advanced manufacturing, bringing innovative technologies into the production process.The United States lost almost one-third of its manufacturing jobs between 2000 and 2010. As higher-paying manufacturing jobs are replaced by lower-paying service jobs, income inequality has been approaching third world levels. In particular, between 1990 and 2013, the median income of men without high school diplomas fell by an astonishing 20% between 1990 and 2013, and that of men with high school diplomas or some college fell by a painful 13%. Innovation has been left largely to software and IT startups, and increasingly U.S. firms operate on a system of "innovate here/produce there," leaving the manufacturing sector behind. In this book, William Bonvillian and Peter Singer explore how to rethink innovation and revitalize America's declining manufacturing sector. They argue that advanced manufacturing, which employs such innovative technologies as 3-D printing, advanced material, photonics, and robotics in the production process, is the key. Bonvillian and Singer discuss transformative new production paradigms that could drive up efficiency and drive down costs, describe the new processes and business models that must accompany them, and explore alternative funding methods for startups that must manufacture. They examine the varied attitudes of mainstream economics toward manufacturing, the post-Great Recession policy focus on advanced manufacturing, and lessons from the new advanced manufacturing institutes. They consider the problem of "startup scaleup," possible new models for training workers, and the role of manufacturing in addressing "secular stagnation" in innovation, growth, the middle classes, productivity rates, and related investment. As recent political turmoil shows, the stakes could not be higher.
The design thinking playbook : mindful digital transformation of teams, products, services, businesses and ecosystems by
A radical shift in perspective to transform your organization to become more innovative The Design Thinking Playbook is an actionable guide to the future of business. By stepping back and questioning the current mindset, the faults of the status quo stand out in stark relief--and this guide gives you the tools and frameworks you need to kick off a digital transformation. Design Thinking is about approaching things differently with a strong user orientation and fast iterations with multidisciplinary teams to solve wicked problems. It is equally applicable to (re-)design products, services, processes, business models, and ecosystems. It inspires radical innovation as a matter of course, and ignites capabilities beyond mere potential. Unmatched as a source of competitive advantage, Design Thinking is the driving force behind those who will lead industries through transformations and evolutions. This book describes how Design Thinking is applied across a variety of industries, enriched with other proven approaches as well as the necessary tools, and the knowledge to use them effectively. Packed with solutions for common challenges including digital transformation, this practical, highly visual discussion shows you how Design Thinking fits into agile methods within management, innovation, and startups. Explore the digitized future using new design criteria to create real value for the user Foster radical innovation through an inspiring framework for action Gather the right people to build highly-motivated teams Apply Design Thinking, Systems Thinking, Big Data Analytics, and Lean Start-up using new tools and a fresh new perspective Create Minimum Viable Ecosystems (MVEs) for digital processes and services which becomes for example essential in building Blockchain applications Practical frameworks, real-world solutions, and radical innovation wrapped in a whole new outlook give you the power to mindfully lead to new heights. From systems and operations to people, projects, culture, digitalization, and beyond, this invaluable mind shift paves the way for organizations--and individuals--to do great things. When you're ready to give your organization a big step forward, The Design Thinking Playbook is your practical guide to a more innovative future.
Industrial Policy for the Manufacturing Revolution by
The fourth industrial revolution is having a major impact on industry and societies primarily because of what has been called its raw material: data. New technologies are allowing hyper-connection on a global scale, not only between people, but also between people and machines and, in the case of the Internet of Things, even amongst machines themselves. This book offers a critical reflection on the meaning and expected consequences of the fourth industrial revolution, with a particular focus on the advent of digital globalisation and its implications for industrial policy. Industrial revolutions are considered not only in terms of technological progress, but also in the context of the changing relationship between market and production dynamics, and the social and political conditions enabling the development of new technologies. Industrial Policy for the Manufacturing Revolutionaims to increase our capacity to anticipate and adapt to the forthcoming structural changes. It outlines the type of industrial policy and strategies that are needed in this era of rapid transformation. The authors propose a 'comprehensive industrial policy' that considers the complexity of structural changes involving industry as well as institutions and social and education policies, in order to encourage the participation of all citizens in the development process. The book also features a concrete example of comprehensive industrial policy implementation at the regional level. This stimulating and thoughtful book makes the case that industrial policies are more vital than ever, particularly now as the economy undergoes a technological revolution. It will be required reading for all those interested in industrial economics and policy, business and technology.
Innovation, Research and Development Management by
In today's business environment, as organizations constantly seek to growth and develop through the optimization of their innovative and creative potential, understanding the critical issues and management practices in R & D is essential. This book provides a critical revaluation of the state of the art issues and concepts in R&D management. The views expressed are those of leading French researchers and professionals in this field, fed by empirical studies in national and international firms.
Innovation and Production Ecosystems by
"We do not know where Silicon Valley is really located", Feldman writes, because these types of organization, when they are dynamic, are moving and fluid. Innovation and production ecosystems or clusters are proliferating today because they seem to be adapted to the demands of innovation, growth and employment. The process leading to their institutionalization escapes a summary analysis of the behavior triggered by monetary incentives or, at the very least, makes it richer. The relational aspect becomes predominant, the interactions between the participants testify to the difficulty of separating the geographical and social dimensions. In the most prominent American clusters, public/private linkages and the building of social links express the centrality of networks in the innovation process. The European vision seeks to articulate entrepreneurial discoveries with vertical public interventions. The competitiveness poles in France suffer from the fact that public choices seem to be torn between two contradictory objectives: efficiency and equity.
Megatech : technology in 2050 by 
Shaping the future of ICT : trends in information technology, communications engineering, and management by
The International Conference on Communications, Management, and Information Technology (ICCMIT'16) provides a discussion forum for scientists, engineers, educators and students about the latest discoveries and realizations in the foundations, theory, models and applications of systems inspired on nature, using computational intelligence methodologies, as well as in emerging areas related to the three tracks of the conference: Communication Engineering, Knowledge, and Information Technology. The best 25 papers to be included in the book will be carefully reviewed and selected from numerous submissions, then revised and expanded to provide deeper insight into trends shaping future ICT.
Technology Roadmapping by
This book is the authoritative reference for technology roadmapping, written by authors known worldwide for their expertise on the subject. The book has four parts. The objective of the first part is to introduce established technology management frameworks, to highlight the overall ecosystem for the use of technology roadmaps. This part provides international perspectives as well as examples from industrial organizations and government agencies. The second part provides a toolkit presented through applications and case studies, and provides a review of methods complimentary to technology roadmapping. The tools discussed include technology assessment, technology forecasting and technology intelligence analysis. The objective of this part is to provide professionals with the tools required to gather the essential data for the roadmapping project. Part three presents proven frameworks for technology roadmapping written by those who have developed practical approaches for various organizations. This part provides the know-how for developing and executing technology roadmaps. The final section presents applications demonstrating the use of this powerful tool, providing regional, government and industrial applications. The knowledge base includes projects from Europe, Asia and the Americas.
The technology trap : capital, labor, and power in the age of automation by
"Made me look at the industrial revolution, invention, sleeping beauties, contexts and the forces that shape our societies differently."--David Byrne, New York Times Book Review How the history of technological revolutions can help us better understand economic and political polarization in the age of automation From the Industrial Revolution to the age of artificial intelligence, The Technology Trap takes a sweeping look at the history of technological progress and how it has radically shifted the distribution of economic and political power among society's members. As Carl Benedikt Frey shows, the Industrial Revolution created unprecedented wealth and prosperity over the long run, but the immediate consequences of mechanization were devastating for large swaths of the population. Middle-income jobs withered, wages stagnated, the labor share of income fell, profits surged, and economic inequality skyrocketed. These trends, Frey documents, broadly mirror those in our current age of automation, which began with the Computer Revolution. Just as the Industrial Revolution eventually brought about extraordinary benefits for society, artificial intelligence systems have the potential to do the same. But Frey argues that this depends on how the short term is managed. In the nineteenth century, workers violently expressed their concerns over machines taking their jobs. The Luddite uprisings joined a long wave of machinery riots that swept across Europe and China. Today's despairing middle class has not resorted to physical force, but their frustration has led to rising populism and the increasing fragmentation of society. As middle-class jobs continue to come under pressure, there's no assurance that positive attitudes to technology will persist. The Industrial Revolution was a defining moment in history, but few grasped its enormous consequences at the time. The Technology Trap demonstrates that in the midst of another technological revolution, the lessons of the past can help us to more effectively face the present.
We: ROBOT by
Robots are all around us. Working in factories, hospitals, with armies and manufacturers and even, increasingly, around your home. But how have we come so far so quickly? How does the technology function? And which robots will dramatically change our lives?
Work in the digital age : challenges of the fourth Industrial Revolution by
Shining a light on the very different experiences of work in the digital age, this book provides a unique contribution to the reform discussion on the consequences of the fourth industrial revolution. Drawing on a wide range of international expertise, contributors examine important policy challenges arising from the transformation of work as a result of the introduction of digital technology at work. Authors in this volume discuss the effects of automation, platform business models, stagnating productivity, increasing regional disparities, and rising levels of inequality within and between countries. They consider how to unlock the vast economic and social potential of new technologies and the implications for policy reform to meet these challenges. Mastering them requires developing a new inclusive narrative and progressive reform agenda. Such an agenda would be economic and political, and not determined universally by technology. The narrative is not only about what policymakers need to do, which is rather a lot. It is also about reforming established organisations and institutions, understanding new emerging players and supporting disaffected citizens in how the effects of these changes are going to affect their lives. The authors clearly pinpoint what needs to be done to support the transition to work in the digital era.
Elective Course on Manufacturing and other Industries
Elective Course on Manufacturing and other Industries offers two-credit advanced studio courses on special topic categories that offer you the opportunity to focus on various curricular topics that revolve around the industrial production processes such as technology management, robotics and mechatronics, and manufacturing engineering. Each class is designed to strengthen your ability in applying appropriate technologies and improvements in the methods for volume production.
A student project that shows the application of gained knowledge in a 3D model of a product is required at the end of each course.
OPTIONS: MPROCES (Manufacturing Processes and Technology), EVENTEX (Events and Exhibitions Management), and TECHMAN (Technology Management)
Recommended Elective:
(TECHMAN) Technology Management is a discussion of the process of technological innovation, with opportunities of expanding technological uses and frameworks.
You will learn relevant and current concepts in industrial automation systems and how these are used in the design process, whether in prototyping or volume manufacturing of a product. Basic set-up, maintenance, and testing of these automated systems will also be discussed, such as mechanics and technologies used such as in drones.
At the end of the course, you must be familiar with the production of well-designed work, and, and must also be able to create your own theoretical framework for future directions possible in improving the management of technology in a firm that belong to his chosen industry of specialization.
Advances in Mechatronics, Robotics and Automation II by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 2014 2nd International Conference on Mechatronics, Robotics and Automation, (ICMRA 2014), March 8-9, 2014, Zhuhai, China. The 346 papers are grouped as follows: Chapter 1: Signal Processing System Design and Implementation, Chapter 2: Voice, Image and Video Processing, Chapter 3: Sensors, Measurement Techniques and Instruments, Chapter 4: Data Mining and Data Processing, Chapter 5: Artificial Intelligence and Algorithms of Optimization, Chapter 6: Information Technology and Computer Applications, Chapter 7: Communication Technology and Devices, Chapter 8: Transportation Infrastructure and Intelligent Traffic Control, Chapter 9: Mathematical Modeling and Computational Experiment, Chapter 10: Robotics and Mechatronics, Chapter 11: Control Technology and Automation, Chapter 12: Machines and Mechanisms, Chapter 13: Materials and Processing Technologies, Chapter 14: Power Engineering and Power Devices, Chapter 15: CAD / CAM / CAE Integration and Related Technologies, Chapter 16: Product Design and Manufacturing, Chapter 17: Industrial Engineering and Engineering Education.
Automation and collaborative robotics : a guide to the future of work. by 
Control Systems - Theory and Applications by
In recent years, a considerable amount of effort has been devoted, both in industry and academia, towards the development of advanced methods of control theory with focus on its practical implementation in various fields of human activity such as space control, robotics, control applications in marine systems, control processes in agriculture and food production. Control Systems: Theory and Applicationsconsists of selected best papers which were presented at the XXIV International Conference on Automatic Control "Automatics 2017" (September 13-15, 2017, Kyiv, Ukraine) organized by the Ukrainian Association on Automatic Control (National member organization of IFAC - International Federation on Automatic Control) and the National University of Life and Environmental Sciences of Ukraine. More than 120 presentations where discussed at the conference, with participation of the scientists from numerous countries. The book is divided into two main parts, the first on Theory of Automatic Control (5 chapters) and the second on Control Systems Applications (8 chapters). The selected chapters provide an overview of challenges in the area of control systems design, modeling, engineering and implementation and the approaches and techniques that relevant research groups within this area are employing to try to resolve these. This book on advanced methods of control theory and successful cases in the practical implementation is ideal for personnel in modern technological processes automation and SCADA systems, robotics, space and marine industries as well as academic staff and master/research students in computerized control systems, automatized and computer-integrated systems, electrical and mechanical engineering.
Creating Precision Robots by
Creating Precision Robots: A Project-Based Approach to the Study of Mechatronics and Robotics shows how to use a new "Cardboard Engineering" technique for the handmade construction of three precision microcomputer controlled robots that hit, throw and shoot. Throughout the book, the authors ensure that mathematical concepts and physical principles are not only rigorously described, but also go hand-in-hand with the design and constructional techniques of the working robot. Detailed theory, building plans and instructions, electric circuits and software algorithms are also included, along with the importance of tolerancing and the correct use of numbers in programming. The book is designed for students and educators who need a detailed description, mathematical analysis, design solutions, engineering drawings, electric circuits and software coding for the design and construction of real bench-top working robots.
Designing and Researching of Machines and Technologies for Modern Manufacture by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 2014 3rd International Conference on Mechanical Design and Power Engineering ?ICMDPE 2014), October 19, 2014, Jeju Island, Korea. The 109 papers are grouped as follows: Chapter 1: Designing and Researching of Machines and Equipments for Manufacture; Chapter 2: Theory and Practice of Computational Mechanics; Chapter 3: Mechatronics, Robotics and Control; Chapter 4: Advanced Materials Engineering and Processing Technologies; Chapter 5: Biomedical Engineering and Environmental Science; Chapter 6: Methods and Systems of Measurement, Testing and Monitoring; Chapter 7: Modern Tendency in Product Design and Industrial Engineering.
Design Technology of System-Level EMC Engineering by
This book introduces the state-of-the-art research progress of system-level EMC, including theories, design technologies, principles and applications in practice. The engineering design, simulation, prediction, analysis, test, stage control as well as effectiveness evaluation are discussed in detail with extensive project experiences, making the book an essential reference for researchers and industrial engineers.
The Digital Shopfloor - Industrial Automation in the Industry 4. 0 Era by
In today''s competitive global environment, manufacturers are offered unprecedented opportunities to build hyper-efficient and highly flexible plants, towards meeting variable market demand, while at the same time supporting new production models such as make-to-order (MTO), configure-to-order (CTO) and engineer-to-order (ETO). During the last couple of years, the digital transformation of industrial processes is propelled by the emergence and rise of the fourth industrial revolution (Industry 4.0). The latter is based on the extensive deployment of Cyber-Physical Production Systems (CPPS) and Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) technologies on the manufacturing shopfloor, as well as on the seamless and timely exchange of digital information across supply chain participants. The benefits of Industry 4.0 have already been proven in the scope of pilot and production deployments in a number of different use cases including flexibility in automation, predictive maintenance, zero defect manufacturing and more. Despite early implementations and proof-of-concepts, CPPS/IIoT deployments are still in their infancy for a number of reasons, including: - Manufacturers'' poor awareness about digital manufacturing solutions and their business value potential, as well as the lack of relevant internal CPPS/IIoT knowledge. - The high costs that are associated with the deployment, maintenance and operation of CPPS systems on the manufacturing shopfloors, which are particularly challenging in the case of SME (Small Medium Enterprises) manufacturers that lack the equity capital needed to invest in Industry 4.0. - The time needed to implement CPPS/IIoT and the lack of a smooth and proven migration path from existing OT solutions. - The uncertainty over the business benefits and impacts of IIoT and CPPS technologies, including the lack of proven methods for the techno-economic evaluation of Industry 4.0 systems. - Manufacturers'' increased reliance on external integrators, consultants and vendors. - The absence of a well-developed value chain needed to sustain the acceptance of these new technologies for digital automation. In order to alleviate these challenges, three European Commission funded projects--namely H2020 FAR-EDGE (http://www.far-edge.eu/), H2020 DAEDALUS (http://daedalus.iec61499.eu) and H2020 AUTOWARE (http://www.autoware-eu.org/)--have recently joined forces towards a "Digital Shopfloor Alliance." The Alliance aims at providing leading edge and standards based digital automation solutions, along with guidelines and blueprints for their effective deployment, validation and evaluation. The present book provides a comprehensive description of some of the most representative solutions offered by these three projects, along with the ways these solutions can be combined in order to achieve multiplier effects and maximize the benefits of their use. The presented solutions include standards-based digital automation solutions, following different deployment paradigms, such as cloud and edge computing systems. Moreover, they also comprise a rich set of digital simulation solutions, which are explored in conjunction with the H2020 MAYA project (http://www.maya-euproject.com/). The latter facilitates the testing and evaluation of what-if scenarios at low risk and cost, but also without disrupting shopfloor operations. As already outlined, beyond leading edge scientific and technological development solutions, the book comprises a rich set of complementary assets that are indispensable to the successful adoption of IIoT/CPPS on the shopfloor. The book is structured in three parts as follows: - The first part of the book is devoted to digital automation platforms.Following an introduction to Industry 4.0 in general and digital automation platforms in particular, this part presents the digital automation platforms of the FAR-EDGE, AUTOWARE and DAEDALUS projects. - The second part of the book focuses on the presentation of digital simulation and digital twins'' functionalities.These include information about the models that underpin digital twins, as well as the simulators that enable experimentation with these processes over these digital models. - The third part of the book provides information about complementary assets and supporting services that boost the adoption of digital automation functionalities in the Industry 4.0 era.Training services, migration services and ecosystem building services are discussed based on the results of the three projects of the Digital Shopfloor Alliance.
Digital Twin Driven Smart Manufacturing by
Digital Twin Driven Smart Manufacturing examines the background, latest research, and application models for digital twin technology, and shows how it can be central to a smart manufacturing process. The interest in digital twin in manufacturing is driven by a need for excellent product reliability, and an overall trend towards intelligent, and connected manufacturing systems. This book provides an ideal entry point to this subject for readers in industry and academia, as it answers the questions: (a) What is a digital twin? (b) How to construct a digital twin? (c) How to use a digital twin to improve manufacturing efficiency? (d) What are the essential activities in the implementation of a digital twin? (e) What are the most important obstacles to overcome for the successful deployment of a digital twin? (f) What are the relations between digital twin and New Technologies? (g) How to combine digital twin with the New Technologies to achieve high efficiency and smartness in manufacturing? This book focuses on these problems as it aims to help readers make the best use of digital twin technology towards smart manufacturing. Analyzes the differences, synergies and possibilities for integration between digital twin technology and other technologies, such as big data, service and Internet of Things Discuss new requirements for a traditional three-dimension digital twin and proposes a methodology for a five-dimension version Investigates new models for optimized manufacturing, prognostics and health management, and cyber-physical fusion based on the digital twin
Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction by
A comprehensive guide to the friction, contact and impact on robot control and force feedback mechanism Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction offers an authoritative guide to the basic principles of robot dynamics and control with a focus on contact and friction. The authors discuss problems in interaction between human and real or virtual robot where dynamics with friction and contact are relevant. The book fills a void in the literature with a need for a text that considers the contact and friction generated in robot joints during their movements. Designed as a practical resource, the text provides the information needed for task planning in view of contact, impact and friction for the designer of a robot control system for high accuracy and long durability. The authors include a review of the most up-to-date advancements in robot dynamics and control. It contains a comprehensive resource to the effective design and fabrication of robot systems and components for engineering and scientific purposes. This important guide: Offers a comprehensive reference with systematic treatment and a unified framework Includes simulation and experiments used in dynamics and control of robot considering contact, impact and friction Discusses the most current tribology methodology used to treat the multiple-scale effects Contains valuable descriptions of experiments and software used Presents illustrative accounts on the methods employed to handle friction in the closed loop, including the principles, implementation, application scope, merits and demerits Offers a cohesive treatment that covers tribology and multi-scales, multi-physics and nonlinear stochastic dynamics control Written for graduate students of robotics, mechatronics, mechanical engineering, tracking control and practicing professionals and industrial researchers, Dynamics and Control of Robotic Manipulators with Contact and Friction offers a review to effective design and fabrication of stable and durable robot system and components.
Electric Drives and Electromechanical Systems by
Electric Drives and Electromechanical Devices: Applications and Control, Second Edition, presents a unified approach to the design and application of modern drive system. It explores problems involved in assembling complete, modern electric drive systems involving mechanical, electrical, and electronic elements. This book provides a global overview of design, specification applications, important design information, and methodologies. This new edition has been restructured to present a seamless, logical discussion on a wide range of topical problems relating to the design and specification of the complete motor-drive system. It is organised to establish immediate solutions to specific application problem. Subsidiary issues that have a considerable impact on the overall performance and reliability, including environmental protection and costs, energy efficiency, and cyber security, are also considered. Presents a comprehensive consideration of electromechanical systems with insights into the complete drive system, including required sensors and mechanical components Features in-depth discussion of control schemes, particularly focusing on practical operation Includes extensive references to modern application domains and real-world case studies, such as electric vehicles Considers the cyber aspects of drives, including networking and security
Engineering Solutions for Manufacturing Processes V by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 2014 5th International Conference on Advances in Materials and Manufacturing, (ICAMMP 2014), December 20-21, 2014, Fuzhou, China.The 168 papers are grouped as follows:Chapter 1: Designing and Dynamic Analysis of Machines and Mechanical Structures;Chapter 2: Mechanical Strength and Reliability;Chapter 3: Practice of Computer-Aided Designing and Modeling;Chapter 4: Measurements, Testing and Diagnosis, Processing of Image and Data;Chapter 5: Vibration and Noise in Engineering;Chapter 6: Thermal Conductivity and Thermal Analysis;Chapter 7: Engineering Machinery and Equipment;Chapter 8: Mechatronics, Industrial Robotics, Automation and Control Technology;Chapter 9: Advanced Numerical Control (NC) Technologies and Equipments;Chapter 10: Organization of the Production, Product Design, Production Planning and Scheduling
Green Composites by
Composite materials are defined as "engineered materials made from two or more constituent materials with significantly different physical or chemical properties which remain separate and distinct on a macroscopic level within the finished structure". Recently, the utilization of composites has increased in various areas of science and engineering due to their special mechanical and physical properties. Therefore, composites have the potential to replace conventional materials in various fields of application such as automotive, biomedical, aeronautical and aerospace as well as in others advanced industries. Recently, advanced composites, for example, nanocomposites and biocomposites had been gaining ground for the development of new products in several industries. The goal of Advanced Composites is the combined presentation of materials, manufacturing technology and engineering aspects of composites. This Series covers the complete range of multi scale composite materials, including nanocomposites, biocomposites, functional and smart composites, structural composites, gradient and layered composites, eco-composites, composites based in natural materials, etc. Current topics of interest include the physical and chemical properties, microstructural characterization of composites, design and manufacture of composites and structures, mechanical behaviour in use environments, testing and characterisation techniques, modelling and optimization methods, fracture, creep, tribology, machinability and performance of composites in service. Advanced Compositesis essential reference for academics, materials, physics, chemical researchers, mechanical and materials, biomedical engineers, professionals in composite-related industries.
IMPROVE -- innovative modelling approaches for production systems to raise validatable efficiency : intelligent methods for the factory of the future by 
Machine Vision Inspection Systems, Image Processing, Concepts, Methodologies, and Applications by
This edited book brings together leading researchers, academic scientists and research scholars to put forward and share their experiences and research results on all aspects of an inspection system for detection analysis for various machine vision applications. It also provides a premier interdisciplinary platform to present and discuss the most recent innovations, trends, methodology, applications, and concerns as well as practical challenges encountered and solutions adopted in the inspection system in terms of image processing and analytics of machine vision for real and industrial application. Machine vision inspection systems (MVIS) utilized all industrial and non-industrial applications where the execution of their utilities based on the acquisition and processing of images. MVIS can be applicable in industry, governmental, defense, aerospace, remote sensing, medical, and academic/education applications but constraints are different. MVIS entails acceptable accuracy, high reliability, high robustness, and low cost. Image processing is a well-defined transformation between human vision and image digitization, and their techniques are the foremost way to experiment in the MVIS. The digital image technique furnishes improved pictorial information by processing the image data through machine vision perception. Digital image processing has widely been used in MVIS applications and it can be employed to a wide diversity of problems particularly in Non-Destructive testing (NDT), presence/absence detection, defect/fault detection (weld, textile, tiles, wood, etc.,), automated vision test & measurement, pattern matching, optical character recognition & verification (OCR/OCV), barcode reading and traceability, medical diagnosis, weather forecasting, face recognition, defence and space research, etc. This edited book is designed to address various aspects of recent methodologies, concepts and research plan out to the readers for giving more depth insights for perusing research on machine vision using image processing techniques.
Manufacturing and Surface Engineering by
The desired properties of surface components include the improvement of different properties, such as aesthetic appearance, oxidation resistance, wear resistance, mechanical properties, electronic or electrical properties, thermal insulation, wear, triboemission and corrosion resistance through barriers. These properties can be enhanced using different methods, such as by adding a coating. Nevertheless, the bulk of the material or substrate cannot be considered independent of the surface treatment. Metal cutting is one of the general machining methods used to achieve high accuracy and productivity for metal parts. The topics of the book "Manufacturing and Surface Engineering" include the full range of surface engineering aspects, i.e., surface integrity, contact mechanics, friction and wear, coatings and surface treatments, multiscale tribology, computational methods, and optimization techniques applied in surface engineering.
Manufacturing Facilities Design and Material Handling by
Designed for junior- and senior-level courses in plant and facilities planning and manufacturing systems and procedures, this textbook also is suitable for graduate-level and two-year college courses. The book takes a practical, hands-on, project-oriented approach to exploring the techniques and procedures for developing an efficient facility layout. It also introduces state-of-the-art tools including computer simulation. Access to Layout-iQ workspace planning software is included for purchasers of the book. Theoretical concepts are clearly explained and then rapidly applied to a practical setting through a detailed case study at the end of the volume. The book systematically leads students through the collection, analysis, and development of information to produce a quality functional plant layout for a lean manufacturing environment. All aspects of facility design, from receiving to shipping, are covered. In the sixth edition of this successful book, numerous updates have been made, and a chapter on engineering cost estimating and analysis has been added. Also, rather than including brief case-in-point examples at the end of each chapter, a single, detailed case study is provided that better exposes students to the multiple considerations that need to be taken into account when improving efficiency in a real manufacturing facility. The textbook has enjoyed substantial international adoptions and has been translated into Spanish and Chinese.
Manufacturing in Digital Industries by
Digital Industry can provide the framework for examining the challenges of future production technology. This book describes some of the various aspects that can, and may, influence future manufacturing. Computational intelligence techniques, cyber-physical systems, virtual and cloud-based manufacturing and man-machine interaction are studied and some of the most recent research completed by international experts in industry and academia is considered. Case studies provide practical solutions.
Mechatronic Systems and Materials VI by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 9th International Conference on Mechatronic Systems and Materials (MSM 2013), July 1-3, 2013, Vilnius, Lithuania. The 170 papers are grouped as follows: Chapter 1: Mechatronic Systems I: (Industrial Robotics; Microrobotics; Mobile Robots; Analysis of Vibration), Chapter 2: Mechatronic Systems II: (Optimization; Optimal Design; Integrated Diagnostics; Failure Analysis; Tribology in Mechatronics Systems; Analysis of Signals),Chapter 3: Mechatronic Systems III: (Applications of Artificial Intelligence; Sensors and Actuators in Mechatronics; Control of Mechatronics Systems),Chapter 4: Materials: (Multifunctional and Smart Materials; Metallic Alloys; Piezoelectric Materials; Nanomaterials; Ceramics and Glasses; Biomaterials and Technology; Coatings and Properties), Chapter 5: Engineering Technologies: (Advanced and Digital Manufacturing; Systems Engineering; Micro and Nano Technologies; Materials Joining Technologies; Modeling and Optimization of Processes), Chapter 6: Education: (New Trends and Curricula for BSC and MSC in Two Tier Higher Education in the Fields of Mechatronic Systems and Materials Science)
Process Control Design for Industrial Applications by
This book presents the most important methods used for the design of digital controls implemented in industrial applications. The best modelling and identification techniques for dynamical systems are presented as well as the algorithms for the implementation of the modern solutions of process control. The proposed described methods are illustrated by various case studies for the main industrial sectors There exist a number of books related each one to a single type of control, yet usually without comparisons for various industrial sectors. Some other books present modelling and identification methods or signal processing. This book presents the methods to solve all the problems linked to the design of a process control without the need to find additional information.
Progress in Manufacturing Technologies by
The present volume comprises a collection of peer-reviewed papers covering CIMS and Manufacturing System, Advanced Anti-fatigue Design Technologies, Finite Element Analysis and structure optimization based on Anti-fatigue, Design and Manufacturing of Composite Components, Intelligent Mechatronics and Robotics, Compound machine tools, rapid prototyping, printing (ex. embossing), PDM, ERP, CRM, FMS, PLM, logistics and Supply Chain, RPM, Other Related Topics. This work will be invaluable to production and research engineers, and also to research students and academics interested in the field.
Project Management for IT-Related Projects by
This book explains the principles of IT-related project management, including project planning, monitoring and control, change management, risk management and communication between project stakeholders. Each chapter includes detailed discussion of the syllabus content, activities and multiple choice questions for self-assessment in line with the BCS Foundation Certificate in IS Project Management. This new edition introduces the latest project management thinking, terminology and standards.
Reliability Engineering and Services by
Offers a holistic approach to guiding product design, manufacturing, and after-sales support as the manufacturing industry transitions from a product-oriented model to service-oriented paradigm This book provides fundamental knowledge and best industry practices in reliability modelling, maintenance optimization, and service parts logistics planning. It aims to develop an integrated product-service system (IPSS) synthesizing design for reliability, performance-based maintenance, and spare parts inventory. It also presents a lifecycle reliability-inventory optimization framework where reliability, redundancy, maintenance, and service parts are jointly coordinated. Additionally, the book aims to report the latest advances in reliability growth planning, maintenance contracting and spares inventory logistics under non-stationary demand condition. Reliability Engineering and Service provides in-depth chapter coverage of topics such as: Reliability Concepts and Models; Mean and Variance of Reliability Estimates; Design for Reliability; Reliability Growth Planning; Accelerated Life Testing and Its Economics; Renewal Theory and Superimposed Renewals; Maintenance and Performance-Based Logistics; Warranty Service Models; Basic Spare Parts Inventory Models; Repairable Inventory Systems; Integrated Product-Service Systems (IPPS), and Resilience Modeling and Planning Guides engineers to design reliable products at a low cost Assists service engineers in providing superior after-sales support Enables managers to respond to the changing market and customer needs Uses end-of-chapter case studies to illustrate industry best practice Lifecycle approach to reliability, maintenance and spares provisioning Reliability Engineering and Service is an important book for graduate engineering students, researchers, and industry-based reliability practitioners and consultants.
Smart Sensors Networks : Communication Technologies and Intelligent Applications by
Smart Sensors Networks: Communication Technologies and Intelligent Applications explores the latest sensor and sensor networks techniques and applications, showing how networked wireless sensors are used to monitor and gather intelligence from our surrounding environment. It provides a systematic look at the unique characteristics of wireless sensor networks through their usage in a broad range of areas, including healthcare for the elderly, energy consumption, industrial automation, intelligent transportation systems, smart homes and cities, and more. The book shows how sensor-networks work and how they are applied to monitor our surrounding environment. It explores the most important aspects of modern sensors technologies, providing insights on the newest technologies and the systems needed to operate them. Readers will find the book to be an entry point for understanding the fundamental differences between the various sensor technologies and their use in for different scenarios. Indexing: The books of this series are submitted to EI-Compendex and SCOPUS Presents numerous specific use-cases throughout, showing practical applications of concepts Contains contributions from leading experts around the globe Collects, in one place, the latest thinking on an emerging topic Addresses the security and privacy issues inherent in sensor deployment
Technical, economic and societal effects of manufacturing 4.0 : automation, adaption and manufacturing in Finland and beyond by 
The Technology Takers by
This book was awarded the 2019 Axiom Business Book Award - Business Technology, Bronze Medal. Users of twenty-first century, digital-era technologies are "technology takers," accepting of and adjusting to whatever the market offers them. Similar to small firms that lack the market power to set prices and are economic "price takers," managers today are increasingly unable to customize the digital-era technologies their organizations use. Technology takers have little influence over the capabilities of the technologies they adopt; they cannot expect to improve on or customize for themselves the features of Facebook, Google, the iPhone, the blockchain, cloud-based enterprise resource planning systems, or other game-changing and often disintermediating technologies. The inability to modify available information technologies is a shock to leaders and managers alike. Cloud-based technologies arrive with set processes developed by others, and users must learn new ways of working each time the technologies themselves evolve. But refusing to adopt and adapt to digital-era technologies is, increasingly, not an option. Change in the digital era is constant and behavior-transforming. Managers must respond to these changes, or they will get left behind by those who do. The constancy of change also means that organizations have to do more than launch typical, one-off change management or transformation projects to succeed. To adopt efficiently and adapt effectively to behavior-changing technologies, astute leaders should employ change leadership techniques as a strategy for the digital era. This book offers technology takers a playbook to manage change, create value, and exploit the digital era's strategic opportunities. The book draws on research and recent case studies to explain what it means to be a technology taker. Organizations and their managers are offered change leadership plays, which emphasize the iterative nature of change management in the digital era. The book also describes how technology taking can create value through data stream analytics and be used strategically to respond proactively to the challenges of the digital era.
The technology trap : capital, labor, and power in the age of automation by
"Made me look at the industrial revolution, invention, sleeping beauties, contexts and the forces that shape our societies differently."--David Byrne, New York Times Book Review How the history of technological revolutions can help us better understand economic and political polarization in the age of automation From the Industrial Revolution to the age of artificial intelligence, The Technology Trap takes a sweeping look at the history of technological progress and how it has radically shifted the distribution of economic and political power among society's members. As Carl Benedikt Frey shows, the Industrial Revolution created unprecedented wealth and prosperity over the long run, but the immediate consequences of mechanization were devastating for large swaths of the population. Middle-income jobs withered, wages stagnated, the labor share of income fell, profits surged, and economic inequality skyrocketed. These trends, Frey documents, broadly mirror those in our current age of automation, which began with the Computer Revolution. Just as the Industrial Revolution eventually brought about extraordinary benefits for society, artificial intelligence systems have the potential to do the same. But Frey argues that this depends on how the short term is managed. In the nineteenth century, workers violently expressed their concerns over machines taking their jobs. The Luddite uprisings joined a long wave of machinery riots that swept across Europe and China. Today's despairing middle class has not resorted to physical force, but their frustration has led to rising populism and the increasing fragmentation of society. As middle-class jobs continue to come under pressure, there's no assurance that positive attitudes to technology will persist. The Industrial Revolution was a defining moment in history, but few grasped its enormous consequences at the time. The Technology Trap demonstrates that in the midst of another technological revolution, the lessons of the past can help us to more effectively face the present.
Transdisciplinary Engineering Design Process by
A groundbreaking text book that presents a collaborative approach to design methods that tap into a range of disciplines In recent years, the number of complex problems to be solved by engineers has multiplied exponentially. Transdisciplinary Engineering Design Process outlines a collaborative approach to the engineering design process that includes input from planners, economists, politicians, physicists, biologists, domain experts, and others that represent a wide variety of disciplines. As the author explains, by including other disciplines to have a voice, the process goes beyond traditional interdisciplinary design to a more productive and creative transdisciplinary process. The transdisciplinary approach to engineering outlined leads to greater innovation through a collaboration of transdisciplinary knowledge, reaching beyond the borders of their own subject area to conduct "useful" research that benefits society. The author--a noted expert in the field--argues that by adopting transdisciplinary research to solving complex, large-scale engineering problems it produces more innovative and improved results. This important guide: Takes a holistic approach to solving complex engineering design challenges Includes a wealth of topics such as modeling and simulation, optimization, reliability, statistical decisions, ethics and project management Contains a description of a complex transdisciplinary design process that is clear and logical Offers an overview of the key trends in modern design engineering Integrates transdisciplinary knowledge and tools to prepare students for the future of jobs Written for members of the academy as well as industry leaders,Transdisciplinary Engineering Design Process is an essential resource that offers a new perspective on the design process that invites in a wide variety of collaborative partners.
ID Materials 1: Paper, Clay, and Stone
ID Materials 1: Paper, Clay, and Stone is an introductory course in the study and use of materials for contemporary design in industrial design.
You are introduced to materials - paper, clay and stone - and the physical properties, processes, techniques and equipment used in the design of mass-produced objects. You are taught on the design process of each of the materials, as you certainly enjoy the hands-on material manipulation and experiments. You learn from the guidance of material experts and specialists in the industry as invited mentors and lecturers. Visits to manufacturing firms and interviews of successful business owners and product designers further enhances your learning about the application of the said materials to finished products.
At the end of this course, you are expected to present your work through an exhibition and a compilation of your design processes and output with a student design portfolio.
Beginner's Guide to Sculpting Characters in Clay by
Featuring detailed guides to key tools and techniques from talented expert sculptors, theBeginner's Guide to Sculpting Characters in Clay is vital reading for anyone wanting to explore clay sculpture. Learn which tools are best suited to your needs and how to use them effectively, explore diverse materials and pick up helpful tips from leading professional sculptors as you start your journey into clay sculpture. With meticulous tutorials, a handy glossary of sculpting terms, and copious amounts of inspiration, theBeginner's Guide to Sculpting Characters in Clay is an excellent resource for anyone wanting to try their hand at creating incredible 3D characters.
Contemporary Color by
CONTEMPORARY COLOR is back with a beautifully produced and lavishly illustrated second edition! Combining a solid grounding in traditional color theory and a thorough exploration of effective color use in digital applications and 3D design work, this introduction to contemporary color text is a must have for all art students. Written by a leading design educator and artist whose work is widely exhibited, this text features a balanced examination of essential theory and its practical application using today's cutting-edge technology. Contemporary Color, second edition covers a wide range of topics including all the basics on color theory, while also examining the latest on digital color, 3D design, and variations in color across nations and cultures. To complement this inclusive content, the text features thought-provoking discussions of the psychological impact of color, the future of color, creativity, and best practices for students and working artists. A vast collection of vivid images, drawn from both classical and contemporary artists, rounds out the text with powerful examples to illustrate applied color theory in all of its dazzling diversity.
Craft by
A secret history of craft told through lost and overlooked texts that illuminate our understanding of current art practice. "Craft" is a contested concept in art history and a vital category through which to understand contemporary art. Through craft, materials, techniques, and tools are investigated and their histories explored in order to reflect on the politics of labor and on the extraordinary complexity of the made world around us. This anthology offers an ethnography of craft, surveying its shape-shifting identities in the context of progressive art and design through writings by artists and makers as well as poetry, fiction, anthropology, and sociology. It maps a secret history of craft through lost and overlooked texts that consider pedagogy, design, folk art, the factory, and new media in ways that illuminate our understanding of current art practice. Recently, the idea of craft has been employed strategically- to confront issues of gender or global development, to make a stand against artistic academicism, or to engage with making processes-some distinctly archaic-employed to suggest the abject and the everyday. Craft activism, or craftivism, suggests a new political purpose for the handmade. Deep anxieties drive today's technophilia, and artists, designers, and makers turn such anxieties into a variety of dynamic engagements. The contributors' reflections on new technologies and materials, lost and found worlds of handwork, and the politics of work all throw light on craft as process, product, and ideology. Craft will serve as a vital resource for understanding technologies, materials, techniques, and tools through the lens of craft in contemporary art. Artists surveyed include Magdalena Abakanowicz, Anni Albers, El Anatsui, Carl Andre, Aaron Angell, Ruth Asawa, Phyllida Barlow, Louise Bourgeois, Neil Brownsword, Annie Cattrell, Edmund de Waal, Harun Farocki, Lucio Fontana, Karl Fritsch, Martino Gamper, Theaster Gates, Gee's Bend Quiltmakers, Sabrina Gschwandtner, Sheila Hicks, Donald Judd, Ana Lupas, Lu Shengzhong, Enzo Mari, Mario Merz, Martin Puryear, Jessi Reaves, Bridget Riley, Ettore Sottsas, Studio Formafantasma, Francis Upritchard, Peter Voulkos Writers include Glenn Adamson, Elissa Auther, Reyner Banham, Jean Baudrillard, Susan S. Bean, Walter Benjamin, John Berger, Julia Bryan-Wilson, Giovanni Contini, Alfred Gell, Cathy Gere, Walter Gropius, Henry Heerup, bell hooks, Ulrich Lehmann, Lucy R. Lippard, Sarat Maharaj, Karl Marx, Sadie Plant, Nancy Princenthal, Rainer Maria Rilke, John Roberts, Kenneth E. Silver, Jenni Sorkin
The Design Philosophy Reader by
What is design philosophy and why is it needed? This important book explains the discipline's recent emergence, the key questions which dominate it, and its potential to fundamentally change the way we practice and think about design. The reader comprises eight thematic sections, each featuring a short, contextualising introduction and an annotated bibliography. It considers social, graphic, product and industrial design, and presents the writings of such leading design thinkers and philosophers as Deleuze and Heidegger, Aristotle and Plato. With texts ranging from philosophically informed writing on design and culture, to ancient and contemporary philosophy which addresses the concept of design, The Design Philosophy Reader is an impressive and pioneering work.
Drawing and painting : materials and techniques for contemporary artists by 
I Love Paper by
A practical book of inspiration with 40 paper projects, this illustrated reference guide will teach you the basics of playing with paper.
Materials and design : the art and science of material selection in product design by
Materials are the stuff of design. From the very beginning of human history, materials have been taken from the natural world and shaped, modified, and adapted for everything from primitive tools to modern electronics. This renowned book by noted materials engineering author Mike Ashby and industrial designer Kara Johnson explores the role of materials and materials processing in product design, with a particular emphasis on creating both desired aesthetics and functionality. The new edition features even more of the highly useful "materials profiles" that give critical design, processing, performance and applications criteria for each material in question. The reader will find information ranging from the generic and commercial names of each material, its physical and mechanical properties, its chemical properties, its common uses, how it is typically made and processed, and even its average price. And with improved photographs and drawings, the reader is taken even more closely to the way real design is done by real designers, selecting the optimum materials for a successful product.
Mid-Century Modern by
This gift book, featuringsophisticated illustrationsof classic pieces, is a must-have for lovers of Mid-Century Modern design. Mid-Century Modern remains one of the most popular, collectable, and dynamic styles of international design. This gift book features original illustrations of iconic mid-century designs, from Eames chairs to Poul Henningsen lamps and George Nelson clocks, all rendered in a distinctive graphic style. Featuring more than 90 pieces by over 60 designers and design duos, Mid-Century Modern: Icons of Design is arranged chronologically, and includes chairs, tables, storage, lighting, and product and industrial designs. On each spread, a stylish illustration of the piece is accompanied by a concise overview; an index of models, designers and manufacturers makes the book a useful reference. Inspired by one of the most iconic eras of modern design, this covetable gift book brings a touch of Mid-Century Modern style into any home.
Modern Asian Design by
Modern Asian Design provides a comprehensive introduction to the development of Asian design in the modern period, both tracing historical threads and offering a theoretical framework within which to chart the history of design in Asia.Rather than a singular "Asian history", this book presents a series of studies centred on trade routes, colonial relationships, regional networks and cross-cultural exchanges. Modern Asian Design builds on existing resources beyond design history in an effort to map the field, focusing particularly on relations between Asia and the West and also across Asian design cultures.Opening with a brief overview of trade and exchange networks in the 17th and 18th centuries, the bulk of this study comprises analysis of the development of modern design in Asia during the later 19th and early 20th centuries, a period of rapid modernisation. The book's final two chapters bring these central ideas into a contemporary and highly relevant context.
New wave clay : ceramic design, art and architecture by
Throughout the twentieth century, ceramics was broadly divided into two sectors.Studio pottery, which was a reaction against the mass-madewares of the industrialrevolution, and fine art by contemporary artists, who just happened touse clay in their practice but rejected many of its traditional codes of practice.The unprecedented surge in popularity of ceramics in the last five years hashelped forge a new type of potter: the ceramic designer. Part-craftsman,part designer,they bridge ceramic craft, collectable design, and fine art. These ceramicistsinclude product designers who use clay as a means of creative expression,and classically trained potters who create design-ledpieces, in addition to interiordecorators, illustrators, and graphic designers.Their collective output includes furniture, decorative objects, murals, andvessels: not art, not craft, but design. The ambition of the book is to show the diversityof this area of creative production and the way in which history, craft,technology, and design are all intersecting in the present day, creating a new typeof designer--anda new type of ceramicist.The book is divided into four thematic chapters and accompanied by writtencontributions on the subject from designers, decorators, and collectors.
Paper : material, medium and magic by
Wide-ranging and multi-faceted this intriguing and beautifully produced book will change the way you relate to paper in an increasingly "paperless" society. While sheets of paper are disappearing from our homes and offices, the medium is experiencing a renaissance in the worlds of art, design, and architecture. Suddenly, paper is everywhere--but not only in the old familiar places or forms. This fascinating book looks at every aspect of paper: its history, composition, production, application, and trade. Beginning with the anatomy of paper and its earliest forms, this book looks at paper as a symbol of political and economic importance and as a carrier of ideas, from literature to art, design, and music. It looks at the different surfaces, opacities, weights and volumes of paper and how it is used for printing, typography, graphics, and maps as well as a vehicle for origami, architecture, and fashion. Sumptuously illustrated with photographs and drawings, this book includes a variety of papers for readers to examine and feel, highlighting the sensual aspects of this seemingly ordinary product. Engaging, entertaining, and informative, this book contains a wealth of useful and surprising information on every printed, colored, and textured page.
Paper made! : 101 exceptional projects to make out of everyday paper by
Announcing the biggest, best, most innovative book ever on paper craft. Even better, this is not about how to use costly, artsy paper, but how to turn stuff around the house--magazines and shopping bags, candy wrappers and paint sample cards, wrapping paper, old maps, and paper towel tubes--into stunning jewelry, gifts, home decor, party favors, and much more. Chances are you've seen the author's cutting-edge work in the windows of Anthropologie, where she is the chain's merchandising manager. An inveterate crafter who creates projects and styles photo shoots for magazines like Parents and Vogue Knitting, Kayte Terry takes the most versatile of materials and the most basic of crafts (remember snipping valentines out of construction paper?), and creates something completely trans- formative. Turn a sheaf of any white or graph paper into an amazing Scrap Happy Globe Lantern for the dining room. Fashion colored tissue paper into Songbird Votives, leftover raffle tickets into a Prizewinning Bowl, that out-dated pile of holiday catalogs into a picture frame. There's a necklace made of playing cards, a gum wrapper bracelet, and barrettes made by quilling--a paper technique that goes back to the Renaissance. Every project is photographed in full color, and includes step-by-step illustrations and instructions. Truly a book that shows how to think outside the (cardboard) box.
The paper puzzle book : all you need is paper! by
ALL YOU NEED IS PAPER All the puzzles inside are made out of paper -- from simple teasers to extreme brain workouts ORIGINAL DESIGNS Co-developed by a mathematician, an origami artist and a mechanical puzzle maker, this inventive book provides a unique and invaluable collection of a large, comprehensive and diverse variety of paper puzzles. And they only require a sheet of paper and perhaps a pair of scissors EASY TO CHALLENGING There are 99 unique puzzles including paper strip puzzles, M bius strips and flexagons, two-dimensional sheet folding, 'fold-and-cut' puzzles, 3D dissections and constructions, sequence folding puzzles, origami puzzles and even paper toys and magic. PROVIDES HOURS OF FUN Anyone of any age can find hours of enjoyment and challenge LEARNING GEOMETRY, MATHEMATICS AND PROBLEM-SOLVING CHALLENGES CAN BE FUN For students and teachers; parents and children; amateur and skilled mathematicians, and puzzle lovers.LEARN CONCEPTS AS YOU GO Many of the puzzles are new and original, they complement the classic puzzles that are included and all of them come with a solution as well as a mathematical and geometrical explanation that can be easily understood by all. The layout of the book, with its extensive puzzles, solutions and detailed descriptions, make it a sure candidate as the paper puzzle 'bible' for enthusiasts and puzzle lovers everywhere.
Scenography Expanded by
Scenography Expanded is a foundational text offering readers a thorough introduction to contemporary performance design, both in and beyond the theatre. It examines the potential of the visual, spatial, technological, material and environmental aspects of performance to shape performative encounters. It analyses examples of scenography as sites of imaginative exchange and transformative experience and it discusses the social, political and ethical dimensions of performance design. The international range of contributors and case studies provide clear perspectives on why scenographic design has become a central consideration for performance makers today. The extended introduction defines the characteristics of 21st-century scenography and examines the scope and potentials of this new field. Across five sections, the volume provides examples and case studies which richly illustrate the scope of contemporary scenographic practice and which analyse the various ways in which it is used in global cultural contexts. These include mainstream theatre practice, experimental theatre, installation and live art, performance in the city, large-scale events and popular entertainments, and performances by and for specific communities.
Victor Papanek: the Politics of Design by
Shortlisted for the Richard Schlagman Art Book Awards 2019 for Best Contribution to Design History The designer, author and design activist Victor J. Papanek anticipated an understanding of design as a tool for political change and social good that is more relevant today than ever. He was one of the first designers in the mainstream arena to critically question design's social and ecological consequences, introducing a new set of ethical questions into the design field. Victor Papanek: The Politics of Design presents an encompassing overview of Papanek's oeuvre, at the heart of which stood his preoccupation with the socially marginalized and his commitment to the interests of areas then called the Third World, as well as his involvement in the fields of ecology, bionics, sustainability and anti-consumerism. Alongside essays and interviews discussing Papanek's relevance in his own era, this book also presents current perspectives on his enduring legacy and its influence on contemporary design theory. Original Papanek family photographs, art and design work, drawings, correspondence and countless materials from the Victor J. Papanek Foundation archive at the University of Applied Arts Vienna are reproduced here for the first time, alongside work by both Papanek's contemporaries and designers working today.
ID Materials 1: Paper, Clay, and Stone
ID Materials 1: Paper, Clay, and Stone is an introductory course in the study and use of materials for contemporary design in industrial design.
You are introduced to materials - paper, clay and stone - and the physical properties, processes, techniques and equipment used in the design of mass-produced objects. You are taught on the design process of each of the materials, as you certainly enjoy the hands-on material manipulation and experiments. You learn from the guidance of material experts and specialists in the industry as invited mentors and lecturers. Visits to manufacturing firms and interviews of successful business owners and product designers further enhances your learning about the application of the said materials to finished products.
At the end of this course, you are expected to present your work through an exhibition and a compilation of your design processes and output with a student design portfolio.
Biermann's Handbook of Pulp and Paper : Volume 2: Paper and Board Making by
Biermann's Handbook of Pulp and Paper: Paper and Board Making, Third Edition provides a thorough introduction to paper and board making, providing paper technologists recent information. The book emphasizes principles and concepts behind papermaking, detailing both the physical and chemical processes. It has been updated, revised and extended. Several new chapters have been added. Papermaking chemistry has found an adequate scope covering this important area by basics and practical application. Scientific and technical advances in refining, including the latest developments have been presented. The process of stock preparation describes the unit processes. An exhaustive overview of Chemical additives in Pulp and Paper Industry is included. Paper and pulp processing and additive chemicals are an integral part of the total papermaking process from pulp slurry, through sheet formation, to effluent disposal. Water circuits with loop designs and circuit closure are presented. The chapter on paper and board manufacture covers the different sections in the paper machine and also fabrics, rolls and roll covers, and describes the different types of machines producing the various paper and board grades. Coating is dealt with in a separate chapter covering color formulation and preparation and also coating application. Paper finishing gives an insight into what happens at roll slitting and handling. The chapter on environmental impact includes waste water treatment and handling, air emissions, utilization and solid residue generation and mitigation . The major paper and board grades and their properties, are described. Biotechnological methods for paper processing are also presented. This handbook is essential reading for Applied Chemists, Foresters, Chemical Engineers, Wood Scientists, and Pulp and Paper technologist/ Engineers, and anyone else interested or involved in the pulp and paper industry. Provides comprehensive coverage on all aspects of papermaking Covers the latest science and technology in papermaking Includes traditional and biotechnological methods, a unique feature of this book Presents the environmental impact of papermaking industries Sets itself apart as a valuable reference that every pulp and papermaker/engineer/chemist will find extremely useful
Bodies of clay : on prehistoric humanised pottery by
Since the earliest use of pottery, vessels have been associated with both the general shape and specific parts of the human body. The production of human-shaped pottery might be understood as one element of the spectrum of figural art in prehistoric communities. The idea of studying anthropomorphic pottery and the return of human beings into a body made of clay, which forms the core theme of this collection of 12 papers, stems from work on anthropomorphic features of Neolithic communities between the Near East and Europe. Contributors are engaged in questions about the analysis of human features and characteristics on vessels, their occurrence, function and disposal. Beginning with the European Neolithic and moving on through the Bronze and Iron Ages, papers focus on diachronic archaeological patterns and contexts as well as on the theoretical background of this particular type of container in order to shed light on similarities and differences through the ages and to understand possibilities and limits of interpretation.
Contemporary Design and Manufacturing Technology by
The special topic volume communicates the latest progress and research results of new theory, new technology, method, equipment and so on in Engineering Technology, and to grasp the updated technological and research trends in internationally. The major topics covered by the special volumes include Advanced Materials and Manufacturing Technologies, Control, Automation and Detection Systems, Advanced Design Technology, Optimization and Modeling.
Debates in Art and Design Education by
Debates in Art and Design Education encourages student and practising teachers to engage with contemporary issues and developments in learning and teaching. It introduces key issues, concepts and tensions in order to help art educators develop a critical approach to their practice in response to the changing fields of education and visual culture. Accessible, comprehensive chapters are designed to stimulate thinking and understanding in relation to theory and practice, and help art educators to make informed judgements by arguing from a position based on theoretical knowledge and understanding. Contributing artists, lecturers and teachers debate a wide range of issues including: the latest policy and initiatives in secondary art education the concepts, skills and dispositions that can be developed through art education tensions inherent in developing the inclusive Art and Design classroom partnerships across the visual arts sector creativity in the Art and Design curriculum visual art and globalisation establishing the significance of 'Design' art practice as educational research. Debates in Art and Design Education is for all student and practising teachers interested in furthering their understanding of an exciting, ever-changing field, and supports art educators in articulating how the subject is a vital, engaging and necessary part of the twenty-first century curriculum. Each chapter points to further reading and each section suggests reflective questions to help shape art educators' teaching. In particular, Debates in Art and Design Education encourages art educators to engage in research by providing an essential introduction to critical thinking around contemporary debates.
The Delft Sand, Clay and Rock Cutting Model by
Sand, clay and rock have to be excavated for a variety of purposes, such as dredging, trenching, mining (including deep sea mining), drilling, tunnel boring and many other applications. Many excavations take place on dry land, but they are also frequently required in completely saturated conditions, and the methods necessary to accomplish them consequently vary widely.This book provides an overview of cutting theories. It begins with a generic model, valid for all types of soil (sand, clay and rock), and continues with the specifics of dry sand, water-saturated sand, clay, atmospheric rock and hyperbaric rock. Small blade angles and large blade angles are discussed for each soil type, and for each case considered the equations/model for cutting forces, power and specific energy are given.With models verified by laboratory research, principally from the Delft University of Technology, and data from other recognized sources, this book will prove an invaluable reference for anybody whose work involves major excavations of any kind.
Fabricate : negotiating design & making by
FABRICATE is an international peer reviewed conference that takes place every three years with a supporting publication on the theme of Digital Fabrication. Discussing the progressive integration of digital design with manufacturing processes, and its impact on design and making in the 21st century, FABRICATE brings together pioneers in design and making within architecture, construction, engineering, manufacturing, materials technology and computation. Discussion on key themes includes: how digital fabrication technologies are enabling new creative and construction opportunities from component to building scales, the difficult gap that exists between digital modelling and its realisation, material performance and manipulation, off-site and on-site construction, interdisciplinary education, economic and sustainable contexts. FABRICATE features cutting-edge built work from both academia and practice, making it a unique event that attracts delegates from all over the world. FABRICATE 2011, 2014 and 2017 are now all available to download free from UCL Press.
Layered Clay Materials for Functional Applications by
This special topic volume is a result from the contributions of twenty five experts from the international scientific community in their respective field of research. The volume focuses the use of clay based layered materials for different functional applications ranging from catalysis, biomaterials to self-healing coatings. It gives a comprehensive picture of the possible applications and future developments of clay materials. It provide in depth discussion by the researchers with respect to chemical intercalation, drug delivery, environmental, and engineering applications. All together the volume contains nine state of the art articles and reviews.
Materials Experience by
There currently exists an abundance of materials selection advice for designers suited to solving technical product requirements. In contrast, a stark gap can be found in current literature that articulates the very real personal, social, cultural and economic connections between materials and the design of the material world. In Materials Experience: fundamentals of materials and design, thirty-four of the leading academicians and experts, alongside 8 professional designers, have come together for the first time to offer their expertise and insights on a number of topics common to materials and product design. The result is a very readable and varied panorama on the world of materials and product design as it currently stands. Contributions by many of the most prominent materials experts and designers in the field today, with a foreword by Mike Ashby The book is organized into 4 main themes: sustainability, user interaction, technology and selection Between chapters, you will find the results of interviews conducted with internationally known designers These 'designer perspectives' will provide a 'time out' from the academic articles, with emphasis placed on fascinating insights, product examples and visuals
Mechanics of Paper Products by
This book focuses on the mechanical properties and performance of products made of fiber-based materials. It helps students to develop skills for solving problems of product performance and engineering challenges in product development. Organized with a problem-based approach - practical examples of product performance are presented and the relevant mechanics are analyzed to deduce which material properties control the performance. The new edition covers state-of-the-art and green technologies as modeling of fiber networks and applications of nanocellulose.
New materials : towards a history of consistency by
This edited volume gathers eight cases of industrial materials development, broadly conceived, from North America, Europe and Asia over the last 200 years. Whether given utility as building parts, fabrics, pharmaceuticals, or foodstuffs, whether seen by their proponents as human-made or "found in nature," materials result from the designation of some matter as both knowable and worth knowing about. In following these determinations we learn that the production of physical novelty under industrial, imperial and other cultural conditions has historically accomplished a huge range of social effects, from accruals of status and wealth to demarcations of bodies and geographies. Among other cases, New Materials traces the beneficent self-identity of Quaker asylum planners who devised soundless metal cell locks in the early 19th century, and the inculcation of national pride attending Taiwanese carbon-fiber bicycle parts in the 21st; the racialized labor organizations promoted by California orange breeders in the 1910s, and bureaucratized distributions of blame for deadly high-rise fires a century later. Across eras and global regions New Materials reflects circumstances not made clear when technological innovation is explained solely as a by-product of modernizing impulses or critiqued simply as a craving for profit. Whether establishing the efficacy of nano-scale pharmaceuticals or the tastiness of farmed catfish, proponents of new materials enact complex political ideologies. In highlighting their actors' conceptions of efficiency, certainty, safety, pleasure, pain, faith and identity, the authors reveal that to produce a "new material" is invariably to preserve other things, to sustain existing values and social structures.
Paper by
Paper explores what paper is, where it comes from, how it's made, what its properties are, and what it is used for.
Paper : an elegy by
From the author of The Bad Book Affair comes a witty, personal, and entertaining meditation on the history and significance of paper--an international cultural study and a series of personal reflections on the meaning of this essential product. Let us suppose for a moment that paper were to disappear. Would anything be lost? Everything would be lost. Paper surrounds us. Not only as books, letters and diaries, but as beer mats and birth certificates, board games and business cards, fireworks and flypaper, photographs and playing cards, tickets and tea bags. We are paper people. But the age of paper is coming to an end. E-books regularly outsell physical books. E-tickets replace the paper variety. Archives are digitized. The world we know was made from paper, and yet everywhere we look, paper is beginning to disappear. As we enter a world beyond paper, Ian Sansom explores the paradoxes of the greatest of man-made materials and shows how some kinds of paper, and the ghosts and shadows of paper, will always be with us. Paper: An Elegy is a history of paper in all its forms and functions. Both a cultural study and a series of personal reflections on the meaning of paper, this book is a timely meditation on the very paper it is printed on.
Pulp and paper industry : emerging waste water treatment technologies by
Pulp and Paper Industry: Emerging Waste Water Treatment Technologies is the first book which comprehensively reviews this topic. Over the past decade, pulp and paper companies have continued to focus on minimizing fresh water use and effluent discharges as part of their move towards sustainable operating practices. Three stages--basic conservation, water reuse and water recycling--provide a systematic approach to water resource management. Implementing these stages requires increased financial investment and better utilization of water resources. The ultimate goal for pulp and paper companies is to have effluent-free factories with no negative environmental impact. The traditional water treatment technologies that are used in paper mills are not able to remove recalcitrant contaminants. Therefore, advanced water treatment technologies are being included in industrial wastewater treatment chains aiming to either improve water biodegradability or its final quality. This book discusses various measures being adopted by the pulp and paper industry to reduce water consumption and treatment techniques to treat wastewater to recover it for reuse. The book also examines the emerging technologies for treatment of effluents and presents examples of full-scale installations. Provides thorough and in-depth coverage of advanced treatment technologies which will benefit the industry personnel, pulp manufacturers, researchers and advanced students Presents new treatment strategies to improve water reuse and fulfill the legislation in force regarding wastewater discharge Presents viable solutions for pulp and paper manufacturers in terms of wastewater treatment Presents examples of full-scale installations to help motivate mill personnel to incorporate new technologies
Surface and Interface Chemistry of Clay Minerals by
Surface and Interface Chemistry of Clay Minerals, Volume 9, delivers a fundamental understanding of the surface and interface chemistry of clay minerals, thus serving as a valuable resource for researchers active in the fields of materials chemistry and sustainable chemistry. Clay minerals, with surfaces ranging from hydrophilic, to hydrophobic, are widely studied and used as adsorbents. Adsorption can occur at the edges and surfaces of clay mineral layers and particles, and in the interlayer region. This diversity in properties and the possibility to tune the surface properties of clay minerals to match the properties of adsorbed molecules is the basis for study. This book requires a fundamental understanding of the surface and interface chemistry of clay minerals, and of the interaction between adsorbate and adsorbent. It is an essential resource for clay scientists, geologists, chemists, physicists, material scientists, researchers, and students. Presents scientists and engineers with a resource they can rely on for their own research and work involving clay minerals Includes an in-depth look at ion exchange, adsorption of inorganic and organic molecules, including polymers and proteins, and catalysis occurring at the surfaces of clay minerals Includes materials chemistry of clay minerals with chiral clay minerals, optical materials and functional films
The Sustainable Design Book by
The Sustainable Design Book updates the reader on the latest products and developments in the field of "green" design. Around 300 of the most exciting new products are featured. Q&As with leading designers give insight into trends and key techniques used within the industry, while handy icons highlight each product's sustainability credentials at a glance. Beginning with a chapter on sustainable materials, the book goes on to cover furniture, lighting, home accessories, and personal accessories, giving readers a broad and current understanding of sustainable design from raw elements through to finished products. Web addresses of designers and retailers make each product easy to source. This combination of products, profiles and information will make The Sustainable Design Book an unbeatable resource for those aspiring to best practice within the field of sustainable design, as well as students of contemporary product design. Consumers looking for beautiful but environmentally conscious products and accessories will also find this an essential guide.
ID Materials 2: Wood and Organics
ID Materials 2: Wood and Organics introduces you to the study and use of materials in the contemporary milieu of product design.
In this course, you learn about the wood and organic materials and their physical properties, processes, techniques and the equipment used in the product design. You gain a working knowledge and experience in the handling of wood and organic materials for its use for product design and in capstone courses. Your projects in this course are composed of hands-on form project experiments using the studio materials. This is further complemented with your visits to manufacturer’s and design studios and listening to lectures of materials experts and specialists.
At the end of this course, you are expected to present your work through exhibition and a compilation of your design processes and output with a student design portfolio.
Designing the Forest and Other Mass Timber Futures by
- Investigates the supply chain of mass timber - Proposes a species-based design methodology by exploring the relationships across landscapes and industrial frameworks - Identifies gaps that prevent the transition towards an all-engineered timber built environment
Forest Products and Wood Science by
The updated seventh edition of the classic text on wood science and forestry The seventh edition of Forest Products and Wood Science: An Introduction offers a fully revised and updated review of the forest products industry. This classic text contains a comprehensive review of the subject and presents a thorough understanding of the anatomical and physical nature of wood. The authors emphasize its use as an industrial raw material. Forest Products and Wood Science provides thorough coverage of all aspects of wood science and industry, ranging from tree growth and wood anatomy to a variety of economically important wood products, along with their applications and performance. The text explores global raw materials, the increasing use of wood as a source of energy and chemicals and environmental implications of the use of wood. This edition features new material on structural composites, non-structural composites, durability and protection, pulp and paper, energy and chemicals, and global raw materials. This seventh edition of the classic work: Contains new information on a variety of topics including: structural composites, non-structural composites, durability and protection, pulp and paper, energy and chemicals and global raw materials Includes a fully revised text that meets the changing needs of the forestry, engineering, and wood science academics and professionals Presents material written by authors with broad experience in both the private and academic sectors Written for undergraduate students in forestry, natural resources, engineering, and wood science, as well as forest industry personnel, engineers, wood-based manufacturing and using professionals, the seventh edition of Forest Products and Wood Science updates the classic text that has become an indispensable resource.
Ingenious : product design that works by
The main task for modern product designers is how to combine creativity and functionality. This book showcases different types of products such as furniture and industrial designs for the household and personal use, introducing projects from all over the world. It includes product descriptions, photographs, and designers' sketches showing the design processes.
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Mass timber : design and research by
Mass Timber / Design and Research presents new research and design work with Mass Timber, a new construction technology, well-known in Europe, but relatively unfamiliar in the United States. Leading the Mass Timber design dialogue in the US, the author, Susan Jones, an architect in Seattle, Washington, has been pioneering the new, innovative use of wood over the past six years, since she built her own family's house from cross-laminated timber in 2015 in a neighborhood in Seattle. The book presents her Seattle firm, her family, and her University of Washington students' years of research and design. Opening with the story of three generations of her family's own sustainable forest practices, the book presents research into Pacific Northwest forestry, timber and Cross-Laminated Timber manufacturing practices, to carbon analysis and carbon comparisons between standard building construction assemblies and technologies; and concludes with the design of model buildings both designed and built by her firm, atelierjones and her University of Washington students: including a single-family house, a church, schools, multi-family housing, and a twelve-story Tall Timber Wood Innovation tower on the University of Washington campus in Seattle.
Nature: Collaborations in Design by
An exploration of the ways in which designers are striving to transform our relationship with the natural world. Designers today are striving to transform our relationship with the natural world. While the modern industrial age gave way to designs that vastly improved human enterprise through technology, there were unintended and destructive consequences for the environment. Humans are intrinsically linked to nature yet our actions have frayed this relationship, forcing designers to think more intentionally and to consider the impact of every design decision, from an artifact's manufacture and use to its obsolescence. Designers are aligning with biologists, engineers, agriculturists, environmentalists and many other disciplines to design a more harmonious and regenerative future. Based on these new partnerships, designers are asking different questions and anticipating future challenges, which not only change the design process, but also what design means. Nature: Collaborations in Design includes over sixty-five international projects from the fields of architecture, product design, landscape design, fashion, interactive and communication design, and material research. More than 300 compelling and exquisite photographs, illustrations and content from data visualizations illustrate seven essays, which explain and explore designers' strategies around understanding, simulating, salvaging, facilitating, augmenting, remediating and nurturing nature. Four conversations between scientists and designers delve into topics related to synthetic biology, scientific versus design lexicon, and recent shifts in the meaning of nature with a glossary illuminating scientific, technological and theoretical concepts and processes invoked by the designers.
Principles of Structural Design by
A structural design book with a code-connected focus, Principles of Structural Design: Wood, Steel, and Concrete, Second Edition introduces the principles and practices of structural design. This book covers the section properties, design values, reference tables, and other design aids required to accomplish complete structural designs in accordance with the codes. What¿s New in This Edition: Reflects all the latest revised codes and standards The text material has been thoroughly reviewed and expanded, including a new chapter on concrete design Suitable for combined design coursework in wood, steel, and concrete Includes all essential material¿the section properties, design values, reference tables, and other design aids required to accomplish complete structural designs according to the codes This book uses the LRFD basis of design for all structures This updated edition has been expanded into 17 chapters and is divided into four parts. The first section of the book explains load and resistance factor design, and explores a unified approach to design. The second section covers wood design and specifically examines wood structures. It highlights sawn lumber, glued laminated timber, and structural composite/veneer lumber. The third section examines steel structures. It addresses the AISC 2010 revisions to the sectional properties of certain structural elements, as well as changes in the procedure to design the slip-critical connection. The final section includes a chapter on T beams and introduces doubly reinforced beams. Principles of Structural Design: Wood, Steel, and Concrete, Second Edition was designed to be used for joint coursework in wood, steel, and concrete design.
Wood Fracture Characterization by
Wood Fracture Characterization provides a guide to the application of modern fracture mechanics concepts to wood materials used in structural engineering, which commonly involve discontinuities and irregularities. The authors cover the tests, data reduction schemes and numerical methods devised for wood structural applications, based on cohesive zone analysis, and used to validate experimental-based methodologies. Five detailed Case Studies are included to link theory with engineering practice. This important new text explains the basics of fracture mechanics, and extends them as needed to cover the special behaviour of an anisotropic wood materials.
ID Materials 2: Wood and Organics
ID Materials 2: Wood and Organics introduces you to the study and use of materials in the contemporary milieu of product design.
In this course, you learn about the wood and organic materials and their physical properties, processes, techniques and the equipment used in the product design. You gain a working knowledge and experience in the handling of wood and organic materials for its use for product design and in capstone courses. Your projects in this course are composed of hands-on form project experiments using the studio materials. This is further complemented with your visits to manufacturer’s and design studios and listening to lectures of materials experts and specialists.
At the end of this course, you are expected to present your work through exhibition and a compilation of your design processes and output with a student design portfolio.
Advanced Hierarchical Nanostructured Materials by
An overview of the recent developments and prospects in this highly topical area, covering the synthesis, characterization, properties and applications of hierarchical nanostructured materials. The book concentrates on those materials relevant for research and development in the fields of energy, biomedicine and environmental protection, with a strong focus on 3D materials based on nanocarbons, mesoporous silicates, hydroxides, core-shell particles and helical nanostructures. Thanks to its clear concept and application-oriented approach, this is an essential reference for experienced researchers and newcomers to the field alike.
Advanced Materials by
Advanced Materials gives an unique insight into the specialized materials that are required to run our modern society. Provided within are the fundamental theories and applications of advanced materials for metals, glasses, polymers, composites, and nanomaterials. This book is ideal for scientists and engineers of materials science, chemistry, physics, and engineering, and students of these disciplines.
Combustible Organic Materials by
The combustion properties of organic materials are used to assess their safety specifications. This knowledge is necessary to avoid potentially disastrous fires. The experimental determination of the combustion properties of a new organic compound is laborious and sometimes even impossible. This book describes methods for the determination and prediction of the combustion properties of organic compounds, along with some examples and exercises.
Green and Sustainable Advanced Materials by
Sustainable development is a very prevalent concept of modern society. This concept has appeared as a critical force in combining a special focus on development and growth by maintaining a balance of using human resources and the ecosystem in which we are living. The development of new and advanced materials is one of the powerful examples in establishing this concept. Green and sustainable advanced materials are the newly synthesized material or existing modified material having superior and special properties. These fulfil today's growing demand for equipment, machines and devices with better quality for an extensive range of applications in various sectors such as paper, biomedical, textile, and much more. Volume 2, provides chapters on the valorization of green and sustainable advanced materials from a biomedical perspective as well as the applications in textile technology, optoelectronics, energy materials systems, and the food and agriculture industry.
Handbook of Composites from Renewable Materials, Design and Manufacturing by
This unique multidisciplinary 8-volume set focuses on the emerging issues concerning synthesis, characterization, design, manufacturing and various other aspects of composite materials from renewable materials and provides a shared platform for both researcher and industry. The Handbook of Composites from Renewable Materials comprises a set of 8 individual volumes that brings an interdisciplinary perspective to accomplish a more detailed understanding of the interplay between the synthesis, structure, characterization, processing, applications and performance of these advanced materials. The Handbook comprises 169 chapters from world renowned experts covering a multitude of natural polymers/ reinforcement/ fillers and biodegradable materials. Volume 2 is solely focused on the Design and Manufacturing of renewable materials. Some of the important topics include but not limited to: Design and manufacturing of high performance green composites; manufacturing of high performance biomass-based polyesters by rheological approach; components design of fibrous composite materials; design and manufacturing of bio-based sandwich structures; design and manufacture of biodegradable products from renewable resources; manufacturing and characterization of quicklime filled metal alloy composites for single row deep groove ball bearing; manufacturing of composites from chicken feathers and poly (vinyl chloride); production of porous carbons from resorcinol-formaldehyde gels: applications; composites using agricultural wastes; manufacturing of rice wastes-based natural fiber polymer composites from thermosetting vs. thermoplastic matrices; thermoplastic polymeric composites; natural fiber reinforced PLA composites; rigid closed-cell PUR foams containing polyols derived from renewable resources; preparation and application of the composite from alginate; recent developments in biocomposites of bombyx mori silk fibroin; design and manufacturing of natural fiber/ synthetic fiber reinforced polymer hybrid composites; natural fiber composite strengthening solution for structural beam component for enhanced flexural strength; high pressure resin transfer molding of epoxy resins from renewable sources; cork based structural composites; the use of wheat straw as an agricultural waste in composites for semi-structural applications and design/ manufacturing of sustainable composites.
Introduction to Wood and Natural Fiber Composites by
Over the past two decades, there has been a shift in research and industrial practice, and products traditionally manufactured primarily from wood are increasingly combined with other nonwood materials of either natural or synthetic origin. Wood and other plant-based fiber is routinely combined with adhesives, polymers, and other "ingredients" to produce composite materials. Introduction to Wood and Natural Fiber Composites draws together widely scattered information concerning fundamental concepts and technical applications, essential to the manufacture of wood and natural fiber composites. The topics addressed include basic information on the chemical and physical composition of wood and other lignocellulosic materials, the behavior of these materials under thermocompression processes, fundamentals of adhesion, specific adhesive systems used to manufacture composite materials, and an overview of the industrial technologies used to manufacture major product categories. The book concludes with a chapter on the burgeoning field of natural fiber-plastic composites. Introduction to Wood and Natural Fiber Composites is a valuable resource for upper-level undergraduate students and graduate students studying forest products and wood science, as well as for practicing professionals working in operational areas of wood- and natural-fiber processing. For more information on the Wiley Series in Renewable Resources, visit www.wiley.com/go/rrs Topics covered include: Overview of lignocellulosic material, their chemical and physical composition Consolidation behavior of wood and fiber in response to heat and pressure Fundamentals of adhesion Adhesives used to bond wood and lignocellulosic composites Manufacturing technology of major product types Fiber/plastic composites
Making the Modern World by
How much further should the affluent world push its material consumption? Does relative dematerialization lead to absolute decline in demand for materials? These and many other questions are discussed and answered in Making the Modern World: Materials and Dematerialization. Over the course of time, the modern world has become dependent on unprecedented flows of materials. Now even the most efficient production processes and the highest practical rates of recycling may not be enough to result in dematerialization rates that would be high enough to negate the rising demand for materials generated by continuing population growth and rising standards of living. This book explores the costs of this dependence and the potential for substantial dematerialization of modern economies. Making the Modern World: Materials and Dematerialization considers the principal materials used throughout history, from wood and stone, through to metals, alloys, plastics and silicon, describing their extraction and production as well as their dominant applications. The evolving productivities of material extraction, processing, synthesis, finishing and distribution, and the energy costs and environmental impact of rising material consumption are examined in detail. The book concludes with an outlook for the future, discussing the prospects for dematerialization and potential constrains on materials. This interdisciplinary text provides useful perspectives for readers with backgrounds including resource economics, environmental studies, energy analysis, mineral geology, industrial organization, manufacturing and material science.
Rethinking wood : future dimensions of timber assembly by
Advances in the materials and the digitalization of architecture bring about new methods in design and construction. Whereas traditional timber construction consists of pre-cut and pre-assembled timber sections, modern timber buildings today consist of elaborate wood-based materials. Owing to their flexibility and good properties in terms of building physics and ecology, these wood-based materials are ideal for computer-aided building component production. Fifteen case examples from research, teaching, and practical applications provide inspiring insights into the potential of formable wood-based materials and digital design: Woven Wood, Wood Foam, Living Wood and Organic Joints, Timber Joints for Robotic Building Processes, Efficiencies of Wood, Designing with Tree Form.
Tall Wood Buildings by
Der vielgeschossige urbane Holzbau hat sich seit einigen Jahren als zukunftsträchtige Bauweise etabliert: Von London bis Stockholm, von Vancouver bis Melbourne entstehen derzeit Holzgebäude mit bis zu 20 Geschossen. Ermöglicht haben diese rasante Entwicklung der Systembau ebenso wie adaptierte Brandschutzbestimmungen. Hinzu kommt die tadellose CO2-Bilanz des häufig regional verfügbaren Werkstoffs. Diese Publikation erläutert die verschiedenen Konstruktionsarten wie Massivholz-Rahmenbauweise, hybride Holz/Beton- oder Holz/Stahl-Konstruktionen oder Konstruktionen aus Brettschichtholz-Paneelen und dokumentiert dann die Vielfalt dieses Materials anhand 13 gebauter Beispiele. Aufbau und Detaillierung der Gebäude zeigen eigens erstellte Konstruktionszeichnungen.
Wonder Wood by
Wonder Wood presents this timeless material as it is being used today and how it can be used in the future. It also documents a selection of current international projects and processes, making-ofs, and experiments by 120 internationally renowned designers, architects, and artists, whose creative and innovative approach to the material makes their work compelling. For selected projects, interviews with the designers provide an in-depth look at the creative process and its results. A second section, dedicated to materials and technologies examines innovative developments as well as wood, wood-based materials, finishing technologies, and wooden structure principles. With biographies of the designers represented in the book, an alphabetical index, a bibliography and sources, Wonder Wood will serve the reader as a classic book of reference.
Wood Composites : Materials, Manufacturing and Engineering by
Wood composites as part of wood engineering materials has been reaching a constant developing trend, being used on a wide range of applications and becoming worldwide as a very promising alternate material face to traditional building materials such as concrete, metal and plastics. In this part of the series are treated aspects among which advances functionalities in laminates, the activation of natural fibres, the natural matrix, and others industrials manufacturing research advances for wood material as composite.
Wood Deterioration, Protection and Maintenance by
Wood Deterioration, Protection and Maintenance provides an up to date discussion of the natural durability of wood, wood degradation processes, and methods of structural and chemical protection of wood. Modern active substances in wood preservatives and the relationships between preservative properties, the anatomical structure and moisture content of wood and protective processes involving pressure and/or diffusion driving forces are fully illustrated.
ID Materials 3: Metal, Plastics, and Glass
ID Materials 3: Metal, Plastics, and Glass introduces you to the study and use of materials in the contemporary milieu of product design.
You learn about the technical aspects and their physical properties of non-organic materials such as metal, plastics, and glass. You are taught about the processes, equipment and techniques used and gain adequate skills to apply these materials to the design of mass-produced products such as lighting, furnishings and furniture, which is further discussed in PRODCT3 course. As it has been a practice for studio classes in this cluster courses, your learning is complemented with visits to manufacturing firms and interviews with successful business owners and product designers and lectures by leading product and material specialists in the industry.
At the end of this course, you are expected to compile your works in the photo-documentary form and present your 3D outputs in a student exhibition.
Applied Elasticity and Plasticity by
Applied Elasticity and Plasticity is a comprehensive work that introduces graduate students and professionals in civil, mechanical, aeronautical and metallurgical engineering to the basic theories of elasticity, plasticity and their practical applications. Based on experimental data of static tension tests of material, several elastic and plastic stress-strain relations are derived, and commonly-used yield criteria and strain hardening rules are discussed as well. Analysis of conventional, deviatoric and mathematical stress and strain in two and three dimensions is presented. Analytical applications include torsion and bending of structural components subjected to various loadings, thick-walled cylindrical and spherical vessels subjected to internal and external pressures, stress-concentrations around holes, stress-intensity factors in structural components containing circular, elliptical and many more concepts important for professionals and students alike.
Bio-Based Plastics by
The field of bio-based plastics has developed significantly in the last 10 years and there is increasing pressure on industries to shift existing materials production from petrochemicals to renewables. Bio-based Plastics presents an up-to-date overview of the basic and applied aspects of bioplastics, focusing primarily on thermoplastic polymers for material use. Emphasizing materials currently in use or with significant potential for future applications, this book looks at the most important biopolymer classes such as polysaccharides, lignin, proteins and polyhydroxyalkanoates as raw materials for bio-based plastics, as well as materials derived from bio-based monomers like lipids, poly(lactic acid), polyesters, polyamides and polyolefines. Detailed consideration is also given to the market and availability of renewable raw materials, the importance of bio-based content and the aspect of biodegradability. Topics covered include: Starch Cellulose and cellulose acetate Materials based on chitin and chitosan Lignin matrix composites from natural resources Polyhydroxyalkanoates Poly(lactic acid) Polyesters, Polyamides and Polyolefins from biomass derived monomers Protein-based plastics Bio-based Plastics is a valuable resource for academic and industrial researchers who are interested in new materials, renewable resources, sustainability and polymerization technology. It will also prove useful for advanced students interested in the development of bio-based products and materials, green and sustainable chemistry, polymer chemistry and materials science. For more information on the Wiley Series in Renewable Resources, visit www.wiley.com/go/rrs
The Bloomsbury Encyclopedia of Design by
The Bloomsbury Encyclopedia of Design provides a comprehensive guide to design, with entries on key topics in the history and theory of design, addressing a range of design forms including graphic, textile, furniture, metal, ceramic, fashion, stage and film, vehicle and product design, as well as national histories of design and key design movements. The Encyclopedia provides up-to-date peer reviewed coverage of the last 250 years of design history, with global coverage by leading international design scholars and design historians. Complete with a comprehensive index and full cross referencing, The Bloomsbury Encyclopedia of Design is the definitive guide to Design.
Constructing architecture : materials, processes, structures : a handbook by
Systematically structured and prepared with the student in mind, the book conveys in one volume the necessary basic technical building construction knowledge to enable readers to implement a wide range of designs. For this reason, over the last 14 years, it has developed into an indispensable information and reference handbook, not only for students and teachers, but also for architects. The 4th edition of this standard work for building construction has again been revised in terms of content and illustrations. References to standards, thermal insulation standards, and some project examples have been updated; they are now comprehensively and systematically documented, explaining the design process from start to finish.
Material Matters by
Material Matters: New Materials in Design explores the fascinating world of materials, surveying characteristics, properties and new applications of materials in diverse fields, from sustainable resources to medicine, architectural design to aeronautical engineering and interior design to 'haute-culture' and fashion. Material Matters profiles the most fascinating materials developed in recent years with full page profiles and colorful illustrations, examples include Aerogel or 'frozen smoke'--used by NASA it is the lightest solid on earth at 95% air. Amongst the detailed profiles are texts that discuss the fusion between science, art and design in the creation of these substances and their importance within contemporary living, sustainability and expanding technologies. The book also includes the work of cutting edge designers Marc Newson, Ross Lovegrove, Apple, NASA, Intel, Ron Arad and household names.
Materials for Design by
Over the last 10 years there has been a huge growth in the area of materials and design, but most books on the subject deal with advanced, semi-formed materials (that is, materials sold as sheet, rod, tube, etc.). This new book provides much-needed information on the raw materials, and the 'low-down' on what these materials can be used for. The information provided in the book allows professional designers and students from a range of disciplines - but focusing on product design - to understand in simple, exciting, thought-provoking, visual terms different qualities and features of materials. The subject is presented from the perspective of design, and relevant case studies are used to inspire designers into new ways of thinking about materials. As well as standard and widely available materials, the book also contains emerging materials such as smart materials and self-healing plastics, offering a comprehensive guide to material selection for designers.
ID Materials 3: Metal, Plastics, and Glass
ID Materials 3: Metal, Plastics, and Glass introduces you to the study and use of materials in the contemporary milieu of product design.
You learn about the technical aspects and their physical properties of non-organic materials such as metal, plastics, and glass. You are taught about the processes, equipment and techniques used and gain adequate skills to apply these materials to the design of mass-produced products such as lighting, furnishings and furniture, which is further discussed in PRODCT3 course. As it has been a practice for studio classes in this cluster courses, your learning is complemented with visits to manufacturing firms and interviews with successful business owners and product designers and lectures by leading product and material specialists in the industry.
At the end of this course, you are expected to compile your works in the photo-documentary form and present your 3D outputs in a student exhibition.
Advanced Coating Materials by
Provides a comprehensive, yet practical source of reference, and excellent foundation for comparing the properties and performance of coatings and selecting the most suitable materials based on specific service needs and environmental factors. Coating technology has developed significant techniques for protecting existing infrastructure from corrosion and erosion, maintaining and enhancing the performance of equipment, and provided novel functions such as smart coatings greatly benefiting the medical device, energy, automotive and construction industries. The mechanisms, usage, and manipulation of cutting-edge coating methods are the focus of this book. Not only are the working mechanisms of coating materials explored in great detail, but also craft designs for further optimization of more uniform, safe, stable, and scalable coatings. A group of leading experts in different coating technologies demonstrate their main applications, identify the key bottlenecks, and outline future prospects. Advanced Coating Materials broadly covers the coating techniques, including cold spray, plasma vapor deposition, chemical vapor deposition, sol-gel method, etc., and their significant applications in microreactor technology, super(de)wetting, joint implants, electrocatalyst, etc. Numerous kinds of coating structures are addressed, including nanosize particles, biomimicry structures, metals and complexed materials, along with the environmental and human compatible biopolymers resulting from microbial activities. This state-of-the-art book is divided into three parts: (1) Materials and Methods: Design and Fabrication, (2) Coating Materials: Nanotechnology, and (3) Advanced Coating Technology and Applications.
Advanced Materials by
Advanced Materials gives an unique insight into the specialized materials that are required to run our modern society. Provided within are the fundamental theories and applications of advanced materials for metals, glasses, polymers, composites, and nanomaterials. This book is ideal for scientists and engineers of materials science, chemistry, physics, and engineering, and students of these disciplines.
Automotive Steels : Design, Metallurgy, Processing and Applications by
Automotive Steels: Design, Metallurgy, Processing and Applications explores the design, processing, metallurgy, and applications of automotive steels. While some sheet steels are produced routinely in high volume today, there have been significant advances in the use of steel in the automotive industry. This book presents these metallurgical and application aspects in a way that is not available in the current literature. The editors have assembled an international team of experts who discuss recent developments and future prospects for automotive steels, compiling essential reading for both academic and industrial metallurgists, automotive design engineers, and postgraduate students attending courses on the metallurgy of automotive materials. Presents recent developments on the design, metallurgy, processing, and applications of automotive steels Discusses automotive steels that are currently in the early stages of research, such as low-density and high modulus steels that are driving future development Covers traditional steels, advanced high strength steels, elevated Mn steels and ferrous composite materials
Current Trends on Glass and Ceramic Materials by
Biomaterials created from innovative glass and bio-ceramic research is emerging as a precursor to several developments useful for solving a wide variety of industry and health related issues. Current Trends on Glass and Ceramic Materials is a review on th
Designing Successful Products with Plastics : Fundamentals of Plastic Part Design by
Designing Successful Products with Plastics: Fundamentals of Plastic Part Design provides expert insight into design considerations required to bring a concept product or part through design and ready-for-production. The book shows how integrating four key choices--materials, processes, tooling and design--in every design decision allows the designer to fully vet and optimize the design. Rather than focusing on design rules and engineering equations used during product development, the emphasis of the book is on what the designer needs to consider during the early conceptual visualization stages, and in the detailed stages of the design process. This approach will bridge the gap between the industrial designer, tasked with the 'big picture' product design and use, and the part designer, tasked with the detailed plastic part design for manufacture. Useful to both experienced and novice designers, this book brings valuable design process information through specific examples, enabling designers and engineers in the plastics industry to effectively use the available technical information to successfully design and manufacture new products. Bridges the gap between the industrial designer working on product design and use, and the part designer working on detailed part design for manufacture Enables designers to establish a solid foundation for new product development on the 'four pillars' of the process: materials, processes, tooling, and design Provides a hierarchy and roadmap through creative product design and implementation, so engineers can translate a product from creative concept through to realization and commercialization
Flexible Glass : Enabling Thin, Lightweight, and Flexible Electronics by
Provides the reader how to apply flexible glass applications that are not possible or practical to address with alternative substrate materials. Examples of technology areas include displays, touch sensors, lighting, backplanes, and photovoltaics. Built on more than 10 years of valuable discussions and collaborations focused on truly defining what flexible glass means in the context of the emerging electronic and opto-electronic applications, this book provides a broad overview as well as detailed descriptions that cover flexible glass properties, device fabrication methods, and emerging applications. It provides the basis for identifying new device designs, applications, and manufacturing processes for which flexible glass substrates are uniquely suited and encourages and enables the reader to identify and pursue advanced flexible glass applications that do not exist today and provides a launching point for exciting future directions. The chapters are grouped into three sections. The first focuses on flexible glass and flexible glass reliability and has three chapters with authors from Corning. The second section focuses on flexible glass device fabrication which includes chapters on roll-to-roll processing, vacuum deposition, and printed electronics. These chapters are authored by established experts in their respective fields that have extensive experience in processing flexible glass substrates in toolsets that range from research to pilot scale. The third section focuses on flexible glass device applications and includes chapters on photovoltaics, displays, integrated photonics, and microelectronics integration. These are authored by experts with direct experience in fabricating and characterizing flexible glass devices. The diverse list of authors and their depth of experience in working with a variety of material systems, processes, and device technologies significantly adds valuable context to the overall flexible glass discussion.
Functional Materials by
Functional materials have assumed a very prominent position in several high-tech areas. Such materials are not being classified on the basis of their origin, nature of bonding or processing techniques but are classified on the basis of the functions they can perform. This is a significant departure from the earlier schemes in which materials were described as metals, alloys, ceramics, polymers, glass materials etc. Several new processing techniques have also evolved in the recent past. Because of the diversity of materials and their functions it has become extremely difficult to obtain information from single source. Functional Materials: Preparation, Processing and Applications provides a comprehensive review of the latest developments. Serves as a ready reference for Chemistry, Physics and Materials Science researchers by covering a wide range of functional materials in one book Aids in the design of new materials by emphasizing structure or microstructure - property correlation Covers the processing of functional materials in detail, which helps in conceptualizing the applications of them
Glass by
Glass is a material with essentially unlimited application possibilities. This second edition of a comprehensive reference in glass science, points out the correlation between the performance of industrial processes and practice-relevant properties, such as strength and optical properties. Interdisciplinary in his approach, the author discusses both the science and technology, starting with an outline of history and applications, glass structure, and rheology. The sections on properties include mechanical strength and contact resistance, ageing, mechanics of glass processes, the production and control of residual stresses, high-tech products, and current research and development. Applications include glazing, packaging, optical glass, glass fibers for reinforcement, and abrasive tools. The development of touchscreen technology showed how important were the design and resistance of thin flexible glass and these new thin aluminosilicate glasses are also discussed.
Glass : Selected Properties and Crystallization by
"This book contains overviews on technologically important classes of glasses, their treatment to achieve desired properties, theoretical approaches for the description of structure-property relationships, and new concepts in the theoretical treatment of crystallization in glass-forming systems. It contains overviews about the state of the art and about specific features for the analysis and application of important classes of glass-forming systems, and describes new developments in theoretical interpretation by well-known glass scientists. Thus, the book offers comprehensive and abundant information that is difficult to come by or has not yet been made public." Edgar Dutra Zanotto (Center for Research, Technology and Education in Vitreous Materials, Brazil) Glass, written by a team of renowned researchers and experienced book authors in the field, presents general features of glasses and glass transitions. Different classes of glassforming systems, such as silicate glasses, metallic glasses, and polymers, are exemplified. In addition, the wide field of phase formation processes and their effect on glasses and their properties is studied both from a theoretical and experimental point of view.
Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer Composites : Materials, Manufacturing and Engineering by
Engineered composites materials display superior properties to pristine materials. Glass fibres have been used for years in the production of light weight composites. This book is a much needed update as to the processing methods and technologies present in the manufacturing of GFRP. Coverage of machining, cutting, tools, and thermal loads are discussed. Ideal for researchers in academia and industry.
Glass Science and Its Applications - II by
The present special topic volume entitled "Glass Science and its Applications - II" covers different glasses and glass ceramic materials for technological and biomedical applications. In this special issue, the first review paper reports on the linear and non- linear properties of different materials. The second paper reports the visible-NIR luminescence and time-resolved emission spectral profiles of Nd3+, and Er3+ doped silver zinc borate glasses. The third paper, As2O3 glasses were identified as the low-loss materials for long-distance optical transmission and CuO containing glasses are also draw special attention because of the p-type semiconductivity property. Glass system of composition Li2O-Na2O-B2O3: Fe2O3 with replacing alkali oxides one by another have been reported in the fourth paper. Dielectric properties of these glasses have also been explored. In biomedical applications, CaO-P2O5 based glass reinforced hydroxyapatite composite material for bone regenerative applications have been reported in paper five and six. Paper six, the guided bone regeneration procedure using a glass-reinforced HA and collagen membrane in the treatment of an intrabony defect was reported. Authors hope that this special volume may be useful for those who are searching for a general overview of glass science and its applications in different fields.
Glassy Materials Based Microdevices by
Microtechnology has changed our world since the last century, when silicon microelectronics revolutionized sensor, control and communication areas, with applications extending from domotics to automotive, and from security to biomedicine. The present century, however, is also seeing an accelerating pace of innovation in glassy materials; as an example, glass-ceramics, which successfully combine the properties of an amorphous matrix with those of micro- or nano-crystals, offer a very high flexibility of design to chemists, physicists and engineers, who can conceive and implement advanced microdevices. In a very similar way, the synthesis of glassy polymers in a very wide range of chemical structures offers unprecedented potential of applications. The contemporary availability of microfabrication technologies, such as direct laser writing or 3D printing, which add to the most common processes (deposition, lithography and etching), facilitates the development of novel or advanced microdevices based on glassy materials. Biochemical and biomedical sensors, especially with the lab-on-a-chip target, are one of the most evident proofs of the success of this material platform. Other applications have also emerged in environment, food, and chemical industries. The present Special Issue of Micromachines aims at reviewing the current state-of-the-art and presenting perspectives of further development. Contributions related to the technologies, glassy materials, design and fabrication processes, characterization, and, eventually, applications are welcome.
Handbook of Composites from Renewable Materials, Polymeric Composites by
This unique multidisciplinary 8-volume set focuses on the emerging issues concerning synthesis, characterization, design, manufacturing and various other aspects of composite materials from renewable materials and provides a shared platform for both researcher and industry. The Handbook of Composites from Renewable Materials comprises a set of 8 individual volumes that brings an interdisciplinary perspective to accomplish a more detailed understanding of the interplay between the synthesis, structure, characterization, processing, applications and performance of these advanced materials. The Handbook comprises 169 chapters from world renowned experts covering a multitude of natural polymers/ reinforcement/ fillers and biodegradable materials. Volume 6 is solely focused on the "Polymeric Composites". Some of the important topics include but not limited to: Keratin as renewable material for developing polymer composites; natural and synthetic matrices; hydrogels in tissue engineering; smart hydrogels: application in bioethanol production; principle renewable biopolymers; application of hydrogel biocomposites for multiple drug delivery; nontoxic holographic materials; bioplasticizer-epoxidized vegetable oils-based poly (lactic acid) blends and nanocomposites; preparation, characterization and adsorption properties of poly (DMAEA) - cross-linked starch gel copolymer in wastewater treatments; study of chitosan cross-linking hydrogels for absorption of antifungal drugs using molecular modelling; pharmaceutical delivery systems composed of chitosan; eco-friendly polymers for food packaging; influence of surface modification on the thermal stability and percentage of crystallinity of natural abaca fiber; influence of the use of natural fibers in composite materials assessed on a life cycle perspective; plant polysaccharides-blended ionotropically-gelled alginate multiple-unit systems for sustained drug release; vegetable oil based polymer composites; applications of chitosan derivatives in wastewater treatment; novel lignin-based materials as a products for various applications; biopolymers from renewable resources and thermoplastic starch matrix as polymer units of multi-component polymer systems for advanced applications; chitosan composites: preparation and applications in removing water pollutants and recent advancements in biopolymer composites for addressing environmental issues.
Interactions Materials - Microorganisms by
This multidisciplinary book is the result of a collective work synthesizing presentations made by various specialists during the CNRS «BIODEMAT» school, which took place in October 2014 in La Rochelle (France). It is designed for readers of a range of scientific specialties (chemistry, biology, physics, etc.) and examines various industrial problems (e.g., water, sewerage and maintaining building materials). Metallic, cementitious, polymeric and composite materials age depending on their service and operational environments. In such cases, the presence of microorganisms can lead to biodeterioration. However, microorganisms can also help protect structures, provided their immense possibilities are mastered and put to good use. This book is divided into five themes related to biocolonization, material biodeterioration, and potential improvements to such materials resulting in better performance levels with respect to biodeterioration: * physical chemistry of surfaces; * biofilm implication in biodeterioration; * biocorrosion of metallic materials; * biodeterioration of non-metallic materials; * design and modification of materials. The affiliations of the authors of the various chapters illustrate the synergy between academic research and its transfer to industry. This demonstrates the essential interaction between the various actors in this complex field: analysing, understanding, and responding to the scientific issues related to biodeterioration.
Materials for Design by
Over the last ten years there has been a huge growth in the area of materials for design, but most books on this subject deal with advanced, semi-formed materials (that is, materials sold as sheet, rod, tube, etc.). This book provides much-needed information on the raw materials, and the low-down on how these can be used. Organized into three sections embracing grown, oil-based, and mined materials, each entry includes information on key features, typical applications, production processes, and sustainability issues. This fact-packed book will allow professional designers and students from a range of disciplines to understand in simple, exciting, visual terms the different qualities and features of materials.
Metal-Polymer Systems : Interface Design and Chemical Bonding by
The result of decades of research by a pioneer in the field, this is the first book to deal exclusively with achieving high-performance metal-polymer composites by chemical bonding. Covering both the academic and practical aspects, the author focuses on the chemistry of interfaces between metals and polymers with a particular emphasis on the chemical bonding between the different materials. He elucidates the various approaches to obtaining a stable interface, including, but not limited to, thermodynamically driven redox reactions, bond protection to prevent hydrolysis, the introduction of barrier layers, and stabilization by spacer molecules. Throughout, chemical bonding is promoted as a simple and economically viable alternative to adhesion based on reversible weak physical interaction. Consequently, the text equips readers with the practical tools necessary for designing high-strength metal-polymer composites with such desired properties as resilience, flexibility, rigidity or degradation resistance.
Metallic Biomaterials by
With its comprehensive coverage of recent progress in metallic biomaterials, this reference focuses on emerging materials and new biofunctions for promising applications. The text is systematically structured, with the information organized according to different material systems, and concentrates on various advanced materials, such as anti-bacterial functionalized stainless steel, biodegradable metals with bioactivity, and novel structured metallic biomaterials. Authors from well-known academic institutes and with many years of clinical experience discuss all important aspects, including design strategies, fabrication and modification techniques, and biocompatibility.
Metallurgy and Design of Alloys with Hierarchical Microstructures by
Metallurgy and Design of Alloys with Hierarchical Microstructures covers the fundamentals of processing-microstructure-property relationships and how multiple properties are balanced and optimized in materials with hierarchical microstructures widely used in critical applications. The discussion is based principally on metallic materials used in aircraft structures; however, because they have sufficiently diverse microstructures, the underlying principles can easily be extended to other materials systems. With the increasing microstructural complexity of structural materials, it is important for students, academic researchers and practicing engineers to possess the knowledge of how materials are optimized and how they will behave in service. The book integrates aspects of computational materials science, physical metallurgy, alloy design, process design, and structure-properties relationships, in a manner not done before. It fills a knowledge gap in the interrelationships of multiple microstructural and deformation mechanisms by applying the concepts and tools of designing microstructures for achieving combinations of engineering properties--such as strength, corrosion resistance, durability and damage tolerance in multi-component materials--used for critical structural applications. Discusses the science behind the properties and performance of advanced metallic materials Provides for the efficient design of materials and processes to satisfy targeted performance in materials and structures Enables the selection and development of new alloys for specific applications based upon evaluation of their microstructure as illustrated in this work
Microstructure and Mechanical Properties of Structural Metals and Alloys by
The papers collected in this special issue clearly reflect the modern research trends in materials science. These fields of specific attention are high-Mn TWIP steels, high-Cr heat resistant steels, aluminum alloys, ultrafine grained materials including those developed by severe plastic deformation, and high-entropy alloys. The major portion of the collected papers is focused on the mechanisms of microstructure evolution and the mechanical properties of metallic materials subjected to various thermo-mechanical, deformation or heat treatments. Another large portion of the studies is aimed on the elaboration of alloying design of advanced steels and alloys. The changes in phase content, transformation and particle precipitation and their effect on the properties are also broadly presented in this collection, including the microstructure/property changes caused by irradiation.
New materials : towards a history of consistency by
This edited volume gathers eight cases of industrial materials development, broadly conceived, from North America, Europe and Asia over the last 200 years. Whether given utility as building parts, fabrics, pharmaceuticals, or foodstuffs, whether seen by their proponents as human-made or "found in nature," materials result from the designation of some matter as both knowable and worth knowing about. In following these determinations we learn that the production of physical novelty under industrial, imperial and other cultural conditions has historically accomplished a huge range of social effects, from accruals of status and wealth to demarcations of bodies and geographies. Among other cases, New Materials traces the beneficent self-identity of Quaker asylum planners who devised soundless metal cell locks in the early 19th century, and the inculcation of national pride attending Taiwanese carbon-fiber bicycle parts in the 21st; the racialized labor organizations promoted by California orange breeders in the 1910s, and bureaucratized distributions of blame for deadly high-rise fires a century later. Across eras and global regions New Materials reflects circumstances not made clear when technological innovation is explained solely as a by-product of modernizing impulses or critiqued simply as a craving for profit. Whether establishing the efficacy of nano-scale pharmaceuticals or the tastiness of farmed catfish, proponents of new materials enact complex political ideologies. In highlighting their actors' conceptions of efficiency, certainty, safety, pleasure, pain, faith and identity, the authors reveal that to produce a "new material" is invariably to preserve other things, to sustain existing values and social structures.
Sustainable Construction Materials : Glass Cullet by
This book is the fourth, in the series of five, on sustainable construction materials and like the previous three, it is also different to the norm. Its uniqueness lies in using the newly developed, Analytical Systemisation Method, in building the data-matrix sourced from 751 publications, contributed by 1402 authors from 513 institutions in 51 countries, from 1970 to 2017, on the subject of processed waste glass (glass cullet) as a construction material, and systematically analysing, evaluating and modelling this information for use of glass cullet as cement, aggregate or filler in concrete, ceramics, geotechnics and road pavement applications. Environmental issues, case studies and standards are also discussed. The work establishes what is already known and can be used to further progress the use of sustainable construction materials. It can also help to avoid repetitive research and save valuable resources. The book is structured in an incisive and easy to digest manner and is particularly suited for researchers, academics, design engineers, specifiers, contractors, and government bodies dealing with construction works. Provides an extensive source of valuable database information, supported by an exhaustive list of globally-based published literature over the last 40-50 years Offer an analysis, evaluation, repackaging and modeling of existing knowledge on sustainable construction practices Provides a wealth of knowledge for use in many sectors relating to the construction profession
Translucent Materials by
The current material customer of translucent building materials Translucent materials give architects far more possibilities to exploit the sensual interplay of light and the fascination of interior-exterior interaction than plain glass, a fact proved by their increasing application. Traditionally, stretched paper, finely-cut stone, or stained glass were used to create mood and atmosphere. These are now giving way to a new generation of innovative materials - composite glass, synthetic panels, membranes and perforated metals.
Basic Drafting Techniques is an introductory course providing the general overview of drafting and its crucial role as a means of communicating technical information.
In this course, you are equipped to understand and to apply the principles of mechanical and technical drawing. You learn the basic manual drafting techniques, international conventions in dimensioning and presentation drawings, orthographic views, sectioning, and many more.
At the end of this course, your facility and comprehension in conveying complex design product concepts has greatly improved. You have acquired the values of drawing accuracy, speed, legibility, and neatness as you prepare for the next level of technical drafting.
Basics Detail Drawing by
The aesthetic and constructive quality of a building is also significantly determined by the careful design and implementation of details. Detailed drawings are developed on the basis of the working drawings; they form an important part of the specification and contain precise information for the tradesmen, indicating how materials are to be used and how they are to be joined. Drawings are produced in various degrees of detail. Depending on the function of the drawings, they are produced in scales from 1:20 to 1:1 in order to define the materials and method of joining, and to better illustrate the various dimensions. Basics Detailed Drawings explains, step by step, how to compose detailed designs and produce correct construction drawings, using clear examples.
The Complete Guide to Perspective Drawing by
Computers can calculate perspective angles and create a drawing for us, but the spontaneity of mark making, the tactile quality of a writing surface, the weight of a drawing instrument, and the immediacy of the human touch are sensations that keep traditional drawing skills perpetually relevant. The sensuality and convenience of the hand persists and will survive as a valuable communication tool, as will the need to accurately express your ideas on paper. As a professional, understanding the foundations of drawing, how we process images, and how we interpret what we see are principal skills. Understanding linear perspective enables artists to accurately communicate their ideas on paper. The Complete Guide to Perspective Drawing offers a step-by-step guide for the beginner as well as the advanced student on how to draw in one-point through six-point perspective and how to make scientifically accurate conceptual illustrations from simple to complex situations.
Design Drawing by
THE CLASSIC GUIDE TO DRAWING FOR DESIGNERS, REVISED AND UPDATED TO INCLUDE CURRENT DIGITAL-DRAWING TECHNIQUES Hand drawing is an integral part of the design process and central to the architecture profession. An architect's precise interpretation and freedom of expression are captured through hand drawing, and it is perhaps the most fundamental skill that the designer must develop in order to communicate thoughts and ideas effectively. In his distinctive style, world-renowned author Francis D. K. Ching presents Design Drawing, Third Edition, the classic guide to hand drawing that clearly demonstrates how to use drawing as a practical tool for formulating and working through design problems. While digital tools continue to evolve, this Third Edition includes new illustrations and information on the latest digital-drawing techniques. Design Drawing, Third Edition covers the basics of drawing, including line, shape, tone, and space. Guiding the reader step-by-step through the entire drawing process, this Third Edition also examines different types of drawing techniques such as multiview, paraline, and perspective drawings--and reveals how the application of these techniques creates remarkable results. In addition, Design Drawing, Third Edition: * Features over 1,500 hand drawings--stunning illustrations in the author's signature style that reinforce the concepts and lessons of each chapter * Offers new exercises and illustrative examples that range in complexity * Presents all-new digital drawing topics, such as hybrid floor plans, digital models and fabrication, and hand-to-digital fluency * Includes access to a new website featuring videos of the author demonstrating freehand techniques in a step-by-step manner in the studio and on location Written and illustrated for professional architects, designers, fine artists, illustrators, instructors and students, Design Drawing, Third Edition is an all-in-one package and effective tool that clearly demonstrates drawing concepts and techniques in a visually stimulating format that outshines other works in the field.
Design Drawing by
THE CLASSIC GUIDE TO DRAWING FOR DESIGNERS, REVISED AND UPDATED TO INCLUDE CURRENT DIGITAL-DRAWING TECHNIQUES Hand drawing is an integral part of the design process and central to the architecture profession. An architect's precise interpretation and freedom of expression are captured through hand drawing, and it is perhaps the most fundamental skill that the designer must develop in order to communicate thoughts and ideas effectively. In his distinctive style, world-renowned author Francis D. K. Ching presents Design Drawing, Third Edition, the classic guide to hand drawing that clearly demonstrates how to use drawing as a practical tool for formulating and working through design problems. While digital tools continue to evolve, this Third Edition includes new illustrations and information on the latest digital-drawing techniques. Design Drawing, Third Edition covers the basics of drawing, including line, shape, tone, and space. Guiding the reader step-by-step through the entire drawing process, this Third Edition also examines different types of drawing techniques such as multiview, paraline, and perspective drawings--and reveals how the application of these techniques creates remarkable results. In addition, Design Drawing, Third Edition: * Features over 1,500 hand drawings--stunning illustrations in the author's signature style that reinforce the concepts and lessons of each chapter * Offers new exercises and illustrative examples that range in complexity * Presents all-new digital drawing topics, such as hybrid floor plans, digital models and fabrication, and hand-to-digital fluency * Includes access to a new website featuring videos of the author demonstrating freehand techniques in a step-by-step manner in the studio and on location Written and illustrated for professional architects, designers, fine artists, illustrators, instructors and students, Design Drawing, Third Edition is an all-in-one package and effective tool that clearly demonstrates drawing concepts and techniques in a visually stimulating format that outshines other works in the field.
Drawing from the ModelDrawing from the model : fundamentals of digital drawing, 3D modeling, and visual programming in architectural design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
Drawing Ideas : a hand-drawn approach for better design by
"A primer for design professionals across all disciplines that helps them create compelling and original concept designs by hand--as opposed to on the computer--in order to foster collaboration and win clients. In today's design world, technology for expressing ideas is pervasive; CAD models and renderings created with computer software provide an easy option for creating highly rendered pieces. However, the accessibility of this technology means that fewer designers know how to draw by hand, express their ideas spontaneously, and brainstorm effectively. In a unique board binding that mimics a sketchbook, Drawing Ideas provides a complete foundation in the techniques and methods for effectively communicating to an audience through clear and persuasive drawings."
Force : dynamic life drawing by
Bring your artwork to life with the power of the FORCE! Watch, listen, and follow along as Mike Mattesi demonstrates the fundamental FORCE line and explains dynamic figure drawing techniques through 30 videos that are launched through the book's companion App. Packed with superb, powerfully drawn examples, the updated third edition of FORCE features an all-new section on the "FORCE blob," and dozens of fresh illustrations. Mike Mattesi's 10th anniversary edition of FORCE will teach readers how to put thought and imagination to paper. Whether you are an illustrator, animator, comic book artist, or student, you'll learn to use rhythm, shape, and line to bring out the life in any subject. The 10th Anniversary Edition contains numerous improvements. Around 30 videos are embedded within the book and accessible through the FORCE Drawing App. In the App, click on the image of the camera, point your mobile device's camera at the page with the symbol, and then finally tap the video card image floating above the drawing to launch the video. Then sit back and watch the video that shows me creating that drawing and discussing my process. Many new drawings can be found within this edition and the addition of color now further clarifies the theory of FORCE. Key Features The unique, dynamic learning system that has helped thousands of artists enhance their figure drawing abilities Dozens of updated illustrations and all-new content, exclusive to the 3rd edition Select pages can be scanned by your smartphone or other device to pull up bonus video content, enhancing the learning process Companion App: Nearly 50 videos are available on the free FORCE Drawing companion app that can be downloaded through Google Play or the Apple App Store
Fundamentals of Modern Drafting by
FUNDAMENTALS OF MODERN DRAFTING, Second Edition, provides a thorough introduction to contemporary drafting, covering essential technical and engineering drawing concepts and key professional applications. The author uses a highly practical, building-block approach to help you quickly develop the knowledge and skills you need to prepare working drawings for production. Coverage encompasses freehand sketching, instrument drawing, CAD, drafting conventions and formats, multiview, development, pictorial drawing procedures, geometric tolerancing practices, descriptive geometry, and more. Every chapter includes vibrant illustrations to complement the text, as well as hands-on exercises that encourage you to apply what you're learning. Now updated to reflect the latest trends and technology, the new Second Edition reflects current ASME standards to help you make a smooth transition from study and skill development to professional success.
How to Draw : drawing and sketching objects and environments from your imagination by
How to Draw is for artists, architects and designers. It is useful to the novice, the student and the professional. You will learn how to draw any object or environment from your imagination, starting with the most basic perspective drawing skills. Early chapters explain how to draw accurate perspective grids and ellipses that in later chapters provide the foundation for more complex forms. The research and design processes used to generate visual concepts are demonstrated, making it much easier for you to draw things never-before-seen! Best of all, more than 25 pages can be scanned via a smartphone or tablet using the new Design Studio Press app, which link to video tutorials for that section of the book! With a combined 26 years of teaching experience, Scott Robertson and Thomas Bertling bring you the lessons and techniques they have used to help thousands of their students become professional artists and designers. This book is indispensable for anyone who wants to learn, or teaches others, how to draw.
Hybrid drawing techniques : design process and presentation by
Hybrid Drawing Techniques: Design Process and Presentation reaffirms the value of traditional hand drawing in the design process by demonstrating how to integrate it with digital techniques; enhancing and streamlining the investigative process while at the same time yielding superior presentation images. This book is a foundations guide to both approaches: sketching, hardline drawing, perspective drawing, digital applications, and Adobe Photoshop; providing step-by-step demonstrations and examples from a variety of professional and student work for using and combining traditional and digital tools. Also included are sections addressing strategies for using color, composition and light to further enhance one's drawings. An eResource offers copyright free images for download that includes: tonal patterns, watercolor fields, people, trees, and skies.
Lessons in Drawing Plans and Interiors by
"Focuses on taking students through each drawing they would have to do in a set of construction documents. Easy to understand for first time drafters." - Azizi Arrington-Bey, Indiana State University, US Learn step-by-step how to hand draft and draw perspectives for interiors. After learning the basics-such as lettering, scales, and types of lines-this book guides you through two-color, illustrated lessons for five hand drafting projects and eight hand-drawn interiors. You'll learn to draft and draw both residential and commercial spaces, preparing you for your career. PLEASE NOTE: Purchasing or renting this ISBN does not include access to the STUDIO resources that accompany this text. To receive free access to the STUDIO content with new copies of this book, please refer to the book + STUDIO access card bundle ISBN 9781501321726 .
Making marks : architects' sketchbooks: the creative process by
A rich and varied glimpse into the creative processes of a broad array of contemporary architects. While digital technologies have pushed the boundaries of architectural creation, conceiving an original and appropriate design is as challenging as it has always been. As this book shows, however, a recent return to the basic act of putting pen or pencil to paper has produced some of the most successful buildings of the past decade. Making Marks follows the highly successful Architects' Sketchbooks, which presented the rich breadth of sketches created by contemporary architects post digital revolution. Taking a post-digital perspective, the sixty renowned architects whose work is collected here show how drawing and new forms of manual presentation have been refined since the reawakening of this basic technique. Revealing why hand-drawing still matters, this global survey presents the freehand drawings, vibrant watercolors, and abstract impressions of a broad and eclectic array of rising talents and well-known names, including Jun Igarashi, Deborah Saunt, Daniel Libeskind, Meg Graham, and Brian MacKay-Lyons, to name but a few. Author Will Jones's introduction reviews the importance of the physical sketch and its vital role in the creative process. Spanning diverse approaches, styles, and physical forms, Making Marks is not merely a compendium of the preoccupations and stylistics of current practice, but a rich and varied insight into architectural creativity.
Remixing and drawing : sources, influences, styles by
This succinct book articulates a clear framework for remixing in drawing at intermediate and advanced levels. It begins by walking through the ideas of copyright and fair use, providing context, examples, and advice. Mueller directs students through building a collection of sources and influences, leading to the development and analysis of style. With a full chapter on techniques, including approaches to brainstorming, critique, and reflection, this book features over 50 exercises that are easily adapted to various approaches, media, and technologies as necessary. Two sample syllabi are included for both a semester and a quarter system.
Santiago Calatrava by
Illustrated by the architectand in his own words, thismemoir features drawingsnever seen outsideSantiago Calatrava's studio. Santiago Calatrava is an intimate insight into one of the world's most celebrated architects. Calatrava first made a name for himself in the late 1980s, with delicately designed structures in Zürich that seem to grow out of the earth. He went on to create a series of highly innovative, iconic bridges across Europe and, in recent years, has drawn attention for such large-scale projects as the City of Arts and Sciences in his birth town of Valencia, Spain, and the World Transportation Hub at Ground Zero in New York. Written in the first person and accompanied by a wealth of sketches never seen outside Calatrava's studio, this book reveals the breadth of his influences, and how they have combined with his background in engineering and architecture to inspire his signature buildings. Moving beyond a documentation of Calatrava's architectural output, this book offers a rare opportunity for readers to explore the creative process of one of the world's great architects. In this heartfelt memoir of an architect of singular conviction, Calatrava's inspirations, lessons, and achievements will touch every reader, whether aspiring architect or lover of art and nature.
Sketching User Experiences by
Sketching Working Experience: The Workbook provides information about the step-by-step process of the different sketching techniques. It offers methods called design thinking, as a way to think as a user, and sketching, a way to think as a designer. User-experience designers are designers who sketch based on their actions, interactions, and experiences. The book discusses the differences between the normal ways to sketch and sketching used by user-experience designers. It also describes some motivation on why a person should sketch and introduces the sketchbook. The book reviews the different sketching methods and the modules that contain a particular sketching method. It also explains how the sketching methods are used. Readers who are interested in learning, understanding, practicing, and teaching experience design, information design, interface design, and information architecture will find this book relevant.
Studio Companion Series Presentation Basics by
Presentation Basics helps students hone both of the critical aspects of successful presentation-visual and verbal skills. Writing from the viewpoint that an effective presentation requires much more than adept graphic representation, Fullmer helps students strengthen their verbal skills to sell their ideas. The book also takes an essential look at business etiquette and body language, stressing the impact of these factors on a presentation.
Successful Drawing by
The illustrator Andrew Loomis is revered amongst artists for his mastery of drawing technique and his clean, realist style. His hugely influential series of art instruction books have never been bettered and Successful Drawing, the third in Titan's programme of facsimile editions, returns this classic title to print for the first time in decades. For over 60 years Successful Drawing has provided a superb resource covering all the techniques needed to master three-dimensional drawing. From the fundamentals of proportion, placement, perspective, planes and pattern, through a detailed examination of scale and the effects and capture of light, to the mastery of conception, construction, contour, character and consistency, Successful Drawing is filled with step-by-step instruction, professional tips and beautiful illustration. Engaging, witty, and wonderfully executed, this is a masterclass for amateur artists and professional illustrators alike.
Basic Drafting Techniques is an introductory course providing the general overview of drafting and its crucial role as a means of communicating technical information.
In this course, you are equipped to understand and to apply the principles of mechanical and technical drawing. You learn the basic manual drafting techniques, international conventions in dimensioning and presentation drawings, orthographic views, sectioning, and many more.
At the end of this course, your facility and comprehension in conveying complex design product concepts has greatly improved. You have acquired the values of drawing accuracy, speed, legibility, and neatness as you prepare for the next level of technical drafting.
Basics Detail Drawing by
The aesthetic and constructive quality of a building is also significantly determined by the careful design and implementation of details. Detailed drawings are developed on the basis of the working drawings; they form an important part of the specification and contain precise information for the tradesmen, indicating how materials are to be used and how they are to be joined. Drawings are produced in various degrees of detail. Depending on the function of the drawings, they are produced in scales from 1:20 to 1:1 in order to define the materials and method of joining, and to better illustrate the various dimensions. Basics Detailed Drawings explains, step by step, how to compose detailed designs and produce correct construction drawings, using clear examples.
Basics Technical Drawing by
Technical Drawing deals with the representation of plans throughout all phases of a project. For students, the primary focus is on the development and methodical construction of a technical drawing. Themes: Types of plan (from site plan and preliminary drawings to design and detail plans) Components of the plan (floor plan, section, elevation, detail) Line width, dimensioning, hatching, use of text, symbols Plan presentation and compilation
Collective and collaborative drawing in contemporary practice : drawing conversations by 
Drawing in black & white : creative exercises, art techniques, and explorations in positive and negative design by 
Freehand Drawing and Discovery by
Features access to video tutorials! Designed to help architects, planners, and landscape architects use freehand sketching to quickly and creatively generate design concepts, Freehand Drawing and Discovery uses an array of cross-disciplinary examples to help readers develop their drawing skills. Taking a "both/and" approach, this book provides step-by-step guidance on drawing tools and techniques and offers practical suggestions on how to use these skills in conjunction with digital tools on real-world projects. Illustrated with nearly 300 full color drawings, the book includes a series of video demonstrations that reinforces the sketching techniques.
Modern drawing : a contemporary exploration of drawing and illustration by 
Presto sketching : the magic of simple drawing for brilliant product thinking and design by
Do you feel like your thoughts, ideas, and plans are being suffocated by a constant onslaught of information? Do you want to get those great ideas out of your head, onto the whiteboard and into everyone else's heads, but find it hard to start? No matter what level of sketching you think you have, Presto Sketching will help you lift your game in visual thinking and visual communication. In this practical workbook, Ben Crothers provides loads of tips, templates, and exercises that help you develop your visual vocabulary and sketching skills to clearly express and communicate your ideas. Learn techniques like product sketching, storyboarding, journey mapping, and conceptual illustration. Dive into how to use a visual metaphor (with a library of 101 visual metaphors), as well as tips for capturing and sharing your sketches digitally, and developing your own style. Designers, product managers, trainers, and entrepreneurs will learn better ways to explore problems, explain concepts, and come up with well-defined ideas - and have fun doing it.
Remixing and Drawing by
This succinct book articulates a clear framework for remixing in drawing at intermediate and advanced levels. It begins by walking through the ideas of copyright and fair use, providing context, examples, and advice. Mueller directs students through building a collection of sources and influences, leading to the development and analysis of style. With a full chapter on techniques, including approaches to brainstorming, critique, and reflection, this book features over 50 exercises that are easily adapted to various approaches, media, and technologies as necessary. Two sample syllabi are included for both a semester and a quarter system.
SketchUp for Dummies by
The first step in making your ideas a reality SketchUp offers a vast array of tools that help you get your building, woodworking, and design plans out of your head and into a real model. Even if you've never dabbled in the software, SketchUp All-in-One For Dummies makes it easy to get started as quickly as the ideas pop into your head! Providing real-world insight from top SketchUp insiders, these six-books-in-one teach you how to tackle the basics of the program and apply those skills to real-world projects. You'll discover the basics of modeling as they apply to either free or paid versions of SketchUp before diving into creating models to use for making objects, constructing buildings, or redesigning interiors. Navigate the SketchUp product mix Get familiar with the basics of modeling View and share your models Make your architecture, interior design, and woodworking dreams a reality You have tons of great ideas--and now you can harness this powerful software to bring them to life.
Wipo Patent Drafting Manual by
This Manual has been prepared in response to repeated demands from developing country Member States for capacity building in patent drafting due to the existing limited professional capacity in this area which is an obstacle to the utilization of the intellectual property system by their nationals. The target audience for this Manual is primarily but not exclusively in developing countries and consists of scientists, researchers, technically trained persons and attorneys with a technical background who wish to draft patent applications. The Manual provides the necessary guidelines and an understanding of the skills needed for drafting a patent application, filing it and working with patent authorities to have it issued as a patent. The primary aim of this Manual is to assist all inventors in protecting their intellectual property through carefully crafted patent applications.
Advanced Drafting Techniques is a continuation of the lessons of IDRAFT1.
In this course, you progress to master more detailed and complex concepts and techniques in the principles of mechanical and technical drafting. The topics you learn are pictorial and three-dimensional presentation – such as surface development, exploded assemblies and perspective representations.
At the end of your course, you have gained a more advanced value in drawing accuracy, speed, legibility and neatness as you prepare for computer-aided drawing.
Construction and design manual : architectural drawings by
The drawing architect - for centuries, this term was just as tautological as the "baking baker". Nevertheless, the acquisition of drawing skills is by no means a minor field of study for architects. Design methodology, also referred to as methodology of space and the representation of the human body, plays a critical role in the current field of architectural activity. This book explores options for illustration and contemporary practice with architectural presentation. It deals with the following topics:>The history and theory of architectural drawing, covering a wide spectrum of issues in terms of art and architectural history.>Ten architects present their architectural concepts based on a selection of drawing and presentation techniques.>Ten exercises for freehand drawing, demonstrating that spatial vision and the ability to think in three-dimensional terms can be learnt by anyone.>Demonstrative examples and practical exercises for technical drawings
Design Drawing by
THE CLASSIC GUIDE TO DRAWING FOR DESIGNERS, REVISED AND UPDATED TO INCLUDE CURRENT DIGITAL-DRAWING TECHNIQUES Hand drawing is an integral part of the design process and central to the architecture profession. An architect's precise interpretation and freedom of expression are captured through hand drawing, and it is perhaps the most fundamental skill that the designer must develop in order to communicate thoughts and ideas effectively. In his distinctive style, world-renowned author Francis D. K. Ching presents Design Drawing, Third Edition, the classic guide to hand drawing that clearly demonstrates how to use drawing as a practical tool for formulating and working through design problems. While digital tools continue to evolve, this Third Edition includes new illustrations and information on the latest digital-drawing techniques. Design Drawing, Third Edition covers the basics of drawing, including line, shape, tone, and space. Guiding the reader step-by-step through the entire drawing process, this Third Edition also examines different types of drawing techniques such as multiview, paraline, and perspective drawings--and reveals how the application of these techniques creates remarkable results. In addition, Design Drawing, Third Edition: * Features over 1,500 hand drawings--stunning illustrations in the author's signature style that reinforce the concepts and lessons of each chapter * Offers new exercises and illustrative examples that range in complexity * Presents all-new digital drawing topics, such as hybrid floor plans, digital models and fabrication, and hand-to-digital fluency * Includes access to a new website featuring videos of the author demonstrating freehand techniques in a step-by-step manner in the studio and on location Written and illustrated for professional architects, designers, fine artists, illustrators, instructors and students, Design Drawing, Third Edition is an all-in-one package and effective tool that clearly demonstrates drawing concepts and techniques in a visually stimulating format that outshines other works in the field.
Digital Design Manual by
In architecture and interior design spatial concepts are increasingly computer-generated, illustrated and presented. Computer aided design has already established in architectural offices. The influence of digital technology increases further. This manual introduces different digital tools and includes tutorials based on everyday practice. It helps to use digital echnology in the design phase and planning process. With application examples of UNStudio.
Drawing masterclass : 100 creative techniques of great artists. by Encyclopedia of Drawing Techniques by
Detailed photographic sequences explore pencil, charcoal, pen and technical pen techniques, including shading, building up, blending, hatching, highlighting, stippling and more. Coloured pencils, chalks, pastels, and pen and ink are also covered with inspirational pictures across a full range of subject matter, including landscapes, buildings, figures, animals, flowers and still life. Techniques are discussed in detail including layering, feathering, burnishing, linear marks and pointillism. The use of paint and brushes is less obvious in a book on drawing, but there are some techniques in which the brush is used to create a line, or to infill a linear shape. These techniques are discussed as well with Gallery examples shown throughout to act as inspiration for the practising artist. Sequences on mixed media, keeping a sketchbook and digital drawing are included too, making this book an invaluable addition to any artists book shelves.
Freehand Drawing and Discovery by
Features access to video tutorials! Designed to help architects, planners, and landscape architects use freehand sketching to quickly and creatively generate design concepts, Freehand Drawing and Discovery uses an array of cross-disciplinary examples to help readers develop their drawing skills. Taking a "both/and" approach, this book provides step-by-step guidance on drawing tools and techniques and offers practical suggestions on how to use these skills in conjunction with digital tools on real-world projects. Illustrated with nearly 300 full color drawings, the book includes a series of video demonstrations that reinforces the sketching techniques.
Fundamentals of Modern Drafting by
FUNDAMENTALS OF MODERN DRAFTING, Second Edition, provides a thorough introduction to contemporary drafting, covering essential technical and engineering drawing concepts and key professional applications. The author uses a highly practical, building-block approach to help you quickly develop the knowledge and skills you need to prepare working drawings for production. Coverage encompasses freehand sketching, instrument drawing, CAD, drafting conventions and formats, multiview, development, pictorial drawing procedures, geometric tolerancing practices, descriptive geometry, and more. Every chapter includes vibrant illustrations to complement the text, as well as hands-on exercises that encourage you to apply what you're learning. Now updated to reflect the latest trends and technology, the new Second Edition reflects current ASME standards to help you make a smooth transition from study and skill development to professional success.
Hybrid Drawing Techniques by
Hybrid Drawing Techniques: Design Process and Presentation reaffirms the value of traditional hand drawing in the design process by demonstrating how to integrate it with digital techniques; enhancing and streamlining the investigative process while at the same time yielding superior presentation images. This book is a foundations guide to both approaches: sketching, hardline drawing, perspective drawing, digital applications, and Adobe Photoshop; providing step-by-step demonstrations and examples from a variety of professional and student work for using and combining traditional and digital tools. Also included are sections addressing strategies for using color, composition and light to further enhance one's drawings. An eResource offers copyright free images for download that includes: tonal patterns, watercolor fields, people, trees, and skies.
Sketching for Engineers and Architects by
Using real working drawings from a 50 year career, Ron Slade shows how drawing remains at the heart of the design process in the everyday working life of engineers and architects. The book explains simple techniques that can be learnt and used to enhance any professional's natural ability. Using over 180 categorised examples it demonstrates that drawing remains the fastest, clearest and most effective means of design communication. Unlike many other books on drawing in the construction industry, this book is 'engineer led' and science oriented but effectively shows that there is a close affinity between the working methods of architects and engineers.
Successful Drawing by
The illustrator Andrew Loomis is revered amongst artists for his mastery of drawing technique and his clean, realist style. His hugely influential series of art instruction books have never been bettered and Successful Drawing, the third in Titan's programme of facsimile editions, returns this classic title to print for the first time in decades. For over 60 years Successful Drawing has provided a superb resource covering all the techniques needed to master three-dimensional drawing. From the fundamentals of proportion, placement, perspective, planes and pattern, through a detailed examination of scale and the effects and capture of light, to the mastery of conception, construction, contour, character and consistency, Successful Drawing is filled with step-by-step instruction, professional tips and beautiful illustration. Engaging, witty, and wonderfully executed, this is a masterclass for amateur artists and professional illustrators alike.
The SketchUp workflow for architecture : modeling buildings, visualizing design, and creating construction documents with SketchUp Pro and LayOut by
A guide for leveraging SketchUp for any project size, type, or style. New construction or renovation. The revised and updated second edition of The SketchUp Workflow for Architecture offers guidelines for taking SketchUp to the next level in order to incorporate it into every phase of the architectural design process. The text walks through each step of the SketchUp process from the early stages of schematic design and model organization for both renovation and new construction projects to final documentation and shows how to maximize the LayOut toolset for drafting and presentations. Written by a noted expert in the field, the text is filled with tips and techniques to access the power of SketchUp and its related suite of tools. The book presents a flexible workflow method that helps to make common design tasks easier and gives users the information needed to incorporate varying degrees of SketchUp into their design process. Filled with best practices for organizing projects and drafting schematics, this resource also includes suggestions for working with LayOut, an underused but valuable component of SketchUp Pro. In addition, tutorial videos compliment the text and clearly demonstrate more advanced methods. This important text: Presents intermediate and advanced techniques for architects who want to use SketchUp in all stages of the design process Includes in-depth explanations on using the LayOut tool set that contains example plans, details, sections, presentations, and other information Updates the first edition to reflect the changes to SketchUp 2018 and the core functionalities, menus, tools, inferences, arc tools, reporting, and much more Written by a SketchUp authorized trainer who has an active online platform and extensive connections within the SketchUp community Contains accompanying tutorial videos that demonstrate some of the more advanced SketchUp tips and tricks Written for professional architects, as well as professionals in interior design and landscape architecture, The SketchUp Workflow for Architecture offers a revised and updated resource for using SketchUp in all aspects of the architectural design process.
Technical Drawing for Engineering Communication by
TECHNICAL DRAWING FOR ENGINEERING COMMUNICATION, 7E offers a fresh, modern approach to technical drawing that combines the most current industry standards with up-to-date technologies and software, resulting in a valuable, highly relevant resource you won't want to be without. The book builds on features that made its previous editions so successful: comprehensive coverage of the "total technical drawing experience" that explores both the basic and advanced aspects of engineering and industrial technology and reviews both computer modeling and more traditional methods of technical drawing. Enhancements for the seventh edition include updates based on industry trends and regulations, an all-new chapter on employability skills, and additional content on SolidWorks 3D modeling software for drafting technicians. The end result is a tool that will give you the real-world skills needed for a successful career in CAD, drafting, or design.
Advanced Drafting Techniques is a continuation of the lessons of IDRAFT1.
In this course, you progress to master more detailed and complex concepts and techniques in the principles of mechanical and technical drafting. The topics you learn are pictorial and three-dimensional presentation – such as surface development, exploded assemblies and perspective representations.
At the end of your course, you have gained a more advanced value in drawing accuracy, speed, legibility and neatness as you prepare for computer-aided drawing.
Drawing by
"One of the best volumes for enhancing one's understanding and experience of drawing. . . . It remains one of the most useful books on drawing published."--Drawing
Drawing for Product Designers by
This is both a practical and theoretical guide to the visualization techniques used by contemporary product designers, including freehand sketching, digital rendering, information graphics, and presentation skills. Hundreds of hand-drawn sketches and computer models have been specially created to demonstrate critical geometry and show how to develop sketches into finished illustrations. Practical tutorials give guidance in creating simple and complex forms, as well as rendering and providing context using scenarios and storyboards. Insightful case studies of leading designers illustrate the full range of different visualization options available.
Manual of Engineering Drawing : Technical Product Specification and Documentation to British and International Standards by
Manual of Engineering Drawing is a comprehensive guide for experts and novices for producing engineering drawings and annotated 3D models that meet the recent BSI and ISO standards of technical product documentation and specifications. This fourth edition of the text has been updated in line with recent standard revisions and amendments. The book has been prepared for international use, and includes a comprehensive discussion of the fundamental differences between the ISO and ASME standards, as well as recent updates regarding legal components, such as copyright, patents, and other legal considerations. The text is applicable to CAD and manual drawing, and it covers the recent developments in 3D annotation and surface texture specifications. Its scope also covers the concepts of pictorial and orthographic projections, geometrical, dimensional and surface tolerancing, and the principle of duality. The text also presents numerous examples of hydraulic and electrical diagrams, applications, bearings, adhesives, and welding. The book can be considered an authoritative design reference for beginners and students in technical product specification courses, engineering, and product designing. Expert interpretation of the rules and conventions provided by authoritative authors who regularly lead and contribute to BSI and ISO committees on product standards Combines the latest technical information with clear, readable explanations, numerous diagrams and traditional geometrical construction techniques Includes new material on patents, copyrights and intellectual property, design for manufacture and end-of-life, and surface finishing considerations
Modern drawing : a contemporary exploration of drawing and illustration by 
Perspective Sketching by
Go beyond the horizon with Perspective Sketching.
Presto SketchingPresto sketching : the magic of simple drawing for brilliant product thinking and design by
Do you feel like your thoughts, ideas, and plans are being suffocated by a constant onslaught of information? Do you want to get those great ideas out of your head, onto the whiteboard and into everyone else's heads, but find it hard to start? No matter what level of sketching you think you have, Presto Sketching will help you lift your game in visual thinking and visual communication. In this practical workbook, Ben Crothers provides loads of tips, templates, and exercises that help you develop your visual vocabulary and sketching skills to clearly express and communicate your ideas. Learn techniques like product sketching, storyboarding, journey mapping, and conceptual illustration. Dive into how to use a visual metaphor (with a library of 101 visual metaphors), as well as tips for capturing and sharing your sketches digitally, and developing your own style. Designers, product managers, trainers, and entrepreneurs will learn better ways to explore problems, explain concepts, and come up with well-defined ideas - and have fun doing it.
Remixing and Drawing by
This succinct book articulates a clear framework for remixing in drawing at intermediate and advanced levels. It begins by walking through the ideas of copyright and fair use, providing context, examples, and advice. Mueller directs students through building a collection of sources and influences, leading to the development and analysis of style. With a full chapter on techniques, including approaches to brainstorming, critique, and reflection, this book features over 50 exercises that are easily adapted to various approaches, media, and technologies as necessary. Two sample syllabi are included for both a semester and a quarter system.
SketchUp for Dummies by
The first step in making your ideas a reality SketchUp offers a vast array of tools that help you get your building, woodworking, and design plans out of your head and into a real model. Even if you've never dabbled in the software, SketchUp All-in-One For Dummies makes it easy to get started as quickly as the ideas pop into your head! Providing real-world insight from top SketchUp insiders, these six-books-in-one teach you how to tackle the basics of the program and apply those skills to real-world projects. You'll discover the basics of modeling as they apply to either free or paid versions of SketchUp before diving into creating models to use for making objects, constructing buildings, or redesigning interiors. Navigate the SketchUp product mix Get familiar with the basics of modeling View and share your models Make your architecture, interior design, and woodworking dreams a reality You have tons of great ideas--and now you can harness this powerful software to bring them to life.
The SketchUp Workflow for Architecture by
Incorporate SketchUp into every phase of your design If you want to go beyond the basics and start using SketchUp 3D modeling software in all phases of your design, The SketchUp Workflow for Architecture is the perfect place to start. From preliminary schematics to construction documentation and everything in between, the book sketches out a workflow that is flexible enough to use from start to finish. You'll discover helpful techniques, smart tips, and best practices that will make your design process easier, as well as helping you easily export your models into BIM programs. The book includes in-depth coverage of the lightly-documented LayOut toolset and video tutorials on more advanced methods. Goes beyond the basics into intermediate and advanced techniques for architects, designers, and engineers who want to use SketchUp in all stages of design Guides you from basic schematics through design development to construction documentation Includes best practices for organizing projects and workflows and helpful tips Provides special coverage of the LayOut toolset, an often-underused component of SketchUp Pro The SketchUp Workflow for Architecture is a valuable addition to your design toolkit.
Wipo Patent Drafting Manual by
This Manual has been prepared in response to repeated demands from developing country Member States for capacity building in patent drafting due to the existing limited professional capacity in this area which is an obstacle to the utilization of the intellectual property system by their nationals. The target audience for this Manual is primarily but not exclusively in developing countries and consists of scientists, researchers, technically trained persons and attorneys with a technical background who wish to draft patent applications. The Manual provides the necessary guidelines and an understanding of the skills needed for drafting a patent application, filing it and working with patent authorities to have it issued as a patent. The primary aim of this Manual is to assist all inventors in protecting their intellectual property through carefully crafted patent applications.
Oral and Visual Presentation in Design Practice
Oral and Visual Presentation in Design Practice enhances your communication skills as an Industrial Design practitioner used in design activities. The program aims to produce graduates in the field of Industrial Design that are capable of presenting professional design ideas that are at par with the global design field.
This course also facilitates learning experiences as this enhances the richness and the quality of the presentation methods. These experiences expose you to the current and future challenges surrounding the profession of design, from developing an attention-worthy presentation to a confident manner in pitching product ideas, concepts, to even by selling.
At the end of the course, you are expected to have the skills of a good presenter, from presenting your creative ideas down to promoting your product as a confident product designer.
Business communication : process & product by
Let BUSINESS COMMUNICATION: PROCESS AND PRODUCT, 9E prepare you for success in today�s digital workplace. This leading textbook and vast digital resources help you develop the communication competencies that employers value most, such as superior writing, speaking, presentation, critical thinking, and teamwork skills. Two thoroughly updated employment chapters offer tips to prepare you for a labor market that is more competitive, more mobile, and more dependent on technology than ever before. Authors Mary Ellen Guffey and Dana Loewy have interviewed practitioners as well as researched hundreds of articles and blogs to capture the latest trends, technologies, and practices for the most up-to-date advice on how to ace the job search, resumes, cover letters, interviews, and follow-up activities. Optional grammar reviews in each chapter, including a complete grammar guide in the end-of-book appendix, help you improve critical English language skills.
Communicate! by
Become a successful communicator in all your personal and professional endeavors--whether they're face-to-face or virtual--with COMMUNICATE! 15th Edition. This book will engage you in active learning with theory, application and tools for practicing and assessing specific communication skills in interpersonal, intercultural, group, and public speaking settings. Skill-building exercises, including speech-plan action step activities, guide students through the speech preparation process. COMMUNICATE! provides lively contemporary examples and sample student speeches that ground theory, increase comprehension, and help students become skillful communicators. The role of ethics in communication is integrated throughout the text, as is the role of technology and social media. The chapters on listening (Ch. 6) and presentational aids (Ch. 13) have been significantly revised.
Communicating in groups : applications and skills by 
Communication : a post-discipline by
Communication studies is a fragmented field. As a result of its roots in various disciplinary traditions, it is built on fluid intellectual boundaries with no theoretical or analytical center. Should we worry about this state of dispersion or be concerned that the discipline does not meet the basic conditions that define an academic field of inquiry? Silvio Waisbord argues that communication studies is a post-discipline and that it is impossible to transcend fragmentation and specialization through a single project of intellectual unity. What brings communication studies together is an institutional architecture of academic units, professional associations, and journals, rather than a shared commitment to a common body of knowledge, questions, and debates. This should not, Waisbord argues, be a matter of concern. Communication studies is better served by recognizing dispersion, embracing pluralism, fostering cross-cutting lines of inquiry, and tackling real-world problems, rather than hoping to meet conditions which would qualify it as a discipline. Communication: A Post-Discipline is important reading for scholars and advanced students of communication studies, as well as anyone interested in the state of this fascinating and vital academic field.
Communication for the Early Years by
Speech, language, and communication are key to young children's well-being and development. At a time when communication contexts and modalities are becoming increasingly complex and multifaceted, this key text considers how pedagogical approaches, environments, and interactions can be used to develop and harness the voice of the child in the early years. Communication for the Early Yearstakes a broad, ecological systems approach to communication to present theoretical approaches and principles which map a child's communication experiences in the home, the early years setting, in the local community, through play, and engagement with digital media and the enabling environment, including the outdoor environment. Topics considered include: the role played by pedagogical leadership in the development of an effective communication environment aspects of the physical environment which encourage or inhibit communication effective communication in and between settings the importance of toys and resources developments in digital communication and their impact on the child Chapters consider perspectives of the child, family, and practitioner to encourage a holistic and collaborative understanding of interaction and the role this plays in a child's development, while case studies, examples from practice and reflective questions inspire discussion, challenge thinking, and encourage the application of research in practice. An in-depth exploration of the factors which impact on the development of a child's communication skills, this will be key reading for students and practitioners in the Early Years, as well as those involved in their training and continued professional development. LI>aspects of the physical environment which encourage or inhibit communication effective communication in and between settings the importance of toys and resources developments in digital communication and their impact on the child Chapters consider perspectives of the child, family, and practitioner to encourage a holistic and collaborative understanding of interaction and the role this plays in a child's development, while case studies, examples from practice and reflective questions inspire discussion, challenge thinking, and encourage the application of research in practice. An in-depth exploration of the factors which impact on the development of a child's communication skills, this will be key reading for students and practitioners in the Early Years, as well as those involved in their training and continued professional development. s in the Early Years, as well as those involved in their training and continued professional development.
Communication in Our Lives by
COMMUNICATION IN OUR LIVES, 8th Edition, provides everything you need to become a more confident and effective communicator -- in both your personal and professional life. Award-winning teacher Julia T. Wood combines the latest research, theory, and best practices with hands-on skills development. Extremely student friendly, the text features an engaging, personal tone, while frequent Student Voice sections highlight how past students have experienced key communication concepts. In addition to its signature emphasis on social and cultural diversity, the eighth edition includes expanded coverage of digital media, a new focus on health communication, and an early introduction to public speaking -- with plenty of sample speeches. The text also illustrates the importance of effective communication to today's careers. Interactive, online study tools help you put what you learn into practice as you strengthen your interpersonal, group, public speaking, and media skills.
Communication Skills: How to Master the Art of Communication by
Effective communication requires the correct usage of words, the ability to think through and express ideas clearly and speak confidently and concisely about a subject matter. Keeping the listener in mind while talking is key for good communication. A good communicator should keep an open mind and understand different points of view. Effective communication can be visible across different forms such as e-mail, telephone communication, presentations, etc. This book on communication skills will provide interesting topics that readers can study. It brings forth some of the most innovative concepts and elucidates the unexplored aspects of this subject matter.
Communication Skills for Dummies by
The key to perfecting your communication strategy Great communication skills can make all the difference in your personal and professional life, and expert author Elizabeth Kuhnke shares with you her top tips for successful communication in any situation. Packed with advice on active listening, building rapport with people, verbal and non-verbal communication, communicating using modern technology, and lots more, Communication Skills For Dummies is a comprehensive communication resource no professional should be without! Get ahead in the workplace Use effective communication skills to secure that new job offer Convince friends and family to support you on a new venture Utilising a core of simple skills, Communication Skills For Dummies will help you shine--in no time!
Doing Visual Analysis by
Visual communication shapes our perceptions and experiences of the world. This is not only a question of photographs or video, but also the design of websites, the use of data visualization software, the branding of packaging, and even the design of buildings and furniture. Doing Visual Analysis: From Theory to Practice provides a concrete set of tools to research and analyse this wide range of visual data. Showing students how to apply the right mix of methods to their own research projects, it equips them with the skills to break down and analyse the range of contemporary visual communication. The book: Provides examples of how and where certain tools can be used in a project or dissertation Discusses the type of research questions best suited to different tools and methods Shows students how to mix approaches and use tools alongside other methods, such as content analysis or interviews Doing Visual Analysis is an essential companion for students and researchers of visual data across the social sciences.
Gifts from the Heart by
Gifts from the Heart is a friendly, concise, and easy-to-read book that helps students learn, practice, and improve ten fundamental communication skills needed for any long-term relationship. Each skill is presented as a "gift" for students to give to others, rather than as a behavior to implement, empowering students to participate more fully in their relationships. With a conversational and student-friendly writing style, each chapter focuses on one essential communication skill that can dramatically enhance students' connections with their romantic partners, family members, and friends. The book uses simple language, memorable concepts, and practical exercises to present communication techniques that can be used by those hoping to improve specific relationships and by all those who want to offer "gifts" to others in their lives. The third edition of Gifts from the Heart includes new material on using digital technology to enhance and strengthen interpersonal relationships, while minimizing technological barriers to face-to-face interactions.
A guide to visual presentation by 
The handbook of communication training : a best practices framework for assessing and developing competence by
Communication remains a significant topic for job acquisition, development, and advancement. As such, there are no shortage of classes, seminars and books written on the subject. However, there are few designed for the corporate consultant that are not aligned with some proprietary system, traditional academic classrooms, or author's speculation. These tend to be either inaccessible, questionable in their content, or specifically aligned with the producers' interests. So where can the Communication trainers and consultants go to focus on fundamental touchstone research and practices? The Handbook of Communication Training is a powerful template, and first of its kind, for communication practitioners and academicians who wish to strengthen their professional capabilities. It also acts as a guide and standard for consumers and clients of these services. The chapters within are an outgrowth of the National Communication Association's Training & Development Division's desire to provide guidance, structure, and support for members and non-members alike. It is specifically targeted at those pursuing best practices regarding communication consulting, coaching, teaching and training. The 7 Best Practices presented in this book represent capabilities that are foundational to the effective transfer of communication promotion and skill enhancement. As such, these practices, and supporting chapters, should appeal to novice and experts alike.
HBR Guide to Persuasive Presentations (HBR Guide Series) by
TAKE THE PAIN OUT OF PRESENTATIONS. Terrified of speaking in front of a group? Or simply looking to polish your skills? No matter where you are on the spectrum, this guide will give you the confidence and the tools you need to get results. Written by presentation expert Nancy Duarte, the HBR Guide to Persuasive Presentations will help you: Win over tough crowds Organize a coherent narrative Create powerful messages and visuals Connect with and engage your audience Show people why your ideas matter to them Strike the right tone, in any situation
Integrated marketing communication : creative strategy from idea to implementation by
Now in its third edition, this comprehensive text offers a classroom-tested, step-by-step approach to the creative processes and strategies for effective integrated marketing communication (IMC). Blakeman covers key areas, from marketing plans, branding/positioning, and creative briefs to copywriting, design, and considerations for each major media format. Throughout, she explores visual and verbal tactics, along with the use of business theory and practices, and how these affect the development of the creative message. This user-friendly introduction walks students through the varied strands of IMC, including advertising, PR, direct marketing, and sales promotion, in a concise and logical fashion.
The leader habit : master the skills you need to lead in just minutes a day by
The habits we develop over time can result can result in both positive and negative behaviors. For example, habitually snacking or smoking will result in poor health, but learning to always fasten your seatbelt or lock your doors can save your life. On both sides of the spectrum, our habits have a profound effect on our lives--including in the workplace.Author and CEO Martin Lanik has studied hundreds of leaders across the globe to spotlight 22 essential leadership abilities that can be held by anyone by simply putting into practice the small, learnable behaviors necessary to make enduring, rewarding habits from them.The Leader Habit doesn't merely explain what these critical leadership abilities are, however; it provides a simple 5-minute exercise for each one so that readers can practice these new skills until they click--and the habit is formed!By focusing on one skill at a time--including selling the vision, delegating well, overcoming resistance, negotiating effectively, and more--this eye-opening resource will build in readers the muscle memory necessary to turn leadership skills into lasting habits.
Presentation Strategies and Dialogue by
The ability to effectively and persuasively communicate design solutions is an essential (but often underemphasized) skill for successful interior design, and Presentation Strategies & Dialogues helps students hone that ability. By teaching aspiring designers how to use imagination, voice, gesture, presence, visual content, and analytical and physical tools, the book empowers readers to bring their ideas to life in a clear and compelling manner. Working from a view of the design presentation as an exchange of ideas, the book explores in depth how to cultivate interactions with clients and respond to their feedback. This eminently practical how-to book is a valuable resource for any design student, as a reference for a design studio class, or as a text for professional practice courses.
Skilled interpersonal communication : research, theory and practice by
There is a fundamental, powerful, and universal desire amongst humans to interact with others. People have a deep-seated need to communicate, and the greater their ability in this regard the more satisfying and rewarding their lives will be. The contribution of skilled interpersonal communication to success in both personal and professional contexts is now widely recognised and extensively researched. As such, knowledge of various types of skills, and of their effects in social interaction, is crucial for effective interpersonal functioning. Previous editions have established Skilled Interpersonal Communication as the foremost textbook on communication. This thoroughly revised and expanded 6th edition builds on this success to provide a comprehensive and up-to-date review of the current research, theory and practice in this popular field of study. The first two chapters introduce the reader to the nature of skilled interpersonal communication and review the main theoretical perspectives. Subsequent chapters provide detailed accounts of the fourteen main skill areas, namely: nonverbal communication; reinforcement; questioning; reflecting; listening; explaining; self-disclosure; set induction; closure; assertiveness; influencing; negotiating; and interacting in, and leading, group discussions. Written by one of the foremost international experts in the field and founded solidly in research, this book provides a key reference for the study of interpersonal communication. This theoretically informed yet practically oriented text will be of interest both to students of interpersonal communication in general, and to qualified personnel and trainees in many fields.
Social skills : developing effective interpersonal communication by
What can we do to help those who struggle to develop effective social skills? Social Skills: Developing Effective Interpersonal Communication is a definitive guide to understanding and meeting the needs of those who have difficulty with social skills. Written in a clear and accessible manner, this book provides a theoretical framework to the teaching of social skills alongside a range of practical ideas for practitioners. The book offers a four-step plan that can be adapted for use with young people or adults who are struggling with any aspect of their social skills. A simple model for assessing social skills is provided, as well as ways to measure the impact of intervention. Full of interesting examples and case studies, it includes discussion of how to teach social skills, how social skills develop through childhood, why they sometimes might not, and why social skills difficulties can have an impact on self-esteem and friendships. It includes a breakdown of social skills into the following areas: * body language * eye contact * listening and paralanguage * starting and ending conversations * maintaining conversations * assertiveness Written by one of the most well-known speech and language therapists in this field and the creator of the internationally successful Talkabout resources, this book provides a key reference for the study of social skills. It will be essential reading for educators, therapists, parents and anyone supporting others in developing communication and social skills. cludes a breakdown of social skills into the following areas: * body language * eye contact * listening and paralanguage * starting and ending conversations * maintaining conversations * assertiveness Written by one of the most well-known speech and language therapists in this field and the creator of the internationally successful Talkabout resources, this book provides a key reference for the study of social skills. It will be essential reading for educators, therapists, parents and anyone supporting others in developing communication and social skills.
Oral and Visual Presentation in Design Practice
Oral and Visual Presentation in Design Practice enhances your communication skills as an Industrial Design practitioner used in design activities. The program aims to produce graduates in the field of Industrial Design that are capable of presenting professional design ideas that are at par with the global design field.
This course also facilitates learning experiences as this enhances the richness and the quality of the presentation methods. These experiences expose you to the current and future challenges surrounding the profession of design, from developing an attention-worthy presentation to a confident manner in pitching product ideas, concepts, to even by selling.
At the end of the course, you are expected to have the skills of a good presenter, from presenting your creative ideas down to promoting your product as a confident product designer.
Communicate with mastery : how to speak with conviction and write for impact by
Develop your leadership communication Communicating with Mastery provides readers with a rich treasure trove of frameworks and tools for leadership communication as developed and taught over the past decade at Stanford's Graduate School of Business. Designed for the business leader on the go, it provides you quick access to helpful approaches to vexing communication problems leaders face today in speaking and writing to various audiences. Projects often fail not because of the vision, but in the articulation of that vision. With the help of this book, you'll learn how to ensure you get the results you desire as a leader and communicator including: Speak with conviction and write with impact Tailor your communication to any goal, setting, or audience Scale your leadership through effective coaching Every time you write or speak, you need to make your words count. And this book shows you how.
Handbook of Business Communication : Linguistic Approaches by
In spite of the day-to-day relevance of business communication, it remains underrepresented in standard handbooks and textbooks on applied linguistics. The present volume introduces readers to a wide variety of linguistic studies of business communication, ranging from traditional LSP approaches to contemporary discourse-based work, and from the micro-level of lexical choice to macro-level questions of language policy and culture.
How Strategic Communication Shapes Value and Innovation in Society by
Communication is developed in our relation to others and in relation to what happens in the social context. It is therefore not neutral but mediates people's relationships and practices. Technological transitions, economical changes, medical advancements, environmental turbulence, political movements and other evolving circumstances influence public values that shape societies. It is important to analyse the situated meaning of these societal themes in everyday life, and the influence of public relations and strategic communication in this regard. Let's Talk Society - and the society we´re talking about is in transition to a green and sustainable society, to an inclusive society, to an innovative and reflective society. What is our role as communication professionals in all of this? How can we foster public debate? This book addresses these challenges and offers some answers. The chapters from primarily European countries were selected from a large number of peer-reviewed contributions for the 2016 congress of the European Public Relations Education and Research Association hosted by Hanze University of Applied Sciences in Groningen.
How to Run Seminars and Workshops by
Make your message stick with expert help from this classic trainer's resource How to Run Seminars and Workshops is the classic guide for trainers and presenters in any industry. Packed with clear advice and real-world practicality, this book covers all aspects including planning, setup, delivery, coaching, and more--including valuable guidance on selling your services. This new Fourth Edition has been updated and expanded, with new information on training simulations, self-marketing, and online delivery. New templates and worksheets help you sell your presentation more effectively, and insider tips leave you equipped to handle any situation that might arise. Novice presenters will find extensive guidance for every phase of the process, and even veteran presenters will learn how to fine-tune and adjust their methods to suit their audience and mode of delivery. Most trainers and presenters know all they need to know about their chosen topic, but very few know how to present it effectively. For more than a decade, this book has been training the trainers--from behind-the-scenes preparations to "in the pit" performance and working with trainees hands-on, straightforward guidance shows you how to: Capture and hold the audience's interest with expert pacing and visual aids Take advantage of new technologies that make training more accessible Prepare each session thoroughly to avoid mistakes, malfunctions, and delays Offer effective feedback, fine-tune delivery, market your services, and more As training departments shrink--many disappearing entirely--more and more companies are turning to keynote and workshop delivery as a way of reaching key clients. Podcasts are replacing live training, and new technology is continually changing the way presentations are made. Professional trainers and speakers must understand the nuances of any audience/delivery permutation, and tailor their methods to match. How to Run Seminars and Workshops is a trusted resource for presenters seeking to boost their effectiveness at any level, in any industry.
The leader's guide to presenting : how to use soft skills to get hard results by 
Looking and Learning: Visual Literacy Across the Disciplines by
In this volume, the authors focus on the importance of inclusive teaching and the role faculty can play in helping students achieve, though not necessarily in the same way. To teach with a focus on inclusion means to believe that every person has the ability to learn. It means that most individuals want to learn, to improve their ability to better understand the world in which they live, and to be able to navigate their pathways of life. This volume includes the following topics: best practices for teaching students with social, economic, gender, or ethnic differences adjustments to the teaching and learning process to focus on inclusion strategies for teaching that help learners connect what they know with the information presented environments that maximize learners' academic and social growth. The premise of inclusive teaching works to demonstrate that all people can and do learn. Educators and administrators can incorporate the techniques of inclusive learning and help learners retain more information. This is the 141st volume of the quarterly Jossey-Bass higher education series New Directions for Teaching and Learning. It offers a comprehensive range of ideas and techniques for improving college teaching based on the experience of seasoned instructors and the latest findings of educational and psychological researchers.
Mastering Communication at Work, Second Edition: How to Lead, Manage, and Influence by
Excellent communicating skills have always been crucial to success in leadership and management roles—and that’s one of the reasons the first edition of this book, Mastering Communication at Work, has been an international bestseller taught at universities and referred to by leading CEOs. In the years since it was first published, it’s been the go-to “communication playbook,” helping leaders develop strategic responses and communication tactics with clear, actionable advice.
What’s changed in the last ten years? Well, nothing—and everything.
The fundamentals of effective communication are the same, as are many of the challenges leaders face, generation after generation. You still need to “match your listener’s tendency” and “validate,” and you still need to guard against “defensiveness.” What has changed is how some of the fundamentals and challenges are applied and met in today’s world—both real and virtual, in remote and on-site working environments.
Mastering Communication at Work, 2nd Edition features an essential new chapter on remote team communication along with additional content on equitable leadership and updated case studies. Throughout, you’ll find practical, hands-on advice and strategies that can help you reach your potential when preparing for big conversations and important presentations, help you reduce everyday stress and improve your organization’s performance at every level.
The presentation book how to create it, shape it and deliver it! by 
The Presentation Lab by
Revealing the difference between great slides and great presentations Based on a proven process from one of the world's most prominent presentation consultancy and design firms,The Presentation Lab challenges everything you thought you knew about creating and delivering engaging business presentations. Author Simon Morton shares his unique Presentation Optimization methodology and takes readers on a journey of evolution and revolution to discover what makes an effective presentation (and you may be surprised to know that great design is the last thing you need to worry about). Using practical tips and drawing on Simon's experiences working with companies around the globe, The Presentation Lab will help everyone who ever needs to present by revealing what works, what doesn't and, more importantly, why. The Presentation Lab tackles "Death by PowerPoint" head on by dispelling presentation myths, examining the latest presentation innovations, exploring new concepts for audience engagement and delivery and challenging to status quo of today's business presentation landscape.
Presentation Skills by
The popularity of the TED talk has raised the bar for public speaking and presentations. Audiences expect to be educated, inspired and engaged whether they are sitting in a conference room or an auditorium. Yet too often presenters lack the skills to take command and deliver persuasive and entertaining pitches and presentations. The audience is the hero of the story and the presenter is their guide to take them on a journey. Like a one act play, a presentation is not a meeting, it's a performance. And it is the job of the presenter to respect the audiences' wishes, wants and needs. With the advent of smartphone, the job of the presenter to keep the audience's attention on them rather than on the tiny device in their hand has become increasingly more difficult. The purpose of this book is to inspire you to take the next step in your presentation skills and practice.
Presentation Skills in 7 Simple Steps by
7 simple steps to transform your presentations Speaking in front of an audience can be tough. Believe it or not, working out what you want to say is often the easiest part. You may need help overcoming nerves, or practical advice on body language, using technology, or dealing with tricky questions. This book gives you practical advice on how to give well-structured and clear presentations that engage your listeners and make an impact. No more sweaty palms, just cool, calm and effective presentations.
Presentation skills that will take you to the top : collection by 
The presentation workout : the 10 tried-and-tested steps that will build your presenting skills by 
Public Speaking Skills for Dummies by
Project self-assurance when speaking--even if you don't feel confident! When you speak in public, your reputation is at stake. Whether you're speaking at a conference, pitching for new business, or presenting to your Executive Board, the ability to connect with, influence, and inspire your audience is a critically important skill. Public Speaking Skills For Dummies introduces you to simple, practical, and real-world techniques and insights that will transform your ability to achieve impact through the spoken word. In this book, champion of public speaking Alyson Connolly takes you step by step through the process of conceiving, crafting, and delivering a high-impact presentation. You'll discover how to overcome your nerves, engage your audience, and convey gravitas--all while getting your message across clearly and concisely. * Bring ideas to life through business storytelling * Use space and achieve an even greater sense of poise * Get your message across with greater clarity, concision, and impact * Deal more effectively with awkward questions Get ready to win over hearts and minds --and deliver the talk of your life!
Techniques of Visual Persuasion by
In this remote-oriented, work-from-home world, persuasive communication is more important than ever. People do not read, they skim. Persuasive images that attract, hold, and motivate an audience are essential. Techniques of Visual Persuasion shows how to use images to grab the attention of the viewer long enough to powerfully share a message and move them to action. These techniques help you improve: Persuasive techniques Communication skills Business presentations Photos and images Videos and motion graphics To communicate clearly and effectively today, you need to consider how a message looks, as well as what a message says. This book is essential reading for anyone who wants to create change.
Telling the design story : effective and engaging communication by
When presenting projects in competitive design environments, how you say something is as important as what you're actually saying. Projects are increasingly complex and designers are working from more sources, and many designers are familiar with the struggle to harness this information and craft a meaningful and engaging story from it. Telling the Design Story: Effective and Engaging Communication teaches designers to craft cohesive and innovative presentations through storytelling. From the various stages of the creative process to the nuts and bolts of writing for impact, speaking skills, and creating visuals, Amy Huber provides a comprehensive approach for designers creating presentations for clients. Including chapter by chapter exercises, project briefs, and forms, this is an essential resource for students and practicing designers alike.
Visual collaboration : a powerful toolkit for improving meetings, projects, and processes by
Have you ever felt stuck with methods, tools and skills that do not match the increasing complexity you are part of? Would you like to work in new ways that strengthen thinking, communication and collaboration? Visual Collaboration introduces a new and innovative way of working and collaborating that will help you successfully manage complexity for yourself, your team, and your entire organization. The method of this book unlocks any teamÂs ability to collaborate in complex projects and processes. By using a systematic and proven approach to drawing and visualizing. Visual Collaboration is a unique visual business book that will enable you to develop visual languages to fit any scenario, create engaging and powerful questions to assist your visual process design and turn a white canvas into a visual template that can improve any meeting, project, or process. The core of the book - a practical and easy-to-follow method - THE FIVE BUILDING BLOCKS will most likely become your preferred way of working. The method is supported by plentiful examples, 4-color drawing, chapter summaries, and clearly defined learning objectives. Enjoyable and powerful, this book will help you: Use visualization as a tool to explore opportunities and challenges Translate complex concepts into easy-to-understand actions Engage employees and team members with effective strategic processes Incorporate drawing into your strategic organizational toolbox to strengthen communication and collaboration Develop and apply powerful visual literacy skills The authors, internationally-recognized experts in strategy communication and visual facilitation, have helped incorporate visual collaboration into more than 500 organizations such as LEGO, IKEA, the Red Cross, the United Nations, and many others. This book is the must-have resource for you to follow their example.
Visual Metaphor by
Metaphor has recently been reconceptualised as a fundamental part of the human conceptual system. It can hence be expressed in language but also in other modalities and media of communication, including gesture and body language, sound and music, and film and visuals. In spite of this theoretical landslide, however, the wide range of nonverbal metaphor and its processing has neither been empirically investigated on the same scale nor with the same rigour as metaphor in language. The overarching goal of this book is to report on the findings of a research program aimed at exploiting the vast cognitive linguistic and psycholinguistic expertise on metaphor in language for a new, behaviourally founded approach to the structure and processes of metaphor in one of these nonverbal manifestations, namely static visuals. The book presents concepts and methods for the identification and analysis of metaphor in document structure as well as new approaches to the study of visual metaphor processing. Its results are intended to further the development of an encompassing and robust cognitive-scientific theory of metaphor by including visual metaphor while also enriching our understanding of the communicative possibilities and effects of visual metaphor in multimodal discourse.
Laboratory Use and Safety orients you to the laboratory/shop environment of an Industrial Designer, as well as the know-how in manipulating power tools.
This on-site, experiential learning exposes and educates you to the shop environment, and to both the stationary and portable power tools in an ID Lab. You will handle tools and machines that manipulate paper, indigenous materials, metal, glass, ceramics, and sustainable materials. A basic knowledge of the safe operations of these utilities will be tested through hands-on demonstration that you must successfully pass to further on with the course.
This course aims to equip you the technical competency in creating and developing scaled prototypes and products, which is a core skill in your prospective career as an Industrial Designer.
3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing: Principles and Applications (Fifth Edition) by
Additive Manufacturing (AM) technologies are developing impressively and are expected to bring about the next revolution. AM is gradually replacing traditional manufacturing methods in some applications because of its unique properties of customisability and versatility. This book provides a very comprehensive and updated text about different types of AM technologies, their respective advantages, shortcomings and potential applications.3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing: Principles and Applications is a comprehensive textbook that takes readers inside the world of additive manufacturing. This book introduces the different types of AM technologies, categorised by liquid, solid and powder-based AM systems, the common standards, the trends in the field and many more.Easy to understand, this book is a good introduction to anyone interested in obtaining a better understanding of AM. For people working in the industry, this book will provide information on new methods and practices, as well as recent research and development in the field. For professional readers, this book provides a comprehensive guide to distinguish between the different technologies, and will help them make better decisions regarding which technology they should use. For the general public, this book sheds some light on the fast-moving AM field.In this edition, new AM standards (e.g. Standard of Terminology and Classification of AM systems) and format standards will be included, Furthermore, the listing of new machines and systems, materials, and software; as well as new case studies and applications in industries that have recently adopted AM (such as the Marine and Offshore industry) have also been incorporated.
360 Industrial Design : fundamentals of analytic product design by
Our world is developing in the fast lane, becoming more complex by the second. What challenges are pace and complexity bringing for product design? Rapidly shrinking resources and ever-more-fierce global competition are in any case forcing us to rethink the entire design process. What significance do form, function, feel and appearance have? Is the only important factor the constant drive to make it new at all costs, or is the aim rather to marry the tried-and-tested and the innovativeand establish an efficient link, a working relationship between them? Arman Emami has set out with the intention of writing short, clear and entertaining texts. The book comprises a comprehensive view of relevant matters relating to industrial design. Development steps from idea to mass production are described gradually and supported by illustrated examples of good practices. A working compendium not only for design students and young designers, but also a guide book for creative lateral thinkers, product and marketing managers and all those who are interested in intelligent design. Complex processes are displayed in an entertaining and easily understandable way.
Advanced Manufacturing : the new American innovation policies by
How to rethink innovation and revitalize America's declining manufacturing sector by encouraging advanced manufacturing, bringing innovative technologies into the production process. The United States lost almost one-third of its manufacturing jobs between 2000 and 2010. As higher-paying manufacturing jobs are replaced by lower-paying service jobs, income inequality has been approaching third world levels. In particular, between 1990 and 2013, the median income of men without high school diplomas fell by an astonishing 20% between 1990 and 2013, and that of men with high school diplomas or some college fell by a painful 13%. Innovation has been left largely to software and IT startups, and increasingly U.S. firms operate on a system of "innovate here/produce there," leaving the manufacturing sector behind. In this book, William Bonvillian and Peter Singer explore how to rethink innovation and revitalize America's declining manufacturing sector. They argue that advanced manufacturing, which employs such innovative technologies as 3-D printing, advanced material, photonics, and robotics in the production process, is the key. Bonvillian and Singer discuss transformative new production paradigms that could drive up efficiency and drive down costs, describe the new processes and business models that must accompany them, and explore alternative funding methods for startups that must manufacture. They examine the varied attitudes of mainstream economics toward manufacturing, the post-Great Recession policy focus on advanced manufacturing, and lessons from the new advanced manufacturing institutes. They consider the problem of "startup scaleup," possible new models for training workers, and the role of manufacturing in addressing "secular stagnation" in innovation, growth, the middle classes, productivity rates, and related investment. As recent political turmoil shows, the stakes could not be higher.
Audel Machine Shop Tools and Operations by
Make your shop safe and smart If you're a machinist or a student of the trade, this second volumein Audel's machine shop library offers concise, to-the-pointcoverage of everything you need to know. You'll find definitions ofall the shop tools; guidelines for set-up, safe operation,maintenance, and repair; illustrations and diagrams; reviewquestions for students, and much more. Expect it to become one ofyour most-used tools. * Master all types of saws, drills, lathes, milling machinery,metal-finishing machines, and more * Learn safe operating procedures for cutting tools and the bestways to mount work in the machines * Find current details on new machines with electronic/digitalcontrols * Understand how ultrasonics are used in metalworking * Explore information on machine shop robotics andelectronics * Discover valuable tips for hobbyists, woodworkers, and home-shopowners
Basics of Precision Engineering by
Advances in engineering precision have tracked with technological progress for hundreds of years. Over the last few decades, precision engineering has been the specific focus of research on an international scale. The outcome of this effort has been the establishment of a broad range of engineering principles and techniques that form the foundation of precision design. Today's precision manufacturing machines and measuring instruments represent highly specialised processes that combine deterministic engineering with metrology. Spanning a broad range of technology applications, precision engineering principles frequently bring together scientific ideas drawn from mechanics, materials, optics, electronics, control, thermo-mechanics, dynamics, and software engineering. This book provides a collection of these principles in a single source. Each topic is presented at a level suitable for both undergraduate students and precision engineers in the field. Also included is a wealth of references and example problems to consolidate ideas, and help guide the interested reader to more advanced literature on specific implementations.
Brick wheels : amazing air, land & sea machines to build from LEGO by 
Company Success in Manufacturing Organizations by
In the past, company success was typically measured by financial indicators. Lately though, non-financial measures such as employee morale have become popular. Although there are approaches that look into quantitative and qualitative performance measures affecting company success, none of them characterize it in a holistic way, combining all the critical performance measures. This book presents a multifaceted approach that prepares engineers and future organizational leaders/managers to measure, monitor, and predict company success in a more meaningful way.
Cut and Fold Techniques for Pop-Up Designs by
Introducing techniques for making pop-ups from one sheet of card, the third title in this series on paper engineering takes folding techniques into the third dimension. Each chapter introduces a new technical idea and show how that technique can be adapted in many different ways, or combined with techniques from earlier chapters. These 3-D techniques can be incorporated into any design where typography and/ or illustration are used, including mail-shots, personal publicity, invitations, business cards, and greetings cards. With their emphasis on surface design over complex cutting, the pop-ups have an instant appeal for designers. Following the elegant, easy-to-follow style of Paul Jackson's other titles for Laurence King, Cut and Fold Techniques for Pop-Up Designs is an essential resource for marketing professionals and design students.
Digital Handmade : craftsmanship and the new industrial revolution by
While the industrial revolution of the nineteenth century diminished the role of the craftsperson in the manufacturing process, the digital revolution has had a less devastating effect. Today's digital technologies have given rise to entirely new working methods, skill sets, and consumer products that don't eliminate, but enrich traditional hand techniques.Digital Handmade presents seventy international designers, artists, and craftsmen who combine the precision and flexibility of computing and digital fabrication with the skill and tactility of the master artisan to create unexpected and desirable objects and products. These pioneers include Louise Lemieux Bérubé, a Canadian artist whose work integrates photography and weaving; Australian jewelry designer Cinnamon Lee, whose designs explore the relationship between hand and machine; and Japanese artists Nendo, who produce ceramic pieces that employ both digital fabrication and ancient traditional methods.Profiles of the designers explore the unique, multifaceted process behind their creations, illustrated by lush photographs of the products themselves. From affordable jewelry, ceramics, and lighting to priceless sculpture and textile art, these works demonstrate that digital technology can support and enhance artisanal techniques with highly individual and innovative results.
Digital Mayhem 3D Machine Techniques : where inspiration, techniques, and digital art meet by
Inspire your own creativity with Digital Mayhem 3D Machine Techniques. Compiled by Duncan Evans, founder of 3D Artist Magazine, this book is the next installment of the Digital Mayhem series. Explore, page after page, spectacular machine images created by the industry's top talent. With over 500 stunning images, Digital Mayhem 3D Machine Techniques is not your basic software manual. It is where technique and inspiration meet - a detailed and innovative guide to great machine images. Each chapter contains vibrant images and an explanation of the artist's workflow, including a step-by-step tutorial to help you achieve similar results. From pre-viz to post production, this book takes you through the whole process of creating your very own machine masterpiece! Get inside the minds of the artists with breakdown overviews and supporting imagery to explain what went into their piece. Expand your digital canvas to include a variety of software techniques, tools and workflows. Visit the companion website for additional resources to help you develop your machine technique skills.
DIY Furniture 2 : a step-by-step guide by
Featuring 30 new designs by leading designer-makers from around the world,DIY Furniture 2 builds on the international success of the previous title, showing you step-by-step how to make unique designer furniture. Including both conceptual objects and modern designs, the book showcases innovative processes using readily available materials commonly found at the local hardware store. Each project features diagrams with short, easy-to-follow instructions on how to build the piece. The projects range from novice to experienced, allowing the reader to start where they are comfortable and work towards more difficult projects as they gain knowledge, familiarity with tools, and confidence. The designs in this book will have you thinking about common materials in a whole new way!
Electrical trade principles : a practical approach by
Your students will engage with learning from this new edition of the Australia-wide bestseller. It focuses on essential knowledge of electrical principles within the field. Fully revised for electrical courses in the UEE11 Electrotechnology training package, including the UEE30811 Certificate III in electrotechnology electrician qualification. Ideal for varying modes of delivery, including the classroom, workplace and student self-study. -- Provided by publisher.
Ergonomics and Human Factors in Safety Management by
Accident prevention is a common thread throughout every aspect of our society. However, even with the most current technological developments, keeping people safe and healthy, both at workplaces and at other daily activities, is still a continual challenge. When it comes to work environments, ergonomics and human factors knowledge can play an important role and, therefore, must be included in, or be a part of, the safety management as a cross-disciplinary area concerned with the understanding of actual work situations and potential variables. This multidisciplinary approach will ultimately ensure the safety, health, and well-being of all collaborators. The main goal of this book is to present theories and models, and to describe practices to foster and promote safer work and working environments. This book offers: · Examples of field practices that can be reproduced in other scenarios · Applications of new methods for risk assessment · Methods on how to apply and integrate human factors and ergonomics in accident prevention and safety management · Coverage of human factors and ergonomics in safety culture · New methods for accident analysis This book is a compilation of contributions from invited authors organized in three main topics from eleven countries and is intended to cover specific aspects of safety and human factors management ranging from case studies to the development of theoretical models. Hopefully, the works presented in the book can be an inspiration for translating research into useful actions and, ultimately, making a relevant and tangible contribution to the safety of our daily and work settings.
Gear Cutting Tools by
Gear Cutting Tools: Fundamentals of Design and Computation, Second Edition, presents the DG/K-based method of surface generation, a practical mathematical method for designing gear cutting tools with optimal parameters. The text addresss gear cutting tool evolution, and proceeds to scientific classification for all types of gear machining meshes before discussing optimal cutting tool designs. Designs currently used and those being planned are covered, and the approach allows for development of scientific predictions and optimal designs. Solutions appear in analytical form and/or graphical form, with a wealth of new figures added, and new appendices offer additional data for readers.
Guidelines for Defining Process Safety Competency Requirements by
This Guideline presents the framework of process safety knowledge and expertise versus the desired competency level in a "super-matrix" format, vertically and diagonally. The matrix references for potential remedies/required training may be tailored to a company's internally developed training, reference externally available training, or some combination of the two. Chapters include: Identify Process Safety Roles & Competency Needs; Process Safety Competency Matrix; Individual and Corporate Process Safety Competencies; Conduct Assessments vs. Needs; Develop Gap Closure Plans; and Sustaining Competencies.
Guidelines for Integrating Management Systems and Metrics to Improve Process Safety Performance by
This book combines the synergies between performance improvement systems to help ensure safe and reliable operations, streamline procedures and cross-system auditing, and supporting regulatory and corporate compliance requirements. Many metrics are common to more than one area, such that a well-designed and implemented integrated management system will reduce the load on the Process Safety, SHE, Security and Quality groups, and improve manufacturing efficiency and customer satisfaction. Systems to improve performance include: process safety; traditional safety, health and environment; and, product quality. Chapters include: Integrating Framework; Securing Support & Preparing for Implementation; Establishing Common Risk Management Systems - How to Integrate PSM into Other EH; Testing Implementation Approach; Developing and Agreeing on Metrics; Management Review; Tracking Integration Progress and Measuring Performance; Continuous Improvement; Communication of Results to Different Stakeholders; Case Studies; and Examples for Industry.
Human Factors Engineering and Ergonomics : a systems approach by
Although still true to its original focus on the person-machine interface, the field of human factors psychology (ergonomics) has expanded to include stress research, accident analysis and prevention, and nonlinear dynamical systems theory (how systems change over time), human group dynamics, and environmental psychology. Reflecting new developments in the field, Human Factors Engineering and Ergonomics: A Systems Approach, Second Edition addresses a wide range of human factors and ergonomics principles found in conventional and twenty-first century technologies and environments. Based on the author's thirty years of experience, the text emphasizes fundamental concepts, systems thinking, the changing nature of the person-machine interface, and the dynamics of systems as they change over time. See What's New in the Second Edition: Developments in working memory, degrees of freedom in cognitive processes, subjective workload, decision-making, and situation awareness Updated information on cognitive workload and fatigue Additional principles for HFE, networks, multiple person-machine systems, and human-robot swarms Accident analysis and prevention includes resilience, new developments in safety climate, and an update to the inventory of accident prevention techniques and their relative effectiveness Problems in "big data" mining Psychomotor control and its relevance to human-robot systems Navigation in real-world environment Trust in automation and augmented cognition Computer technology permeates every aspect of the human-machine system, and has only become more ubiquitous since the previous edition. The systems are becoming more complex, so it should stand to reason that theories need to evolve to cope with the new sources of complexity. While many books cover traditional topics and theory, they to not focus on the practical problems students will face in the future. With broad coverage that ranges from physical ergonomics to cognitive aspects of human-machine interaction and includes dynamic approaches to system failure, this book increases the number of methods and analytical tools that are available for the human factors researcher.
Industrial Engineering, Machine Design and Automation (Iemda 2014) and Computer Science and Application (Ccsa 2014) by
This proceedings put together 68 selected articles from the joint conferences of 2014 Congress on Industrial Engineering, Machine Design and Automation (IEMDA2014) and the 2nd Congress on Computer Science and Application (CCSA2014), held in Sanya, China during December 12 - 14, 2014. The conference program of IEMDA 2014 focused on areas of Industrial Engineering, Machine Design and Automation, while the CCSA 2014 program provided the platform for Computer Science and Applications.Collected together the latest research results and applications on industrial engineering, machine design, automation, and computer science and other related Engineering topics. All submitted papers to this proceedings were subjected to strict peer-reviewing by 2 - 4 expert referees, to ensure that all articles selected are of highest standard and are relevance to the conference.
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Lasers in 3D Printing and Manufacturing by
Additive Manufacturing (AM), popularly known as 3D printing, is playing an increasingly significant role in the manufacturing arena. AM has revolutionized how prototypes are to be made and small batch manufacturing should be carried out. Due to high flexibility and high efficiency of lasers, laser-assisted Manufacturing (LAM) and AM technologies are recently getting much attention over traditional methods.This textbook is a timely information resource for undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers who are interested in this emerging technology. The book will cover the basics of lasers, optics and materials used for manufacturing and 3D printing. It will also include several case studies for readers to apply their understanding of the topics, provide sufficient theoretical background and insights to today's key laser-assisted AM processes and conclude with the future prospects of this exciting technology.This is the first textbook tailored specifically for Lasers in 3D Printing and Manufacturing with detailed explanations. The book will focus on laser-assisted 3D printing and Additive Manufacturing (AM) from basic principles of lasers, optics and AM materials to advanced AM technologies, including in-depth discussion on critical aspects throughout the laser-assisted AM processes, such as optical system design, laser-material interaction and laser parameters' optimization.
Lean Production for Competitive Advantage by
Lean Production for Competitive Advantage: A Comprehensive Guide to Lean Methodologies and Management Practices, Second Edition introduces Lean philosophy and illustrates the effective application of Lean tools with real-world case studies. From fundamental concepts to integrated planning and control in pull production and the supply chain, the text provides a complete introduction to Lean production. Coverage includes small batch production, setup reduction, pull production, preventive maintenance, standard work, as well as synchronizing and scheduling Lean operations. Detailing the key principles and practices of Lean production, the text also: Illustrates effective implementation techniques with case studies from a range of industries. Includes questions and completed problems in each chapter. Explains how to effectively partner with suppliers and employees to achieve productivity goals Designed for students who have a basic foundation in production and operations management, the text provides a thorough understanding of the principles of Lean. It also offers practical know-how for implementing a culture of continuous improvement on the shop floor and in the office, creating a heightened sense of responsibility in all stakeholders, and enhancing productivity and efficiency to improve the bottom line. In this second edition, the author addresses management's role in Lean production. Early observers of Japanese methods focused on the shop floor to see amazing things unlike anything practiced elsewhere. And the thinking was, if the "methods" could be adopted by companies elsewhere, those companies would experience the success of the Japanese. What the early observers hadn't considered were dramatic differences in the way those companies were managed, both daily and strategically. The "management side" of Lean production is addressed in two new chapters, one devoted to daily management, the other to strategy deployment. Additionally, there is a new chapter that addresses breakthrough improvement and an approach to achieving it called Production Preparation Process. Every chapter has been revised and expanded to better tell the story of Lean production--its history, applications, practices, and methods.
Lean Waste Stream : reducing material use and garbage using lean principles by
The fact that a process produces garbage is a testament to design inefficiency, and this book explains how to use the nature of that garbage to pinpoint and eliminate those inefficiencies. Lean Waste Stream: Reducing Material Use and Garbage Using Lean Principles supplies an unprecedented look at how to address business waste in a manner that will improve your organization's environmental and financial performance. Tackling the problem of business garbage from a Lean perspective, the book maintains a focus on how to minimize garbage in ways that cut costs. It considers the problem of garbage in terms of transportation, inventory, and labor costs--with an effort to connect reductions in garbage production at all stages with lower operating costs and improved productivity. Explaining how to use garbage analysis as a tool to identify the problems in process flow that produced the garbage, this book describes how to look downstream for options to reuse, repurpose, and recycle garbage to minimize landfill impact and costs. The text includes practical exercises with step-by-step instructions, as well as real-world examples that illustrate how specific wastes have been dealt with profitably by various organizations.
Lees' Process Safety Essentials by
Lees' Process Safety Essentials is a single-volume digest presenting the critical, practical content from Lees' Loss Prevention for day-to-day use and reference. It is portable, authoritative, affordable, and accessible -- ideal for those on the move, students, and individuals without access to the full three volumes of Lees'. This book provides a convenient summary of the main content of Lees', primarily drawn from the hazard identification, assessment, and control content of volumes one and two. Users can access Essentials for day-to-day reference on topics including plant location and layout; human factors and human err∨ fire, explosion and toxic release; engineering for sustainable development; and much more. This handy volume is a valuable reference, both for students or early-career professionals who may not need the full scope of Lees', and for more experienced professionals needing quick, convenient access to information.
Leveraging Constraints for Innovation by
Provides managers with actionable insight into a select set of innovation constraints and how to best deal with them This PDMA Essentials Book, the third in this series, provides a framework of individual, organizational, and market and societal constraints that guides managers in identifying specific constraints related to their innovation activities and provides them with corresponding tools and practices to overcome and leverage those constraints. Written by a team of international innovation experts, Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is presented in three parts. The first part, Individual Constraints, provides insights into how to: simultaneously solve social and commercial needs for greater creativity; apply a multi-stage approach to overcome knowledge sharing in teams; and anticipate and account for psychographic differences among customers during product launch. In the second part, Organizational Constraints, insights emerge that provide guidance on how to: identify and solve for sources of innovation constraints within the company; implement and manage virtual NPD teams; and effectively organize new service development in professional services. The last part, Market Constraints, examines how to: adapt firm capabilities to overcome constraints preventing consumers in low-end and under-resourced markets from purchasing new products; implement inclusive innovation strategies to address markets constrained by underdeveloped infrastructures; develop solutions for women and other disadvantaged market traders in emerging markets. This book: Is a single comprehensive volume that covers the full spectrum of constraint-related strategies and techniques in a coherent, integrated fashion Provides a set of frameworks, techniques, and tools that can be immediately implemented by individuals across firms Offers how-to knowledge on specific tools and methods as applied to innovating products and services when facing constraints as well as for the development of new business models Integrates problem- and solution-based knowledge to enable companies to develop sustainable growth strategies by leveraging constraints and restrictions toward innovation strategies, processes and offerings Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is an ideal book for all product development professionals, including marketers, engineers, project managers, and business managers in both startups and well-established firms, and from a broad range of industries from heavy manufacturing to the service sector.
Machine Ethics and Robot Ethics by
Once the stuff of science fiction, recent progress in artificial intelligence, robotics, and machine learning means that these rapidly advancing technologies are finally coming into widespread use within everyday life. Such rapid development in these areas also brings with it a host of social, political and legal issues, as well as a rise in public concern and academic interest in the ethical challenges these new technologies pose. This volume is a collection of scholarly work from leading figures in the development of both robot ethics and machine ethics; it includes essays of historical significance which have become foundational for research in these two new areas of study, as well as important recent articles. The research articles selected focus on the control and governance of computational systems; the exploration of ethical and moral theories using software and robots as laboratories or simulations; inquiry into the necessary requirements for moral agency and the basis and boundaries of rights; and questions of how best to design systems that are both useful and morally sound. Collectively the articles ask what the practical ethical and legal issues, arising from the development of robots, will be over the next twenty years and how best to address these future considerations.
Machine tools handbook : design and operation by 
Managing technological innovation : tools and methods by
The management of technological innovation is both an art, as well as a science; the process involves the know-how and technological core skills to deliver the functionality on the one hand, and (with an ear on the ground) the ability to identify changes in technologies to come up with new innovations on the other. This requires, as a result, frameworks, system tools, and methodologies to improve the yield in innovations.Managing Technological Innovation provides a set of tools and case studies for R&D managers to effectively manage technological innovations -- from the identifying of technological needs to the launch of the product. The book is divided into five parts. Part 1 addresses the policies and strategies necessary to provide direction to R&D organizations in the management of technological innovation. Part 2 focuses on technological assessment; presenting the methods available to better matching of technologies to strategic directions, supported with case studies to illustrate the evaluation methods. Part 3 covers the development and building of technological portfolios with new products, as well as mitigation strategies. Part 4 focus on the execution phase of built portfolios -- the development of new products. And finally, Part 5 rounds up with a study on the factors which impact the diffusion of technological innovations into the market place.This book is a practical guide for R&D professions and designers, as well as a case study reference for graduate students in pursuit of their project work.
Manual of Purpose-Made Woodworking Joinery by
A practical introduction to woodworking and purpose-made joinery, this book starts with the basics of interpreting drawings and works right the way through to designing and making stairs. Les Goring introduces each chapter with a brief historical overview of the topic, then goes on to explain how to carry out each task in a step-by-step manner. Including several hundred images, this book covers everything a student or keen hobbyist needs to know in order to carry out their own work. The breadth of coverage and easily accessible approach makes this book an ideal resource for apprentices taking NVQs and those following Construction Awards within Wood Occupations from City & Guilds/Construction Skills. The technical detail and practical focus ensures that this book will be a vital purchase for all students, and an essential reference for any experienced carpenter or joiner. In-depth, practical and accessible approach - ideal for new apprentices and experienced tradespeople alike. Fully up to date with the current Building Regulations and developments in the trade. Clear layout makes it easy to follow instructions. Also by this author: Manual of First and Second Fixing Carpentry, Third Edition 9781856177689
Manufacturing and design : Understanding the principles of how things are made by
Manufacturing and Design presents a fresh view on the world of industrial production: thinking in terms of both abstraction levels and trade-offs. The book invites its readers to distinguish between what is possible in principle for a certain process (as determined by physical law); what is possible in practice (the production method as determined by industrial state-of-the-art); and what is possible for a certain supplier (as determined by its production equipment). Specific processes considered here include metal forging, extrusion, and casting; plastic injection molding and thermoforming; additive manufacturing; joining; recycling; and more. By tackling the field of manufacturing processes from this new angle, this book makes the most out of a reader's limited time. It gives the knowledge needed to not only create well-producible designs, but also to understand supplier needs in order to find the optimal compromise. Apart from improving design for production, this publication raises the standards of thinking about producibility.
Mechanisms and Machines : kinematics, dynamics, and synthesis by
MECHANISMS AND MACHINES: KINEMATICS, DYNAMICS, AND SYNTHESIS has been designed to serve as a core textbook for the mechanisms and machines course, targeting junior level mechanical engineering students. The book is written with the aim of providing a complete, yet concise, text that can be covered in a single-semester course. The primary goal of the text is to introduce students to the synthesis and analysis of planar mechanisms and machines, using a method well suited to computer programming, known as the Vector Loop Method. Author Michael Stanisic's approach of teaching synthesis first, and then going into analysis, will enable students to actually grasp the mathematics behind mechanism design. The book uses the vector loop method and kinematic coefficients throughout the text, and exhibits a seamless continuity in presentation that is a rare find in engineering texts. The multitude of examples in the book cover a large variety of problems and delineate an excellent problem solving methodology.
Occupational Safety and Hygiene II by
Occupational Safety and Hygiene II contains selected papers from the International Symposium on Occupational Safety and Hygiene (SHO2014, Guimarães, Portugal, 13-14 February 2014), which was organized by the Portuguese Society for Occupational Safety and Hygiene (SPOSHO). The contributions focus on selected topics, which include (but is not limited to): Occupational safety Risk assessment Safety management Ergonomics Management systems Environmental ergonomics Physical environments Construction safety, and Human factors The contributions in Occupational Safety and Hygiene II are mainly based on research carried out at universities and other research institutions, but also on practical studies developed by Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) Practitioners within their companies. Accordingly, this book will be a helpful text to get acquainted with the state-of-the-art of the research within the mentioned domains, as well as with some practical tools and approaches that are currently used by OHS professionals in a global context.
Operations management by
1. Introduction to Operations Management -- 2. Competitiveness, Strategy, and Productivity -- 3. Forecasting4. Product and Service Design -- Supplement: Reliability -- 5. Strategic Capacity Planning for Products and Services -- Supplement: Decision Theory -- 6. Process Selection and Facilities Layout -- 7. Work Design and Measurement -- Supplement: Learning Curves -- 8. Location Planning and Analysis -- Supplement: The Transportation Model -- 9. Management of Quality -- 10. Quality Control -- Supplement: Acceptance Sampling -- 11. Aggregate Planning and Master Scheduling -- 12. MRP and ERP -- 13. Inventory Management == 14. JIT and Lean Operations -- Supplement: Maintenance -- 15. Supply Chain Management -- 16. Scheduling -- 17. Project Management -- 18. Management of Waiting Lines -- 19. Linear Programming -- Appendix A Answers to Selected Problems -- Appendix B Tables -- Appendix C Working with the Normal Distribution -- Company Index -- Subject Index.
Paper engineering for designers : pop-up skills and techniques by
Paper Engineering for Designers' provides a comprehensive guide to the fascinating craft of paper engineering. It begins with a description of the basic elements: V-Folds and Parallel Folds - the essential structures of many pop-ups. It then explores how best to create more-complex mechanisms, such as pull-tabs, pivots, wheels and dissolving windows. This methodical, hands-on approach provides a grounding in the fundamental mechanisms and shapes before moving on to show readers how to add dynamic structures and height to their designs. Various popups, all mounted into the book so they can be kept for reference, reveal how readers can incorporate their newfound knowledge and create a fun design. The book is completed by two step-by-step projects for the reader to construct. Appealing to both the novice and the craft and hobby enthusiast, it is also a useful aid for designers and illustrators working with paper engineering as a concept.
Paper Made! : 101 exceptional projects to make out of everyday paper by
Announcing the biggest, best, most innovative book ever on paper craft. Even better, this is not about how to use costly, artsy paper, but how to turn stuff around the house--magazines and shopping bags, candy wrappers and paint sample cards, wrapping paper, old maps, and paper towel tubes--into stunning jewelry, gifts, home decor, party favors, and much more. Chances are you've seen the author's cutting-edge work in the windows of Anthropologie, where she is the chain's merchandising manager. An inveterate crafter who creates projects and styles photo shoots for magazines like Parents and Vogue Knitting, Kayte Terry takes the most versatile of materials and the most basic of crafts (remember snipping valentines out of construction paper?), and creates something completely trans- formative. Turn a sheaf of any white or graph paper into an amazing Scrap Happy Globe Lantern for the dining room. Fashion colored tissue paper into Songbird Votives, leftover raffle tickets into a Prizewinning Bowl, that out-dated pile of holiday catalogs into a picture frame. There's a necklace made of playing cards, a gum wrapper bracelet, and barrettes made by quilling--a paper technique that goes back to the Renaissance. Every project is photographed in full color, and includes step-by-step illustrations and instructions. Truly a book that shows how to think outside the (cardboard) box.
Playing with Pop-Ups : the art of dimensional, moving paper designs by
Enter the enchanting world of pop-ups and handmade paper crafts. Join author Helen Hiebert as she guides you through materials, tools and pop-up basics including parallel folds, angle folds, combinations and variations, and layered pop-ups. Enjoy creating 20 projects to play with ranging from cards and books to buildings, graphic design pieces, and more, plus access to downloadable templates. Featuring a high-end gallery of artists, whose beautiful work will inspire you to make your own amazing paper art, Playing with Pop-Ups will teach you to create interactive pieces that everyone will enjoy.
Postbuckling Behavior of Plates and Shells by
As an expert in structure and stress analysis, the author has written extensively on functionally graded materials (FGMs), nonlinear vibration and dynamic response of functionally graded material plates in thermal environments, buckling and postbuckling analysis of single-walled carbon nanotubes in thermal environments. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the author's works which include significant contributions to the postbuckling behavior of plates and shells under different loading and environmental conditions.This book comprises eight chapters. Each chapter contains adequate introductory material so that an engineering graduate who is familiar with basic understanding of plates and shells will be able to follow it.
Practical Guide to Safety Leadership by
Leaders can shape an organisation through their behaviours and their vision. If an organisation lacks a clear vision or there is disengagement by the leadership team, then the results can be disastrous. In such circumstances change is needed. When change is needed, the value of safety can become a change agent. From the disciplines of leadership and safety comes the emerging topic of safety leadership. Through safety leadership, workplace challenges can be rectified and the desired behaviours reinforced. These challenges can span from a lack of leadership engagement, poor safety performance, complacency or lack of safety ownership. Understanding how safety leadership differs from other leadership theories can give you a competitive edge which is not solely based upon financial quotas, but instead based upon the moral code of ensuring the health and well-being of your employees. This book goes beyond mere safety slogans or anecdotal stories that relate to safety leadership. Instead an empirical and research-based approach will be shared which can help improve the overall culture of an organisation as well as the safety of employees. Tools, case studies, theories and practical applications will be shared which can help create the blueprint for organisational change that you seek. Even when things are working well, constant innovation and adoption of best practices can help companies go from good to great and leave a lasting legacy for employees and customers alike. Detailing the mechanics of safety leadership, this book will drive the change and results you want.
Prototype : design and craft in the 21st century by
Design in the 21st Century has become increasingly more embedded in a complex system of disciplines (software and digital design, graphic design, architecture, construction, medical practices, business design and management, technology, graphic design, product design, etc.) and as a result, the intricacies of designing a product have increased. How can NASA test products for alien environments on Earth? How can a designer successfully test a digital program for a space that is not tangible? It is these problems that this collection responds to, allowing the reader to understand the significance of the prototype in modern design, and how designers must use this process to predict the potential future of their product. Prototype enables design students and professionals to explore the significance of the prototype and its influence and bearing on the future of design. As the prototype is a model of something not yet built, a kind of future in the present, its importance in the development of the finished product cannot be ignored. It allows designers to understand what needs to be changed and what needs to be manipulated in order to create a product that successfully understands and navigates all the complexities of the modern world. In this way, the book allows us to rethink the nature of the prototype for the 21st Century and beyond.
Safety Management in Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs) by
Safety is an important aspect of everyday business operations. It can have an impact on the operations of an enterprise as well as the wellbeing of the workers. Literature shows that SMEs face extra problems in this area due to limited resources and lack of knowledge. A potential accident on the premises, in many cases, has devastating consequences. SMEs make up the vast majority of private companies in the EU and beyond. Despite the importance of the issue, the information found in literature is scattered and often not aimed at SMEs. This book aims to gather the latest information and become the full reference point for designing and adopting an appropriate safety strategy for SMEs.
Sunset Sheds and Garages : detailed plans and projects for your storage needs by
For more than half a century, Sunset has been helping readers remodel their homes and improve their lives. Sunset has a circulation of over 1.1 million and a readership of 5.325 million.
The tool book : a tool-lover's guide to over 200 hand tools by
Learn more about the tools in your toolbox, from hacksaws and picks, to sandblocks and chisels. Become the sharpest tool in the shed with 'The Tool Book', a guide to all things DIY. From the powerhouses to the old-school, learn everything there is to know about over 200 hand tools, and how best to use them. Don't be caught short on a handyman job - learn how to choose the best tools, use them properly, and create durable, beautiful projects. From tools for cutting and chopping to tools for finishing and decorating, 'The Tool Book' provides over 800 informative images, helping you get the best from all your tools & maintain them properly.
Tricky Design by
Tricky Things responds to the burgeoning of scholarly interest in the cultural meanings of objects, by addressing the moral complexity of certain designed objects and systems. The volume brings together leading international designers, scholars and critics to explore some of the ways in which the practice of design and its outcomes can have a dark side, even when the intention is to design for the public good. Considering a range of designed objects and relationships, including guns, eyewear, assisted suicide kits, anti-rape devices, passports and prisons, the contributors offer a view of design as both progressive and problematic, able to propose new material and human relationships, yet also constrained by social norms and ideology. This contradictory, tricky quality of design is explored in the editors' introduction, which positions the objects, systems, services and 'things' discussed in the book in relation to the idea of the trickster that occurs in anthropological literature, as well as in classical thought, discussing design interventions that have positive and negative ethical consequences. These will include objects, both material and 'immaterial', systems with both local and global scope, and also different processes of designing. This important new volume brings a fresh perspective to the complex nature of 'things', and makes a truly original contribution to debates in design ethics, design philosophy and material culture.
Wood Fracture Characterization by
Wood Fracture Characterization provides a guide to the application of modern fracture mechanics concepts to wood materials used in structural engineering, which commonly involve discontinuities and irregularities. The authors cover the tests, data reduction schemes and numerical methods devised for wood structural applications, based on cohesive zone analysis, and used to validate experimental-based methodologies. Five detailed Case Studies are included to link theory with engineering practice. This important new text explains the basics of fracture mechanics, and extends them as needed to cover the special behaviour of an anisotropic wood materials.
Woodworking for the weekend : 20 projects using reclaimed timber by
If you've always admired experienced makers woodwork but felt too daunted to try wood as a hobby yourself, this title helps to change your mind. It includes twenty easy-to-make projects that give you the confidence to give wood a try, and each project gives such good results that even beginners will want to make them all.
World History of Design by
The definitive global history of design Authored by preeminent design scholar Victor Margolin, World History of Design is an indispensable new multi-volume work, providing a comprehensive and detailed historical account of design from prehistory to the end of the twentieth century. An unrivalled breadth of coverage Comprising three volumes containing almost one million words and 1,500 images, World History of Design features all world regions across all periods. From the earliest cave art and human tools to the recent development of a global design culture, it includes substantial new material on design in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East and Africa. Multi-disciplinary relevance and appeal With its broad geographic and chronological purview, and its depth of discussion, World History of Design is an essential resource for students and scholars in design history, as well as in the fields of history, sociology, art history, and anthropology. It will also appeal to design practitioners worldwide and to a general audience with an interest in design.
Laboratory Use and Safety orients you to the laboratory/shop environment of an Industrial Designer, as well as the know-how in manipulating power tools.
This on-site, experiential learning exposes and educates you to the shop environment, and to both the stationary and portable power tools in an ID Lab. You will handle tools and machines that manipulate paper, indigenous materials, metal, glass, ceramics, and sustainable materials. A basic knowledge of the safe operations of these utilities will be tested through hands-on demonstration that you must successfully pass to further on with the course.
This course aims to equip you the technical competency in creating and developing scaled prototypes and products, which is a core skill in your prospective career as an Industrial Designer.
Bob Vila's toolbox : the ultimate illustrated guide to portable hand and power tools by
Offers a practical guide to the selection of the right tool for any job and explains the basics of rough carpentry and fine finishing work.
Carpenter's and builder's tools, steel square and joinery by 
David Thiel's Power Tool Maintenance by
Get a Lifetime of Peak Performance from Your Woodworking Power ToolsTaking care of your tools is important. You want them to work and you want them to last. Both financially and emotionally, woodworkers make a significant investment in the tools of their trade, and proper tool maintenance is an essential skill. Sounds intimidating? It doesn't have to be. Now, expert woodworker David Thiel shows you how to preserve the working life of your power tools and insure safety in the woodshop without spending all of your valuable woodworking time stripping down tools. Inside you'll find:A comprehensive guide to cleaning, repairing and tuning up some of the most popular tools, including table saws, band saws, hand drills, jointers and lathesAn in-depth, illustrated look at the functions and parts of each toolTips on how to identify trouble spots and adjust parts to obtain optimal performanceAnd more...You don't need to be a machinist to keep your tools in working order. This book shows you all the basics and lets you put the focus back where it belongs - on your woodworking.
Establishing an occupational health & safety management system based on iso 45001 by 
Exploring resilience : a scientific journey from practice to theory by Guidelines for Defining Process Safety Competency Requirements by
This Guideline presents the framework of process safety knowledge and expertise versus the desired competency level in a "super-matrix" format, vertically and diagonally. The matrix references for potential remedies/required training may be tailored to a company's internally developed training, reference externally available training, or some combination of the two. Chapters include: Identify Process Safety Roles & Competency Needs; Process Safety Competency Matrix; Individual and Corporate Process Safety Competencies; Conduct Assessments vs. Needs; Develop Gap Closure Plans; and Sustaining Competencies.
Handbook of Environmental Degradation of Materials by
The Handbook of Environmental Degradation of Materials, Third Edition, explains how to measure, analyze and control environmental degradation for a wide range of industrial materials, including metals, polymers, ceramics, concrete, wood and textiles exposed to environmental factors, such as weather, seawater, and fire. This updated edition divides the material into four new sections, Analysis and Testing, Types of Degradation, Protective Measures and Surface Engineering, then concluding with Case Studies. New chapters include topics on Hydrogen Permeation and Hydrogen Induced Cracking, Weathering of Plastics, the Environmental Degradation of Ceramics and Advanced Materials, Antimicrobial Layers, Coatings, and the Corrosion of Pipes in Drinking Water Systems. Expert contributors to this book provide a wealth of insider knowledge and engineering expertise that complements their explanations and advice. Case Studies from areas such as pipelines, tankers, packaging and chemical processing equipment ensure that the reader understands the practical measures that can be put in place to save money, lives and the environment. Introduces the reader to the effects of environmental degradation on a wide range of materials, including metals, plastics, concrete, wood and textiles Describes the kind of degradation that effects each material and how best to protect it Includes case studies that show how organizations, from small consulting firms, to corporate giants design and manufacture products that are more resistant to environmental effects
Handbook of Materials Failure Analysis with Case Studies from the Construction Industries by
Handbook of Materials Failure Analysis: With Case Studies from the Construction Industry provides a thorough understanding of the reasons materials fail in certain situations, covering important scenarios including material defects, mechanical failure due to various causes, and improper material selection and/or corrosive environment. The book begins with a general overview of materials failure analysis and its importance, and then logically proceeds from a discussion of the failure analysis process, types of failure analysis, and specific tools and techniques, to chapters on analysis of materials failure from various causes. Failure can occur for several reasons, including: materials defects-related failure, materials design-related failure, or corrosion-related failures. The suitability of the materials to work in a definite environment is an important issue. The results of these failures can be catastrophic in the worst case scenarios, causing loss of life. This important reference covers the most common types of materials failure, and provides possible solutions. Provides the most up-to-date and balanced coverage of failure analysis, combining foundational knowledge and current research on the latest developments and innovations in the field Offers an ideal accompaniment for those interested in materials forensic investigation, failure of materials, static failure analysis, dynamic failure analysis, and fatigue life prediction Presents compelling new case studies from key industries to demonstrate concepts and to assist users in avoiding costly errors that could result in catastrophic events
Laboratory Manual for Pulse-Width Modulated DC-DC Power Converters by
Designed to complement a range of power electronics study resources, this unique lab manual helps students to gain a deep understanding of the operation, modeling, analysis, design, and performance of pulse-width modulated (PWM) DC-DC power converters. Exercises focus on three essential areas of power electronics: open-loop power stages; small-signal modeling, design of feedback loops and PWM DC-DC converter control schemes; and semiconductor devices such as silicon, silicon carbide and gallium nitride. Meeting the standards required by industrial employers, the lab manual combines programming language with a simulation tool designed for proficiency in the theoretical and practical concepts. Students and instructors can choose from an extensive list of topics involving simulations on MATLAB, SABER, or SPICE-based platforms, enabling readers to gain the most out of the prelab, inlab, and postlab activities. The laboratory exercises have been taught and continuously improved for over 25 years by Marian K. Kazimierczuk thanks to constructive student feedback and valuable suggestions on possible workroom improvements. This up-to-date and informative teaching material is now available for the benefit of a wide audience. Key features: Includes complete designs to give students a quick overview of the converters, their characteristics, and fundamental analysis of operation. Compatible with any programming tool (MATLAB, Mathematica, or Maple) and any circuit simulation tool (PSpice, LTSpice, Synopsys SABER, PLECS, etc.). Quick design section enables students and instructors to verify their design methodology for instant simulations. Presents lab exercises based on the most recent advancements in power electronics, including multiple-output power converters, modeling, current- and voltage-mode control schemes, and power semiconductor devices. Provides comprehensive appendices to aid basic understanding of the fundamental circuits, programming and simulation tools. Contains a quick component selection list of power MOSFETs and diodes together with their ratings, important specifications and Spice models.
Living for the Elderly by
Quality living in old age is one of the key topics of our time. Architecture and the building industry contribute innovative forms of living, intelligent concepts and individual solutions for people with physical or cognitive limitations. Integrative forms of housing and living emerge from sophisticated design solutions, transcending the boundaries between individual, collective and assisted forms of living. This updated new edition includes an additional introductory article on programming and six new and current international case studies in the chapter on integrated housing and neighbourhood concepts.
Machine tools : design, reliability and safety by
In machine tools, the designed systems include many components, such as sensors, actuators, joints and motors. It is required that all these components work properly to ensure safety. This book examines fault monitoring and control schemes in machine systems, as well as detecting machines whenever a failure occurs and accommodating the failures as soon as possible. Also discussed are centerless grinding machines; improving machine tool performance through structural and process dynamics modeling and exploring the strength of the Japanese machine tool industry.
The Practitioner's Guide to POLCA by
POLCA (Paired-cell Overlapping Loops of Cards with Authorization) is a card-based visual control system that manages the flow of jobs through the shop floor: at each operation, it controls which job should be worked on next to meet delivery targets. POLCA ensures that upstream operations use their capacity effectively by working on jobs that are needed downstream, while at the same time preventing excessive work-in-process (WIP) build-ups when bottlenecks appear unexpectedly. POLCA is particularly suited to companies manufacturing high-mix, low-volume and customized products. Such companies struggle with long lead times, late deliveries, and daily expediting to meet delivery dates. ERP systems are not designed to deal with this highly variable environment, and add-on software such as Finite Capacity Scheduling systems can require complex installation. Also, the Kanban system does not work well with low-volume or custom production. POLCA has delivered impressive results in such environments. It does not require any complex software implementation: it can be used without an ERP system or it can seamlessly complement an existing ERP system. This book: Provides a step-by-step roadmap on how to implement POLCA; invaluable for both companies that wish to implement POLCA as well as consultants and academics advising such companies. Explains the concepts in practical and easy-to-understand terms by showing detailed shop-floor examples. Includes more than 100 illustrations for understanding how POLCA works as well as for elaborating on details of the implementation steps. Contains case studies written by company owners and executives documenting their POLCA implementation process and the results achieved in various industries in six countries.
Process Architecture in Biomanufacturing Facility Design by
Essential information for architects, designers, engineers, equipment suppliers, and other professionals who are working in or entering the biopharmaceutical manufacturing field Biomanufacturing facilities that are designed and built today are radically different than in the past. The vital information and knowledge needed to design and construct these increasingly sophisticated biopharmaceutical manufacturing facilities is difficult to find in published literature--and it's rarely taught in architecture or design schools. This is the first book for architects and designers that fills this void. Process Architecture in Biomanufacturing Facility Design provides information on design principles of biopharmaceutical manufacturing facilities that support emerging innovative processes and technologies, use state-of-the-art equipment, are energy efficient and sustainable, and meet regulatory requirements. Relying on their many years of hands-on design and operations experience, the authors emphasize concepts and practical approaches toward design, construction, and operation of biomanufacturing facilities, including product-process-facility relationships, closed systems and single use equipment, aseptic manufacturing considerations, design of biocontainment facility and process based laboratory, and sustainability considerations, as well as an outlook on the facility of the future. Provides guidelines for meeting licensing and regulatory requirements for biomanufacturing facilities in the U.S.A and WHO--especially in emerging global markets in India, China, Latin America, and the Asia/Pacific regions Focuses on innovative design and equipment, to speed construction and time to market, increase energy efficiency, and reduce footprint, construction and operational costs, as well as the financial risks associated with construction of a new facility prior to the approval of the manufactured products by regulatory agencies Includes many diagrams that clarify the design approach Process Architecture in Biomanufacturing Facility Design is an ideal text for professionals involved in the design of facilities for manufacturing of biopharmaceuticals and vaccines, biotechnology, and life-science industry, including architects and designers of industrial facilities, construction, equipment vendors, and mechanical engineers. It is also recommended for university instructors, advanced undergraduates, and graduate students in architecture, industrial engineering, mechanical engineering, industrial design, and industrial interior design.
Production ergonomics : designing work systems to support optimal human performance by 
Progress in Abrasive and Grinding Technology by
Volume is indexed by Thomson Reuters BCI (WoS).The grinding and abrasive processing of materials are machining techniques which use bonded or loose abrasives to remove material from workpieces. Due to the well-known advantages of grinding and abrasive processes, advances in abrasive and grinding technology are always of great import in enhancing both productivity and component quality. In order to highlight the recent progress made in this field, the editor invited 21 world-wide contributions with the aim of gathering together all of the achievements of leading researchers into a single publication.
Resilience Engineering in Practice by
Resilience engineering has since 2004 attracted widespread interest from industry as well as academia. Practitioners from various fields, such as aviation and air traffic management, patient safety, off-shore exploration and production, have quickly realised the potential of resilience engineering and have became early adopters. The continued development of resilience engineering has focused on four abilities that are essential for resilience. These are the ability a) to respond to what happens, b) to monitor critical developments, c) to anticipate future threats and opportunities, and d) to learn from past experience - successes as well as failures. Working with the four abilities provides a structured way of analysing problems and issues, as well as of proposing practical solutions (concepts, tools, and methods). This book is divided into four main sections which describe issues relating to each of the four abilities. The chapters in each section emphasise practical ways of engineering resilience and feature case studies and real applications. The text is written to be easily accessible for readers who are more interested in solutions than in research, but will also be of interest to the latter group.
Safety-II in Practice by
Safety-I is defined as the freedom from unacceptable harm. The purpose of traditional safety management is therefore to find ways to ensure this 'freedom'. But as socio-technical systems steadily have become larger and less tractable, this has become harder to do. Resilience engineering pointed out from the very beginning that resilient performance - an organisation's ability to function as required under expected and unexpected conditions alike - required more than the prevention of incidents and accidents. This developed into a new interpretation of safety (Safety-II) and consequently a new form of safety management. Safety-II changes safety management from protective safety and a focus on how things can go wrong, to productive safety and a focus on how things can and do go well. For Safety-II, the aim is not just the elimination of hazards and the prevention of failures and malfunctions but also how best to develop an organisation's potentials for resilient performance - the way it responds, monitors, learns, and anticipates. That requires models and methods that go beyond the Safety-I toolbox. This book introduces a comprehensive approach for the management of Safety-II, called the Resilience Assessment Grid (RAG). It explains the principles of the RAG and how it can be used to develop the resilience potentials. The RAG provides four sets of diagnostic and formative questions that can be tailored to any organisation. The questions are based on the principles of resilience engineering and backed by practical experience from several domains. Safety-II in Practice is for both the safety professional and academic reader. For the professional, it presents a workable method (RAG) for the management of Safety-II, with a proven track record. For academic and student readers, the book is a concise and practical presentation of resilience engineering.
Safety cultures, safety models : taking stock and moving forward by Working with power tools by Professional Practice in Industrial Design
Professional Practice in Industrial Design is an important aspect in learning about the professional practice of Industrial Design.
In this two-term course, you are taught the ins and outs of the professional practice of industrial design. Early on the important aspects in navigating your way around the profession of industrial design are established including the social and professional frameworks of all the careers in design - in the freelance field, in field of business as an owner and as in-house designer of a business firm. You are given a guided journey in surveying the current industry landscape especially the issues surrounding the profession through personal interviews with the professionals and your attendance in pertinent design seminars locally and abroad. These experiences expose you to the current and future challenges surrounding the profession of design, such as the issue of globalization and increasing competition in the field.
At the end of the course, all the design projects that you have accomplished in all program courses are to be compiled into a design portfolio. This portfolio is your ticket of introduction to the world of industrial design profession.
Bio design : nature, science, creativity by Design Basics by
How does design function? What is the difference between design and styling? Is the principle "form follows function" still valid? And what constitutes the design process in practice?There are so many questions on the highly topical subject of design. The authors provide answers to many of them by covering a wide range of topics, from the historical roots to the outlook on the near future, from a comprehensive look at product functions to the analysis of the complex design process, from theoretical foundations to descriptive case studies. The central theme is product design, taking the conflicting interests of consumers, manufacturers and designers into consideration. All factors of planning and designing of industrial products are considered and clearly presented. The book is aimed at enquiring users as well as committed entrepreneurs, interested technicians and aspiring designers from a great variety of fields.
Creative Research by
Academic research in design can seem daunting - let Hilary Collins show you the building blocks of a great final project. The perfect companion for a research project in fashion, design or visual communication, this 2nd edition of Creative Research walks you through: · Choosing a topic · Deciding your approach · Using previous research and writing a literature review · Obtaining your own data and using it appropriately Useful case studies show best practice, revealing the links between a researcher's choice of method and the conclusions they draw. Packed with advice on how to manage your time and structure your project effectively, this edition also includes new sections on design thinking and ethnography. Collins marries theory and practice from start to finish, showing you everything you need to confidently embark on your creative research project.
Design Roadmapping by
Design Roadmapping is for anyone interested in design, strategy and innovation, and its wonderful combinations. For those who dare to create a future vision, frame the time pacing and map the pathways towards it.This guidebook teaches you how to create a roadmap. It outlines the origins, design theories and science results. Strategic designers, innovation managers and professors share their roadmapping experiences, views and achievements, including venture CPOs, Head of Design, product and program managers of international companies such as Canon, Peerby, Ferrari, Philips, Victoria State Library and many more.By design roadmapping you devise creative responses to future strategic challenges. Guided by future foresight techniques, you uncover new trends, scout for new technologies and map the values and ideas on the roadmap. Through strong visualization, a design roadmap supports an organizational mindset on value innovations.
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat by
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. provides a comprehensive collection of 60 methods applicable to any design innovation project. This handbook provides a flexible, interactive learning resource for anyone interested in learning about design thinking methods and their use for product and service innovation. It includes easy-to-follow exercises for each method along with ready-to-use templates and tools, case studies and design challenges.The book features 60 methods that were selected from across the design disciplines of product design, service design, design innovation, interaction design and user experience design. The easy-to-navigate structure of the book allows people new to design to learn about methods at their own pace and in their own time. For the practising designer, the book is an excellent reference guide: the overview allows them to quickly identify which methods they might need to apply depending on the phase of their own design project.
Designing for Society by
Our globalised world is encountering problems on an unprecedented scale. Many of the issues we face as societies extend beyond the borders of our nations. Phenomena such as terrorism, climate change, immigration, cybercrime and poverty can no longer be understood without considering the complex socio-technical systems that support our way of living. It is widely acknowledged that to contend with any of the pressing issues of our time, we have to substantially adapt our lifestyles. To adequately counteract the problems of our time, we need interventions that help us actually adopt the behaviours that lead us toward a more sustainable and ethically just future. In Designing for Society, Paul Hekkert and Nynke Tromp provide a hands-on tool for design professionals and students who wish to use design to counteract social issues. Viewing the artefact as a unique means of facilitating behavioural change to realise social impact, this book goes beyond the current trend of applying design thinking to enhancing public services, and beyond the idea of the designer as a facilitator of localised social change.
The Elephant's Leg : adventures in the creative industries by
This book is a response to the question asked by incoming students of the Creative Industries sector: 'what can I do in the Creative Industries'. This volume is designed to provide a source of inspiration to readers in imagining their own futures within fields such as musical performance, media production, drawing and illustration, journalism, public relations, filmmaking, design, documentary, dramatic performance, virtual reality and others covered in these chapters. Presented here are pathways through the lived experience of the Creative Industries, from practitioners and theorists, educators and researchers at the University of Newcastle, Australia. Each chapter offers a partly autobiographical account of the author's journey through their field, engaging with their overall philosophy or the key ideas, the challenges and opportunities that have inspired them in their research and creative practice. Some chapters focus on a singular, pivotal moment or project, while others draw upon the breadth of an entire career. Collectively, these accounts bring to life the career possibilities within a rapidly expanding global sector of creativity and innovation with immense cultural, social, political and economic impact.
Fashion and Textile Design with Photoshop and Illustrator by
Fashion and Textile Design with Photoshop and Illustrator is a step-by-step guide to two essential tools for textile and fashion designers. Adobe Photoshop ® and Illustrator ® have eclipsed many specialist textile and fashion systems due to their intuitive design, versatile function, and constant evolution. Designer and educator Robert Hume guides you from novice to expert through eighteen carefully crafted projects. You'll start by mastering layers and custom brushes, and learning about stripes and weaves, before moving on to repeats and colorways, and simple geometry, and finally learning key layout and presentation techniques in both programs. There's also advice on sharing, communication and output, and help with diagnosing and correcting common problems. Files for many of the projects are available from www.bloomsbury.com/hume-textile-design. In addition, seven case studies showcase the work and creative thinking of innovative professional designers. These designers reflect on the appeal of Illustrator and Photoshop and offer insight and inspiration to help you develop your own fun and inventive designs.
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Mid-Century Modern by
This gift book, featuringsophisticated illustrationsof classic pieces, is a must-have for lovers of Mid-Century Modern design. Mid-Century Modern remains one of the most popular, collectable, and dynamic styles of international design. This gift book features original illustrations of iconic mid-century designs, from Eames chairs to Poul Henningsen lamps and George Nelson clocks, all rendered in a distinctive graphic style. Featuring more than 90 pieces by over 60 designers and design duos, Mid-Century Modern: Icons of Design is arranged chronologically, and includes chairs, tables, storage, lighting, and product and industrial designs. On each spread, a stylish illustration of the piece is accompanied by a concise overview; an index of models, designers and manufacturers makes the book a useful reference. Inspired by one of the most iconic eras of modern design, this covetable gift book brings a touch of Mid-Century Modern style into any home.
Practice-Based Design Research by
Practice-Based Design Research provides a companion to masters and PhD programs in design research through practice. The contributors address a range of models and approaches to practice-based research, consider relationships between industry and academia, researchers and designers, discuss initiatives to support students and faculty during the research process, and explore how students' experiences of undertaking practice-based research has impacted their future design and research practice. The text is illustrated throughout with case study examples by authors who have set up, taught or undertaken practice-based design research, in a range of national and institutional contexts.
Robot house : instrumentation, representation, fabrication by Tricky Design by
Tricky Things responds to the burgeoning of scholarly interest in the cultural meanings of objects, by addressing the moral complexity of certain designed objects and systems. The volume brings together leading international designers, scholars and critics to explore some of the ways in which the practice of design and its outcomes can have a dark side, even when the intention is to design for the public good. Considering a range of designed objects and relationships, including guns, eyewear, assisted suicide kits, anti-rape devices, passports and prisons, the contributors offer a view of design as both progressive and problematic, able to propose new material and human relationships, yet also constrained by social norms and ideology. This contradictory, tricky quality of design is explored in the editors' introduction, which positions the objects, systems, services and 'things' discussed in the book in relation to the idea of the trickster that occurs in anthropological literature, as well as in classical thought, discussing design interventions that have positive and negative ethical consequences. These will include objects, both material and 'immaterial', systems with both local and global scope, and also different processes of designing. This important new volume brings a fresh perspective to the complex nature of 'things', and makes a truly original contribution to debates in design ethics, design philosophy and material culture.
Victor Papanek: the Politics of Design by
Shortlisted for the Richard Schlagman Art Book Awards 2019 for Best Contribution to Design History The designer, author and design activist Victor J. Papanek anticipated an understanding of design as a tool for political change and social good that is more relevant today than ever. He was one of the first designers in the mainstream arena to critically question design's social and ecological consequences, introducing a new set of ethical questions into the design field. Victor Papanek: The Politics of Design presents an encompassing overview of Papanek's oeuvre, at the heart of which stood his preoccupation with the socially marginalized and his commitment to the interests of areas then called the Third World, as well as his involvement in the fields of ecology, bionics, sustainability and anti-consumerism. Alongside essays and interviews discussing Papanek's relevance in his own era, this book also presents current perspectives on his enduring legacy and its influence on contemporary design theory. Original Papanek family photographs, art and design work, drawings, correspondence and countless materials from the Victor J. Papanek Foundation archive at the University of Applied Arts Vienna are reproduced here for the first time, alongside work by both Papanek's contemporaries and designers working today.
What I've Learned by
Inspirational interviews with 28 world-renowned designers and architects shed light on the experiences that have influenced their lives and work.The regular feature What I've Learned in Frame magazine opens the door for readers to discover more about their favorite designers and architects. In candid interviews, these individuals reflect on the path their careers have taken them and the industry at large, offering the reader the possibility to take a shortcut and learn from their experiences.Revisiting a selection of these interviews for compilation into this new book, What I've Learned includes new material and further insights. The book also features the most important projects or products with which these established creatives made their name, but in a personal way, with the intricacies of real-life woven in.The creative conversations illustrated in this title demonstrate the strengths and inspirational vision of personalities such as Tadao Ando, Jaime Hayon, Hella Jongerius, Daniel Libeskind, Bernard Tschumi and Patricia Urquiola.Revisiting each of these interviews for compilation into this new book, What I've Learned includes new material and further insights. The accompanying visuals are serious or playful, depending on the interview subject; always with portraits capturing their character in unique and individual ways. The book does also feature the most important projects or products with which these established creatives made their name, but in a personal way with the intricacies of real-life woven in.The creative conversations illustrated in this title demonstrate the strengths and inspirational vision of personalities such as Tom Dixon, Jaime Hayon, Piero Lissoni, Ingo Maurer, Inga Sempe and Patricia Urquiola, making this a vital book for anyone interested the design industry.
Professional Practice in Industrial Design
Professional Practice in Industrial Design is an important aspect in learning about the professional practice of Industrial Design.
In this two-term course, you are taught the ins and outs of the professional practice of industrial design. Early on the important aspects in navigating your way around the profession of industrial design are established including the social and professional frameworks of all the careers in design - in the freelance field, in field of business as an owner and as in-house designer of a business firm. You are given a guided journey in surveying the current industry landscape especially the issues surrounding the profession through personal interviews with the professionals and your attendance in pertinent design seminars locally and abroad. These experiences expose you to the current and future challenges surrounding the profession of design, such as the issue of globalization and increasing competition in the field.
At the end of the course, all the design projects that you have accomplished in all program courses are to be compiled into a design portfolio. This portfolio is your ticket of introduction to the world of industrial design profession.
Age-Friendly Housing by
This book embeds the principles of how we should approach the design of future housing for an ageing population, reminding us that this is not about 'other people', but about each of us. This book focuses on anticipating the needs and aspirations of the next generation of older people, and touches on what this implies for our communities, our towns and our cities, as well as for our living spaces. It will look at how well-designed buildings can facilitate the provision of care, support independence and wellbeing while providing companionship and stimulation. It will also examine how to ensure that buildings remain flexible over a long life. Dealing mainly with new-build, but with a section on adaptation and refurbishment, this book sets out the underlying design principles that should be applied and the early decisions that must be taken.
Basics Office Design by
Die Kernelemente des Büroarbeitsplatzes - Arbeitstisch und Stuhl - bestimmen mit ihren Abmessungen und notwendigen Bewegungsflächen die Planung von Bürogebäuden. Ausgehend vom Raummodul des Einzelarbeitsplatzes, ergeben sich durch Addition und unterschiedliche Anordnung größere Raumzusammenhänge, die in verschiedene Bürogrundriss-Typologien münden. Neben dem Platzbedarf für Arbeitstisch und Stuhl müssen weitere Flächen und Abstände für Schränke, Bewegungsflächen und Verkehrswege innerhalb der Büroräume einkalkuliert werden. Basics Entwerfen von Büroräumen erklärt die Parameter dieser häufigen Entwurfsaufgabe anschaulich und didaktisch, bei der Ergonomie, Behaglichkeit und Orientierung ebenso eine Rolle spielen wie Flächenbedarf, Funktionszusammenhänge und die unterschiedlichen Bürotypen.
Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing by
Broad coverage of digital product creation, from design to manufacture and process optimization This book addresses the need to provide up-to-date coverage of current CAD/CAM usage and implementation. It covers, in one source, the entire design-to-manufacture process, reflecting the industry trend to further integrate CAD and CAM into a single, unified process. It also updates the computer aided design theory and methods in modern manufacturing systems and examines the most advanced computer-aided tools used in digital manufacturing. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing consists of three parts. The first part on Computer Aided Design (CAD) offers the chapters on Geometric Modelling; Knowledge Based Engineering; Platforming Technology; Reverse Engineering; and Motion Simulation. The second part on Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) covers Group Technology and Cellular Manufacturing; Computer Aided Fixture Design; Computer Aided Manufacturing; Simulation of Manufacturing Processes; and Computer Aided Design of Tools, Dies and Molds (TDM). The final part includes the chapters on Digital Manufacturing; Additive Manufacturing; and Design for Sustainability. The book is also featured for being uniquely structured to classify and align engineering disciplines and computer aided technologies from the perspective of the design needs in whole product life cycles, utilizing a comprehensive Solidworks package (add-ins, toolbox, and library) to showcase the most critical functionalities of modern computer aided tools, and presenting real-world design projects and case studies so that readers can gain CAD and CAM problem-solving skills upon the CAD/CAM theory. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing is an ideal textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering, and industrial engineering. It can also be used as a technical reference for researchers and engineers in mechanical and manufacturing engineering or computer-aided technologies.
Designing Across Senses by
Today we have the ability to connect speech, touch, haptic, and gestural interfaces into products that engage several human senses at once. This practical book explores examples from current designers and devices to describe how these products blend multiple interface modes together into a cohesive user experience. Authors Christine Park and John Alderman explain the basic principles behind multimodal interaction and introduce the tools you need to root your design in the ways our senses shape experience. This book also includes guides on process, design, and deliverables to help your team get started. The book covers several topics within multimodal design, including: New Human Factors: learn how human sensory abilities allow us to interact with technology and the physical world New Technologies: explore some of the technologies that enable multimodal interactions, products, and capabilities Multimodal Products: examine different categories of products and learn how they deliver sensory-rich experiences Multimodal Design: learn processes and methodologies for multimodal product design, development, and release
Designing with Sound by
Sound can profoundly impact how people interact with your product. Well-designed sounds can be exceptionally effective in conveying subtle distinctions, emotion, urgency, and information without adding visual clutter. In this practical guide, Amber Case and Aaron Day explain why sound design is critical to the success of products, environments, and experiences. Just as visual designers have a set of benchmarks and a design language to guide their work, this book provides a toolkit for the auditory experience, improving collaboration for a wide variety of stakeholders, from product developers to composers, user experience designers to architects. You'll learn a complete process for designing, prototyping, and testing sound. In two parts, this guide includes: Past, present, and upcoming advances in sound design Principles for designing quieter products Guidelines for intelligently adding and removing sound in interactions When to use voice interfaces, how to consider personalities, and how to build a knowledge map of queries Working with brands to create unique and effective audio logos that will speak to your customers Adding information using sonification and generative audio
Engineering a better future : interplay between engineering, social. by A Few Minutes of Design by
"A marvelous invitation to anyone with an interest in creativity, invention, and design." (Michael Bierur) This colorful, handy card deck presents fifty-two exercises and activities to jump-start your creative juices, free you from creative block, start a new project, or finish an existing one. Each exercise offers insight into the innumerable small decisions involved in design: How to establish a pattern, continue a series, how to say it without words, how to name a project, what fits, and what doesn't? These cards benefit established practicing designers or creatives in any field with activities that are sometimes playful, sometimes challenging, but always enlightening. Each activity is estimated to take 15 minutes.
Future Office by
The office is dead. Long live the office. Despite decades of predictions that the office is on the verge of extinction, it is surviving and thriving. Of course, things are changing. And changing fast. Digital technologies are transforming not only the work we do, but also the ways our workplaces are designed, built and operated. Automation and AI mean that some jobs will no longer exist whilst others will be created. But the very essence of the workplace -- human interaction and collaboration, remains as necessary as ever. In fact, it is the human focus that is driving this new age, with four generations now in the workplace together for the first time. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book discusses the impacts of these changes on the future of work and workplace. The latest technologies are also explored from voice and digital twins, to new materials such as graphene and battery-powered buildings.
Hague Yearly Review - International Registrations of Industrial Designs - 2019 by
Comprehensive facts, figures and analysis of the international registration of industrial designs
Living for the Elderly by
Quality living in old age is one of the key topics of our time. Architecture and the building industry contribute innovative forms of living, intelligent concepts and individual solutions for people with physical or cognitive limitations. Integrative forms of housing and living emerge from sophisticated design solutions, transcending the boundaries between individual, collective and assisted forms of living. This updated new edition includes an additional introductory article on programming and six new and current international case studies in the chapter on integrated housing and neighbourhood concepts.
Process Architecture in Biomanufacturing Facility Design by
Essential information for architects, designers, engineers, equipment suppliers, and other professionals who are working in or entering the biopharmaceutical manufacturing field Biomanufacturing facilities that are designed and built today are radically different than in the past. The vital information and knowledge needed to design and construct these increasingly sophisticated biopharmaceutical manufacturing facilities is difficult to find in published literature--and it's rarely taught in architecture or design schools. This is the first book for architects and designers that fills this void. Process Architecture in Biomanufacturing Facility Design provides information on design principles of biopharmaceutical manufacturing facilities that support emerging innovative processes and technologies, use state-of-the-art equipment, are energy efficient and sustainable, and meet regulatory requirements. Relying on their many years of hands-on design and operations experience, the authors emphasize concepts and practical approaches toward design, construction, and operation of biomanufacturing facilities, including product-process-facility relationships, closed systems and single use equipment, aseptic manufacturing considerations, design of biocontainment facility and process based laboratory, and sustainability considerations, as well as an outlook on the facility of the future. Provides guidelines for meeting licensing and regulatory requirements for biomanufacturing facilities in the U.S.A and WHO--especially in emerging global markets in India, China, Latin America, and the Asia/Pacific regions Focuses on innovative design and equipment, to speed construction and time to market, increase energy efficiency, and reduce footprint, construction and operational costs, as well as the financial risks associated with construction of a new facility prior to the approval of the manufactured products by regulatory agencies Includes many diagrams that clarify the design approach Process Architecture in Biomanufacturing Facility Design is an ideal text for professionals involved in the design of facilities for manufacturing of biopharmaceuticals and vaccines, biotechnology, and life-science industry, including architects and designers of industrial facilities, construction, equipment vendors, and mechanical engineers. It is also recommended for university instructors, advanced undergraduates, and graduate students in architecture, industrial engineering, mechanical engineering, industrial design, and industrial interior design.
Production ergonomics : designing work systems to support optimal human performance by 
Rereadings 2 by
Re-readings 2 is a companion book to Re-readings, originally published in 2004. This second volume is testament to the growing interest and demand for clarification of the re-modelling, adaptation and transformation processes within the existing built environment. With increased interest in the sustainability and heritage agenda and emerging interest from non-European-centric areas of the world in this type of work, this book explores how the re-modelling of existing buildings is a sustainable and viable alternative to the construction of new buildings. Throughout this highly-illustrated book, drawings and photos of various projects from around the world highlight how the new fits into the existing. Case studies are analysed holistically, and include information on the practical issues and challenges of individual projects.
Structures of Displacement by
Structures of Displacement dokumentiert ein Projekt von [applied] Foreign Affairs ([a]FA) des Instituts für Architektur an der Universität für angewandte Kunst Wien und der Organisation der Vereinten Nationen für industrielle Entwicklung (UNIDO): die Konzeption und Gestaltung eines landwirtschaftlichen Ausbildungszentrums im Harsham Camp, einem Flüchtlingslager in Erbil in der Region Kurdistan im Irak (2016-2019). Das Buch zeigt die Kartierung des Harsham Camps durch [a]FA, mit der seine ökonomischen Netzwerke und Lebensräume erfasst und beschrieben werden, und es gibt Einblicke in individuelle Lebensgeschichten der Bewohnerinnen und Bewohner. Das Projekt ist Teil des UN-Auftrags zur Stabilisierung und zur Unterstützung der wirtschaftlichen Erholung und des Wiederaufbaus für Vertriebene und Rückkehrer im Irak.
Principles of Business Management in Design Practice
Principles of Business Management in Design Practice presents to you the fundamental understanding of business so that you can manage your prospective design business successfully.
This 14-week learning helps you understand basic business vocabulary, explore how design vocabulary and design processes overlap, complement and enhance business vocabulary, and to understand how design thinking skills can be used to identify and execute business opportunities. Management principles as applied in entrepreneurship as well as in big corporations will be discussed through a series of lectures, readings and case studies selected from highly regarded business schools. Also discussed are financial skills so you can successfully manage your prospective design business. Though this experience, you will gain adequate knowledge of management styles of prominent business personalities and how they have successfully run the businesses they are famous for.
This course aims to prepare you to the business and entrepreneurial aspects of Industrial Design, as you near the commencement of your learning experience in the College.
Academic Entrepreneurship by
The pathway to bringing laboratory discoveries to market is poorly understood and generally new to many academics. This book serves as an easy-to-read roadmap for translating technology to a product launch - guiding university faculty and graduate students on launching a start-up company. * Addresses a growing trend of academic faculty commercializing their discoveries, especially those supported by the National Science Foundation and National Institutes of Health * Offers faculty a pathway and easy-to-follow steps towards determining whether their discovery / idea / technology is viable from a business perspective, as well as how to execute the necessary steps to create and launch a start-up company * Has a light-hearted and accessible style of a step-by-step guide to help graduate students, post-docs, and faculty learn how to go about spinning out their research from the lab * Includes interviews by faculty in the disciplines of materials science, pharmaceuticals, medical devices, information technology, energy, and mechanical devices - offering tips and discussing potential pitfalls to be avoided
Creative Research by
Academic research in design can seem daunting - let Hilary Collins show you the building blocks of a great final project. The perfect companion for a research project in fashion, design or visual communication, this 2nd edition of Creative Research walks you through: · Choosing a topic · Deciding your approach · Using previous research and writing a literature review · Obtaining your own data and using it appropriately Useful case studies show best practice, revealing the links between a researcher's choice of method and the conclusions they draw. Packed with advice on how to manage your time and structure your project effectively, this edition also includes new sections on design thinking and ethnography. Collins marries theory and practice from start to finish, showing you everything you need to confidently embark on your creative research project.
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat by
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. provides a comprehensive collection of 60 methods applicable to any design innovation project. This handbook provides a flexible, interactive learning resource for anyone interested in learning about design thinking methods and their use for product and service innovation. It includes easy-to-follow exercises for each method along with ready-to-use templates and tools, case studies and design challenges.The book features 60 methods that were selected from across the design disciplines of product design, service design, design innovation, interaction design and user experience design. The easy-to-navigate structure of the book allows people new to design to learn about methods at their own pace and in their own time. For the practising designer, the book is an excellent reference guide: the overview allows them to quickly identify which methods they might need to apply depending on the phase of their own design project.
Design Management by
Placed at the nexus between marketing and organisational studies, this book breaks a new ground on the intersection of these two disciplines with design management. With the latest marketing thinking assigning greater emphasis on organisations co-creating value with consumers and other stakeholders by placing them at the heart of the product/service development process, it has never been more important to integrate marketing and organisational perspectives into design management. This text explores the importance of managing design strategies, design processes, and design implementation in a way that it puts the human and the society at the centre, contributing to organisational success, customer gratification, and social welfare. Drawing from a variety of scholarly research and personal commercial insights, this book integrates key concepts of marketing, innovation, and design, to provide an in-depth discussion of the subject of design management. With end-of-chapter exercises, case studies, and reflective insights along with online teaching materials, Design Management: Organisation and Marketing Perspectives is an essential text for students in design management, marketing, and innovation, or for anyone interested in gaining an in-depth understanding of how design can be successfully managed in order to generate the best answers to contemporary global challenges.
Design Roadmapping by
Design Roadmapping is for anyone interested in design, strategy and innovation, and its wonderful combinations. For those who dare to create a future vision, frame the time pacing and map the pathways towards it.This guidebook teaches you how to create a roadmap. It outlines the origins, design theories and science results. Strategic designers, innovation managers and professors share their roadmapping experiences, views and achievements, including venture CPOs, Head of Design, product and program managers of international companies such as Canon, Peerby, Ferrari, Philips, Victoria State Library and many more.By design roadmapping you devise creative responses to future strategic challenges. Guided by future foresight techniques, you uncover new trends, scout for new technologies and map the values and ideas on the roadmap. Through strong visualization, a design roadmap supports an organizational mindset on value innovations.
The Design Thinking Playbook by
A radical shift in perspective to transform your organization to become more innovative The Design Thinking Playbook is an actionable guide to the future of business. By stepping back and questioning the current mindset, the faults of the status quo stand out in stark relief--and this guide gives you the tools and frameworks you need to kick off a digital transformation. Design Thinking is about approaching things differently with a strong user orientation and fast iterations with multidisciplinary teams to solve wicked problems. It is equally applicable to (re-)design products, services, processes, business models, and ecosystems. It inspires radical innovation as a matter of course, and ignites capabilities beyond mere potential. Unmatched as a source of competitive advantage, Design Thinking is the driving force behind those who will lead industries through transformations and evolutions. This book describes how Design Thinking is applied across a variety of industries, enriched with other proven approaches as well as the necessary tools, and the knowledge to use them effectively. Packed with solutions for common challenges including digital transformation, this practical, highly visual discussion shows you how Design Thinking fits into agile methods within management, innovation, and startups. Explore the digitized future using new design criteria to create real value for the user Foster radical innovation through an inspiring framework for action Gather the right people to build highly-motivated teams Apply Design Thinking, Systems Thinking, Big Data Analytics, and Lean Start-up using new tools and a fresh new perspective Create Minimum Viable Ecosystems (MVEs) for digital processes and services which becomes for example essential in building Blockchain applications Practical frameworks, real-world solutions, and radical innovation wrapped in a whole new outlook give you the power to mindfully lead to new heights. From systems and operations to people, projects, culture, digitalization, and beyond, this invaluable mind shift paves the way for organizations--and individuals--to do great things. When you're ready to give your organization a big step forward, The Design Thinking Playbook is your practical guide to a more innovative future.
The Fashion Forecasters by
The fashion business has been collecting and analyzing information about colors, fabrics, silhouettes, and styles since the 18th century - activities that have long been shrouded in mystery. The Fashion Forecasters is the first book to reveal the hidden history of color and trend forecasting and to explore its relevance to the fashion business of the past two centuries. It sheds light on trend forecasting in the industrial era, the profession's maturation during the modernist moment of the 20th century, and its continued importance in today's digital fast-fashion culture. Based on in-depth archival research and oral history interviews, The Fashion Forecasters examines the entrepreneurs, service companies, and consultants that have worked behind the scenes to connect designers and retailers to emerging fashion trends in Europe, North America, and Asia. Here you will read about the trend studios, color experts, and international trade fairs that formalized the prediction process in the modern era, and hear the voices of leading contemporary practitioners at international forecasting companies such as the Doneger Group in New York and WGSN in London. Probing the inner workings of the global fashion system, The Fashion Forecasters blends history, biography, and ethnography into a highly readable cultural narrative.
Human Factors in Transportation by
More and more the most traditional and typical applied ergonomics issues of the activities related to sea shipping, vehicle driving, and flying are required to deal with some emerging topics related to the growing automatism and manning reduction, the ICT's advances and pervasiveness, and the new demographic and social phenomena, such as aging or multiculturalism. With contributions from expert researchers, professionals, and doctoral students from a wide number of countries such as Australia, Austria, Canada, Italy, Germany, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, UK and USA, this multi-contributed book will explore traditional and emerging topics of Human Factors centered around the maritime, road, rail, and aviation transportation domains.
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Notes on Design by
This book introduces practices that are now part of what people see as '21st Century Skills'. The enjoyable essays in this book provide a panoramic view over the subject of design. The essays are written to encourage designers and students of design to reflect upon their field. Fundamental questions are raised about the nature of design, about designers themselves, and about the role of design within the broader contexts of business and society.And design, these days, is not just for designers - many different fields are learning from design to build creative practices, and this book seeks to help to open up design practices for general use. The book is for designers (to help them reflect on their practices, and develop them further) and for students of design across all designing disciplines.
Science, Technology and Innovation Culture by
We are facing unprecedented challenges today. For many of us, innovation would be our last hope. But how can it be done? Is it enough to bet on the scientific culture? How can technical culture contribute to innovation? How is technical culture situated with regards to what we name collectively the culture of innovation? It is these questions that this book intends to address.
Theater Planning by
This book introduces the concepts of theater planning, and provides a detailed guide to the process and the technical requirements particular to theater buildings. Part I is a guide to the concepts and practices of architecture and construction, as applied to performing arts buildings. Part II is a guide to the design of performing arts buildings, with detailed descriptions of the unique requirements of these buildings. Each concept is illustrated with line drawings and examples from the author's extensive professional practice. This book is written for students in Theatre Planning courses, along with working practitioners.
Transformations by
Tracking how design has changed in previous book Design Transitions has inevitably led the authors to explore how organisations are changing using design. Design is now the key driver of innovation and change within organisations across the globe. It is therefore important to learn how, when and why to use design to drive change in your organisation.Transformations documents how design is being used to support change across different organisations, countries and sectors, sharing the stories of experts in their fields at varying stages of their transformative journeys. The authors present seven roles for change that are used to influence the development of products and services, the shape of the organisation itself and, most importantly, their ability to embrace change. These seven roles can transform organisations to be more innovative, human-centred and resilient: Cultural Catalyst; Framework Maker; Humaniser; Power Broker; Friendly Challenger; Technology Enabler and Community Builder.Well-documented case studies offer readers insight into how design strategies can be successfully activated in different types of organisation. The seven roles offer both designers and non-designers a common language and framework to support design-driven transformation. Transformations, in the right hands, is a potent tool to understand, shape and implement design-driven change.
Virtual Reality and the Built Environment by
Like the first edition, the central question this book addresses is how virtual reality can be used in the design, production and management of the built environment. The book aims to consider three key questions. What are the business drivers for the use of virtual reality? What are its limitations? How can virtual reality be implemented within organizations? Using international case studies it answers these questions whilst addressing the growth in the recent use of building information modelling (BIM) and the renewed interest in virtual reality to visualize and understand data to make decisions. With the aim of inspiring and informing future use, the authors take a fresh look at current applications in the construction sector, situating them within a broader trajectory of innovation. The new edition expands the scope to consider both immersive virtual reality as a way of bringing professionals inside a building information model, and augmented reality as a way of taking this model and related asset information out to the job-site. The updated edition also considers these technologies in the context of other developments that were in their infancy when the first edition was written - such as laser scanning, mobile technologies and big data. Virtual Reality in the Built Environment is essential reading for professionals in architecture, construction, design, surveying and engineering and students on related courses who need an understanding of BIM, CAD and virtual reality in the sector. Please follow the book's Twitter account: @vrandbe http://buildingvr.blogspot.co.uk/
Principles of Business Management in Design Practice
Principles of Business Management in Design Practice presents to you the fundamental understanding of business so that you can manage your prospective design business successfully.
This 14-week learning helps you understand basic business vocabulary, explore how design vocabulary and design processes overlap, complement and enhance business vocabulary, and to understand how design thinking skills can be used to identify and execute business opportunities. Management principles as applied in entrepreneurship as well as in big corporations will be discussed through a series of lectures, readings and case studies selected from highly regarded business schools. Also discussed are financial skills so you can successfully manage your prospective design business. Though this experience, you will gain adequate knowledge of management styles of prominent business personalities and how they have successfully run the businesses they are famous for.
This course aims to prepare you to the business and entrepreneurial aspects of Industrial Design, as you near the commencement of your learning experience in the College.
Academic Entrepreneurship by
The pathway to bringing laboratory discoveries to market is poorly understood and generally new to many academics. This book serves as an easy-to-read roadmap for translating technology to a product launch - guiding university faculty and graduate students on launching a start-up company. * Addresses a growing trend of academic faculty commercializing their discoveries, especially those supported by the National Science Foundation and National Institutes of Health * Offers faculty a pathway and easy-to-follow steps towards determining whether their discovery / idea / technology is viable from a business perspective, as well as how to execute the necessary steps to create and launch a start-up company * Has a light-hearted and accessible style of a step-by-step guide to help graduate students, post-docs, and faculty learn how to go about spinning out their research from the lab * Includes interviews by faculty in the disciplines of materials science, pharmaceuticals, medical devices, information technology, energy, and mechanical devices - offering tips and discussing potential pitfalls to be avoided
Boredom, shanzhai, and digitization in the time of creative china by Craftspeople and designer makers in the contemporary creative economy by 
Design for Manufacturability by
Achieve any cost goals in half the time and achieve stable production with quality designed in right-the-first-time.　 Design for Manufacturability: How to Use Concurrent Engineering to Rapidly Develop Low-Cost, High-Quality Products for Lean Production is still the definitive work on DFM. This second edition extends the proven methodology to the most advanced product development process with the addition of the following new, unique, and original topics, which have never been addressed previously. These topics show you how to: Cut cost from 1/2 to 1/10 in 9 categories--with ways to remove that much cost from product charges and pricing Commercialize innovation--starting with Manufacturable Research and learning from the new section on scalability, you will learn how to design products and processing equipment to quickly scale up to any needed demand or desired growth.Design product families that can be built "on-demand" in platform cells that also "mass customize" products to-order Make Lean production easier to implement with much more effective results while making build-to-order practical with spontaneous supply chains and eliminating forecasted inventory by including an updated chapter on "Designing Products for Lean Production" The author's 30 years of experience teaching companies DFM based on pre-class surveys and plant tours is the foundation of this most advanced design process. It includes incorporating dozens of proven DFM guidelines through up-front concurrent-engineering teamwork that cuts the time to stable production in half and curtails change orders for ramps, rework, redesign, substituting cheaper parts, change orders to fix the changes, unstable design specs, part obsolescence, and late discovery of manufacturability issues at periodic design reviews. This second edition is for the whole product development community, including: Engineers who want to learn the most advanced DFM techniques Managers who want to lead the most advanced product development Project team leaders who want to immediately apply all the principles taught in this book in their own micro-climate Improvement leaders and champions who want to implement the above and ensure that the company can design products and versatile processing equipment for low-volume/high-mix product varieties Designing half to a tenth of cost categories can avoid substituting cheap parts, which degrades quality, and encourages standardization and spontaneous supply chains, which will encourage Lean initiatives. Using cellular manufacturing to shift production between lines for mixed production of platforms and build-to-order to offer the fastest order fulfillment can beat any competitors' delivery time.
Designing products for evolving digital users : study ux behavior patterns, online communities, and future digital trends by Engineering a better future : interplay between engineering, social by 
Engineering Documentation Control / Configuration Management Standards Manual by
Get to know a key ingredient to world-class product manufacturing With this manual, you have the best of the best management practices for the configuration management processes. It goes a long way toward satisfying Total Quality Management, FDA, GMP, Lean CM and ISO/QS/AS 9XXX process documentation requirements. The one requirement common to all those standards is to document the processes and to do what you document.
Hacking product design : a guide to designing products for startups by 
Identity designed : the definitive guide to visual branding by 
Lean product management : successful products from fuzzy business ideas by Making sense of culture in management : qualitative sensemaking approach in explaining cross-cultural business networking by 
Managing Packaging Design for Sustainable Development by
Packaging design is a powerful vehicle for making our lives friendlier, our planet greener and our businesses richer. It is an essential link between the producer and the customer, where it contributes to the positioning and presentation of a product; and on many occasions, the use of the product after purchase. What is missing is a compass that can guide practitioners in the right direction. This is particularly so in the field of packaging where the routes you take may contradict rather than contribute to sustainable development. Managing Packaging Design for Sustainable Development: A Compass for Strategic Directions emphasizes the need to rethink packaging system design, by presenting a strategic packaging design tool; a compass. The compass encourages you to go off-road, to develop and innovate, and to remake the packaging design solution that previously was best practice. Theory and practical applications are balanced by outlining the most crucial tenets of packaging design for sustainability and by illustrating wide range of real-life cases that will inspire and challenge the mindsets of those who apply the compass in packaging design related projects. This is a must-have book for designers, engineers, logisticians, marketers, supply chain professionals and other managers who seek guidance on sustainable solutions through packaging design.
Production ergonomics : designing work systems to support optimal human performance by 
Science, Technology and Innovation Culture by
We are facing unprecedented challenges today. For many of us, innovation would be our last hope. But how can it be done? Is it enough to bet on the scientific culture? How can technical culture contribute to innovation? How is technical culture situated with regards to what we name collectively the culture of innovation? It is these questions that this book intends to address.
Technical, economic and societal effects of manufacturing 4.0 : automation, adaption and manufacturing in finland and beyond by 
Theater Planning by
This book introduces the concepts of theater planning, and provides a detailed guide to the process and the technical requirements particular to theater buildings. Part I is a guide to the concepts and practices of architecture and construction, as applied to performing arts buildings. Part II is a guide to the design of performing arts buildings, with detailed descriptions of the unique requirements of these buildings. Each concept is illustrated with line drawings and examples from the author's extensive professional practice. This book is written for students in Theatre Planning courses, along with working practitioners.
UX research : practical techniques for designing better products by Product Workshop 1: Structural Packaging and Tabletop Accessories
Product Workshop 1: Structural Packaging and Tabletop Accessories is an introduction to design studio work and process with a focus on package and tabletop design.
You are introduced to the process of problem identification and problem-solving techniques by way of developing visual and tactile forms. At the first half of the course, you are introduced to packaging design with special focus on structural forms; in the second half, the designing of tabletop products. This caps IDMATL1 as you are expected to use paper materials for structural packaging projects and use clay and stone for your design exploration for tabletop projects. You are taught the basic design methods which are very useful in all your design projects. You are encouraged to apply a playful approach in your problem solving process and taking in consideration the long-term environmental impact of your design. You are expected to conduct product testing of your prototypes and document them accordingly.
At the end of this course, you are to present an exhibit of your project portfolio illustrating your thought and design process and a prototype for each of your designs.
Art of Package and Structure by
Design is not just about how a brand looks, but how products are used and communicated to the world; Art of Packaging and Structure explores one of the most important forms of this communication by breathing new life into the subject of packaging design. This title follows projects through concept and design sketches all the way to the finished packaging, with products that reach from whimsical and organic to high-concept and utilitarian. Designs for pet products, take-away boxes, vinyl toy packaging, perfume cases and more are accompanied by concept sketches and a DVD.
Becoming a Product Designer by
The one-of-a-kind guide to a career in product design Becoming a Product Designer is the most complete and concise survey of the many opportunities available today in the field of product design. Written by a leading expert with more than thirty years of experience, this highly visual guide delivers a comprehensive overview of the field, from prerequisites and requirements for a variety of educational paths to coverage of major design specialties, such as transportation, packaging, furniture, sports equipment, and medical equipment design. Interviews and advice from leading product designers offer an inside look at the real world of product design. No other book provides the same unique, in-depth material on educational training, portfolio preparation, and career possibilities, as well as the business aspects of product design, and much more. Bruce Hannah (New York, NY) has been a force in product design since 1967 and has owned his own successful design firm since 1976. He is a tenured professor at the Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, New York and in 1992 was named the Cooper Hewitt's first designer in residence. He is also the recipient of IDSA's National Design Education Award.
Best practices for graphic designers, packaging : an essential guide for implementing effective package design solutions by 
Box It Up by
A demonstration of the multitude of ways cardboard, wood, and other boxes and crates have flourished in mediums beyond simple wrapping and storage.
Collector's Edition by
A rich visual survey of over 170 leading examples of contemporary graphic and packaging design for deluxe limited-editions This global survey of graphic design innovation brings together over 170 examples from the worlds of music, book publishing, and magazines that have been released as collector's, limited, or deluxe editions. It includes a broad spectrum of work, formats, and genres, ranging from editions of albums by international recording artists including Coldplay and Radiohead, to ultra-rare and expensive publications such as The Vatican Secret Archives, handbound in the Vatican studio and produced in an edition of just thirty-three copies (three of which were reserved for the Pope). Collector's Edition is organized into four sections: Boxed; Multiples; Hand; and Extras. Each of the featured design examples is accompanied by a brief yet detailed project description, a list of specifications outlying the format, materials, and finishes used, and full credits for the client, record label, publisher, and designer behind the work. Each section also includes interviews with designers such as Stefan Sagmeister and Stanley Donwood to gain their views and insights on why the materiality and tactility of printed packaging are more important than ever.
Commercial Illustration by
If one day, you pick it up in a bookshop, you will be immediately invited into an unusual visual journey to really appreciate the illustration design. This book has collected a number of masterpieces of commercial illustration around the world, illustrating to us that how designers apply the illustration in the commodities. So many classical projects will perfectly present the designers endless creativity!
Corrugated Paper Design by
Corrugated paper has been widely used for packaging for it is easy to produce and can be recycled and re-used. The book, with ample case studies on packaging designs by designers from around the world, fully illustrates the advantage of corrugated paper packaging, particularly in protecting the wrapped product inside. Moreover, stretch-out diagrams are provided for full understanding of the packaging structures for professional reference.
Designing Here Now by
An ambitious global compendium of the most thoughtful and innovative design objects invented or produced in the past five years, compiled by experts at Core 77 It is difficult to keep pace with the most relevant design innovations, but Core 77 has been presenting the design world's best work since 1995. Considered by some to be one of the very first online magazines, Core 77 works with many of the leading design agencies and design-led companies, such as Apple, Nike, Philips, DuPont, Braun, and many others. For the past several years, it has hosted a unique set of design awards, juried by the world's design experts, which has attracted a dazzling spectrum of international practices. From consumer products to speculative ventures, from transportation to visual communication, from design writing to food design, the entrants and winners of the Core77 Design Awards capture the spirit and preoccupations of the design industry, and the best work chosen by panels of jury members that include design luminaries from the U.S., Europe, India, and China. Designing Here/Now includes over 500 objects at the leading edge of all fields of design, presented in topical categories and selected by the world's most influential critics, curators, and educators.
Design Matters by
The design bar is at an all-time high for those brave enough to participate in the industry. Today's designers must be clear on all the steps necessary to create work that stands out in an increasingly competitive marketplace. Unfortunately, most design books only focus on type, color, and layout issues. The Design Matters series takes a more in-depth approach, allowing designers to learn not only how to create work that is aesthetically appealing, but also strategy-driven and smart. This compilation features the best of the Design Matters series, indispensable guides to design, in one handy volume. Design Matters focuses on developing, creating and implementing brochure designs, logo designs, packaging, and portfolios. The compendium includes all the essential information needed to execute strong designs in concert with beautiful and well-crafted examples, so that designers can successfully hit the mark every time.
Eat & go : branding & design for takeaways & restaurants by 
Flora and Fauna by
While the worlds of industry and technology are slowly catching up with the engineering marvels of nature via biomimicry, artists and designers have known from the beginning that natural imagery has a primal, irresistible appeal. Flora & Fauna showcases the very best work inspired by the natural world in the fields of identity and branding, design and fashion from creators around the world. However easy it might be to forget one's connection to nature, these familiar images appeal to viewers through their complex interweaving lines, pleasing color palettes, and sense of vitality. Designers and illustrators looking to imbue their work with life will find ample inspiration among these more than 120 examples of plant- and animal-themed designs across a variety of production techniques and illustration styles. Flora & Fauna's design features Swiss binding and coptic stitch details. This unique bookbinding technique, where the cover is only attached to the back of the book, is a hallmark of craftsmanship that complements the high-quality and artistry of the projects featured. It also allows for the book to lie flat once it is opened, so that readers can enjoy every page without risking damage to the spine.
The Graphic Design Reference and Specification Book by
The Graphic Design Reference & Specification Book is a must-have sourcebook for every designer--amateur of professional. Completely practical with only the most needed information, this valuable book provides designers with all the little details that can make or break a design, such as: How much space to leave in the gutter when designing barrel folds How to layout a template for a box, and the ratios of each part Metric conversion charts Copyright and trademark standards Proofreaders' symbols Image file formats Standard camera formats and sizes Finding the best scanning resolution Type basics and terminology Guide to printing processes Paper usage guide Standard binding types Process color finder Proofing methods Standard envelope sizes in the USA, Europe, Canada and Asia And much more. Take this compact and accessible reference everywhere you go for details on all the things you can never find but need to know when designing. The Reference & Specification Book series from Rockport Publishers offers students and practicing professionals in a range of creative industries must-have information in their area of specialty in an up-to-date, concise handbook.
Hot local design : evolutional regional branding by 
iF Design Awards 2014 by
The iF Design Awards 2014 annual presents all winners of the iF product design awards 2014 and the iF communication and packaging design awards 2014 - including some 2000 entries. New this year is that all iF awards from this year are published in one comprehensive volume and sorted according to the manufacturer. This provides the reader with an even more convenient overall survey. As always, this reference work provides an international cross-section over various fields of design and serves as an archive of the manufacturers and designers who have been honoured. This new portrayal of the winning entries is combined with the iF design award-APP 2014, which is released simultaneously. SELLING POINTS: A source of inspiration for designers and those interested in design, containing all winning entries in product and communication design in 2014, this is the ultimate reference book and archive for manufacturers and designers. 1500 colour illustrations
Less Is More by
Artists have long explored the nuances of limited color palettes in their work, from El Lissitzkys highly symbolic abstractions to Shepard Faireys iconic Hope poster. Recognizing the power of simplicity in conveying a succinct message without too much noise or artifice instantly changes the way we interact with these compositions, and allows for the subtle use of texture, form and layer to create interest and convey information in unique and innovative ways. Not limited to social or political commentary, designers too have been utilizing these techniques for a wide variety of applications, from book design and packaging, to brand identity and promotion. Less is More examines the very best of recent graphic design in one, two and three colors.
The Package Design Book 5 by
Attract, protect, inform, collect--good packaging is synonymous with multitasking. Creating these ultimate all-rounders calls for a deep understanding of the good, the market, the customer, the environment, the flow of trade--no easy task. Each year, the Pentawards spotlight the ingenious masterminds behind these complex containers and grant their coveted trophies to the cleverest and most innovative designs in the field. This latest edition of The Package Design Book rounds up the winning designs from the 2017-2018 competitions. With introductory essays, product descriptions, and plenty of images, this book features more than 400 winners from over 40 countries across five main categories--beverages, food, body, luxury, and other markets--and no fewer than 57 subcategories. The result is an authoritative survey of the best of the best, and a rich celebration of packaging as a kaleidoscopic art form.
Package design index 2018 : branding & packaging by 
Packaging Design by
Product packaging has first of all to fulfill functional demands such as structural stability, air-tightness or air-permeability, information requirements and cost effectiveness. However, it is much more than just a kind of container made of glass, wood oder plastic protecting its contents: it is also the face of the product. Like the façade of a building, the package gives an impression of what lies behind it. Packaging is a crucial means to induce a consumer to try a product. Studiesshow that it has less than three seconds to grab the attention of the customer. Along with the classics of the age of mass-consumption, this title presents many examples of innovative contemporary solutions that are on a par with some of the packaging legends like the sculptural shape of a Coca-Cola bottle.
Packaging Design by
The fully updated single-source guide to creating successful packaging designs for consumer products Now in full-color throughout, Packaging Design, Second Edition has been fully updated to secure its place as the most comprehensive resource of professional information for creating packaging designs that serve as the marketing vehicles for consumer products. Packed with practical guidance, step-by-step descriptions of the creative process, and all-important insights into the varying perspectives of the stakeholders, the design phases, and the production process, this book illuminates the business of packaging design like no other. Whether you're a designer, brand manager, or packaging manufacturer, the highly visual coverage in Packaging Design will be useful to you, as well as everyone else involved in the process of marketing consumer products. To address the most current packaging design objectives, this new edition offers: Fully updated coverage (35 percent new or updated) of the entire packaging design process, including the business of packaging design, terminology, design principles, the creative process, and pre-production and production issues A new chapter that puts packaging design in the context of brand and business strategies A new chapter on social responsibility and sustainability All new case studies and examples that illustrate every phase of the packaging design process A history of packaging design covered in brief to provide a context and framework for today's business Useful appendices on portfolio preparation for the student and the professional, along with general legal and regulatory issues and professional practice guidelines
The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns by
Now the best thing to happen to package design since paper is even better! This new edition of The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns does what may seem impossible to many devoted users of the first edition-it makes a unique and indispensable resource even better! With more than 100 completely new patterns, as well as significant revisions and improvements to more than 250 existing patterns, this unparalleled practical resource gives you the tools you need to meet virtually any packaging challenge. Every pattern has been test-constructed to verify dimensional accuracy and is ready to be traced, scanned, or photocopied for immediate use. The patterns can be scaled to suit particular specifi-cations, and many are easily converted to alternate uses. Details-such as tabs, locks, and closures-are often interchangeable and may be adapted to specific requirements or personal preference. Other outstanding features of this new edition include: * More than 500 ready-to-use patterns and structural designs * A broad array of patterns for folding cartons, trays, tubes, sleeves, wraps, folders, corrugated cartons, point-of-purchase displays, and more * All patterns are based on the use of 100% recyclable paper materials and many packaging configurations lend themselves to after-use * All glue areas are clearly indicated with black dots * Saves hours-even weeks-of research or trial-and-error design For packaging and industrial design professionals, packaging manufacturers, graphic designers, and structural designers, the new edition of The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns does what no other industry resource can: it gives you the power and ingenuity of hundreds of structural designers-all in a single volume.
The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns by
The Third Edition continues its long tradition as a useful tool in the ever-changing world of packaging design. It features more than fifty new patterns and new material on the latest advances in closures. This hands-on resource gives designers the advantage they need to successfully meet any packaging challenge. Every pattern has been test-constructed to verify dimensional accuracy and is ready to be traced, scanned, or photocopied for immediate use.
The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns by
The essential packaging design resource, now with more patterns than ever! For more than two decades, The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns has served as an indispensable source of ideas and practical solutions for a wide range of packaging design challenges. This Fourth Edition offers more than 600 patterns and structural designs--more than any other book--all drawn to scale and ready to be traced, scanned, or photocopied. Online access to the patterns in digital format allows readers to immediately use any pattern in the most common software programs, including Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator. Every pattern has been test-constructed to verify dimensional accuracy. The patterns can be scaled to suit particular specifications--many are easily converted to alternate uses--and most details are easily customizable. Features of this Fourth Edition include: More than 55 new patterns added to this edition--over 600 patterns in all A broad array of patterns for folding cartons, trays, tubes, sleeves, wraps, folders, rigid boxes, corrugated containers, and point-of-purchase displays Proven, scalable patterns that save hours of research and trial-and-error design Packaging patterns that are based on the use of 100% recyclable materials Includes access to a password protected website that contains all 600+ patterns in digital form for immediate use Comprehensive and up to date, The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns, Fourth Edition enables packaging, display, and graphic designers and students to achieve project-specific design objectives with precision and confidence.
Packaging Prototypes 3 by
Exploring 60 real examples of packaging designs which have incorporated environmental considerations at the design stage, this book details the importance of seeing design from a systems context.
Packaging Sustainability by
How to take the lead with sustainable packaging design solutions With initiatives like the Wal-Mart Scorecard in the U.S. and the E.U.'s Packaging Directive, delivering sustainable packaging is now an integral part of today's global competitive market. Written by experts from a wide variety of fields, here is a comprehensive, single source of actionable information that enables everyone involved in the design and development process to make smart, informed decisions, opening new possibilities for creating truly innovative solutions. Wendy Jedlicka, CPP (Roseville, MN) is President of Jedlicka Design Ltd. and a member of the faculty at Minneapolis College of Art and Design's groundbreaking Sustainable Design Certificate Program. A Certified Packaging Professional, she serves as Upper Midwest Chapter Chair (o2umw.org), as well as U.S. co-coordinator for the o2 Global Green Design Network (o2.org), and contributes frequently to Packaging Design magazine's "Sustainability Update" feature column.
Pack Your Life 3 by
Packaging design involves a variety of elements. With a wide range of material and complicated processes, it is a multidimensional creation with continuously conversions between the plane and three-dimensional model, and therefore becomes one of the important contents of studying, designing and creating in art design majors. The book Pack Your Life III assembles a dizzying array of inspiring packaging design works worldwide, which are brilliant with high appreciation and reference values. Let's open the book and explore the stories behind the classical successful cases and up-rising star works, and the secrets why some packages have come to fame. Colour photographs
The shape of wine : its packaging evolution by
"Grape wine has been produced for at least 4,000 years, having been aged, stored and transported in every conceivable type of vessel. Its seductiveness has been enhanced by this packaging: primarily three strikingly different containers - amphorae, wooden barrels and glass bottles. Henry H. Work brings extensive wine experience as a cooper, working with wine barrels and living in California's Napa Valley to provide a richly detailed and vivid account of wine containers through the ages. This book delves into the history, evolution, and present use of containers, vessels, and stoppers; from animal skin sacks to barrels, from glass bottles to upstart packaging such as wine casks, and even aluminium cans. It considers the advantages and weaknesses of their construction, designs and labels, methods of shipment and storage, as well as their impact on marketing wine to customers. This is an enlightening and innovative read which draws on the most current archaeological research, scientific data and wine business trends. It is richly peppered throughout with the author's own visits to many of the locations explored in the book, bringing history to life. This book will appeal to individuals within the wine industry, undergraduates in the fields of history, archaeology, food and hospitality, as well as all people interested in wine."
Special Edition by
Be it a thousand-dollar luxury item or a rare keepsake, special edition products are deemed a token of endearment between brands and their loyal customers, partners and friends from the press. Produced in a restricted amount and period, these articles are not only expected to carry special qualities, but also to be presented in extraordinary packaging to match. Garnering exemplars from food items to sportswear and music, SPECIAL EDITION surveys new creative approaches that make these collectibles even more desirable. Special edition packaging from DC Shoes, Bergdorf Goodman, and Coca-Cola are included in this extensive collection.
Structural Packaging by
"...a rare delight; a quite surprising array of oddly-shaped box designs, with a shape for almost every occasion and product." - Art Box "...this book gives the reader an understanding of the underlying principles of package construction and the confidence to have a go at creating ideal product packaging from scratch" - Art Box Unlike other packaging titles, which simply provide templates to copy, this book enables designers of all packaging types to create 3-D packaging forms that are specific to their needs rather than based on an existing design. It teaches a simple 'net' construction system - a one-piece 2-D configuration of card seen when a 3-D package is opened out and flattened - which enables the designer to create a huge number of very strong 3-D packaging forms that are both practical and imaginative. Each chapter concludes with photographs and net drawings of 6-10 creative examples of packaging designs made using the principles outlined in the preceding chapter. Structural Packaging gives the reader an understanding of the underlying principles of packaging construction and the technical knowledge and confidence to develop a greater number of their own unusual and innovative designs. Presents a unique system for creating strong 3D packaging * Explains over 70 forms with clear instructions and advice, and gives the reader technical knowledge to create countless others * One of a series of three titles on paper engineering by Paul Jackson: the other titles are Promotional Materials (Spring 2013) and 3D Pop-ups (Spring 2014) * Follow up to the best-selling Folding Techniques for Designers Also available from Paul Jackson: Folding Techniques Complete Pleats Cut and Fold Paper Textures Cut and Fold Techniques for Pop-Up Designs Cut and Fold Techniques for Promotional Materials How to Make Repeat Patterns
Unpack me! : new packaging design by 
Unpack me again! : packaging meets creativity = Le packaging créatif = Packaging creativo by
After the great success of our title Unpack Me! we present this new volume on international packaging design reminding that the presentation and look of a product can instantly upgrade its image and make the difference between a sales hit and a flop.Unpack me again! presents a rich selection of innovative, funny and creative packaging designs through showcasing a wide variety of the best projects by the most advanced, international packaging design studios. The editorWang Shaoqiang is professor and graduate supervisor at the Guangzhou Academy of Fine Arts (China) and editor of the Design 360º magazine.
Product Workshop 1: Structural Packaging and Tabletop Accessories
Product Workshop 1: Structural Packaging and Tabletop Accessories is an introduction to design studio work and process with a focus on package and tabletop design.
You are introduced to the process of problem identification and problem-solving techniques by way of developing visual and tactile forms. At the first half of the course, you are introduced to packaging design with special focus on structural forms; in the second half, the designing of tabletop products. This caps IDMATL1 as you are expected to use paper materials for structural packaging projects and use clay and stone for your design exploration for tabletop projects. You are taught the basic design methods which are very useful in all your design projects. You are encouraged to apply a playful approach in your problem solving process and taking in consideration the long-term environmental impact of your design. You are expected to conduct product testing of your prototypes and document them accordingly.
At the end of this course, you are to present an exhibit of your project portfolio illustrating your thought and design process and a prototype for each of your designs
Advanced Printing and Packaging Materials and Technologies by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 2014 3rd China Academic Conference on Printing and Packaging, October 24-25, 2014, Beijing, China. The 118 papers are grouped as follows: Chapter 1: Color and Optical Science and Technology; Chapter 2: Image Processing Technology; Chapter 3: Applied Information Technologies in Digital Publishing; Chapter 4: Printing Engineering Technology; Chapter 5: Packaging Engineering Technology; Chapter 6: Food Packaging and Preservation; Chapter 7: Printing and Packaging Equipment; Chapter 8: Paper and Related Material Technology; Chapter 9: Ink and Related Material Technology; Chapter 10: Polymer-Based Materials and Related Technology.
Becoming a Product Designer by
The one-of-a-kind guide to a career in product design Becoming a Product Designer is the most complete and concise survey of the many opportunities available today in the field of product design. Written by a leading expert with more than thirty years of experience, this highly visual guide delivers a comprehensive overview of the field, from prerequisites and requirements for a variety of educational paths to coverage of major design specialties, such as transportation, packaging, furniture, sports equipment, and medical equipment design. Interviews and advice from leading product designers offer an inside look at the real world of product design. No other book provides the same unique, in-depth material on educational training, portfolio preparation, and career possibilities, as well as the business aspects of product design, and much more. Bruce Hannah (New York, NY) has been a force in product design since 1967 and has owned his own successful design firm since 1976. He is a tenured professor at the Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, New York and in 1992 was named the Cooper Hewitt's first designer in residence. He is also the recipient of IDSA's National Design Education Award.
Best Practices for Graphic Designers, Packaging by
"Best Practices for Graphic Designers, Packaging," takes you through the entire packaging process from strategy and concept development, through choosing the right materials, naming systems, studying the competition, surveying the shelf landscape and more. Gain strategic insights on all aspects of package design. From starting with a blank slate all the way up to a finished product, this informative guide to all-things-packaging covers the steps of implementation of packaging design, utilizing a variety of case studies and examples, including practical real-world information about client and vendor interaction. With more than a decade of package design under their belts, Grip has worked with clients big and small to help them with their branding and packaging needs and increasing their bottom line. They bring their real world experience straight to you in this must-have reference.
Design Matters by
The design bar is at an all-time high for those brave enough to participate in the industry. Today's designers must be clear on all the steps necessary to create work that stands out in an increasingly competitive marketplace. Unfortunately, most design books only focus on type, color, and layout issues. The Design Matters series takes a more in-depth approach, allowing designers to learn not only how to create work that is aesthetically appealing, but also strategy-driven and smart. This compilation features the best of the Design Matters series, indispensable guides to design, in one handy volume. Design Matters focuses on developing, creating and implementing brochure designs, logo designs, packaging, and portfolios. The compendium includes all the essential information needed to execute strong designs in concert with beautiful and well-crafted examples, so that designers can successfully hit the mark every time.
Forms, Folds and Sizes, Second Edition by
It's tough to remember all the minute details of packaging standards and conversions when you are a designer juggling varied projects. With Forms, Folds & Sizes - Revised, you can just look them up! Including updated information and new topics, this handbook provides designers with all the little details that can make or break a design, such as how much space to leave in the gutter when designing barrel folds, how to layout a template for a box and the ratios of each part, metric conversion charts, and standard envelope sizes in the USA, Europe, Canada and Asia. Featuring new topics such as sustainable design, web design, and grid design basics, Forms, Folds & Sizes - Revised is the one resource to turn to for answers to everything from folds and bindings to paper, imaging and much, much more!
The Graphic Design Reference and Specification Book by
The Graphic Design Reference & Specification Book is a must-have sourcebook for every designer--amateur of professional. Completely practical with only the most needed information, this valuable book provides designers with all the little details that can make or break a design, such as: How much space to leave in the gutter when designing barrel folds How to layout a template for a box, and the ratios of each part Metric conversion charts Copyright and trademark standards Proofreaders' symbols Image file formats Standard camera formats and sizes Finding the best scanning resolution Type basics and terminology Guide to printing processes Paper usage guide Standard binding types Process color finder Proofing methods Standard envelope sizes in the USA, Europe, Canada and Asia And much more. Take this compact and accessible reference everywhere you go for details on all the things you can never find but need to know when designing. The Reference & Specification Book series from Rockport Publishers offers students and practicing professionals in a range of creative industries must-have information in their area of specialty in an up-to-date, concise handbook.
Handbook of Paper and Paperboard Packaging Technology by
The definitive industry reference on the paper and paperboard packaging sector. Now in a fully revised and updated second edition, this book discusses all the main types of packaging based on paper and paperboard. It considers the raw materials, the manufacture of paper and paperboard, and the basic properties and features on which packaging made from these materials depends for its appearance and performance. The manufacture of twelve types of paper- and paperboard-based packaging is described, together with their end-use applications and the packaging machinery involved. The importance of pack design is stressed, as well as how these materials offer packaging designers opportunities for imaginative and innovative design solutions. Environmental factors, including resource sustainability, societal and waste management issues are addressed in a dedicated chapter. The book is directed at readers based in companies which manufacture packaging grades of paper and paperboard, companies involved in the design, printing and production of packaging, and companies which manufacture inks, coatings, adhesives and packaging machinery. It will be essential reading for students of packaging technology and technologists working in food manufacturing who are users of paper and paperboard packaging products. Praise for the First Edition 'This book is a valuable addition to the library of any forward-looking company by providing in-depth coverage of all aspects of packaging which involve the most ecologically acceptable material, namely paper and paperboard.'--International Journal of Dairy Technology '...a welcome contribution to a field where coverage was previously limited to subject-specific books... or to single chapters in textbooks on broader aspects of packaging technology.'--Packaging Technology and Science
Make: Paper Inventions by
Paper is incredible stuff. It's easy to cut, but incredibly strong. It's disposable, but can last for centuries. It can stand as stiff as a board, pop up like a spring, or float like a leaf. And its invention changed the world forever. Perfect for kids, parents, and educators, Paper Inventions is a project-based book with full color illustrations, step-by-step instructions, supply lists, and templates that allow you to follow along with the book or devise something entirely new. Each chapter features new projects that will challenge and intrigue everyone, from beginning to experienced Makers. In this book, you'll learn to make: A light-up paper cat that shows how switches and sensors work An action origami robot worm Edible rice paper perfect for secret messages A space rover that moves thanks to paper machinery A paper generator that creates electricity when you tap or rub it Heat-activated paper models that fold themselves A geodesic dome big enough to crawl into--from newspaper!
Managing Packaging Design for Sustainable Development by
Packaging design is a powerful vehicle for making our lives friendlier, our planet greener and our businesses richer. It is an essential link between the producer and the customer, where it contributes to the positioning and presentation of a product; and on many occasions, the use of the product after purchase. What is missing is a compass that can guide practitioners in the right direction. This is particularly so in the field of packaging where the routes you take may contradict rather than contribute to sustainable development. Managing Packaging Design for Sustainable Development: A Compass for Strategic Directions emphasizes the need to rethink packaging system design, by presenting a strategic packaging design tool; a compass. The compass encourages you to go off-road, to develop and innovate, and to remake the packaging design solution that previously was best practice. Theory and practical applications are balanced by outlining the most crucial tenets of packaging design for sustainability and by illustrating wide range of real-life cases that will inspire and challenge the mindsets of those who apply the compass in packaging design related projects. This is a must-have book for designers, engineers, logisticians, marketers, supply chain professionals and other managers who seek guidance on sustainable solutions through packaging design.
Manufacturing Flexible Packaging by
Efficiently and profitably delivering quality flexible packaging to the marketplace requires designing and manufacturing products that are both "fit-to-use" and "fit-to-make". The engineering function in a flexible packaging enterprise must attend to these dual design challenges. Flexible Packaging discusses the basic processes used to manufacture flexible packaging products, including rotogravure printing, flexographic printing, adhesive lamination, extrusion lamination/coating; and finishing/slitting. These processes are then related to the machines used to practice them, emphasising the basics of machines' control systems , and options to minimize wasted time and materials between production jobs. Raw materials are also considered, including the three basic forms: Rollstock (paper, foil, plastic films); Resin; and Wets (inks, varnishes, primers). Guidance is provided on both material selection, and on adding value through enhancement or modification of the materials' physical features. A 'measures' section covers both primary material features - such as tensile, elongation, modulus and elastic and plastic regions - and secondary quality characteristics such as seal and bond strengths, coefficient of friction, oxygen barrier and moisture vapour barrier. Helps engineers improve existing raw material selection and manufacturing processes for manufacturing functional flexible packaging materials. Covers all aspects of delivering high value packaging to the customer - from the raw materials, to the methods of processing them, the machines used to do it, and the measures required to gauge the characteristics of the product. Helps engineers to minimize waste and unproductive time in production.
The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns by
The Third Edition continues its long tradition as a useful tool in the ever-changing world of packaging design. It features more than fifty new patterns and new material on the latest advances in closures. This hands-on resource gives designers the advantage they need to successfully meet any packaging challenge. Every pattern has been test-constructed to verify dimensional accuracy and is ready to be traced, scanned, or photocopied for immediate use.
Packaging Technology by
Packaging is a complex and wide-ranging subject. Comprehensive in scope and authoritative in its coverage, Packaging technology provides the ideal introduction and reference for both students and experienced packaging professionals. Part one provides a context for the book, discussing fundamental issues relating to packaging such as its role in society and its diverse functions, the packaging supply chain and legislative, environmental and marketing issues. Part two reviews the principal packaging materials such as glass, metal, plastics, paper and paper board. It also discusses closures, adhesives and labels. The final part of the book discusses packaging processes, from design and printing to packaging machinery and line operations, as well as hazard and risk management in packaging. With its distinguished editors and expert contributors, Packaging technology is a standard text for the packaging industry. The book is designed both to meet the needs of those studying for the Diploma in Packaging Technology and to act as a comprehensive reference for packaging professionals. Provides the ideal introduction and reference for both students and experienced packaging professionals Examines fundamental issues relating to packaging, such as its role in society, its diverse functions, the packaging supply chain and legislative, environmental and marketing issues Reviews the principal packaging materials such as glass, metal, plastics, paper and paper board
Structural Packaging by
"...a rare delight; a quite surprising array of oddly-shaped box designs, with a shape for almost every occasion and product." - Art Box "...this book gives the reader an understanding of the underlying principles of package construction and the confidence to have a go at creating ideal product packaging from scratch" - Art Box Unlike other packaging titles, which simply provide templates to copy, this book enables designers of all packaging types to create 3-D packaging forms that are specific to their needs rather than based on an existing design. It teaches a simple 'net' construction system - a one-piece 2-D configuration of card seen when a 3-D package is opened out and flattened - which enables the designer to create a huge number of very strong 3-D packaging forms that are both practical and imaginative. Each chapter concludes with photographs and net drawings of 6-10 creative examples of packaging designs made using the principles outlined in the preceding chapter. Structural Packaging gives the reader an understanding of the underlying principles of packaging construction and the technical knowledge and confidence to develop a greater number of their own unusual and innovative designs. Presents a unique system for creating strong 3D packaging * Explains over 70 forms with clear instructions and advice, and gives the reader technical knowledge to create countless others * One of a series of three titles on paper engineering by Paul Jackson: the other titles are Promotional Materials (Spring 2013) and 3D Pop-ups (Spring 2014) * Follow up to the best-selling Folding Techniques for Designers Also available from Paul Jackson: Folding Techniques Complete Pleats Cut and Fold Paper Textures Cut and Fold Techniques for Pop-Up Designs Cut and Fold Techniques for Promotional Materials How to Make Repeat Patterns
Product Workshop 2: Lighting and Toy Design
Product Workshop 2: Lighting and Toy Design is continuation of design studio work and process with a focus on lighting, and toy design.
You are equipped with advanced problem solving techniques and methods. This course caps all IDMATL courses, as you are expected to use a combination of the materials you have learned to use and principles in combining design frameworks for toy and lighting design. This course equips you with various design methods such as user-scenario setting, improvisations and many more. In all projects, it is important to conduct product testing of your design.
As culminating activity, you are to present at a student exhibit your project portfolio and a prototype of each of your design project.
Building Children's Wooden Toys by
Illustrated instructions for making simple wooden toys including a rocking horse, gear-driven toys, paddle-wheel boat, and others.
Contemporary Color by
CONTEMPORARY COLOR is back with a beautifully produced and lavishly illustrated second edition! Combining a solid grounding in traditional color theory and a thorough exploration of effective color use in digital applications and 3D design work, this introduction to contemporary color text is a must have for all art students. Written by a leading design educator and artist whose work is widely exhibited, this text features a balanced examination of essential theory and its practical application using today's cutting-edge technology. Contemporary Color, second edition covers a wide range of topics including all the basics on color theory, while also examining the latest on digital color, 3D design, and variations in color across nations and cultures. To complement this inclusive content, the text features thought-provoking discussions of the psychological impact of color, the future of color, creativity, and best practices for students and working artists. A vast collection of vivid images, drawn from both classical and contemporary artists, rounds out the text with powerful examples to illustrate applied color theory in all of its dazzling diversity.
I Am Plastic by
I Am Plastic is a survey of the vinyl toy craze that began in Hong Kong in 1996 and quickly spread across the Far East to Europe and the United States. Beginning with urban vinyl artists, the phenomenon has taken root not only in the toy world but also in the global art community. Created by fashion designers, comic book artists, underground illustrators, graffiti artists and fine artists, these toys have a hot collector's market and range in price from five pounds to thousands of pounds. With kids, parents, celebrities and design aficionados hooked, the designer toy phenomenon is only going to get bigger. Artists and toys featured include: Frank Kozik, Dalek, Gary Baseman, Bounty Hunter, Junko Mizuno, Jason Siu, Pete Fowler, Maywa Denki, Nagoya Twim, Nathan Jurevicius, David Horvath and Sun-Min Kim, Run DMC dolls, Kubricks, Qees, The King of New York and Gloomy Bears.
Introducing Japanese Popular Culture by
Specifically designed for use on a range of undergraduate and graduate courses, Introducing Japanese Popular Culture is a comprehensive textbook offering an up-to-date overview of a wide variety of media forms. It uses particular case studies as a way into examining the broader themes in Japanese culture and provides a thorough analysis of the historical and contemporary trends that have shaped artistic production, as well as, politics, society, and economics. As a result, more than being a time capsule of influential trends, this book teaches enduring lessons about how popular culture reflects the societies that produce and consume it. With contributions from an international team of scholars, representing a range of disciplines from history and anthropology to art history and media studies, the book's sections include: Television Videogames Music Popular Cinema Anime Manga Popular Literature Fashion Contemporary Art Written in an accessible style by a stellar line-up of international contributors, this textbook will be essential reading for students of Japanese culture and society, Asian media and popular culture, and Asian Studies in general.
Kids Design by
Cute little bears in all different colours, grinning elephants and cuddly mice cavorting on the padding on the changing table, the winter parka, the playhouse: the design quality of products for children frequently leaves much to be desired. But fortunately the examples are increasing of child appropriate design with style. This is of course not simply a matter of satisfying the aesthetic demands of the adults: It is more about an attractive product design which makes sense for childrenand their development. This volume presents products for children which allow children to be children. Such products must of course also be functional and stable. But it is at least as important that they playfully incite their phantasy and creativity while encouraging their capabilities and potentials. They should also be a source of pleasure for the potential design lovers of tomorrow. The products presented include toys, baby carriages, furniture, clothing, shoes and much more in the categories of living, fashion and playtime.
Knitted Aliens by
Aliens have landed and have made contact at last! Twenty lifeforms from distant planets have come to Earth to make new friends and learn about humans, and this book shows you how to knit twenty of these friendly creatures.
Knitted toys : 25 fresh and fabulous designs by 
Making Dolls and Creatures by
This fabulous introduction to making modern dolls and creatures features a varied selection of original projects by contemporary designers and makers. Whether you are looking for an advanced project using traditional techniques, or a 'one-hour-make' doll to put together on a rainy day from bits and pieces found around your home, you will find inspiration here. Techniques for the construction of the dolls is explained in simple illustrated steps, and surface application such as hand sewing, appliqué, fabric painting and machine embroidery are used to create beautiful dolls that you won't want to give away...
Making Things by
Making Things reviews the collective portfolio of Jay Baker Architects, since the establishment of his practice in 1991, by presenting 20 projects across varied design platforms. Sixteen of these projects feature houses, commissioned over a twenty-five year period, and are complimented and contrasted with an additional four projects that were self initiated, ranging from the design of a toy to a public park. Uniting these discernably diverse projects is a common denominator. Baker's work contributes to his belief that in order to make things well, it is necessary to serve the integrity of an idea, ensuring greater incisiveness in response to design challenges. The body of work presented in Making Things extols the virtue of creating fit, particularly when working in multifarious contexts. Opening the book is an appraisal of Baker's comprised life's work by esteemed historian, Stephen Fox.
Natural Wooden Toys by
Making fun & imaginative wooden toys on the scroll saw is child's play with this book! Author Erin Freuchtel-Dearing, a stay-at-home mom who taught herself to make toys without any prior woodworking experience, shows how to make 75 simple and charming wooden toys using just a scroll saw and a few simple tools. Her toys are so easy to make that your children can help to create and decorate them too.
Papertoy monsters : 50 cool papertoys you can make yourself! by
A breakthrough paper-folding book for kids--paper airplanes meet Origami meets Pokemon. Papertoys, the Internet phenomenon that's hot among graphic designers and illustrators around the world, now comes to kids in the coolest new book. Created and curated by Brian Castleforte, a graphic designer and papertoy pioneer who rounded up 25 of the hottest papertoy designers from around the world (Indonesia, Japan, Australia, Italy, Croatia, Chile, even Jackson, Tennessee), Papertoy Monsters offers 50 fiendishly original die-cut designs that are ready to pop out, fold, and glue. The book interleaves card stock with paper stock for a unique craft package; the graphics are colorful and hip, combining the edginess of anime with the goofy fun of Uglydolls and other collectibles. Plus each character comes with its own back-story. And the results are delicious: meet Pharaoh Thoth Amon, who once ruled Egypt but is now a mummy who practices dark magic in his sarcophagus. Or Zumbie the Zombie, who loves nothing more than a nice plate of brains and yams. NotSoScary, a little monster so useless at frightening people that he has to wear a scary mask. Yucky Chuck, the lunchbox creature born in the deepest depths of your school bag. Plus Zeke, the monster under your bed, Nom Nom, eater of cities, and Grumpy Gramps, the hairy grandpa monster with his very own moustache collection.
Toy Design by
Toys, fulfilling as they do one of mankind's most basic needs, have existed for as long as we have. From the earliest times both adults and children have used toys to simulate reality or simply to pass time. Renowned designers, artists and architects have always tried their hand at creating toys: from Frank Lloyd Wright's work with Fröbel's building blocks to Josef Hartwig's Bauhaus chess set that is still produced today. Gerrit Rietveld, Pablo Picasso, Marcel Breuer and Andy Warhol also designed toys. However, most often it was craftsmen and women - such as the seamstress Margarete Steiff (Steiff teddy bears), the carpenters Christiansen (Lego), or the cabinet-maker Hans Beck (Playmobil) - who designed the most successful and enduring toys. Toys for small children are often distinguished by a high level of abstraction (babies' toys, for example, typically have fluid contours, simplified detail drawings and primary colors), although timeless designer toys such as those produced by Naef cross all age limits and can even be found on executive desks. This volume in the "Design" series presents both contemporary designer toys and classic toys that are still on the market.
Toy Story by
Toy Story (John Lasseter, 1995), Pixar's first feature-length production and Hollywood's first completely computer-generated animated film, is an international cultural phenomenon. This collection brings together a diverse range of scholars and practitioners who together explore the themes, compositional techniques, cultural significance and industry legacy of this landmark in contemporary cinema. Topics range from industrial concerns, such as the film's groundbreaking use of computer generated imagery and the establishment of Pixar as a major player in the animation world, to examinations of its music, aesthetics, and the role of toys in both the film and its fandom. The Toy Story franchise as a whole is also considered, with chapters looking at its cross-generational appeal and the experience of growing up alongside the series. As the first substantial work on this landmark film, this book will serve as an authoritative introduction for scholars, students and fans alike.
Toys to sew by
Featuring patterns to stitch an exciting variety of children's soft toys, this book contains easy-to-make, colourful sewing and embroidery projects for stitchers of all abilities. It also includes projects suitable for babies and children up to 6 years, and step-by-step instructions and templates for all the designs.
Twenty to Make Crochet Bears by
Crochet 20 little bears and dress them up in a wonderful range of colourful outfits that will delight both adults and children alike. All the bears in the book are based on the same, simple crocheted bear, approximately 12cm (4 in) tall, instructions for which are provided at the beginning of the book. The bears have a firm texture and are made in a stable, seated position. There are 20 unique bears to choose from, each with its own crocheted outfit, and of course all of the characters can be adapted by simply changing the colours used or by 'mixing and matching' the various items iof clothing and accessories. Build up a collection of your own handmade bears, or create gorgeous, personalised gifts for your friends and family to suit any occasion.
Product Workshop 2: Lighting and Toy Design
Product Workshop 2: Lighting and Toy Design is continuation of design studio work and process with a focus on lighting, and toy design.
You are equipped with advanced problem solving techniques and methods. This course caps all IDMATL courses, as you are expected to use a combination of the materials you have learned to use and principles in combining design frameworks for toy and lighting design. This course equips you with various design methods such as user-scenario setting, improvisations and many more. In all projects, it is important to conduct product testing of your design.
As culminating activity, you are to present at a student exhibit your project portfolio and a prototype of each of your design project.
A Beginner's Guide to 3D Printing by
3D printers have revolutionized the worlds of manufacturing, design, and art. But how does a person with little or no computer design experience create an object to print? The best way to learn is through hands-on experience. Professional engineer Mike Rigsby leads readers step-by-step through fourteen simple toy projects, each illustrated with screen caps of Autodesk 123D Design, the most common free 3D software available. The projects are later described using Sketchup, another free popular software package. The toy projects in A Beginner's Guide to 3D Printing start simple--a domino, nothing more than an extruded rectangle, a rectangular block. But soon you will be creating jewel boxes with lids, a baking powder submarine, interchangeable panels for a design-it-yourself miniature house, a simple train with expandable track, a multipiece airplane, a working paddleboat, and a rubber band-powered car. Finally, you will design, print, and assemble a Little Clicker, a noise making push toy with froggy eyes. Once trained in the basics, you will be able to embark on even more elaborate designs of your own creation.
Blender 3D by Example by
Design a complete workflow with Blender to create stunning 3D scenes and films step-by-step!About This Book- Give life to a character within a full animated short film by learning the rigging and animation process- Make use of the powerful tools available in Blender to produce professional-quality 3D characters and environments- Discover advanced techniques by adding fur to a character, creating a grass field, and fine-tuning a shot with post-processing effects to enhance your creationsWho This Book Is ForThis book will give any beginner the necessary skills and knowledge to create own 3D projects with Blender. You don't need to have any previous experience in 3D modeling, but if you do, then this book is a great way get you started with Blender. This book is for anyone who wants to learn Blender by creating concrete projects.What You Will Learn- Understand the basics of 3D and how to navigate your way around the Blender interface- Create a 3D robot toy model from start to finish using the basic modeling tools of Blender- Make a full alien character using the skin mesh modifier and the sculpting tools with an artistic approach- Use re-topology techniques to create a clean 3D version of the previously sculpted alien- Model a full haunted house and its environment using more advanced modeling tools and techniques such as the Array Modifier, Instance duplication, or Curves- Discover the power of the texture paint tool in order to add color to the haunted house- Get to know the Cycles render engine by creating different materials for the house and the environmentIn DetailBlender is a powerful tool, stable, with an integral workflow that will allow you to understand your learning of 3D creation with serenity. Today, it is considered to be one of the most complete 3D packages on the market and it is free and open source! It is very efficient for many types of productions, such as 3D animated or live action films, architecture, research, or even game creation with its integrated game engine and its use of the Python language. Moreover, Blender has an active community that contributes to expanding its functionalities. Today, it is used in many professional products and by many companies.Through this book, you will create many types of concert projects using a step-by-step approach. You will start by getting to know the modeling tools available in Blender as you create a 3D robot toy. Then, you will discover more advanced techniques such as sculpting and re-topology by creating a funny alien character. After that, you will create a full haunted house scene.For the last project, you will create a short film featuring a rat cowboy shooting cheese in a rat trap! This will be a more complex project in which you learn how to rig, animate, compose advanced material, composite, and edit a full sequence.Each project in this book will give you more practice and increase your knowledge of the Blender tools. By the end of this book, you will master a workflow that you will be able to apply to your own creations.Style and approachThis is an easy-to-follow book that is based on four concrete projects, with increasing levels of difficulty. Each chapter will teach you how to create these projects step-by-step. New tools and techniques are introduced in a theoretical and practical way, so you can apply them in your own projects later.
Creepy cute crochet : zombies, ninjas, robots, and more! by
This unique crocheting craft book contains more than 25 patterns for zombies, ninjas, Vikings, vampires, aliens, robots, and even Death himself. Each easy-to-follow pattern is presented with step-by-step diagrams, hilarious commentary, and full-color photographs of the creatures in their natural environments. Plus each pattern is ranked according to difficulty so that even beginners can share in the fun.
Crochet by
Stitch-by-stitch instructions with illustrations that will guide you through crocheted baby blankets to baby shoes, and many more lovely things for you or your home. A complete guide to crocheting for beginners and practiced crocheters with more than 130 techniques and stitches. As a bonus, there are 80 projects for you to practice and enjoy! If you are picking up your first crochet hook, this book will lead you through the basic stitches and starts you off with classic granny squares for blankets. Learn how to craft delicate lace and openwork pieces to create home décor items. The clear instructions and step-by-step, close-up pictures of the various stitches make your first projects simple and fun to complete. The instructions let you know the difficulty level of each pattern, the correct tools and the ideal yarn for you to use. If you're a confident crocheter there are plenty of new stitches and patterns for you to try your hand at. Create baby and adult clothes, baby shoes and amigurumi toys for yourself or as treasured gifts for loved ones. There's something very special about receiving a handmade present! New Edition Newly updated with a fresh design and brand-new photography that shows the stitches with gorgeous clarity. Learn how to read patterns so you can go from novice to expert crocheter in no time! * Easy-to-follow directions with close up photos of the stitches. * Over 130 key techniques and 80 projects to create. * Advice on yarn and tools.
A DIY Smart Home Guide: Tools for Automating Your Home Monitoring and Security Using Arduino, ESP8266, and Android by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Design and build custom devices that work through your phone to control your home remotely Setting up a "smart home" can be costly, intimidating, and invasive. This hands-on guide presents you with an accessible and cheap way to do it yourself using free software that will enable your home and your mobile devices to communicate. A DIY 'Smart Home' Guide: Tools for Automating Your Home Monitoring and Security Using Arduino, ESP8266, and Android contains step-by-step plans for easy-to-build projects that work through your phone to control your home environment remotely. All the projects in the book are geared towards helping you create a "smart home," with fun and useful examples such as wireless temperature and humidity monitors, automated lights, sensors that can trigger alarms in the event of broken glass, fire, window entry, or water heater leakage, and much more! All projects can be accomplished with no previous knowledge; for those with some background in C/C++ or JAVA, the projects can be customized. * All projects use easy, free, flexible, open-source platforms such as Arduino * Focuses projects on real-world remote control activations for protecting the home * Written by a "smart home" expert and experienced author
Donna Wilson's creative creatures : a step-by-step guide to making your own creations by 
Elite Weapons for LEGO Fanatics by
The last LEGO brick weapon construction book and design guide you'll ever need, Elite Weapons for LEGO Fanatics features building instructions for thirteen fully functional LEGO masterpieces, including the monstrous, 27-inch-long Dinosaur Superior, a fully automatic combat rifle that can puncture aluminum cans, and a highly detailed HK G3 brick replica. Also featuring a helmet, a baton, handcuffs, sunglasses, and a grappling hook gun, which allows you to retrieve distant objects without ever leaving your seat, Elite Weapons for LEGO Fanatics includes a chapter on how to find the LEGO pieces you need and a comic book story featuring a hero using the weapons in action. LEGO fans of all ages and skill levels will find a treasure trove of models, including: * Hammerhead Jr., a single-shot crossbow and it's big brother, the heavy-duty Hammerhead Sr. * Panzer Pod combat helmet * KlopSTOCK baton * Melody, a rubber-firing machine pistol * Nice-1, a pocket-sized pistol that packs a punch * Chinahook harpoon gun * Sunglasses, in two different models * A functioning Heckler & Koch G3 replica in LEGO bricks
Feel-And-Fit Tractors by
Introducing Tractors and Things That Go, a fun board book for young vehicle lovers! The book features fun, 3D areas that little hands can explore. The cool photographs of mighty machines will entertain young children. This tactile book provides plenty for children to look at and feel, helping in their early learning!
Getting to Know Lego Mindstorms by
Makerspaces are community workspaces where people can build projects, and Lego Mindstorms is among the most cutting-edge technologies used. Lego Mindstorms are software-hardware kits that allow virtually anyone to build programmable robots. Best of all, t
Handy dad : 25 awesome projects for dads and kids by
Skate ramps, zip lines, go-carts, and more! In this super-fun book, Todd Davis--extreme sports athlete and host of HGTV's Over Your Head--presents 25 awesome projects for dads to build with their kids. Busy dads can choose projects that range from simple to challenging and take anywhere from five minutes to a full weekend. Readers are given all the directions they need to grab materials that can be found around the house or at the local hardware store and get to work banging up a sweet BMX ramp or half-pipe, building a tree house or tire swing, or throwing together a slip-and-slide or tie-dye station for an afternoon of fun. With plenty of color photographs, easy-to-follow instructions, and detailed illustrations, Handy Dad is chock-full of creative and inexpensive ways to keep kids (and dads) entertained for hours.
How to Make a Robot by
Learn the basics of modern robotics while building your own intelligent robot from scratch! You'll use inexpensive household materials to make the base for your robot, then add motors, power, wheels, and electronics. But wait, it gets better: your creation is actually five robots in one! -- build your bot in stages, and add the features you want. Vary the functions to create a robot that's uniquely yours. Mix and match features to make your own custom robot: Flexible Motorized Base -- a playpen for all kinds of programming experiments Obstacle Detector -- whiskers detect when your robot has bumped into things Object Avoider -- ultrasonic sound lets your robot see what's in front of it Infrared Remote Control -- command your robot from your easy chair Line Follower -- use optics to navigate your bot; have races with other robot builders! You will learn how switches, ultrasonics, infrared detectors, and optical sensors work. Install an Arduino microcontroller board and program your robot to avoid obstacles, provide feedback with lights and sound, and follow a tracking line. In this book you will combine multiple disciplines -- electronics, programming, and engineering -- to successfully build a multifunctional robot. You'll discover how to: construct a motorized base set up an Arduino to function as the brain use "whisker" switches to detect physical contact avoid obstacles with ultrasonic sensors teach your robot to judge distances use a universal remote to control your robot install and program a servo motor respond to input with LEDs, buzzers, and tones mount line-following sensors under your robot And more. Everything is explained with lots and lots of full-color line drawings. No prior experience is necessary. You'll have fun while you learn a ton!
Learn Electronics with Arduino by
Have you ever wondered how electronic gadgets are created? Do you have an idea for a new proof-of-concept tech device or electronic toy but have no way of testing the feasibility of the device? Have you accumulated a junk box of electronic parts and are now wondering what to build? Learn Electronics with Arduino will answer these questions to discovering cool and innovative applications for new tech products using modification, reuse, and experimentation techniques. You'll learn electronics concepts while building cool and practical devices and gadgets based on the Arduino, an inexpensive and easy-to-program microcontroller board that is changing the way people think about home-brew tech innovation. Learn Electronics with Arduino uses the discovery method. Instead of starting with terminology and abstract concepts, You'll start by building prototypes with solderless breadboards, basic components, and scavenged electronic parts. Have some old blinky toys and gadgets lying around? Put them to work! You'll discover that there is no mystery behind how to design and build your own circuits, practical devices, cool gadgets, and electronic toys. As you're on the road to becoming an electronics guru, you'll build practical devices like a servo motor controller, and a robotic arm. You'll also learn how to make fun gadgets like a sound effects generator, a music box, and an electronic singing bird.
Make: Paper Inventions by
Paper is incredible stuff. It's easy to cut, but incredibly strong. It's disposable, but can last for centuries. It can stand as stiff as a board, pop up like a spring, or float like a leaf. And its invention changed the world forever. Perfect for kids, parents, and educators, Paper Inventions is a project-based book with full color illustrations, step-by-step instructions, supply lists, and templates that allow you to follow along with the book or devise something entirely new. Each chapter features new projects that will challenge and intrigue everyone, from beginning to experienced Makers. In this book, you'll learn to make: A light-up paper cat that shows how switches and sensors work An action origami robot worm Edible rice paper perfect for secret messages A space rover that moves thanks to paper machinery A paper generator that creates electricity when you tap or rub it Heat-activated paper models that fold themselves A geodesic dome big enough to crawl into--from newspaper!
Make Your Own Building Blocks and Build a City by
Create your own interlocking building blocks and remember the childhood days when you sat on your living room floor playing with stacking toy blocks. Through 109 color images and diagrams, illustrated step-by-step directions tell you how to make the blocks from the first cut through assembling an entire city. Learn to make wall, roof, window, and door blocks, as well as blocks for the walkways, streets and the grounds that will surround the buildings. Soon you will be on your way to having a fun new hobby. It's also a perfect activity for parents and children to share together. Chapters include tools and materials, methods for making the blocks, and instructions for working with them. Let the building begin!
Making Dolls and Creatures by
This fabulous introduction to making modern dolls and creatures features a varied selection of original projects by contemporary designers and makers. Whether you are looking for an advanced project using traditional techniques, or a 'one-hour-make' doll to put together on a rainy day from bits and pieces found around your home, you will find inspiration here. Techniques for the construction of the dolls is explained in simple illustrated steps, and surface application such as hand sewing, appliqué, fabric painting and machine embroidery are used to create beautiful dolls that you won't want to give away...
Materials in Progress by
New materials and technologies play a significant role in architecture and design. Environmentally compatible materials and production methods are demanded just as much as smoothly functioning recycling management. In addition, trends like digitalization, 3D printing and intelligent systems and materials have a decisive influence on material innovations. The book's eight chapters span a bridge from science and industrial research to applications in architecture and design. In a compact format, it offers a well-grounded overview of the latest material innovations, including edible packaging, liquid light and intelligent natural materials. At the same time, the societal dimension of such developments is taken into consideration.
Nanoelectronics by
Offering first-hand insights by top scientists and industry experts at the forefront of R&D into nanoelectronics, this book neatly links the underlying technological principles with present and future applications. A brief introduction is followed by an overview of present and emerging logic devices, memories and power technologies. Specific chapters are dedicated to the enabling factors, such as new materials, characterization techniques, smart manufacturing and advanced circuit design. The second part of the book provides detailed coverage of the current state and showcases real future applications in a wide range of fields: safety, transport, medicine, environment, manufacturing, and social life, including an analysis of emerging trends in the internet of things and cyber-physical systems. A survey of main economic factors and trends concludes the book. Highlighting the importance of nanoelectronics in the core fields of communication and information technology, this is essential reading for materials scientists, electronics and electrical engineers, as well as those working in the semiconductor and sensor industries.
New Pop-Up Paper Projects by
New Pop-Up Paper Projects is an inspirational book for everyone who wants to learn and share the magic of pop-up paper engineering. Illustrated throughout with colour diagrams and photographs, this book guides you through basic techniques and foundation skills, offers advice on classroom planning and health and safety and shows you how to ensure that learners of all ages can develop and progress their skills. Guiding you through 90-, 180- and 360-degree engineering, this book presents step-by-step instructions and ideas for over 200 cross-curricular themes, from cityscapes to magical creatures. Aiming to challenge and inspire, Paul Johnson uses over 150 paper-engineering techniques, including: storybooks pop-ups without folds zigzag pop-ups pulleys, wheels and levers asymmetrical pop-ups intricate toy theatres diagonal pop-ups with movables. This book, brimming with pop-up techniques and how to teach them, is for everyone - from the self-styled 'visually illiterate' to the art graduate, from parents keeping creativity alive at home to classroom teachers planning an engaging curriculum for their class of 30 plus pupils.
OLED Display Fundamentals and Applications by
This new edition specifically addresses the most recent and relevant developments in the design and manufacture of OLED displays Provides knowledge of OLED fundamentals and related technologies for applications such as displays and solid state lighting along with processing and manufacturing technologies Serves as a reference for people engaged in OLED research, manufacturing, applications and marketing Includes coverage of white + color filter technology, which has become industry standard technology for large televisions
Papertoy monsters : 50 cool papertoys you can make yourself! by
A breakthrough paper-folding book for kids--paper airplanes meet Origami meets Pokemon. Papertoys, the Internet phenomenon that's hot among graphic designers and illustrators around the world, now comes to kids in the coolest new book. Created and curated by Brian Castleforte, a graphic designer and papertoy pioneer who rounded up 25 of the hottest papertoy designers from around the world (Indonesia, Japan, Australia, Italy, Croatia, Chile, even Jackson, Tennessee), Papertoy Monsters offers 50 fiendishly original die-cut designs that are ready to pop out, fold, and glue. The book interleaves card stock with paper stock for a unique craft package; the graphics are colorful and hip, combining the edginess of anime with the goofy fun of Uglydolls and other collectibles. Plus each character comes with its own back-story. And the results are delicious: meet Pharaoh Thoth Amon, who once ruled Egypt but is now a mummy who practices dark magic in his sarcophagus. Or Zumbie the Zombie, who loves nothing more than a nice plate of brains and yams. NotSoScary, a little monster so useless at frightening people that he has to wear a scary mask. Yucky Chuck, the lunchbox creature born in the deepest depths of your school bag. Plus Zeke, the monster under your bed, Nom Nom, eater of cities, and Grumpy Gramps, the hairy grandpa monster with his very own moustache collection.
The toy and game inventor's handbook by
The toy industry is a 30 billion dollar-a-year business. It's also the last frontier for aspiring independent inventors, with an annual new product turnover of 60 percent and plenty of opportunities for the creative mind. Here, one of the most recognized and successful toy and game inventors in the business teams up with the former head of research and development at Hasbro to bring clear, comprehensive information to aspiring toy and game inventors...who just might bring us the next hula hoop!
Toy Story by
Toy Story (John Lasseter, 1995), Pixar's first feature-length production and Hollywood's first completely computer-generated animated film, is an international cultural phenomenon. This collection brings together a diverse range of scholars and practitioners who together explore the themes, compositional techniques, cultural significance and industry legacy of this landmark in contemporary cinema. Topics range from industrial concerns, such as the film's groundbreaking use of computer generated imagery and the establishment of Pixar as a major player in the animation world, to examinations of its music, aesthetics, and the role of toys in both the film and its fandom. The Toy Story franchise as a whole is also considered, with chapters looking at its cross-generational appeal and the experience of growing up alongside the series. As the first substantial work on this landmark film, this book will serve as an authoritative introduction for scholars, students and fans alike.
Product Workshop 3: Ergonomics and Consumer Products
Product Workshop 3: Ergonomics and Consumer Products will help you examine human factors as it informs the design process, and as a tool to maximize the physical and psychological aspects of design toward the establishment of a human-centered design, all in the application with product concepts serving consumer needs.
Discussions will include anthropometrics, standards and data, human issues, cultural context, and design outcomes. Ergonomic violations brought about by the use of selected products will also be determined through methodical testing. Emphasis on the needs and marketing factors of special populations such as children, elderly, and disabled will also be included, while coinciding with different types of consumer goods.
At the end of this course, you must demonstrate your knowledge of ergonomics as it is applied in the design of an actual consumer-based product that promotes safety, efficiency, productivity, and comfort.
Cultural Ergonomics by
Even when products and systems are highly localized, rarely is there one design suitable for a single, mono-cultural population of users. The products and systems created and used are cultural artifacts representing shared cognitions that characterize mental models that result from interactions with physical environments. Thus, culture is embedded and impacts the extent to which products are usable, accessible, useful, and safe. Products and systems that deviate from users' mental models may have negative consequences for users, ranging from minor annoyance to more serious consequences such as severe injury or death. Both an introduction and a primer, Cultural Ergonomics: Theory, Methods, and Applications demonstrates how cultural ergonomics can be applied in research and practitioner contexts. It covers selection of theories, descriptions of research designs, methods to analyze the results, case studies, and strategies used to draw inferences and conclusions in a vast array of areas including occupational safety, global issues, emergency management, human-computer interaction, warnings and risk communications, and product design. Human factors/ergonomics, as a discipline, is slowly integrating cultural ergonomics into efforts to explore human capabilities and limitations in the context of design and evaluation. Edited by experts and containing contributions from pioneers in this area, this book provides examples and methodologies within a human factors framework. It provides systematic methods to apply what is learned from analysis of culture to the design, development, and evaluation of products and systems.
Designing for the Digital Age by
Whether you're designing consumer electronics, medical devices, enterprise Web apps, or new ways to check out at the supermarket, today's digitally-enabled products and services provide both great opportunities to deliver compelling user experiences and great risks of driving your customers crazy with complicated, confusing technology. Designing successful products and services in the digital age requires a multi-disciplinary team with expertise in interaction design, visual design, industrial design, and other disciplines. It also takes the ability to come up with the big ideas that make a desirable product or service, as well as the skill and perseverance to execute on the thousand small ideas that get your design into the hands of users. It requires expertise in project management, user research, and consensus-building. This comprehensive, full-color volume addresses all of these and more with detailed how-to information, real-life examples, and exercises. Topics include assembling a design team, planning and conducting user research, analyzing your data and turning it into personas, using scenarios to drive requirements definition and design, collaborating in design meetings, evaluating and iterating your design, and documenting finished design in a way that works for engineers and stakeholders alike.
The Design of Everyday Things by
Design doesn't have to complicated, which is why this guide to human-centered design shows that usability is just as important as aesthetics. Even the smartest among us can feel inept as we fail to figure out which light switch or oven burner to turn on, or whether to push, pull, or slide a door. The fault, argues this ingenious -- even liberating -- book, lies not in ourselves, but in product design that ignores the needs of users and the principles of cognitive psychology. The problems range from ambiguous and hidden controls to arbitrary relationships between controls and functions, coupled with a lack of feedback or other assistance and unreasonable demands on memorization. The Design of Everyday Things shows that good, usable design is possible. The rules are simple: make things visible, exploit natural relationships that couple function and control, and make intelligent use of constraints. The goal: guide the user effortlessly to the right action on the right control at the right time. The Design of Everyday Things is a powerful primer on how -- and why -- some products satisfy customers while others only frustrate them.
Ergonomics by
A complete introduction to the field, Ergonomics: Foundational Principles, Applications and Technologies discusses scientific principles, research, applications, and emerging trends in technology. Covering the foundational principles and major topics in physical ergonomics, the book contains the necessary components of a quality ergonomics course, including a sample course syllabus, PowerPoint slides for instructors and students, homework assignments, class projects, instructor's manual, suggested lab equipment, proposed lab exercises, and a student laboratory manual. Based on the author's almost two decades of teaching, the text covers basic ergonomic principles from research and application perspectives. It includes hands-on laboratory activities to complement classroom instruction and cases studies that demonstrate application of ergonomic knowledge. Using an approach that highlights the physical over the cognitive, the author focuses less on kinesiology principles and more on applied kinesiology in ergonomics. Provides a basic explanation of the systems of the body to establish a foundation for understanding and consistently applying ergonomic principles Covers the human senses and the sensory process for each, including tools and techniques for assessing sensory impact Explains the functionality, relationship, and elements of the integrated roles of the muscular system and nervous system Introduces the study of anthropometrics and the principles that can be used to support anthropometric design, including data collection, calculation of statistics, and identification of appropriate data sources Examines the basic ergonomic principles of work place design and evaluation of hand tools Discusses the origin, nature, and impact of work-related musculoskeletal disorders (WMSDs) in the global community Includes coverage of the concepts of information processing, measurement of mental workload, and an introduction to ergonomic design of controls and displays The book supplies everything required to teach the class. Upon completion of a course using this book, students will be prepared to apply the ergonomic knowledge in industry or continue to higher levels of study in the field. The text builds the foundation students and professionals need to understand and improve the environments, equipment, and systems with which humans interact in the workplace, recreational environment, and home. Descriptionnbsp;of Instructors Manual Available upon course adoption, the instructor's manual contains resources to assist in quickly establishing a course layout, schedule, and associated documents. This resource genuinely makes the selection of the text a "turn-key" option for the professor to deliver a high-quality ergonomics course. Sample course syllabus Summary of suggested ergonomic lab equipment Sample course schedule Description of assignments such as student projects and more. Descriptionnbsp;of Laboratory Manual Available for download from www.crcpress.com, the laboratory manual contains multiple laboratory and application assignments to give student a hands-on experience in applying ergonomic material taught in the classroom lectures. The manual has labs for each of the primary topics covered in the course as well as guidelines on how students are to conduct the laboratories and prepare lab reports. Numerous tables, equations, and examples are provided in the lab manual to facilitate student understanding of the material. The use of the lab manual supports the instructor by providing tailored exercises for students to perform that are directly aligned with the textbook material. Assignments are also provided for students taking the course via distance learning or remote resources.
Ergonomics by
Ergonomics: How to Design for Ease and Efficiency, Third Edition updates and expands this classic guide, including the latest essential themes and regulations. An introductory section provides all of the physical and mental ergonomics theory engineers, designers, and managers need for a range of applications. The following section provides authoritative advice on how to design for the human in a range of real world situations, now including new content on subjects including the individual within an organization, planning for space journeys, taking back control from autonomous systems, and design for aging. Retaining its easy-to-use layout and jargon-free style, this book remains an invaluable source of models, measures and advice for anyone who needs to understand ergonomics.
Ergonomics and Human Factors in Safety Management by
Accident prevention is a common thread throughout every aspect of our society. However, even with the most current technological developments, keeping people safe and healthy, both at workplaces and at other daily activities, is still a continual challenge. When it comes to work environments, ergonomics and human factors knowledge can play an important role and, therefore, must be included in, or be a part of, the safety management as a cross-disciplinary area concerned with the understanding of actual work situations and potential variables. This multidisciplinary approach will ultimately ensure the safety, health, and well-being of all collaborators. The main goal of this book is to present theories and models, and to describe practices to foster and promote safer work and working environments. This book offers: · Examples of field practices that can be reproduced in other scenarios · Applications of new methods for risk assessment · Methods on how to apply and integrate human factors and ergonomics in accident prevention and safety management · Coverage of human factors and ergonomics in safety culture · New methods for accident analysis This book is a compilation of contributions from invited authors organized in three main topics from eleven countries and is intended to cover specific aspects of safety and human factors management ranging from case studies to the development of theoretical models. Hopefully, the works presented in the book can be an inspiration for translating research into useful actions and, ultimately, making a relevant and tangible contribution to the safety of our daily and work settings.
Ergonomics in the Automotive Design Process by
The auto industry is facing tough competition and severe economic constraints. Their products need to be designed "right the first time" with the right combinations of features that not only satisfy the customers but continually please and delight them by providing increased functionality, comfort, convenience, safety, and craftsmanship. Based on the author's forty plus years of experience as a human factors researcher, engineer, manager, and teacher who has conducted numerous studies and analyses, Ergonomics in the Automotive Design Process covers the entire range of ergonomics issues involved in designing a car or truck and provides evaluation techniques to avoid costly mistakes and assure high customer satisfaction. The book begins with the definitions and goals of ergonomics, historic background, and ergonomics approaches. It covers human characteristics, capabilities, and limitations considered in vehicle design in key areas such as anthropometry, biomechanics, and human information processing. It then examines how the driver and the occupants are positioned in the vehicle space and how package drawings and/or computer-aided design models are created from key vehicle dimensions used in the automobile industry. The author describes design tools used in the industry for occupant packaging, driver vision, and applications of other psychophysical methods. He covers important driver information processing concepts and models and driver error categories to understand key considerations and principles used in designing controls, displays, and their usages, including current issues related to driver workload and driver distractions. The author has included only the topics and materials that he found to be useful in designing car and truck products and concentrated on the ergonomic issues generally discussed in the automotive design studios and product development teams. He distills the information needed to be a member of an automotive product development team and create an ergonomically superior vehicle.
Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics by
The fourth edition of the Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics has been completely revised and updated. This includes all existing third edition chapters plus new chapters written to cover new areas. These include the following subjects: Managing low-back disorder risk in the workplace Online interactivity Neuroergonomics Office ergonomics Social networking HF&E in motor vehicle transportation User requirements Human factors and ergonomics in aviation Human factors in ambient intelligent environments As with the earlier editions, the main purpose of this handbook is to serve the needs of the human factors and ergonomics researchers, practitioners, and graduate students. Each chapter has a strong theory and scientific base, but is heavily focused on real world applications. As such, a significant number of case studies, examples, figures, and tables are included to aid in the understanding and application of the material covered.
The Healthy Indoor Environment by
Despite policy directives, standards and guidelines, indoor environmental quality is still poor in many cases. The Healthy Indoor Environment, winner of the 2016 IDEC Book Award, aims to help architects, building engineers and anyone concerned with the wellbeing of building occupants to better understand the effects of spending time in buildings on health and comfort. In three clear parts dedicated to mechanisms, assessment and analysis, the book looks at different indoor stressors and their effects on wellbeing in a variety of scenarios with a range of tools and methods. The book supports a more holistic way of evaluating indoor environments and argues that a clear understanding of how the human body and mind receive, perceive and respond to indoor conditions is needed. At the national, European and worldwide level, it is acknowledged that a healthy and comfortable indoor environment is important both for the quality of life, now and in the future, and for the creation of truly sustainable buildings. Moreover, current methods of risk assessment are no longer adequate: a different view on indoor environment is required. Highly illustrated and full of practical examples, the book makes recommendations for future procedures for investigating indoor environmental quality based on an interdisciplinary understanding of the mechanisms of responses to stressors. It forms the basis for the development of an integrated approach towards assessment of indoor environmental quality.
Human Factors and Ergonomics in Consumer Product Design by
Every day we interact with thousands of consumer products. We not only expect them to perform their functions safely, reliably, and efficiently, but also to do it so seamlessly that we don't even think about it. However, with the many factors involved in consumer product design, from the application of human factors and ergonomics principles to reducing risks of malfunction and the total life cycle cost, well, the process just seems to get more complex. Edited by well-known and well-respected experts, the two-volumes of Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics in Consumer Product Design simplify this process. The second volume, Human Factors and Ergonomics in Consumer Product Design: Uses and Applications, discusses challenges and opportunities in the design for product safety and focuses on the critical aspects of human-centered design for usability. The book contains 14 carefully selected case studies that demonstrate application of a variety of innovative approaches that incorporate Human Factor and Ergonomics (HF/E) principles, standards, and best practices of user-centered design, cognitive psychology, participatory macro-ergonomics, and mathematical modeling. These case studies also identify many unique aspects of new product development projects, which have adopted a user-centered design paradigm as a way to attend to user requirements. The case studies illustrate how incorporating HF/E principles and knowledge in the design of consumer products can improve levels of user satisfaction, efficiency of use, increase comfort, and assure safety under normal use as well as foreseeable misuse of the product. The book provides a comprehensive source of information regarding new methods, techniques, and software applications for consumer product design.
Human Factors Design Handbook by
Systems conceptualization includes agricultural systems, military systems, industrial systems, and transportation systems. Subsystems design includes doors, ramps, walkways, bathrooms, kitchens, offices, lighting, and sound systems. Component and display design includes visual displays, auditory displays, fasteners, tools, and furniture. Human factors data looks at such things as human strength, reaction time, heat, radiation, and fatigue.
Human Factors Design Handbook by
Practical guidelines for the Ergonomic Design of Products and Facilities You'll find: Key Descisions to make at the conceptual design stage; Diagrams, charts and checklists; Data on cognitive skills, sensory capacities, mobility, strength, and dexterity; Tables of Engineering unit conversions and scientific constants; Designs that "fit the user"; Human Body size, reach, strength, reaction time, environmental stress resistance. Now revised and updated, this definitive guide--recognized worldwide as the leading source of ergonomics data and guidelines--is even more useful for integrating the human factor in the design of facilities, systems, products, and equipment. To help you ensure safe and efficient use, and prevent user error, injury, inconvenience, or dissatisfaction, the second edition of Human Factors Design Handbook includes step-by-step guidelines and valuable human factor data for identifying and accommodating the needs of people in architecture and the design of furnishings, equipment, consumer products, vehicles, machinery, highways and transportation.
Human Factors Engineering and Ergonomics by
Although still true to its original focus on the person-machine interface, the field of human factors psychology (ergonomics) has expanded to include stress research, accident analysis and prevention, and nonlinear dynamical systems theory (how systems change over time), human group dynamics, and environmental psychology. Reflecting new developments in the field, Human Factors Engineering and Ergonomics: A Systems Approach, Second Edition addresses a wide range of human factors and ergonomics principles found in conventional and twenty-first century technologies and environments. Based on the author's thirty years of experience, the text emphasizes fundamental concepts, systems thinking, the changing nature of the person-machine interface, and the dynamics of systems as they change over time. See What's New in the Second Edition: Developments in working memory, degrees of freedom in cognitive processes, subjective workload, decision-making, and situation awareness Updated information on cognitive workload and fatigue Additional principles for HFE, networks, multiple person-machine systems, and human-robot swarms Accident analysis and prevention includes resilience, new developments in safety climate, and an update to the inventory of accident prevention techniques and their relative effectiveness Problems in "big data" mining Psychomotor control and its relevance to human-robot systems Navigation in real-world environment Trust in automation and augmented cognition Computer technology permeates every aspect of the human-machine system, and has only become more ubiquitous since the previous edition. The systems are becoming more complex, so it should stand to reason that theories need to evolve to cope with the new sources of complexity. While many books cover traditional topics and theory, they to not focus on the practical problems students will face in the future. With broad coverage that ranges from physical ergonomics to cognitive aspects of human-machine interaction and includes dynamic approaches to system failure, this book increases the number of methods and analytical tools that are available for the human factors researcher.
Human Factors in Control Room Design by
A succinct guide to a Human Factors programme of work This book provides a reference for project managers to assist in identifying the key rudiments of good Human Factors design. It is intended to be used in conjunction with an appointed Human Factors manager as part of a detailed design programme, read by all engineers and designers in order to establish a wide understanding across the whole team of the importance of Human Factors. Human Factors in Military and Industrial Control Room Design offers succinct advice, tailored for rapid injection into complex Human Factors programmes, together with applicability to any control room design, military or industrial. Applications include warship control rooms, command centres, fire and accident response centres, chemical plants, nuclear installations, oil rigs, refineries and other similar industries. Key features: A template for a thorough Human Factors programme of work. Applicability to any control room design. Aims to address operator workload and optimise system performance, comfort and safety. Can save significant costs by optimised system integration and enhanced system operation. It is advised that project managers use Human Factors in Military and Industrial Control Room Design as a template to develop a control room "Operating Philosophy" and "Human Computer Interface (HCI) Style Guide" for their own purposes within the constraints of their specific industry.
Human Factors in Product Design by
Manufacturers are becoming more aware of human factors in product design as a major competitive issue. In many product areas, manufacturers have reached a technology ceiling, which simply means that it is increasingly difficult to get ahead of the competition in terms of, for example, functionality, technical reliability or manufacturing costs. As a consequence, design has become a major battleground for manufacturers, and usability is recognized as being a central tenet of good design. This book provides a unique snapshot of current practice in human factors, identifying methods and techniques that work well under tight constraints and providing case study evidence of their effectiveness. The commercial implications of usability are discussed, and special attention is paid to two key trends: inclusive design and smart products. Inclusive design is about meeting the needs of all users with one design, which includes the elderly and the disabled. Smart products are multi-functional products with electronic interfaces containing a vast array of "helpful" functions. Industrial designers and manufacturing executives will find this text enlightening.
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Retail Design by
The Basics Interior Design series comprises a collection of titles examining the application of interior design principles to different types of space. Packed with cutting-edge examples and fully illustrated with clear diagrams and inspiring imagery, they offer an essential introduction to the subject. This second edition of Retail Design examines the latest developments in the contemporary retail design sector worldwide. It guides the reader step by step through the retail design process, providing strategies that can produce a successful retail space and a design that is appropriate for the brand, product, consumer and retailer. A new chapter exploring consumer behaviour is combined with clear explanations of branding and identity, to provide the starting point for the design concept. The relationship between the interior and its context, site and setting is then examined, alongside in-depth investigations of layout, circulation and pace and other design considerations. Fully updated with new international case studies and expanded coverage on sustainability, interactivity, and innovative design concepts - this new edition of Retail Design offers cutting-edge insights into the practice of contemporary retail design and shows designers how to meet and exceed the expectations of today's clients and consumers.
Product Workshop 3: Ergonomics and Consumer Products
Product Workshop 3: Ergonomics and Consumer Products will help you examine human factors as it informs the design process, and as a tool to maximize the physical and psychological aspects of design toward the establishment of a human-centered design, all in the application with product concepts serving consumer needs.
Discussions will include anthropometrics, standards and data, human issues, cultural context, and design outcomes. Ergonomic violations brought about by the use of selected products will also be determined through methodical testing. Emphasis on the needs and marketing factors of special populations such as children, elderly, and disabled will also be included, while coinciding with different types of consumer goods.
At the end of this course, you must demonstrate your knowledge of ergonomics as it is applied in the design of an actual consumer-based product that promotes safety, efficiency, productivity, and comfort.
Advances in Physical Ergonomics and Safety by
Based on recent research, this book discusses physical ergonomics, which is concerned with human anatomical, anthropometric, physiological and biomechanical characteristics as they relate to physical activity. Topics include working postures, materials handling, repetitive movements, work-related musculoskeletal disorders, workplace layout, safety,
Contemporary Ergonomics and Human Factors 2013 by
The broad and developing scope of ergonomics - the application of scientific knowledge to improve people's interaction with products, systems and environments - has been illustrated for 27 years by the books which make up the Contemporary Ergonomics series.This book presents the proceedings of the international conference on Contemporary Ergonomics
The Design of Future Things by
Donald A. Norman, a popular design consultant to car manufacturers, computer companies, and other industrial and design outfits, has seen the future and is worried. In this long-awaited follow-up to The Design of Everyday Things, he points out what's going wrong with the wave of products just coming on the market and some that are on drawing boards everywhere-from "smart" cars and homes that seek to anticipate a user's every need, to the latest automatic navigational systems. Norman builds on this critique to offer a consumer-oriented theory of natural human-machine interaction that can be put into practice by the engineers and industrial designers of tomorrow's thinking machines. This is a consumer-oriented look at the perils and promise of the smart objects of the future, and a cautionary tale for designers of these objects-many of which are already in use or development.
Ergonomics by
A complete introduction to the field, Ergonomics: Foundational Principles, Applications and Technologies discusses scientific principles, research, applications, and emerging trends in technology. Covering the foundational principles and major topics in physical ergonomics, the book contains the necessary components of a quality ergonomics course,
Ergonomics for People with Disabilities by
The world of developed economies looks at the problems of people with disabilities from a technical, social, psychological and informational perspective. Impacts in favour of people with disabilities are most often equated with the removal of barriers and integration. Nowadays, virtually every form of social and economic life should take in account inclusion and removal of barriers. Urban planning, the design of buildings, communication networks and the products, tools can be done from the perspective of removing barriers for people with disabilities. It is crucial to promote a way of thinking aimed at taking into account the needs of people with disabilities in the creation of all new civilizational solutions. Monograph "Ergonomics for People with Disabilities: Design for Accessibility" presents interdisciplinary attitude to the issue of designing for people with disabilities. The aim of the monograph is to present the factors affecting life activation of people with disabilities (including "50+" and "mature" people) and the problems that people with disabilities face by the participation in social and professional life and the daily activities and how design for accessibility can help with solving those problems. Concepts presented in the first part are focused on designing of products supporting inclusion such as wheelchairs, orthopaedic seats, carrier vests and hand tools. This part consist of five chapters. Field of interest of second part of the monograph is how to design accessible socio-technical environment. The subject is presented in four chapters on two hospital case studies, backyard sensorimotor path case and integrated therapeutic environment case. Third part is focused on universal design with ICT solutions. It consist of the concepts and analysis of solutions supporting people with disabilities and elderly people presented in six chapters. Scope of the last part is human factor design for barriers reduction. In three chapters problems such deafness, dementia and professional activity of people with disabilities were presented. Monograph includes the wide perspective of engineers, designers, architects, psychologists, sociologists, vocational counsellors and medicals that can inspire to new look at design for accessibility. Book Title: Ergonomics For People With Disabilities Book Subtitle: Design For Accessibility Scientific editors: Aleksandra Polak-Sopinska, Jan Królikowski Technical editor: Magdalena Wróbel-Lachowska Editors affiliations: Faculty of Management and Production Engineering, Lodz University of Technology, Poland Series Title: Advences in Production Management and Ergonomics Series ISSN: 2544-7610 Series Volume: 1e-ISBN: 978-3-11-061783-2 Edition Number: 1 Copyright: 2018 Publisher: De Gruyter Copyright Holder: Department of Production Management and Logistics, Faculty of Management and Production Engineering, Lodz University of Technology, Poland Number of Pages: 238 Department of Production Management and Logistics, Lodz University of Technology, Poland ABSTRACTING & INDEXING Ergonomics For People With Disabilities is covered by the following services: DOAB (Directory of Open Access Books) EBSCO Discovery Service Google Scholar J-Gate Naviga (Softweco) Primo Central (ExLibris) ReadCube Semantic Scholar Summon (ProQuest) TDOne (TDNet) WorldCat (OCLC)
Ergonomics in the Automotive Design Process by
The auto industry is facing tough competition and severe economic constraints. Their products need to be designed "right the first time" with the right combinations of features that not only satisfy the customers but continually please and delight them by providing increased functionality, comfort, convenience, safety, and craftsmanship. Based on t
Human Factors and Ergonomics in Consumer Product Design by
Every day we interact with thousands of consumer products. We not only expect them to perform their functions safely, reliably, and efficiently, but also to do it so seamlessly that we don't even think about it. However, with the many factors involved in consumer product design, from the application of human factors and ergonomics principles to red
Human Factors In Consumer Products by
The design of consumer products has a central role in its potential for contributing to a healthier living and working space. However, too often consumers are only aware of the designers'' role when bad practice manifestly exacerbates the easy application of basic functionality. This important book places human factors perspective firmly at the centre of good practice in consumer product design, encouraging rigorous human factors evaluation and methodology as an essential component of the design process. The book''s central theme is to introduce human factors techniques to consumer product design and the efficacy of the approach is illustrated with several case studies from a diverse variety of products. Products addressed range from scissors to strimers, from pens to power tools, from kettles to cookers, from radio-cassettes to rucksacks, adn from razors to VCRs. Techniques brought to bear on the devices include: checklists, hierarchical task analysis, observations, interviews, error prediction, questionnaires, guidelines, focus groups, simulations and user trials. Key Features: * Foreword by Sean Blair of the Design Council * Valuable resource for professionals, academics and students in both human factors engineering and design * Fosters an approach which integrates the skills of both professions in a successful approach to consumer product design * Includes plenty of examples throughout the book
Occupational Ergonomics by
In the fifteen years since the publication of Occupational Ergonomics: Theory and Applications significant advances have been made in this field. These advances include understanding the impact of ageing and obesity on workplace, the role of ergonomics in promoting healthy workplaces and healthy life styles, the role of ergonomic science in th
Production Ergonomics by
Production ergonomics - the science and practice of designing industrial workplaces to optimize human well-being and system performance - is a complex challenge for a designer. Humans are a valuable and flexible resource in any system of creation, and as long as they stay healthy, alert and motivated, they perform well and also become more competent over time, which increases their value as a resource. However, if a system designer is not mindful or aware of the many threats to health and system performance that may emerge, the end result may include inefficiency, productivity losses, low working morale, injuries and sick-leave. To help budding system designers and production engineers tackle these design challenges holistically, this book offers a multi-faceted orientation in the prerequisites for healthy and effective human work. We will cover physical, cognitive and organizational aspects of ergonomics, and provide both the individual human perspective and that of groups and populations, ending up with a look at global challenges that require workplaces to become more socially and economically sustainable. This book is written to give you a warm welcome to the subject, and to provide a solid foundation for improving industrial workplaces to attract and retain healthy and productive staff in the long run.
The Rules of Work by
The experience of the past decade since the publication of the first edition of The Rules of Work: A Practical Engineering Guide to Ergonomics proves just how central ergonomics is for effective production. Revised and updated to reflect new insights from workplace developments, the second edition continues the tradition of providing essential tool
Transforming Ergonomics with Personalized Health and Intelligent Workplaces by
Life expectancy is increasing, and we are all expected to work for longer as a result. A balance must be found between the demands of work and human capabilities, and this makes the prevention of workplace-related health problems more important than ever. Emerging technologies, such as smart textiles, wearable devices, and the Internet of Things have enabled the development of intelligent biomedical clothing and the integration of pervasive sensitive services into the environment, and together with ambient intelligence technology techniques and big data analytics, have fostered a proliferation of p-Health monitoring solutions. This book presents a collection of the most significant challenges and advances in the field of intelligent workspaces and personalized ergonomics, bringing together the most relevant results of various international research projects. The book is organized into three main sections: Personalized Ergonomics, which explores the need for practical and reliable risk assessment methods for the prevention of musculoskeletal disorders and the enhancement of the workplace; Pervasive Technology for Intelligent Workplaces, which identifies the opportunities and challenges of technology-based interventions and the security and privacy issues of the smart workplace; and Data Warehouse Governance and Analytics. The book concludes with a chapter on lessons learnt.The transformation of the working environment into a healthy and intelligent space will not only support ergonomists, employees and employers, but may also be the solution to the sustainability of our current social welfare systems, and the book will be of interest to all those concerned with workplace health.
Product Workshop 4: Furniture and Basketry
Product Workshop 4: Furniture and Basketry introduces you to the product design process focusing on play combined with the vernacular of Filipino basketry design.
In this course, you are introduced to the vernacular of using organic materials such as vines and fibers in the craft of basketry. This caps IDMATL2 where you are expected to use the materials for furniture design projects and for your design exploration for the basketry projects. This course equips you with various design tools such as brainstorming, visual storming, user-target mapping, and many more. The importance of integrating the needs of a specific market segment in toy and play design is put into focus, thus you are introduced to the science of Ergonomics where human factors are put into consideration in design. It is important to conduct field testing of your design with your target market.
As culminating activity, you are to present at a student exhibit your project portfolio and a prototype of your design projects.
Basketry : a world guide to traditional techniques by
Basketry explores in depth the techniques and materials used to construct baskets around the world, demystifying basketry and giving a basis for understanding, appreciating and identifying the baskets of the world. Copious colour photographs, diagrams and archive photography of international basketry provide a rich source of comparison and reference.
Basketry of the Luzon Cordillera, Philippines by
The ubiquitous basket perhaps best captures the unique way of life of the agricultural people of Luzon's Cordillera, or central mountain range. This volume is illustrated with photographs of 50 baskets and related items such as trays, hats, and fish traps, as well as numerous images - both historical and contemporary - of baskets in daily use.
Baskets : design ideas, techniques and materials, step-by-step projects by
Comprehensive and creative, this is a hands-on introduction to the ancient art of basket making. The versatility and variety of the craft comes through with clear instructions for making hanging baskets, picnic baskets, centerpieces and more from vines, twigs, wire, leather and even edible materials. 100 full-color pictures.
Baskets : indoors, outdoors, practical, decorative by Ceramic Design by
Throughout the twentieth century, ceramics was broadly divided into two sectors.Studio pottery, which was a reaction against the mass-madewares of the industrialrevolution, and fine art by contemporary artists, who just happened touse clay in their practice but rejected many of its traditional codes of practice.The unprecedented surge in popularity of ceramics in the last five years hashelped forge a new type of potter: the ceramic designer. Part-craftsman,part designer,they bridge ceramic craft, collectable design, and fine art. These ceramicistsinclude product designers who use clay as a means of creative expression,and classically trained potters who create design-ledpieces, in addition to interiordecorators, illustrators, and graphic designers.Their collective output includes furniture, decorative objects, murals, andvessels: not art, not craft, but design. The ambition of the book is to show the diversityof this area of creative production and the way in which history, craft,technology, and design are all intersecting in the present day, creating a new typeof designer--anda new type of ceramicist.The book is divided into four thematic chapters and accompanied by writtencontributions on the subject from designers, decorators, and collectors.
Chair by
The most compelling collection ever of the world's most innovative, stylish, and influential chairs Throughout history, the chair has presented designers the world over with infinite opportunities to experiment with new methods and materials within the set parameters of an object that is primarily there to serve a practical purpose. Chair: 500 Designs that Mattercelebrates the humble chair as never before, from early examples to today's cutting-edge creations. It invites you to sit back and be taken on a journey through the creative imaginations of hundreds of internationally renowned designers.
Crafty containers : weave, coil & plait from recycled materials by
Lois Walpole shows how to create a stylish a nd brightly coloured selection of baskets, bowls and contain ers using all sorts of different materials. Don''t throw anyt hing away until you have read this book. '
Edge of Order by
A stunning tour of the work of internationally known architect Daniel Libeskind and an investigation of a master artist's creative process. Daniel Libeskind is one of the foremost architects of our time, a self-proclaimed rebel celebrated for innovative, site-conscious designs, including the Jewish Museum Berlin and New York's World Trade Center Redevelopment. He has also emerged as one of architecture's most visible public ambassadors. In Edge of Order, Libeskind opens the door to his unique creative process, guiding us through a selection of his projects never before collected--both built and unrealized, major commissions and unexpected favorites--and revealing how he arrived at their designs through text and a rich array of visuals, including drawings, plans, and photographs. With a voracious appetite for culture and history, and an encyclopedic memory, Libeskind draws on everything from Greek mythology to Emily Dickinson to the Marx Brothers to explain the way he thinks about buildings and cities. Far more than a monograph, Edge of Order is both an essential document of Libeskind's remarkable career and an intimate portrait of an artist that will encourage creative people in any field to discover new points of inspiration.
Furniture Boom by
A richly illustrated presentation of Danish Mid-Century furniture classics and the iconic designers who created them Danish design plays an important part in what has come to be known as the Mid- Century Modern style. Timeless furniture pieces, such as the Hans J. Wegner's Y-Chair and Finn Juhl's Chieftain Chair, influenced designers all over the world and are still considered classics. This book is the first to present an overview of the furniture created by Danish designers and architects, in the period between 1945-1975, tracing the movement from beginning to end. Design history expert Lars Dybdahl provides thorough descriptions and analyses of particular furniture pieces, never failing to situate them within a historical and cultural context. The book is richly illustrated, showcasing the aesthetic development from post-war Denmark to the swinging sixties and seventies. A richly illustrated presentation of Danish Mid-Century furniture classics and the iconic designers who created them Danish design plays an important part in what has come to be known as the Mid- Century Modern style. Timeless furniture pieces, such as the Hans J. Wegner's Y-Chair and Finn Juhl's Chieftain Chair, influenced designers all over the world and are still considered classics. This book is the first to present an overview of the furniture created by Danish designers and architects, in the period between 1945-1975, tracing the movement from beginning to end. Design history expert Lars Dybdahl provides thorough descriptions and analyses of particular furniture pieces, never failing to situate them within a historical and cultural context. The book is richly illustrated, showcasing the aesthetic development from post-war Denmark to the swinging sixties and seventies.
The handmade basket book by
This text includes step-by-step instructions for making a range of designer baskets and accessories at home. It includes designs to suit every taste and demonstrates a variety of different effects, including a traditional log basket and a wreath.
Handmade Baskets by
"Practically takes you by the hand to show you exactly how to create the style(s) of your choice....A glossary of terms, descriptions and drawings of tools and materials, an explanation of weaving variations, and answers to technical questions."--Country Accents. 144 pages (64 in color), 800 b/w illus., 8 1/2 x 10.
Home Futures by
The twentieth century offered up countless visions of domestic life, from the aspirational to the radical. Whether it was the dream of the fully mechanised home or the notion that technology might free us from home altogether, the domestic realm was a site of endless invention and speculation. But what happened to those visions? Are the smart homes of today the future that architects and designers once predicted, or has 'home' proved resistant to radical change? Home Futures: Living in Yesterday's Tomorrow -accompanying a major Design Museum exhibition of the same title-explores a number of different attitudes toward domestic life, tracing the social and technological developments that have driven change in the home. It proposes that we are already living in yesterday's tomorrow, just not in the way anyone predicted. This book begins with a lavishly illustrated catalogue portraying the 'home futures' of the twentieth century and beyond, from the work of Ettore Sottsass and Joe Colombo to Google's recent forays into the smart home. The catalogue is followed by a reader consisting of newly commissioned essays by writers such as Dan Hill and Justin McGuirk, which explore the changes in the domestic realm in relation to space, technology, society, economy and psychology.
Ingenious by
The main task for modern product designers is how to combine creativity and functionality. This book showcases different types of products such as furniture and industrial designs for the household and personal use, introducing projects from all over the world. It includes product descriptions, photographs, and designers' sketches showing the design processes.
Inspired Design by
Most decorating books focus on one designer; the rest focus on one period, one trend, one room. This book, for the first time, has the big picture: ALL the names everybody must know from the entire 100-year history of interior design. Each designer is profiled and illustrated with three to four photographs of their best work; what we can learn from them--and how they changed decorating forever--is clearly highlighted to catch the eye.
The Interior Design Reference and Specification Book by
The Interior Design Reference & Specification Book collects the information essential to planning and executing interior projects of all shapes and sizes, and distills it in a format that is as easy to use as it is to carry.
International Basketry by
This beautifully illustrated volume presents baskets woven from natural fibers over a long period of time and from diverse American, European and International cultures. Specialized baskets for work places, as architectural elements and for domestic and farm chores are shown in over 400 black and white and 31 color pictures. The text explores the origins of the plants which produce weavable fibres, localized preparation techniques, and a wide variety of weaving styles and forms. The extensive picture captions identify the use, origin, material and size of each basket and reflect the cultural styles. Detailed drawings of many weaves will enable craftsmen today to duplicate and experiment with a variety of materials and patterns.
Marcel Breuer: Building Global Institutions by
Marcel Breuer (1902-1981) is celebrated as a furniture designer, teacher, and architect who changed the American house after his emigration from Hungary to the U.S.A. in 1937. More recently historians, architects, and-with the reopening in New York of the great megalith of his Whitney Museum as the Met Breuer-a larger public are gaining new insights into the cities and large-scale buildings Breuer planned. Often seen as a pioneer of a "Brutalist modernism" of reinforced concrete, Breuer might best be understood through the lens of the changing institutional structures in and for which he worked, a vantage developed in the fresh approaches gathered here in essays by a group of younger scholars. These essays draw on an abundance of newly available documents held in the Breuer Archive at Syracuse University, now accessible online. AUTHOR: Barry Bergdoll is Professor of Art History and Archeology at Columbia University and Curator in the Department of Architecture and Design in the Museum of Modern Art, New York. Jonathan Massey is Professor and Dean of Architecture at California College of the Arts. His current research examines the ways architecture manages our consumption of resources. SELLING POINTS: * Numerous essays by central architectural players 200 illustrations
Mid-Century Modern by
This gift book, featuringsophisticated illustrationsof classic pieces, is a must-have for lovers of Mid-Century Modern design. Mid-Century Modern remains one of the most popular, collectable, and dynamic styles of international design. This gift book features original illustrations of iconic mid-century designs, from Eames chairs to Poul Henningsen lamps and George Nelson clocks, all rendered in a distinctive graphic style. Featuring more than 90 pieces by over 60 designers and design duos, Mid-Century Modern: Icons of Design is arranged chronologically, and includes chairs, tables, storage, lighting, and product and industrial designs. On each spread, a stylish illustration of the piece is accompanied by a concise overview; an index of models, designers and manufacturers makes the book a useful reference. Inspired by one of the most iconic eras of modern design, this covetable gift book brings a touch of Mid-Century Modern style into any home.
Modern Scandinavian Design by
Designers from Denmark, Sweden, Finland, Norway, and Iceland have long pursued the shared goal of social equality through design, believing that well-designed everyday goods not only enhance daily life, but should also be the birthright of all.�Modern Scandinavian Design�is the ultimate guide to the distinctive design tradition arising out of these five Nordic countries since 1925.� Bestselling design authors Charlotte and Peter Fiell have extensively researched all aspects of the aesthetic, along with contributions from Magnus Englund of Skandium. With sections on�architecture, furniture, lighting, glass, ceramics, metalwork, woodenware, plastics, textiles, jewelry, and graphic design, this will be an indispensable resource for any design enthusiast, collector, or casual reader seeking inspiration for their home.�
Pallets 3. 0. Remodeled, Reused, Recycled by
Today still in Tokyo, tomorrow already in Cape Town, Barcelona or San Francisco: pallets are the universal symbol for globalized world trade. Their design is simple, their material sturdy and their purchase cheap.Yet, these are the very characteristics in combination with the raw and rough wood look that inspire architects and designers to remodel, reuse and recycle this seemingly inconspicuous flat transport platform for their own creations. With numerous projects from all over theworld, this volume demonstrates the limitless possibilities of engaging creatively with pallets. Used for buildings they undergo spectacular architectural transformations, while in art they are reinterpreted in surprising ways and cleverly deconstructed when utilized as a feature of interior design.
Philippine basketry : an appreciation by Shapes & forms of Philippine traditional basketry
Typecasting by
An Assembly of Iconic, Forgotten and New Vitra Characters During Milan's Design Week 2018, the Vitra exhibition »Typecasting,« curated by Robert Stadler, presented 200 objects in the former sports hall La Pelota in the city's Brera district. In addition to generous photographic documentation of the event, this eponymous publication , designed by Zak Group, critically investigates how design evolves under the influ ence of social media. By presenting the objects as characters, »Typecasting« is as much about furniture as it is about ourselves. Whereas furniture's practical function is a given, its representational role has dramatically evolved: furniture and objects become props for self-staging on social media and online.
Virgil Abloh by
One of The New York Times Best Entertaiment Gifts of 2019 New York Magazine's Most Giftable Coffee-Table Books of 2019 From street fashion to high culture, the work of Virgil Abloh, a celebrated multihyphenate artist, is showcased in this book. For Abloh, the museum catalogue is another opportunity to "question everything." This monograph, produced in close collaboration with the artist himself, explores his creative output in a three-books-in-one format. The catalogue section offers an overview of Abloh's interdisciplinary practice by Michael Darling and features essays and interviews with key voices in art, fashion, design, and architecture, including Taiye Selasi, Lou Stoppard, Michael Rock, Samir Bantal, Rem Koolhaas, and Anja Aronowsky Cronberg. In the archives section, more than 1,800 never-before-seen images pulled from the artist's personal files reveal the remarkable breadth of his influences and collaborations. And the index cross references the catalogue plates--Abloh's works--with his projects and process, using a vocabulary of themes developed by Abloh. This book is designed with Swiss binding. When opened the front cover lays completely flat and is not attached to the front pages of the book. The binding also intentionally exposes the spine of the bound book and the raw boards used for the case (cover). Published with Museum of Contemporary Art Chicago
What I've Learned by
Inspirational interviews with 28 world-renowned designers and architects shed light on the experiences that have influenced their lives and work.The regular feature What I've Learned in Frame magazine opens the door for readers to discover more about their favorite designers and architects. In candid interviews, these individuals reflect on the path their careers have taken them and the industry at large, offering the reader the possibility to take a shortcut and learn from their experiences.Revisiting a selection of these interviews for compilation into this new book, What I've Learned includes new material and further insights. The book also features the most important projects or products with which these established creatives made their name, but in a personal way, with the intricacies of real-life woven in.The creative conversations illustrated in this title demonstrate the strengths and inspirational vision of personalities such as Tadao Ando, Jaime Hayon, Hella Jongerius, Daniel Libeskind, Bernard Tschumi and Patricia Urquiola.Revisiting each of these interviews for compilation into this new book, What I've Learned includes new material and further insights. The accompanying visuals are serious or playful, depending on the interview subject; always with portraits capturing their character in unique and individual ways. The book does also feature the most important projects or products with which these established creatives made their name, but in a personal way with the intricacies of real-life woven in.The creative conversations illustrated in this title demonstrate the strengths and inspirational vision of personalities such as Tom Dixon, Jaime Hayon, Piero Lissoni, Ingo Maurer, Inga Sempe and Patricia Urquiola, making this a vital book for anyone interested the design industry.
Product Workshop 4: Furniture and Basketry
Product Workshop 4: Furniture and Basketry introduces you to the product design process focusing on play combined with the vernacular of Filipino basketry design.
In this course, you are introduced to the vernacular of using organic materials such as vines and fibers in the craft of basketry. This caps IDMATL2 where you are expected to use the materials for furniture design projects and for your design exploration for the basketry projects. This course equips you with various design tools such as brainstorming, visual storming, user-target mapping, and many more. The importance of integrating the needs of a specific market segment in toy and play design is put into focus, thus you are introduced to the science of Ergonomics where human factors are put into consideration in design. It is important to conduct field testing of your design with your target market.
As culminating activity, you are to present at a student exhibit your project portfolio and a prototype of your design projects.
Baskets by
Here is a wealth of practical advice and suggestions for decorating with baskets, including how to arrange fresh and dried flowers.
Contemporary African Design by
Contemporary Design Africa offers a refreshing challenge to rigid perceptions of what African design looks like. Focusing primarily on interior decoration, the book presents fifty designers, artisans, and cooperatives based on the continent or part of the diaspora who are creating sophisticated and innovative products and interiors.An introductory section surveys the history, vitality, and diversity in African design, followed by profiles of contemporary designers grouped by craft, from textiles, ceramics, and basketry to furniture, lighting, and beyond. Some of these designers reinterpret traditional methods and styles in beautiful and highly individual ways, such as the award-winning South African organization Zenzulu, which replicates techniques of Zulu master bead makers. Sustainability and recycling are another important focus for many: Cheick Diallo, the founder of the African Designers Association, creates stunning furniture made from discarded materials. Others, like Nigerian textile designer Banke Kuku, fuse African and Western styles in colorful, visually dynamic ways.Complete with references for sourcing African products, as well as a glossary and bibliography, Contemporary Design Africa reveals the rich possibilities being explored by a new generation of African creators.
Handmade Baskets by
"Practically takes you by the hand to show you exactly how to create the style(s) of your choice....A glossary of terms, descriptions and drawings of tools and materials, an explanation of weaving variations, and answers to technical questions."--Country Accents. 144 pages (64 in color), 800 b/w illus., 8 1/2 x 10.
Indian Basketry : Forms, Designs, and Symbolism of Native American Basketry by
Everything there is to know about traditional Native American basket weaving. Native American basket weaving is an intricate and powerful art, representative of the legends and ceremonies of the Indian nations and their cultures. George Wharton James's Indian Basketry is an invaluable aid for the artist, designer, craftsman, or beginner who wants to recreate authentic and often extinct basket forms and decorative motifs of the Native American peoples. Filled with 355 illustrations and photographs of Native American basket weavers taken at the turn of the twentieth century, this pioneering study--first published in 1901--provides in-depth information about specific aspects of Indian basketry, including: * Its role in legend and ceremony * The origins of forms and designs * Materials and colors used * Weaves and stitches * The symbolism and poetry woven into each basket * Preservation * Tips for the collector * And much more! From Yolo ceremonial baskets to Oraibi sacred trays, Indian Basketry traces the origin, development, and fundamental principles of the basket designs of the major Indian tribes of the southwestern United States and Pacific Coast, along with comments on the basket weaving of a number of other North American tribes.
The Nature and Culture of Rattan by
Rattan is the common name for a diverse group of climbing palms found throughout Old World tropical forests. For centuries people have used them for binding, basketry, house construction, food, and numerous other non-market purposes; more recently the canes of some species have been gathered for the multi-billion-dollar furniture, handicraft, and mat-making industries. Thus rattan continues to be vital to the culture and economic well being of millions of cane collectors, laborers, and artisans throughout tropical Asia and Africa. The Nature and Culture of Rattan explores this valuable forest product, the tropical forests on which it depends, and the societies that flourish by using and managing these remarkable plants. The Nature and Culture of Rattan provides a distinctive and engaging review of rattan and the people whose lives are centered on it. It examines rattan use, biology, human culture, and challenges in tropical field research and conservation through the knowledge of cane workers in three Southeast Asian forest villages where the author lived over a twenty-five-year period. He effectively challenges commonly held views of "slash and burn" farming, rainforest destruction, and population increase while underscoring the myriad forces involved in individual decision-making and social and environmental change. Personal stories and experiences are integrated with scientific information in a manner that will attract nonspecialists as well as students and researchers. The Nature and Culture of Rattan will be a valuable addition to undergraduate and graduate courses in ecology, anthropology, rural sociology and development, forestry, and natural resource management. A website (www.cfc.umt.edu/rattan) includes additional photographs, suggested reading, and discussion topics.
French Rococo ¿b¿nisterie in the J. Paul Getty Museum by
The first comprehensive catalogue of the Getty Museum's significant collection of French Rococo ébénisterie furniture. This catalogue focuses on French ébénisterie furniture in the Rococo style dating from 1735 to 1760. These splendid objects directly reflect the tastes of the Museum's founder, J. Paul Getty, who started collecting in this area in 1938 and continued until his death in 1976. The Museum's collection is particularly rich in examples created by the most talented cabinet masters then active in Paris, including Bernard van Risenburgh II (after 1696-ca. 1766), Jacques Dubois (1694-1763), and Jean-François Oeben (1721-1763). Working for members of the French royal family and aristocracy, these craftsmen excelled at producing veneered and marquetried pieces of furniture (tables, cabinets, and chests of drawers) fashionable for their lavish surfaces, refined gilt-bronze mounts, and elaborate design. These objects were renowned throughout Europe at a time when Paris was considered the capital of good taste. The entry on each work comprises both a curatorial section, with description and commentary, and a conservation report, with construction diagrams. An introduction by Anne-Lise Desmas traces the collection's acquisition history, and two technical essays by Arlen Heginbotham present methodologies and findings on the analysis of gilt-bronze mounts and lacquer. www.getty.edu/publications/rococo
Making Furniture in Preindustrial America by
Cooke offers a fresh and appealing cross-disciplinary study of the furnituremakers, social structure, household possessions, and surviving pieces of furniture of two neighboring New England communities. Winner of the Decorative Arts Society, Inc.'s Charles F. Montgomery Prize Originally published in 1996. In Making Furniture in Preindustrial America Edward S. Cooke Jr. offers a fresh and appealing cross-disciplinary study of the furnituremakers, social structure, household possessions, and surviving pieces of furniture of two neighboring New England communities. Drawing on both documentary and artifactual sources, Cooke explores the interplay among producer, process, and style in demonstrating why and how the social economies of these two seemingly similar towns differed significantly during the late colonial and early national periods. Throughout the latter half of the eighteenth century, Cooke explains, the yeoman town of Newtown relied on native joiners whose work satisfied the expectations of their fellow townspeople. These traditionalists combined craftwork with farming and made relatively plain, conservative furniture. By contrast, the typical joiner in the neighboring gentry town of Woodbury was the immigrant innovator. Born and raised elsewhere in Connecticut and serving a diverse clientele, these craftsmen were free of the cultural constraints that affected their Newtown contemporaries. Relying almost entirely on furnituremaking for their livelihood, they were free to pay greater attention to stylistically sensitive features than to mere function.
Relentlessly Plain by
The prehistoric site of Tell Sabi Abyad lies in the valley of the Balikh River, a tributary of the Euphrates in northern Syria. Between 2001 and 2008 excavations focused on the north-western, western and southwestern slopes of the main mound (Operations III, IV and V). Relentlessly Plain presents the results of detailed investigations into the 7th millennium BC ceramic assemblages recovered from those excavations by an interdisciplinary group of scholars. The 7th millennium BC was an era of profound cultural transformations in the ancient Near East. This began with the sustained adoption of pottery c. 7000 cal BC, followed by the slow advance of the new craft as pottery containers became increasingly common. Important social, economic and ritual activities became increasingly dependent on pottery containers. Over the course of the millennium, prehistoric communities began to cook food and drink, store surpluses, and send symbolic messages via the medium of pottery vessels. Tell Sabi Abyad offers a unique vantage point from which to study these innovations. Supported by a strong program of radiocarbon dating, extensive excavations have revealed a lengthy, continuous sequence of prehistoric occupation from the start of the Late Neolithic into the Early Halaf period. Pottery changed dramatically in the course of this long trajectory. Whereas in the initial stages pottery containers were rare, at the end of the sequence they represented a mass-produced craft. Initially ceramic containers were visually conspicuous, occasionally decorated, but masses of relentlessly plain pottery characterize subsequent stages. The book combines detailed discussion of themes relevant to the study of early ceramics in the ancient Near East with extensive analyses of each of the individual wares currently distinguished at the site. Separate chapters offer perspectives on the archaeometry, the depositional context, early repairs, food residues, provenance and associated human burials.
More Tinkering by
Tinkering is a way of learning through hands-on activity -- experimenting with materials and devices to see how they work, taking things apart, making small changes and improvements, exploring and inventing. Tinkering may seem like a form of play -- and it is -- but it is also a powerful way of discovering truths about science, engineering, and math. With this book, Curt Gabrielson follows up on his best-seller Tinkering: Kids Learn by Making Stuff with this all-new volume that features more than three dozen fun and educational tinkering projects based on his years of working with kids in the tropical island nation of Timor-Leste. Step-by-step instructions accompanied by full-color photos take you through a range of enjoyable projects that explore life sciences, physics, chemistry, earth sciences, and mathematics. You'll discover how math is used to make baskets, how fungi create fermentation, how electricity can make a magnet, how the greenhouse effect creates warming, and much more. The author also enlivens his latest batch of tinkering projects with colorful tales of his experiences in the tropic and the lives of the people he' s met there. Inside you'll find: Clear directions for making simple projects and doing activities that teach science, mathematics and engineering Projects rooted in day to day life and experience in a small, developing nation in the Asian tropics Full-color photographs throughout Explicit connections to standard STEAM concepts, K-12 Activities doable with less than $5 worth of common materials This book is perfect for parents, teachers, and students with an interest in hands-on, tinkering-based science and mathematics education, whether in traditional schools or in home-schooling situations. It will also be of interest to anyone who wants to learn more about developing nations, the culture and unique history of Timor-Leste, tropical nations or Asian cultures, with specific links to Indonesia, Portugal, or Australia.
Design for CNC by
Design, DIY, and computer-controlled fabrication are a powerful combination for making high-quality customized things. Written by the founders of the architecture, design, and research firm Filson and Rohrbacher, this book takes you through the basics of CNC fabrication, the design process, production, and construction of your own furniture designs. Through their AtFAB series of projects, accompanied by an overview of digital techniques and design thinking, this book introduces the knowledge and skills that you'll find widely applicable across all kinds of CNC projects. Not only will you learn how to design, fabricate, and assemble a wide range of projects, you'll have some great furniture to show for it! While 3D printing has been grabbing headlines, high school, college, library, and other public makerspaces have been making things with CNC machines. With a CNC router, you can cut parts from strong, tactile, durable materials like wood. Once you have your design and material, you can set up your job and let it run. When it's done, you can put the project together for an heirloom of your own. While 3D printing can make exciting things with complex designs, CNCs are the digital workhorses that produce large-scale, long-lasting objects.
Ancient Egyptian Furniture by
This revised second edition examines the common forms of furniture used in ancient Egypt, so much of which has been preserved by the dry Egyptian climate and has long been admired for the quality of its design and construction. The story begins with the earliest known pieces and ends with the spectacular discoveries from the 18th dynasty represented mainly by the magnificent furniture from the tomb of Tutankhamun. The insight which Dr Killen brings in the detailed explanations of the materials, techniques and designs of the master craftsmen of ancient Egypt, gives this book a special significance. There is a catalogue of known pieces from museums around the world, classified by type - beds, stools, chairs and tables - with detailed analyses of the materials, tools and joinery. The splendid photographs and drawings illustrate each piece and technique.
Ancient Egyptian Furniture by
In this revised second edition Dr Killen continues his survey of Egyptian furniture-making techniques with a study of boxes, chests and footstools and traces their evolution from the earliest times. Wooden, papyrus and alabaster boxes and chests were used to hold, protect and store valuable objects, toilet utensils, instruments, tools, garments, curtains, game pieces and papyri amongst other things. Those from the Old Kingdom usually had flat lids and solid board sides, tied together at the corners. During later periods carcase construction became so sophisticated, with the introduction of frame and panel work, that it was possible to construct barrel, shrine and pent-shaped lids. Later chests were elaborately painted, some with funerary scenes, painted with hieroglyphs or had gilt fretwork decoration applied to the sides and lid. This book is copiously illustrated with drawings and photographs and contains a catalogue of additional known pieces of Egyptian furniture preserved in museum collections.
Ancient Egyptian Furniture by
In this third volume Dr Killen investigates how woodworking in ancient Egypt developed in the 19th and 20th dynasties. It establishes the range of wooden furniture manufactured during this period by surveying examples depicted in Ramesside Theban and Memphite tombs. Ancient records show how the procurement of furniture occurred at Deir el-Medina while the design and manufacturing of these furniture forms can be traced through a series of furniture sketches that are annotated with a range of marks and signs. These designs are seen in surviving examples of furniture from settlements such as Medinet el-Gurob. To facilitate the manufacture of furniture, procedures were developed that were managed by cooperatives of Egyptian artisans. These groups established a recognisable Egyptian furniture style that was employed throughout the Ramesside world. Depictions of furniture used by the ruling Ramesside elite are examined including a remarkable collection of furniture used by Rameses III, illustrations of which could once be found in a painted wall scene in his tomb (KV11) and still seen carved on the walls of his temple at Medinet Habu. These illustrations show how royal furniture was used as a symbolic tool to promote the Ramesside Empire at the edges of its sphere of influence. Temple furniture was also used to serve a religious purpose in the rituals performed by Ramesside priests, these forms are also analysed in this volume. This third volume contains a catalogue of known Egyptian furniture preserved in world museums that augments those catalogues found in the first two volumes of this series. The author also provides a distribution list with illustrations of a number of replica pieces of woodwork made by him that can now be found preserved in several museums and collections. The purpose of these replica pieces has been to analyse the design and construction techniques used by Egyptian carpenters using a range of replica woodworking tools.
On the Couch by
How the couch became an icon of self-knowledge and self-reflection as well as a site for pleasure, transgression, and healing.The peculiar arrangement of the psychoanalyst's office for an analytic session seems inexplicable. The analyst sits in a chair out of sight while the patient lies on a couch facing away. It has been this way since Freud, although, as Nathan Kravis points out in On the Couch, this practice is grounded more in the cultural history of reclining posture than in empirical research. Kravis, himself a practicing psychoanalyst, shows that the tradition of recumbent speech wasn't dreamed up by Freud but can be traced back to ancient Greece, where guests reclined on couches at the symposion (a gathering for upper-class males to discuss philosophy and drink wine), and to the Roman convivium (a banquet at which men and women reclined together). From bed to bench to settee to chaise-longue to sofa- Kravis tells how the couch became an icon of self-knowledge and self-reflection as well as a site for pleasure, privacy, transgression, and healing. Kravis draws on sources that range from ancient funerary monuments to furniture history to early photography, as well as histories of medicine, fashion, and interior decoration, and he deploys an astonishing array of images-of paintings, monuments, sculpture, photographs, illustrations, New Yorker cartoons, and advertisements. Kravis deftly shows that, despite the ambivalence of today's psychoanalysts-some of whom regard it as "infantilizing"-the couch continues to be the emblem of a narrative of self-discovery. Recumbent speech represents the affirmation in the presence of another of having a mind of one's own.
Product Workshop 5: Mobility Design
Product Workshop 5: Mobility Design trains you on the fundamentals of Product Design and Development for transporting people. It could either be for mass transportation, or just for individuals, including mobility for PWDs. Student should learn, at the end of this course, the importance of understanding the needs of the Filipino users or commuters and go through the correct process of development to achieve the goal of realizing a new experience in transporting people.
Applying the basic product development processes starting from understand the users and commuters through behavior research, then creating their design parameters with intended solutions, product conceptualization, form and styling development, 3D rendering, drawing to model fabrication, and achieving commuters’ satisfaction.
This course will help you appreciate going through the right process of designing and product development. The outcome will prove to be very enlightening and achieving customer satisfaction in the use of transportation products.
Advances in Smart Cities by
This is an edited book based on the selected submissions made to the conference titled "International Conference in Smart Cities". The project provides an innovative and new approach to holistic management of cities physical, socio-economic, environmental, transportation and political assets across all domains, typically supported by ICT and open data.
Beyond Mobility by
Cities across the globe have been designed with a primary goal of moving people around quickly--and the costs are becoming ever more apparent. The consequences are measured in smoggy air basins, sprawling suburbs, unsafe pedestrian environments, and despite hundreds of billions of dollars in investments, a failure to stem traffic congestion. Every year our current transportation paradigm generates more than 1.25 million fatalities directly through traffic collisions. Worldwide, 3.2 million people died prematurely in 2010 because of air pollution, four times as many as a decade earlier. Instead of planning primarily for mobility, our cities should focus on the safety, health, and access of the people in them. Beyond Mobility is about prioritizing the needs and aspirations of people and the creation of great places. This is as important, if not more important, than expediting movement. A stronger focus on accessibility and place creates better communities, environments, and economies. Rethinking how projects are planned and designed in cities and suburbs needs to occur at multiple geographic scales, from micro-designs (such as parklets), corridors (such as road-diets), and city-regions (such as an urban growth boundary). It can involve both software (a shift in policy) and hardware (a physical transformation). Moving beyond mobility must also be socially inclusive, a significant challenge in light of the price increases that typically result from creating higher quality urban spaces. There are many examples of communities across the globe working to create a seamless fit between transit and surrounding land uses, retrofit car-oriented suburbs, reclaim surplus or dangerous roadways for other activities, and revitalize neglected urban spaces like abandoned railways in urban centers. The authors draw on experiences and data from a range of cities and countries around the globe in making the case for moving beyond mobility. Throughout the book, they provide an optimistic outlook about the potential to transform places for the better. Beyond Mobility celebrates the growing demand for a shift in global thinking around place and mobility in creating better communities, environments, and economies.
Community-Owned Transport by
City and state governments around the world are struggling to achieve environmentally sustainable transport. Economic, technological, city and transport planning and human behaviour solutions are often hampered by ineffective implementation. So attention is now turning to institutional, governmental and political barriers. Approaches to these implementation problems assume that transport ownership can only be public (owned by state entities) or private (corporate or personal). Another option - largely unexplored to date - is communal ownership of transport. Community-Owned Transport proposes and develops the notion that communal ownership has a historical basis and provides unique opportunities for providing personal mobility. It looks at the historical roots of modern urban transport's failings as those of technological change and the associated governing of transport systems, particularly the role of public sector institutions. Community ownership is explored through the new 'sharing economy' developments - car sharing, ridesharing and bicycle share schemes - and older social innovations in ecovillages and communal living. Models and practices of community ownership of transport are provided and this study also discusses how community ownership might contribute to sustainable transport. Drawing widely on different disciplines and fields of scholarship, this book explores the conceptual and practical aspects of communal ownership of transport. It will be a valuable resource for those seeking innovative approaches to addressing the pressing problems of transport, including graduate and postgraduate students, as well as policymakers, practitioners and community groups.
Decision-Making for Sustainable Transport and Mobility by
Decision-makers within the mobility, transport and logistics sector need to account for a wide range of conflicting information from actors with varied backgrounds and interests. This book presents Multi Actor Multi Criteria Analysis (MAMCA) developed by Professor Cathy Macharis, designed to involve and empower stakeholders within these sectors at all stages of the decision-making process.This comprehensive work draws on 15 years of research, during which MAMCA has been deployed to support sustainable decisions within the transport and mobility sectors. Contrary to traditional approaches in the area, the MAMCA methodology pushes stakeholder perspectives to the forefront of analysis using a co-construction approach, making the methodology unique within the group decision-making literature.Based on a strong record of both theoretical and real-life applications in the context of mobility, transport and logistics, this book provides decision-makers, managers and practitioners with the tools to use, understand and replicate the MAMCA methodology.
Deconstructing Product Design by
What makes a product successful? How it looks? The way it functions? Its ease of use? Or do factors like price and marketing dominate? In a quest to find answers to these questions, Deconstructing Product Design engages readers in a process of critically analyzing a diverse collection of 100 innovative products, from well-known classics to contemporary objects of desire. New in paperback, this books aims to support critical thinking about design, facilitate discovery of patterns of success (and failure) across products, and enable designers to apply lessons learned to their own design work. Experts from multiples design disciplines contribute commentary, including: --Robert Blaich, industrial design --Jill Butler, graphic design --Alan Cooper, technology design --Brock Danner, architecture --Kimberly Elam, graphic design --Donald Emmite, design history --Larimie Garcia, graphic arts --Scott Henderson, product design --Kritina Holden, human factors --Robert Kingslyn, graphic design --Jon Kolko, interaction design --Lyle Sandler, experience design Continue the deconstruction at http://www.deconstructingproductdesign.com.
Design incubator : a prototype for new design practice by
Artist, craftsman, engineer, ethnographer, psychologist, entrepreneur, agent of change - is a designer one of these or a blend of all? What is a designer's role in our current global and social landscape? The Design Incubation Centre was established to explore and probe these questions in depth within a rigourous and research-oriented context in the Division of Industrial Design at the National University of Singapore. Established in 2006, DIC is Singapore's first dedicated industrial design research laboratory. DIC's unique team composition and broad-ranging capabilities have enabled it to work on diverse research projects and collaborative workshops with organisations in academia, government, NGOs, and the design industry. Arranged by themes and consisting of documentary photographs, illustrated sketches, renderings and diagrams as well as articles and texts, this book presents an extensive archive of projects and workshops in product and research development, interspersed with insights and reflections from team members past-and-present. This book serves as a handbook for designers who seek to incorporate unique, progressive methods and approaches into their personal or professional practices as well as a retrospective monograph on the Design Incubation Centre.
Design revolution : 100 products that are changing people's lives by
Featuring more than 100 contemporary design products and systems - including safer baby bottles, a waterless washing machine, low-cost prosthetics for landmine victims, and Braille-based building blocks for blind children - this volume makes the case for design as a tool to solve some of the world's biggest social problems.
Driverless Urban Futures by
Since the industrial revolution, innovations in transportation technology have continued to re-shape the spatial organization and temporal occupation of the built environment. Today, autonomous vehicles (AVs, also referred to as self-driving cars) represent the next disruptive innovation in mobility, with particularly profound impacts for cities. At a moment of the fast-paced development of AVs by auto-making companies around the world, policymakers, planners, and designers need to anticipate and address the many questions concerning the impacts of this new technology on urbanism and society at large. Conceived as a speculative atlas -a roadmap to unknown territories- this book presents a series of drawings and text that unpack the potential impacts of AVs on scales ranging from the metropolis to the street. The work is both grounded in a study of the history of urban transportation and current trajectories of technological innovation, and informed by an open-ended attitude of future envisioning and design. Through the drawings and essays, Driverless Urban Futures invites readers into a debate of how our future infrastructure could benefit all members of the public and levels of society.
Ecological Design by
AN INDISPENSABLE OVERVIEW OF EARTH-FRIENDLY DESIGN AND AN IMPORTANT RESOURCE FOR DESIGNERS AND ENVIRONMENTALISTS.
High-Speed Rail and Sustainability by
High speed rail (HSR) is being touted as a strategic investment for connecting people across regions, while also fostering prosperity and smart urban growth. However, as its popularity increases, its implementation has become contentious with various parties contesting the validity of socioeconomic and environmental objectives put forward as justification for investment. High Speed Rail and Sustainability explores the environmental, economic and social effects of developing a HSR system, presenting new evaluations of the proposed system in California in the US as well as lessons from international experience. Drawing upon the accumulated experience from past HSR system development around the world, leading experts present a diverse set of perspectives as well as diverse contexts of implementation. Assessments of the California case as well as cases from Japan, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Taiwan, China, and the UK show how governments and stakeholders have bridged the gap between the vision and the realities of connecting metropolitan regions through HSR. This is a valuable resource for academics, researchers and policy-makers in the areas of urban planning, civil engineering, transportation and environmental design.
Informed Urban Transport Systems by
Informed Urban Transport Systems examines how information gathered from new technologies can be used for optimal planning and operation in urban settings. Transportation researchers, and those from related disciplines, such as artificial intelligence, energy, applied mathematics, electrical engineering and environmental science will benefit from the book's deep dive into the transportation domain, allowing for smarter technological solutions for modern transportation problems. The book helps create solutions with fewer financial, social, political and environmental costs for the populations they serve. Readers will learn from, and be able to interpret, the information and data collected from modern mobile and sensor technologies and understand how to use system optimization strategies using this information. The book concludes with an evaluation of the social and system impacts of modern transportation systems.
Logo Design Vol. 2 by
Following up on the best-selling Bibliotheca Universalis logo manual, this second volume focuses on corporate identity. In a globalized world, more and more symbols convey values ​​such as trust, quality, or reliability. This catalog comprehensively breaks down how texts, images, and ideas are condensed into distinctive brands. From airlines and groceries, sportswear and computers, museums, and magazines, to car brands, music labels, pharmaceuticals, and internet portals, this band offers around 4,500 brand logos including complete background information about designers, year of origin, and country, as well as brands and companies. A great reference book for anyone interested in the ideas and concepts that branding is based on. About the series Bibliotheca Universalis -- Compact cultural companions celebrating the eclectic TASCHEN universe!
Mobility Patterns, Big Data and Transport Analytics by
Mobility Patterns, Big Data and Transport Analytics provides a guide to the new analytical framework and its relation to big data, focusing on capturing, predicting, visualizing and controlling mobility patterns - a key aspect of transportation modeling. The book features prominent international experts who provide overviews on new analytical frameworks, applications and concepts in mobility analysis and transportation systems. Users will find a detailed, mobility 'structural' analysis and a look at the extensive behavioral characteristics of transport, observability requirements and limitations for realistic transportation applications and transportation systems analysis that are related to complex processes and phenomena. This book bridges the gap between big data, data science, and transportation systems analysis with a study of big data's impact on mobility and an introduction to the tools necessary to apply new techniques. The book covers in detail, mobility 'structural' analysis (and its dynamics), the extensive behavioral characteristics of transport, observability requirements and limitations for realistic transportation applications, and transportation systems analysis related to complex processes and phenomena. The book bridges the gap between big data, data science, and Transportation Systems Analysis with a study of big data's impact on mobility, and an introduction to the tools necessary to apply new techniques.
Planning for a Material World by
Today, urban scholars think of cities and regions as evolving through networks of human associations, technologies, and natural ecologies. This being the case, planners are faced with the　task of navigating a profoundly material world. Planning　with and for humans alone is unacceptable: in the unfolding of urban processes, non-human things cannot be ignored. This inclusive vision has consequences for how planners envision the connections among norms, technologies and life-worlds as well as how they design and implement their plans.　 The contributors to this volume utilize a variety of examples - ecologically-sensitive, regional planning　in Naples (Italy); congestion pricing in New York City; and public participation　in Europe, among others - to explore how planners　engage a heterogeneous and restless world. Inspired by assemblage thinking and actor-network theory, each chapter draws on this "new materialism" to acknowledge, in quite pragmatic ways, that spatial politics is a process of becoming that is inseparable from the materiality of urban practices.
Product sketches : from rough to refined by
" ... divided into eight sections and each evolves from rough sketches to refined illustrations. The sections cover some of the most popular fields of product design: consumer electronics, watches, home appliances, furniture, mobility, soft goods, footwear and apparel."--Page 4 of cover.
Reinventing the Automobile by
This book provides a long-overdue vision for a new automobile era. The cars we drive today follow the same underlying design principles as the Model Ts of a hundred years ago and the tail-finned sedans of fifty years ago. In the twenty-first century, cars are still made for twentieth-century purposes. They are inefficient for providing personal mobility within cities -- where most of the world's people now live. In this pathbreaking book, William Mitchell and two industry experts reimagine the automobile, describing vehicles of the near future that are green, smart, connected, and fun to drive. They roll out four big ideas that will make this both feasible and timely. The fundamental reinvention of the automobile won't be easy, but it is an urgent necessity -- to make urban mobility more convenient and sustainable, to make cities more livable, and to help bring the automobile industry out of crisis.
Sustainable Urban Mobility Pathways by
Sustainable Urban Mobility Pathways examines how sustainable urban mobility solutions contribute to achieving worldwide sustainable development and global climate change targets, while also identifying barriers to implementation and strategies to overcome them. Building on city-to-city cooperation experiences in Europe, Asia, Africa and Latin America, the book examines key challenges in the context of the Paris Agreement, UN Sustainable Development Goals and the New Urban Agenda, including policies needed to achieve a sustainable, low-carbon pathway for transport and how an integrated policy strategy is designed to provide a basis for political coalitions. The book explores which institutional framework creates sufficient political stability and continuity to foster the take-up of and long-term support for sustainable transport strategies. The linkages of climate change and wider sustainable development objectives are covered, including success stories, best practices, and quantitative analysis for key emerging economies in public transport, walking, cycling, freight and logistics, vehicle technology and fuels, urban planning and integration, and national framework policies.
Transgenerational Design by
The world's population is rapidly growing older, and it is important to create new products that are easily used by people throughout their lifetimes - whatever their ability. Transgenerational Design addresses this need by exploring product design that enhances the quality of life for users of all ages. This book offers a cross-disciplinary approach to product design that bridges gaps between designers and consumers, scientist and service professionals, young and old. He debunks myths about aging, showing how many problems with products are, in fact, problems for all age groups. Throughout, the author focuses on practical solutions to design challenges, helping designers to avoid discrimination against both age and ability.Transgenerational Design sensitizes readers to the realities of aging by exploring changes in abilities that occur throughout one's lifetime. It explains how to make intelligent decisions during the design, production, marketing, promotion, and selection of consumer products used by an aging population with a wide range of abilities. Readers will gain the specialized knowledge they need to understand common functional limitations including sensory changes, balance and falling, dysmobility, memory and confusion, and how they inhibit independence; develop products that support and extend independence by accommodating human limitations in vision, hearing, touch, dexterity, and mobility; and create product "microenvironments" that enhance the overall quality of life for people of all ages and abilities.More than 140 full-color illustrations offer exemplary designs ranging from kitchen utensils to walking shoes to personal hygiene systems. High-quality photographs present a collection of transgenerational products used in living environments (including furniture and lighting), healthcare, cooking and eating, sports and recreation, leisure activities, transportation, personal care and hygiene, home maintenance, and information pressing and communication. All designs are described in terms of how well they accommodate human limitations. Tables and charts illuminate the book's easy-to-read text, and the bibliography and appendices offer an extensive set of valuable resources. This guide will meet the needs of industrial designers, interior designers, architects, graphic designers, design engineers, and healthcare professionals.
Transportation Cyber-Physical Systems by
Transportation Cyber-Physical Systems provides current and future researchers, developers and practitioners with the latest thinking on the emerging interdisciplinary field of Transportation Cyber Physical Systems (TCPS). The book focuses on enhancing efficiency, reducing environmental stress, and meeting societal demands across the continually growing air, water and land transportation needs of both people and goods. Users will find a valuable resource that helps accelerate the research and development of transportation and mobility CPS-driven innovation for the security, reliability and stability of society at-large. The book integrates ideas from Transport and CPS experts and visionaries, consolidating the latest thinking on the topic. As cars, traffic lights and the built environment are becoming connected and augmented with embedded intelligence, it is important to understand how smart ecosystems that encompass hardware, software, and physical components can help sense the changing state of the real world.
Universal Design by
The future is looking old. We are currently at the threshold of the largest demographic transformation of modern times, the advent of the age of the senior citizen. What awaits us - what kinds of products, what kinds of houses? The fifty-and-over generation represents an enormous potential: in Germany alone, twenty million seniors have hundreds of billions of euros, but they hardly spend them for lack of suitable products. This book provides answers from a sociological and design perspective for architects, designers, decision-makers, and firms who wish to respond to the demands of this diverse and discriminating target group. It investigates the various aspects of senior citizens' lives from tip to toe and offers technical articles as well as authentic case studies and reports. Attractively laid out, fully illustrated, and with pointedly written texts, it is also aimed at the silver agers themselves, especially those who would like to find out what architecture and design can do to make their lives as pleasant and independent as possible.
Vehicle design : aesthetic principles in transportation design by
Vehicle Design guides readers through the methods and processes designers use to create and develop some of the most stunning vehicles on the road. Written by Jordan Meadows, a designer who worked on the 2015 Ford Mustang, the book contains interviews with design directors at firms including Fiat Chrysler Automobiles, Hyundai Motor Group, and Ford Motor Company, amongst other professionals. Case studies from Ford, Mazda, and Jeep illustrate the production process from research to execution with more than 245 color behind-the-scenes images in order to help readers create vehicles drivers will cherish.
Product Workshop 5: Mobility Design
Product Workshop 5: Mobility Design trains you on the fundamentals of Product Design and Development for transporting people. It could either be for mass transportation, or just for individuals, including mobility for PWDs. Student should learn, at the end of this course, the importance of understanding the needs of the Filipino users or commuters and go through the correct process of development to achieve the goal of realizing a new experience in transporting people.
Applying the basic product development processes starting from understand the users and commuters through behavior research, then creating their design parameters with intended solutions, product conceptualization, form and styling development, 3D rendering, drawing to model fabrication, and achieving commuters’ satisfaction.
This course will help you appreciate going through the right process of designing and product development. The outcome will prove to be very enlightening and achieving customer satisfaction in the use of transportation products.
5G NR by
5G NR: The Next Generation Wireless Access Technology follows the authors' highly celebrated books on 3G and 4G by providing a new level of insight into 5G NR. After an initial discussion of the background to 5G, including requirements, spectrum aspects and the standardization timeline, all technology features of the first phase of NR are described in detail. Included is a detailed description of the NR physical-layer structure and higher-layer protocols, RF and spectrum aspects and co-existence and interworking with LTE. The book provides a good understanding of NR and the different NR technology components, giving insight into why a certain solution was selected. Content includes: Key radio-related requirements of NR, design principles, technical features Details of basic NR transmission structure, showing where it has been inherited from LTE and where it deviates from it, and the reasons why NR Multi-antenna transmission functionality Detailed description of the signals and functionality of the initial NR access, including signals for synchronization and system information, random access and paging LTE/NR co-existence in the same spectrum, the benefits of their interworking as one system The different aspects of mobility in NR RF requirements for NR will be described both for BS and UE, both for the legacy bands and for the new mm-wave bands
5G Verticals by
A comprehensive text to an understanding the next generation mobile broadband and wireless Internet of Things (IoT) technologies 5G Verticals brings together in one comprehensive volume a group of visionaries and technical experts from academia and industry. The expert authors discuss the applications and technologies that comprise 5G verticals. The earlier network generations (2G to 4G) were designed as on-size-fits-all, general-purpose connectivity platforms with limited differentiation capabilities. 5G networks have the capability to demand customizable mobile networks and create an ecosystem for technical and business innovation involving vertical markets such as automotive, healthcare, manufacturing, energy, food and agriculture, city management, government, public transportation, media and more. 5G will serve a large portfolio of applications with various requirements ranging from high reliability to ultra-low latency going through high bandwidth and mobility. In this book, the authors explore applications and usages of various 5G verticals including a set of key metrics for these uses and their corresponding target requirements. The book also examines the potential network architectures and enabling technologies to meet the requirements of 5G verticals. This important book: Offers a comprehensive resource to the promise of 5G Verticals Provides a set of key metrics for the uses and target requirements Contains illustrative examples of the technology and applications Includes contributions from experts in the field and professionals that developed the 5G standards Provides an analysis of specific vertical industries which have the potential to be among the first industries to use 5G Written for industry practitioners, engineers and researchers, 5G Verticals discusses the technology that enables the 5G system to be flexibly deployed and scaled.
Aging, Technology and Health by
Aging, Health and Technology takes a problem-centered approach to examine how older adults use technology for health. It examines the many ways in which technology is being used by older adults, focusing on challenges, solutions and perspectives of the older user. Using aging-health technology as a lens, the book examines issues of technology adoption, basic human factors, cognitive aging, mental health, aging and usability, privacy, trust and automation. Each chapter takes a case study approach to summarize lessons learned from unique examples that can be applied to similar projects, while also providing general information about older adults and technology.
Aluminum Dreams by
How aluminum enabled a high-speed, gravity-defying American modernity even as other parts of the world paid the price in environmental damage and political turmoil. Aluminum shaped the twentieth century. It enabled high-speed travel and gravity-defying flight. It was the material of a streamlined aesthetic that came to represent modernity. And it became an essential ingredient in industrial and domestic products that ranged from airplanes and cars to designer chairs and artificial Christmas trees. It entered modern homes as packaging, foil, pots and pans and even infiltrated our bodies through food, medicine, and cosmetics. In Aluminum Dreams, Mimi Sheller describes how the materiality and meaning of aluminum transformed modern life and continues to shape the world today. Aluminum, Sheller tells us, changed mobility and mobilized modern life. It enabled air power, the space age and moon landings. Yet, as Sheller makes clear, aluminum was important not only in twentieth-century technology, innovation, architecture, and design but also in underpinning global military power, uneven development, and crucial environmental and health concerns. Sheller describes aluminum's shiny utopia but also its dark side. The unintended consequences of aluminum's widespread use include struggles for sovereignty and resource control in Africa, India, and the Caribbean; the unleashing of multinational corporations; and the pollution of the earth through mining and smelting (and the battle to save it). Using a single material as an entry point to understanding a global history of modernization and its implications for the future, Aluminum Dreams forces us to ask: How do we assemble the material culture of modernity and what are its environmental consequences? Aluminum Dreams includes a generous selection of striking images of iconic aluminum designs, many in color, drawn from advertisements by Alcoa, Bohn, Kaiser, and other major corporations, pamphlets, films, and exhibitions.
Assistive Technology by
Assistive Technology (AT) is the term used to describe products or technology-based services which support those with disabilities or other limitations to their daily activities, enabling them to enjoy a better quality of life.This book presents the proceedings of the 13th European Conference on the Advancement of Assistive Technology (AAATE 2015), held in Budapest, Hungary in September 2015. This biennial conference has established itself as a leading forum in the transdisciplinary area of Assistive Technology, providing a unique platform for the gathering of experts from around the world to review progress and challenges in the interdisciplinary fields which contribute to AT, such as research, development, manufacturing, supply, provision and policy. The theme of the 2015 conference is 'Attracting new areas and building bridges', and this book contains 138 reviewed papers and 28 poster presentations delivered at the conference, covering AT themes as diverse as aging, blindness, mobility, assisted living and accessibility for people with dementia and cognitive impairment.Offering a current overview of many aspects of AT, this book will be of interest to all those - from researchers and manufacturers to healthcare professionals and end-users - whose work or daily life involves the relationship between technology and disability.
Automatic for the City by
How will automated vehicles change our lives? Where are the opportunities and challenges? Future streets require planning today. This timely book envisions ways in which changes to urban mobility and technology will transform city streetscapes and, importantly, how cities can prepare. It is a reflection on the relationship between new technologies and urbanism, as well as an agile urban design manual with pictures illustrating potential spatial arrangements enabled by the new technologies. Two case studies in the central urban cores of London and Los Angeles will be presented to show how neighborhoods can be redesigned for the better and how to apply good urban design principles across towns and cities worldwide.
Beautiful users : designing for people by
In the mid-twentieth century, Henry Dreyfuss--widely considered the father of industrial design--pioneered a user-centered approach to design that focuses on studying people's behaviors and attitudes as a key first step in developing successful products. In the intervening years, user-centered design has expanded to undertake the needs of differently abled users and global populations as well as the design of complex systems and services. Beautiful Users explores the changing relationship between designers and users and considers a range of design methodologies and practices, from user research to hacking, open source, and the maker culture.
Being Modern by
In the early decades of the twentieth century, engagement with science was commonly used as an emblem of modernity. This phenomenon is now attracting increased attention in different historical specialties. Being Modern builds on this recent interest to explore engagements with science across culture from the end of the nineteenth century to approximately 1940. Addressing the breadth of cultural forms in Britain and the western world from the architecture of Le Corbusier to working class British science fiction, Being Modern paints a rich picture. Seventeen distinguished contributors from a range of fields, including the history of science and technology, art, architecture, and English culture and literature examine the issues involved. The book will be a valuable resource for further examination of culture as an interconnected web of which science was a critical part.
Beyond Mobility by
Cities across the globe have been designed with a primary goal of moving people around quickly--and the costs are becoming ever more apparent. The consequences are measured in smoggy air basins, sprawling suburbs, unsafe pedestrian environments, and despite hundreds of billions of dollars in investments, a failure to stem traffic congestion. Every year our current transportation paradigm generates more than 1.25 million fatalities directly through traffic collisions. Worldwide, 3.2 million people died prematurely in 2010 because of air pollution, four times as many as a decade earlier. Instead of planning primarily for mobility, our cities should focus on the safety, health, and access of the people in them. Beyond Mobility is about prioritizing the needs and aspirations of people and the creation of great places. This is as important, if not more important, than expediting movement. A stronger focus on accessibility and place creates better communities, environments, and economies. Rethinking how projects are planned and designed in cities and suburbs needs to occur at multiple geographic scales, from micro-designs (such as parklets), corridors (such as road-diets), and city-regions (such as an urban growth boundary). It can involve both software (a shift in policy) and hardware (a physical transformation). Moving beyond mobility must also be socially inclusive, a significant challenge in light of the price increases that typically result from creating higher quality urban spaces. There are many examples of communities across the globe working to create a seamless fit between transit and surrounding land uses, retrofit car-oriented suburbs, reclaim surplus or dangerous roadways for other activities, and revitalize neglected urban spaces like abandoned railways in urban centers. The authors draw on experiences and data from a range of cities and countries around the globe in making the case for moving beyond mobility. Throughout the book, they provide an optimistic outlook about the potential to transform places for the better. Beyond Mobility celebrates the growing demand for a shift in global thinking around place and mobility in creating better communities, environments, and economies.
Big Data Analytics for Connected Vehicles and Smart Cities by
This practical new book presents the application of "big data" analytics to connected vehicles, smart cities, and transportation systems. This book enables transportation professionals to understand how data analytics can and will expand the design and engineering of connected vehicles and smart cities. Readers find extensive case studies and examples that provide a strong framework focusing on practical application of data sciences and analytic tools for actual projects in the field.Both federal and private sector investments have a strong interest in the connected vehicle and this book discusses the impact this has on transportation. This book defines urban analytics and modeling, incentives and governance, mobility networks, energy networks, and other attributes and elements that craft a smart city. Readers learn how smart cities impact the application of advanced technologies in urban areas. This book explains how recently passed transportation legislation for the US has a specific emphasis on the use of data for performance management.
Cmos by
CMOS: Front-End Electronics for Radiation Sensors offers a comprehensive introduction to integrated front-end electronics for radiation detectors, focusing on devices that capture individual particles or photons and are used in nuclear and high energy physics, space instrumentation, medical physics, homeland security, and related fields. Emphasizing practical design and implementation, this book: Covers the fundamental principles of signal processing for radiation detectors Discusses the relevant analog building blocks used in the front-end electronics Employs systematically weak and moderate inversion regimes in circuit analysis Makes complex topics such as noise and circuit-weighting functions more accessible Includes numerical examples where appropriate CMOS: Front-End Electronics for Radiation Sensors provides specialized knowledge previously obtained only through the study of multiple technical and scientific papers. It is an ideal text for students of physics and electronics engineering, as well as a useful reference for experienced practitioners.
Deconstructing Product Design by
What makes a product successful? How it looks? The way it functions? Its ease of use? Or do factors like price and marketing dominate? In a quest to find answers to these questions, Deconstructing Product Design engages readers in a process of critically analyzing a diverse collection of 100 innovative products, from well-known classics to contemporary objects of desire. This book aims to support critical thinking about design, facilitate discovery of patterns of success (and failure) across products, and enable designers to apply lessons learned to their own design work. Experts from multiples design disciplines contribute commentary, including: --Robert Blaich, industrial design --Jill Butler, graphic design --Alan Cooper, technology design --Brock Danner, architecture --Kimberly Elam, graphic design --Donald Emmite, design history --Larimie Garcia, graphic arts --Scott Henderson, product design --Kritina Holden, human factors --Robert Kingslyn, graphic design --Jon Kolko, interaction design --Lyle Sandler, experience design Continue the deconstruction at http://www.deconstructingproductdesign.com.
Delft Science in Design 2 by
The mission of the publication "Delft Science in Design"is to promote and advance the exchange of lessons learned on designbetween university and industry. Also, it aims to amplify thevisibility of the results of academic effort in design at DelftUniversity. The questions OC What is design?OCO, OC What is engineering?OCO, OC What is science?OCO can be fiercely debated. Between the extremes ofartistic design and pure science, the transitions are like in fluid: they are smooth and gradual. An approach focusing on how the universitydeals with knowledge may provide a better entry to the debate. Themutual understanding between scientists from different disciplines mayget lost. It is one of the two major objectives of the Delft Science inDesign congress to offer a kaleidoscope of the activities of thevarious faculties to all university colleagues and students, so thatstaff and students can be made aware of activities in otherlaboratories, and have the opportunity to be informed on details. Beinginformed is the first step to understanding."
Design for Transport : a User-Centred Approach to Vehicle Design and Travel by
The central premise of Design for Transport is that the designer's role is to approach design for transport from the point of view of the user. People have a collection of wants and needs and a significant proportion of them are to do with their requirements for mobility. The authors show how creative designers can take a user-focused approach for a wide range of types of transport products and systems. In so doing their starting point is one of creative dissatisfaction with what is currently available, and their specialist capability is in imagining and developing new solutions which respond to that opportunity. How this is tackled varies depending on the context, and the variety of solutions produced reflects the different aspirations and needs of the people they are designing for. The chapters cover user needs and transport, design and the transport system, transport design case studies, and the case for the automobile. A conclusion briefly signals what the future for transport design might be. Lavishly illustrated throughout in four-colour, Design for Transport, is an imaginative and rigorous guide to how designers can take a user-centred and socially responsible approach to tackling a range of types of transport, from systems to products and from bicycles to automobiles, demonstrating a rich array of solutions through case studies.
Designing Climate Solutions by
With the effects of climate change already upon us, the need to cut global greenhouse gas emissions is nothing less than urgent. It's a daunting challenge, but the technologies and strategies to meet it exist today. A small set of energy policies, designed and implemented well, can put us on the path to a low carbon future. Energy systems are large and complex, so energy policy must be focused and cost-effective. One-size-fits-all approaches simply won't get the job done. Policymakers need a clear, comprehensive resource that outlines the energy policies that will have the biggest impact on our climate future, and describes how to design these policies well. Designing Climate Solutions: A Policy Guide for Low-Carbon Energy is the first such guide, bringing together the latest research and analysis around low carbon energy solutions. Written by Hal Harvey, CEO of the policy firm Energy Innovation, with Robbie Orvis and Jeffrey Rissman of Energy Innovation, Designing Climate Solutions is an accessible resource on lowering carbon emissions for policymakers, activists, philanthropists, and others in the climate and energy community. In Part I, the authors deliver a roadmap for understanding which countries, sectors, and sources produce the greatest amount of greenhouse gas emissions, and give readers the tools to select and design efficient policies for each of these sectors. In Part II, they break down each type of policy, from renewable portfolio standards to carbon pricing, offering key design principles and case studies where each policy has been implemented successfully. We don't need to wait for new technologies or strategies to create a low carbon future--and we can't afford to. Designing Climate Solutions gives professionals the tools they need to select, design, and implement the policies that can put us on the path to a livable climate future.
Geographies of Disability by
This book explains how space, place and mobility have shaped the experiences of disabled people both in the past and in contemporary societies. The key features of this insightful study include: * a critical appraisal of theories of disability and a new disability model * case studies to explore how the transition to capitalism disadvantaged disabled people * an exploration of the Western city and the policies of community care and accessibility regulation. Brendan Gleeson presents an important contribution to the major policy debates on disability in Western societies and offers new considerations for the broader debates on embodiment and space within Geography.
Hubris and hybrids : a cultural history of technology and science by
Human societies have not always taken on new technology in appropriate ways. Innovations are double-edged swords that transform relationships among people, as well as between human societies and the natural world. Only through successful cultural appropriation can we manage to control the hubris that is fundamental to the innovative, enterprising human spirit; and only by becoming hybrids, combining the human and the technological, will we be able to make effective use of our scientific and technological achievements. This broad cultural history of technology and science provides a range of stories and reflections about the past, discussing areas such as film, industrial design, and alternative environmental technologies, and including not only European and North American, but also Asian examples, to help resolve the contradictions of contemporary high-tech civilization.
In the bubble : Designing in a complex world by
We're filling up the world with technology and devices, but we've lost sight of an important question: What is this stuff for? What value does it add to our lives? So asks author John Thackara in his new book, In the Bubble: Designing for a Complex World. These are tough questions for the pushers of technology to answer. Our economic system is centered on technology, so it would be no small matter if "tech" ceased to be an end-in-itself in our daily lives. Technology is not going to go away, but the time to discuss the end it will serve is before we deploy it, not after. We need to ask what purpose will be served by the broadband communications, smart materials, wearable computing, and connected appliances that we're unleashing upon the world. We need to ask what impact all this stuff will have on our daily lives. Who will look after it, and how? In the Bubble is about a world based less on stuff and more on people. Thackara describes a transformation that is taking place now -- not in a remote science fiction future; it's not about, as he puts it, "the schlock of the new" but about radical innovation already emerging in daily life. We are regaining respect for what people can do that technology can't. In the Bubble describes services designed to help people carry out daily activities in new ways. Many of these services involve technology -- ranging from body implants to wide-bodied jets. But objects and systems play a supporting role in a people-centered world. The design focus is on services, not things. And new principles -- above all, lightness -- inform the way these services are designed and used. At the heart of In the Bubble is a belief, informed by a wealth of real-world examples, that ethics and responsibility can inform design decisions without impeding social and technical innovation.
Materials in Progress by
New materials and technologies play a significant role in architecture and design. Environmentally compatible materials and production methods are demanded just as much as smoothly functioning recycling management. In addition, trends like digitalization, 3D printing and intelligent systems and materials have a decisive influence on material innovations. The book's eight chapters span a bridge from science and industrial research to applications in architecture and design. In a compact format, it offers a well-grounded overview of the latest material innovations, including edible packaging, liquid light and intelligent natural materials. At the same time, the societal dimension of such developments is taken into consideration.
Nanoelectronics by
Offering first-hand insights by top scientists and industry experts at the forefront of R&D into nanoelectronics, this book neatly links the underlying technological principles with present and future applications. A brief introduction is followed by an overview of present and emerging logic devices, memories and power technologies. Specific chapters are dedicated to the enabling factors, such as new materials, characterization techniques, smart manufacturing and advanced circuit design. The second part of the book provides detailed coverage of the current state and showcases real future applications in a wide range of fields: safety, transport, medicine, environment, manufacturing, and social life, including an analysis of emerging trends in the internet of things and cyber-physical systems. A survey of main economic factors and trends concludes the book. Highlighting the importance of nanoelectronics in the core fields of communication and information technology, this is essential reading for materials scientists, electronics and electrical engineers, as well as those working in the semiconductor and sensor industries.
Reinventing the Automobile by
How to leave behind our unwieldy, gas-guzzling, carbon dioxide-emitting vehicles for cars that are green, smart, connected, and fun. This book provides a long-overdue vision for a new automobile era. The cars we drive today follow the same underlying design principles as the Model Ts of a hundred years ago and the tail-finned sedans of fifty years ago. In the twenty-first century, cars are still made for twentieth-century purposes. They are inefficient for providing personal mobility within cities--where most of the world's people now live. In this pathbreaking book, William Mitchell and two industry experts reimagine the automobile, describing vehicles of the near future that are green, smart, connected, and fun to drive. They roll out four big ideas that will make this both feasible and timely. The fundamental reinvention of the automobile won't be easy, but it is an urgent necessity--to make urban mobility more convenient and sustainable, to make cities more livable, and to help bring the automobile industry out of crisis.
Safe Mobility by
Safe mobility is clearly linked to transport sustainability, as fatalities and injuries resulting from people engaged with transport networks increasingly becomes a public health concern, relative to other health threats. This volume presents the current state of the knowledge across a multitude of analytical and context specific transport safety areas. It includes a comprehensive set of chapters authored by many of the world's leading experts in both behavioural and engineering aspects of safety mobility. The book increases the level of knowledge on road safety contexts, issues and challenges; shares what can currently be done to address the variety of issues; and points to what needs to be done to make further gains in road safety.
Universal Design : Solutions for a Barrier-free Living. by
The future is looking old. We are currently at the threshold of the largest demographic transformation of modern times, the advent of the age of the senior citizen. What awaits us - what kinds of products, what kinds of houses? The fifty-and-over generation represents an enormous potential: in Germany alone, twenty million seniors have hundreds of billions of euros, but they hardly spend them for lack of suitable products. This book provides answers from a sociological and design perspective for architects, designers, decision-makers, and firms who wish to respond to the demands of this diverse and discriminating target group. It investigates the various aspects of senior citizens' lives from tip to toe and offers technical articles as well as authentic case studies and reports. Attractively laid out, fully illustrated, and with pointedly written texts, it is also aimed at the silver agers themselves, especially those who would like to find out what architecture and design can do to make their lives as pleasant and independent as possible.
Urban Rail Development Handbook by
Cities across the globe are looking to develop affordable, environmentally friendly, and socially responsible transportation solutions that can meet the accessibility needs of expanding metropolitan populations and support future economic and urban development. When appropriately planned and properly implemented as part of a larger public transportation network, urban rail systems can provide rapid mobility and vital access to city centers from surrounding districts. High-performing urban rail services, when carefully approached as development projects, can help enhance quality of life by giving citizens access to employment opportunities, essential services, urban amenities, and neighboring communities. The purpose of this Handbook is to synthesize and disseminate knowledge to inform the planning, implementation, and operations of urban rail projects with a view towards: -- Emphasizing the need for early studies and project planning;-- Making projects more sustainable (economically, socially, and environmentally);-- Improving socioeconomic returns and access to opportunities for users; -- Maximizing the value of private participation, where appropriate; and -- Building capacity within project implementing and managing institutionsThis Handbook provides experiential advice to tackle the technical, institutional, and financial challenges faced by decision makers considering urban rail projects. It brings together the expertise of World Bank staff and the input of numerous specialists to synthesize international 'good practices' and recommendations that are independent of commercial, financial political, or other interests. The material presented is intended as an honest-broker guide to maximize the impact and manage the challenges of urban rail systems in cities in both developed and developing countries.Rather than identify a single approach, this Handbook acknowledges the complexities and context necessary when approaching an urban rail development by helping to prepare decision makers to ask the right questions, consider the key issues, perform the necessary studies, apply adequate tools, and learn from international good practice all at the right time in the project development process.
Vehicles, Drivers, and Safety by
This book presents works from world-class experts from academia, industry, and national agencies representing countries from across the world focused on automotive fields for in-vehicle signal processing and safety. These include cutting-edge studies on safety, driver behavior, infrastructure, and human-to-vehicle interfaces. Vehicle Systems, Driver Modeling and Safety is appropriate for researchers, engineers, and professionals working in signal processing for vehicle systems, next generation system design from driver-assisted through fully autonomous vehicles.
Why Design Now? National Design Triennial by
Why design now? As issues of ecology and sustainable living continue to gain in urgency and topicality, design has come to the forefront of the arts as the discipline best equipped to meet today's challenges. Designers around the world are rising to this clarion call by creating products, buildings, landscapes, messages and more that address important social and ecological problems. Why Design Now? National Design Triennial accompanies the fourth installation in Cooper-Hewitt, National Design Museum's acclaimed National Design Triennial exhibition series. Designed by Michael Bierut, a partner in the award-winning design firm Pentagram, Why Design Now? is the first Triennial book to be truly international in reach, with 134 designers and projects in more than 44 countries. With eight essays by four Cooper-Hewitt curators, project profiles and more than 350 color illustrations, many of which have never been published before, Why Design Now? offers a glimpse into contemporary innovation, and an up-to-the-minute survey of what progressive designers, engineers, entrepreneurs and citizens are doing in diverse fields and at different scales. Many of the featured works have influenced other designers by proposing new methodologies or by pioneering new techniques; also included are practical solutions already being implemented as well as experimental ideas designed to inspire further research. Each of the selected works--from a soil-powered table lamp to a post-petroleum urban utopia--celebrates the transformative power of design.
Product Workshop 6: Space and Environment
Product Workshop 6: Space and Environment is a collaborative design course that emphasizes on providing design for a human-responsive space and environment.
In this course, you are to explore the diverse elements of space design and trade exhibitions including: problem identification, problem solving, planning and project execution. You are trained to apply the principles of Universal Design and accessibility as one of the prime considerations in your design process. While the project needs and requirements are put to the forefront, you are highly encouraged to exercise liberal and playful approach in coming up with innovative design solutions while working in collaboration with your classmates and working within specified project constraints. A full-scale construction is required for the iteration of your design.
At the end of the course, you are expected to present your design at an exhibit and submit documentation of your project.
2017 California-Pacific Triennial by
This book extends the conversation at OMCA's 2017 Cal-Pac Triennial by featuring the artwork of 25 innovative artists working in California and the Pacific Rim. Featuring the work of 25 artists from diverse backgrounds, this triennial addresses the topic of architecture and permanence by exploring history and preservation, the concept of home and displacement, and the influence of power, economics, and political systems on global construction, especially within the Pacific Rim. This book includes drawing, photography, sculpture, and installation as well as performance and socially engaged work. Creatively conceived as an extension of the triennial itself, the book uses a modular system of graphics and typography that reflects the exhibition's themes. Illustrated essays provide a deeper understanding of how the contemporary built environment affects human experience.
Albert Frey and Lina Bo Bardi by
This unique book documents the work and lives of two 20th-century architects, Lina Bo Bardi and Albert Frey, whose shared beliefs anticipated today's architectural principles of integration among humans, earth, and the built environment. This book proposes a dialogue between two key 20th-century architects, Albert Frey and Lina Bo Bardi. Frey moved from Switzerland to the U.S. in the early 1930s and Bo Bardi emigrated from Italy to Brazil after the end of World War II. While they never met, their intellectual odysseys overlapped. Both fostered the integration among architecture, landscape, and people, helping transform the architectural culture in their adoptive countries. Their design affinities converged in the notion of a living architecture, evident in their publications and the projects featured here. Frey, a pioneer of "desert modernism" in southern California, embraced the landscape and experimented with materials to create elegantly detailed structures. Bo Bardi produced idiosyncratic works that strove to merge modern and traditional vocabularies in an architecture conceived as a stage for everyday life. Placing these architects side by side, the authors explore modern architecture through cross-cultural exchanges and unveil meaningful, though little- known, architectural dialogues across cultures and continents. AUTHORS: Daniell Cornell is Director of Art at the Palm Springs Art Museum.Zeular Lima, the author of Lina Bo Bardi, is Associate Professor at Washington University in St. Louis. 125 colour illustrations
Alejandro Aravena: Elemental by
Led by Pritzker Prize-winning artistic director Alejandro Aravena (born 1967), the Elemental studio, based in Santiago, Chile, possesses a diversely skilled staff whose analytical approach has produced highly original solutions to social challenges such as the housing shortage in Santiago's poorer neighbourhoods. Instead of designing cheap housing, Elemental builds "half houses" at the same cost and enables buyers to build the other half themselves. This combination of good design with the engagement of the buyers creates more sustainable housing areas. The studio works on both large and small scales in Chile and in the rest of the world; all projects bear the marks of their pragmatic approach. Alejandro Aravena: Elemental portrays the company's working methods and provides examples of its most important projects.
The Architecture of Closed Worlds by
From Aqualungs to the Eden Project: a history of closed systems. What do outer space capsules, submarines and office buildings have in common? Each was conceived as a closed system - a self-sustaining physical environment demarcated from its surroundings by a boundary prohibiting the transfer of matter or energy. As partial reconstructions of the world in time and space, closed systems identify and implement the basic materials necessary for the sustenance of life. From the space program to countercultural architectural groups experimenting with autonomous living, The Architecture of Closed Worlds documents a disciplinary transformation and the rise of a new environmental consciousness. It presents an archive of 39 prototypes from 1928 to the present, creating a genealogy of closed-resource structures. These include the FNRS Balloon (1931), Aqualung (1943), House of the Future (1956), Disney's EPCOT (1966), Bios 3 (1972), Rocky Mountain Institute (1982) and the EDEN Project (2000). Prototypes are presented in archival images with new analysis and illustrations. The book also showcases a timeline of the 39 prototypes that illuminates the ways in which they have contributed to the idea of "net-zero" or "zero-energy" in the contemporary discourse on sustainability. AUTHOR: Lydia Kallipoliti is an architect, engineer and writer, currently Assistant Professor Adjunct at the Cooper Union and at Columbia University in New York. She is the principal of ANAcycle thinktank based in Brooklyn, New York, and the recipient of numerous awards, including a silver medal in the W3 international awards for digital innovation in environmental awareness.
Balkrishna Doshi: Architecture for the People by
Shortlisted for the Richard Schlagman Art Book Awards 2019 for Best Book on Contemporary Architecture Balkrishna Doshi constantly demonstrates that all good architecture and urban planning must not only unite purpose and structure but must take into account climate, site, technique and craft. - Pritzker Prize 2018 jurors The 2018 Pritzker Architecture Prize winner Balkrishna Doshi is one of India's most influential architects, renowned for his harmonious designs that merge the formal language of classical modernism with Indian building traditions and local craft skills. Always designed with a sensitivity to the social, environmental and economic conditions of a given commission or site, Doshi's architecture honors the past while at the same time accommodating the rapidly changing conditions and needs of modern India. Doshi has designed more than 100 buildings-educational and cultural institutions, public buildings, private residences and low-income housing projects among them-and has taught scores of students over the course of his 60-year career, a career distinguished by a sense of responsibility and dedication to the country and communities he has served. Balkrishna Doshi: Architecture for the People presents the first comprehensive survey of this groundbreaking architect's oeuvre in over 20 years. With a complete overview of all of Doshi's projects, it provides insights into the inspiration behind his work and the background to his projects through essays written by outstanding experts in the field. The richly illustrated book is further supplemented by an interview with the architect, an illustrated biography and new photographs that document the impressive timeliness of the Indian master's buildings.
Beyond Mobility by
Cities across the globe have been designed with a primary goal of moving people around quickly--and the costs are becoming ever more apparent. The consequences are measured in smoggy air basins, sprawling suburbs, unsafe pedestrian environments, and despite hundreds of billions of dollars in investments, a failure to stem traffic congestion. Every year our current transportation paradigm generates more than 1.25 million fatalities directly through traffic collisions. Worldwide, 3.2 million people died prematurely in 2010 because of air pollution, four times as many as a decade earlier. Instead of planning primarily for mobility, our cities should focus on the safety, health, and access of the people in them. Beyond Mobility is about prioritizing the needs and aspirations of people and the creation of great places. This is as important, if not more important, than expediting movement. A stronger focus on accessibility and place creates better communities, environments, and economies. Rethinking how projects are planned and designed in cities and suburbs needs to occur at multiple geographic scales, from micro-designs (such as parklets), corridors (such as road-diets), and city-regions (such as an urban growth boundary). It can involve both software (a shift in policy) and hardware (a physical transformation). Moving beyond mobility must also be socially inclusive, a significant challenge in light of the price increases that typically result from creating higher quality urban spaces. There are many examples of communities across the globe working to create a seamless fit between transit and surrounding land uses, retrofit car-oriented suburbs, reclaim surplus or dangerous roadways for other activities, and revitalize neglected urban spaces like abandoned railways in urban centers. The authors draw on experiences and data from a range of cities and countries around the globe in making the case for moving beyond mobility. Throughout the book, they provide an optimistic outlook about the potential to transform places for the better. Beyond Mobility celebrates the growing demand for a shift in global thinking around place and mobility in creating better communities, environments, and economies.
Contemporary Muslim Fashions by
This lavishly illustrated book presents Muslim fashion as an essential part of contemporary style. This dazzling exploration of contemporary Muslim modest dress, from historic styles to present-day examples, accompanies a major exhibition and reveals the enormous range of self-expression through fashion achieved by Muslim men and women. Filled with documentary and fashion photography as well as stills from runway shows and the media, this book explores the ways Muslim style cultures are shaped by global trends and religious beliefs. From high-end couture to streetwear, this volume shows how established and diaspora regions, such as Dubai, Jakarta, London, and New York, are homes to thriving industries that create classic and cutting-edge looks. Accompanying these images are essays and personal narratives by leading voices that touch on everything from the history of modest dress to social media. A fascinating examination of a major segment of the fashion industry, this book highlights the ingenuity and creativity of Muslim designers and wearers as they deftly navigate the fashion industry while maintaining their religious and cultural identities. Copublished by the Fine Arts Musuems of San Francisco and DelMonico Books
Curatorial Activism by
Current art world statistics demonstrate that the fight for gender and race equality in the art world is far from over: only sixteen percent of this year's Venice Biennale artists were female; only fourteen percent of the work displayed at MoMA in 2016 was by nonwhite artists; only a third of artists represented by U.S. galleries are female, but over two-thirds of students enrolled in art and art-history programs are young women.Arranged in thematic sections focusing on feminism, race, and sexuality, Curatorial Activism examines and illustrates pioneering examples of exhibitions that have broken down boundaries and demonstrated that new approaches are possible, from Linda Nochlin's "Women Artists" at LACMA in the mid-1970s to Jean-Hubert Martin's "Carambolages" in 2016 at the Grand Palais in Paris. Profiles key exhibitions by pioneering curators including Okwui Enwezor, Linda Nochlin, Jean-Hubert Martin and Nan Goldin, with a foreword by Lucy Lippard, internationally known art critic, activist and curator, and early champion of feminist art, this volume is both an invaluable source of practical information for those who understand that institutions must be a driving force in this area and a vital source of inspiration for today's expanding new generation of curators.
David Gill by
David Gill reveals the famed gallerist's opinions of and influence on the world of art and design. He presents the works of artists, sculptors, and designers he admires, champions, and nurtures, among them Donald Judd, Mattia Bonetti, Zaha Hadid, Grayson Perry, Barnaby Barford, Fredrikson Stallard, Jorge Pardo, and the Campana brothers. Structured chronologically and divided by location, the book includes never-before-seen photographs of Gill's galleries, his award-winning exhibitions, and his own homes: a converted handbag factory south of the River Thames; the 18th-century Albany apartments in London's Mayfair; and a restored palazzo in Malta's Valetta. Seen throughout are the designs of the many world-famous artists he has represented over his 25 years at the forefront of the contemporary art and design world. The book also features a selection of his curated interiors and never-before-published glimpses of the private collections and homes of the numerous internationally renowned collectors with whom Gill regularly collaborates.
Design, Ecology, Politics by
Design, Ecology, Politics links social and ecological theory to design theory and practice, critiquing the ways in which the design industry perpetuates unsustainable development. Boehnert argues that when design does engage with issues of sustainability, this engagement remains shallow, due to the narrow basis of analysis in design education and theory. The situation is made more severe by design cultures which claim to be apolitical. Where design education fails to recognise the historical roots of unsustainable practice, it reproduces old errors. New ecologically informed design methods and tools hold promise only when incorporated into a larger project of political change. Design, Ecology, Politics describes how ecological literacy challenges many central assumptions in design theory and practice. By bringing design, ecology and socio-political theory together, Boehnert describes how power is constructed, reproduced and obfuscated by design in ways which often cause environmental harms. She uses case studies to illustrate how communication design functions to either conceal or reveal the ecological and social impacts of current modes of production. The transformative potential of design is dependent on deep-reaching analysis of the problems design attempts to address. Ecologically literate and critically engaged design is a practice primed to facilitate the creation of viable, sustainable and just futures. With this approach, designers can make sustainability not only possible, but attractive.
Designing here/now : a global selection of objects, concepts and spaces for the future by
An ambitious global compendium of the most thoughtful and innovative design objects invented or produced in the past five years, compiled by experts at Core 77 It is difficult to keep pace with the most relevant design innovations, but Core 77 has been presenting the design world's best work since 1995. Considered by some to be one of the very first online magazines, Core 77 works with many of the leading design agencies and design-led companies, such as Apple, Nike, Philips, DuPont, Braun, and many others. For the past several years, it has hosted a unique set of design awards, juried by the world's design experts, which has attracted a dazzling spectrum of international practices. From consumer products to speculative ventures, from transportation to visual communication, from design writing to food design, the entrants and winners of the Core77 Design Awards capture the spirit and preoccupations of the design industry, and the best work chosen by panels of jury members that include design luminaries from the U.S., Europe, India, and China. Designing Here/Now includes over 500 objects at the leading edge of all fields of design, presented in topical categories and selected by the world's most influential critics, curators, and educators.
Designing the World's Best Exhibits by
Trade show exhibits must do more than provide an environment for the product presentation. The total design has to sell both the brand name and brand image of the exhibiting firm. This book features over 70 different exhibits and 250+ colour photos - the work of top exhibit designers.
Eco-Visionaries by
Eco-Visionaries presents contemporary positions in art and architecture seeking answers to current environmental problems that transcend mainstream notions of sustainability. This comprehensive volume is a companion to the collaborative 2018 exhibition endeavored by four participating European museums. Each show maintains a different focus and curatorial approach, and for each, artists investigate alternative visions regarding humankind's place on earth through video and sound works, paintings, and installations.While the series of exhibitions presents the works of artists and architects who offer critical reflections on pressing contemporary issues, the book unites research, essays, as well as a survey of the artworks. Besides the historical antecedents of current ecological thinking in the fields of art and design, this catalogue also promotes current approaches that represent alternative visions for future uses of energy, resources, and the environment.Exhibitions:10 April-8 October, 2018, MAAT-Museu de Arte, Arquitetura e Tecnologia, Lisbon, Portugal15 June-21 October, 2018, Bildmuseet, Umea, Sweden30 August-11 November, 2018, HeK-House of Electronic Arts Basel, Basel, Switzerland28 September, 2018-22 April, 2019, LABoral Centro de Arte y Creacion Industrial, Gijon, Spain
Exhibition Art - Graphics and Space Design by
This book meant for exhibition designers, graphic designers, curators and event organizers, collects over sixty of the world's most creative exhibition designs including fascinating space design solutions and sophisticated graphic design ideas. The examples range from extraordinarily large events such as a World's Fair exposition to small one-artist solo shows.
Exhibition Design by
Exhibition Design offers a thorough grounding in the principles of designing for exhibitions. It describesthe skills needed to become an exhibition designer, including: * Developing a brief and working with clients * Design principles for graphics, circulation, lighting, and accessibility * Presenting ideas to clients * The practicalities of production Visual material includes photographs of completed exhibitions by world-renowned designers, concept drawings, computer renderings, charts, and tables of information--all for a wide range of exhibitions around the world, permanent and temporary, including museums and galleries, visitor centers, brand experiences, festivals, and trade fairs. The book will inform and inspire, as well as equip students and new exhibition designers with a valuable guide to the profession.
Exhibition design by
"The way in which the contemporary exhibition is designed is fast changing - previously aloof cultural institutions are making use of technologies and techniques more commonly associated with film and retail. Exhibition Design features a wide variety of examples from around the world, from major trade and commerce fairs, to well-known fine art institutions, to small-scale artist-designed displays. An introduction gives a historical perspective on the development of exhibitions and museums. The first part of the book covers the conceptual themes of narrative space, performative space and simulated experience and the second the practical concerns of display, lighting, colour, sound and graphics. Throughout are photographs, drawings and diagrams of exhibitions, including the work of such internationally renowned architects and designers as Ralph Appelbaum Associates, Atelier Brckner, Casson Mann, Frank Gehry, Zaha Hadid, Imagination, METStudio and Jean Nouvel."--Publisher's site.
Exhibition Design by
Basics Interior Design 02: Exhibition Design explores the role of the exhibition designer as a creative practitioner, and seeks to communicate a better understanding of exhibition design as a discipline. This umbrella term incorporates the development of commercial trade fairs, brand experiences, themed attractions, world expositions, museum galleries, visitor centres, historic houses, landscape interpretation and art installations. Millions of people visit exhibitions of one sort or another every year, constituting a multi-billion dollar global industry. This book offers a comprehensive guide to the practice of exhibition design, and considers the blurring of its borders with other disciplines, such as graphic design.
Exhibition Halls by
An exhibition centre is a central focus of a city's economic life, and in many cases a unique expression of its image. For this reason, as well as offering adequate space and infrastructure, it must make a strong, clearly recognizable architectural statement. Over the past couple of decades, new technology and globalization have transformed trade fairs: today they are not so much markets as forums for the exchange of information and contacts. This new volume in the Construction and Design Manual series spotlights twenty-two exemplary European buildings that have overcome the resulting architectural challenges. It also includes an overview of the cultural history of European trade fairs, and an interview on successful exhibition-centre design with one of the world's leading specialists in this area of architecture.
Exhibitionism by
Founded in 1969 by the Fashion Institute of Technology, The Museum at FIT is a specialized fashion museum famous for its innovative and award-winning exhibitions. The museum has been the site of more than 200 exhibitions since the 1970s, and Exhibitionism commemorates approximately 33 of the most influential of these, including Fashion and Surrealism (1987), a groundbreaking show that explored the relationship between art and fashion; The Corset (2000), a beautiful and brilliant exploration of the most controversial garment in fashion history; and Fairy Tale Fashion (2016), a magical look at the such enchanted and emblematic items as the glass slipper and the red riding hood. Exhibitionism also includes highlights from more recent, award-winning exhibitions, such as A Queer History of Fashion: From the Closet to the Catwalk (2013) and Black Fashion Designers (2017). Each exhibition included in the book are illustrated using installation photos, images of individual garments, and texts that explain the importance of the exhibition and the objects it featured. The authors provide an engaging, "behind the scenes" look at the process of exhibition making.
The Family of Man Revisited by
The Family of Man is the most widely seen exhibition in the history of photography. The book of the exhibition, still in print, is also the most commercially successful photobook ever published. First shown at the Museum of Modern Art in New York in 1955, the exhibition travelled throughout the United States and to forty-six countries, and was seen by over nine million people. Edward Steichen conceived, curated and designed the exhibition. He explained its subject as `the everydayness of life' and `the essential oneness of mankind throughout the world'. The exhibition was a statement against war and the conflicts and divisions that threatened a common future for humanity after 1945. The popular international response was overwhelmingly enthusiastic. Many critics, however, have dismissed the exhibition as a form of sentimental humanism unable to address the challenges of history, politics and cultural difference. This book revises the critical debate about The Family of Man, challenging in particular the legacy of Roland Barthes's influential account of the exhibition. The expert contributors explore new contexts for understanding Steichen's work and they undertake radically new analyses of the formal dynamics of the exhibition. Also presented are documents about the exhibition never before available in English. Commentaries by critical theorist Max Horkheimer and novelist Wolfgang Koeppen, letters from photographer August Sander, and a poetic sequence on the images by Polish poet Witold Wirpsza enable and encourage new critical reflections. A detailed survey of audience responses in Munich from 1955 allows a rare glimpse of what visitors thought about the exhibition. Today, when armed conflict, environmental catastrophe and economic inequality continue to threaten our future, it seems timely to revisit The Family of Man.
Fashioned from Nature by
Fashion has always sought to celebrate nature--from sumptuous silks and floral patterns to the spectacular creations of designers such as Alexander McQueen and Christian Dior--the two have always been entwined. Yet, in spite of this reverence for the natural world, fashion also seems destined to harm it. Spanning the 17th century to the present, Fashioned from Nature examines our dependence on nature for materials and the devastating impact of certain trends, as seen in the demand for ivory, fur, and exotic feathers. Today, intense consumerism and fast fashion have taken things to a new level and this book discusses the need for a more conscious fashion cycle. But which has greater environmental impact--a leather handbag or a white cotton T-shirt? Considering the effects of land clearance, insecticides, and water consumption--not to mention washing in hot water after every wear--the answer may not be as clear as it first appears. No fashion choice will ever be without impact, but this book will stimulate debate and empower readers to question their role as consumers.
Grand stand. 2, Design for trade fair stands by
Grand Stand 2 - a sequel to the resoundingly successful Grand Stand - consists of two volumes whose 568 pages contain nearly 200 remarkable brand and corporate trade fair presentations discovered worldwide. Together with Grand Stand, this publication serves as the definitive source of contemporary stand design. The selection ranges from stands occupying cosy corners to those spanning supersized spaces, all designed and built within the past three years. Volume 1 focuses on small-scale stands - no larger than 500 m#65533; - and presents examples of unusually atmospheric design solutions that transcend spatial limitations. Volume 2 concentrates on large-scale stands - over 500 m#65533; - and features amazing temporary structures crafted to highlight the products and services of major international brands. The design of trade fair stands is growing in importance. Designers play an essential role in lending shape to brand identity through the creation of captivating presentations. Showcased in this book are scores of strikingly successful results. Projects are accompanied by stunning images, in-depth descriptions, company profiles, and blocks of information that include names, locations, materials and other relevant details. Stands are categorized according to theme: interior and architectural products, automotive, electronics, services, food, fashion and beauty, and retail. Grand Stand 2 deserves a permanent place in the bookcase of every designer, builder, brand manager or other individual with an interest in the elusive environments we call trade fair stands.
Grand stand 6 : designing stands for trade fairs and events by
The sixth title in theGrand Stand series presents new trends in the ever-changing world of stand design. The scenographic design of space and the creation of a stimulating atmosphere are crucial in shaping human experience. The design of trade fair stands has become increasingly important to exhibiting organizations, and today's designers are playing an essential role in integrating brand identity into fascinating corporate presentations. This inspiring volume covers the creative processes behind 120 temporary spaces, including how to deal with challenges such as restrictions of space and limitations of lighting. The outcome is the realization of transient yet thrilling settings. Divided into nine chapters, including mobility, apparel, and architectural products, many projects are illustrated with sketches and floor plans alongside stunning photography. Each stand is presented on two to four pages with an explanatory text about the design and technical information provided to help further explain the design process from concept to execution. This title is filled with contemporary stand designs that will inspire architects, designers, brand managers, and any individuals interested in the building of ephemeral environments that leave an indelible impression.
Haute spaces : exhibitions.
The cutting-edge interior designs featured in this series of books were selected from talented designers worldwide. Particular attention was paid to the artistic styles of the interior elements including wall decorations, furnishings, lighting, colours, materials and textures.
HomeWork by
Growing numbers of us work not only from home, but from anywhere; job flexibility has become key for employers and workers alike. This, in turn, has created new challenges for architects and designers--many of whom are themselves working from home--who are creating innovative solutions that allow clients to transform their spaces for a wide range of needs, from multifunctional studios to homes that seamlessly combine work and family life.Divided into five thematic sections, Home Work explores the exciting variety of ways that the workplace can be integrated into the domestic environment without overwhelming it. From stand- alone multifunctional furniture to mobile room dividers and dynamic solutions that fold out or pop up to create new work areas, each design addresses the unique needs of the space and client, and tackles the challenges of the rapidly evolving relationship between work and domestic life in the twenty-first century.This essential and timely resource both for telecommuters and designers redefining "workspace" offers fresh ideas for how to strike the perfect balance between living and working at home.
Innovative Exhibition Spaces by
This book encompasses an extensive selection of non-commercial exhibition designs, applied to a wide range of different environments, including museums, shopping malls and educational centers. A line-up of outstanding international architects and designers has made use of the latest technologies in the field to create spaces that entice, educate and delight. Full-color glossy photographs, rigorous graphic documentation and explanations by the authors of the works themselves accompany the selected works. All this makes this publication a necessary and exciting tool for architects, designers and students, as well as for all professionals wishing to extend their knowledge in the field.
The Interior Design Reference and Specification Book by
The Interior Design Reference & Specification Book collects the information essential to planning and executing interior projects of all shapes and sizes, and distills it in a format that is as easy to use as it is to carry.
Koolhaas. Elements of Architecture by
Elements of Architecture focuses on the fragments of the rich and complex architectural collage. Window, façade, balcony, corridor, fireplace, stair, escalator, elevator: the book seeks to excavate the micro-narratives of building detail. The result is no single history, but rather the web of origins, contaminations, similarities, and differences in architectural evolution, including the influence of technological advances, climatic adaptation, political calculation, economic contexts, regulatory requirements, and new digital opportunities. It's a guide that is long overdue--in Koolhaas's own words, "Never was a book more relevant--at a moment where architecture as we know it is changing beyond recognition." Derived, updated, and expanded from Koolhaas's exhaustive and much-lauded exhibition at the 2014 Venice Architecture Biennale, this is an essential toolkit to understanding the fundamentals that comprise structure around the globe. Designed by Irma Boom and based on research from the Harvard Graduate School of Design, the 2,600-page monograph contains essays from Rem Koolhaas, Stephan Trueby, Manfredo di Robilant, and Jeffrey Inaba; interviews with Werner Sobek and Tony Fadell (of Nest); and an exclusive photo essay by Wolfgang Tillmans. In addition to comprehensively updated texts and new images, this edition is designed and produced to visually (and physically) embody the immense scope of its subject matter: Custom split-spine binding: our printer modified their industrial binding machine to allow for the flexible, eight-centimeter thick spine Contains a new introductory chapter with forewords, table of contents, and an index, located in the middle of the book (where it naturally opens due to its unique spine) Printed on 50g Opakal paper, allowing for the ideal level of opacity needed to realize Boom's palimpsest-like design Translucent overlays and personal annotations by Koolhaas and Boom are woven in each chapter to create an alternative, faster route through the book Printed at the originally intended 100% size for full readability
The Meanings of Landscape by
Compiling nine authoritative essays spanning an extensive academic career, author Kenneth R. Olwig presents explorations in landscape geography and architecture from an environmental humanities perspective. With influences from art, literature, theatre staging, architecture, and garden design, landscape has come to be viewed as a form of spatial scenery, but this reading captures only a narrow representation of landscape meaning today. This book positions landscape as a concept shaped through the centuries, evolving from place to place to provide nuanced interpretations of landscape meaning. The essays are woven together to gather an international approach to understanding the past and present importance of landscape as place and polity, as designed space, as nature, and as an influential factor in the shaping of ideas in a just social and physical environment. Aimed at students, scholars, and researchers in landscape and beyond, this illustrated volume traces the idea of landscape from the ancient polis and theatre through to the present day.
Monographic Exhibitions and the History of Art by
This edited collection traces the impact of monographic exhibitions on the discipline of art history from the first examples in the late eighteenth century through the present. Roughly falling into three genres (retrospectives of living artists, retrospectives of recently deceased artists, and monographic exhibitions of Old Masters), specialists examine examples of each genre within their social, cultural, political, and economic contexts. Exhbitions covered include Nathaniel Hone's 1775 exhibition, the Holbein Exhibition of 1871, the Courbet retrospective of 1882, Titian's exhibition in Venice, Poussin's Louvre retrospective of 1960, and El Greco's anniversaty exhibitions of 2014.
Nature: Collaborations in Design by
An exploration of the ways in which designers are striving to transform our relationship with the natural world. Designers today are striving to transform our relationship with the natural world. While the modern industrial age gave way to designs that vastly improved human enterprise through technology, there were unintended and destructive consequences for the environment. Humans are intrinsically linked to nature yet our actions have frayed this relationship, forcing designers to think more intentionally and to consider the impact of every design decision, from an artifact's manufacture and use to its obsolescence. Designers are aligning with biologists, engineers, agriculturists, environmentalists and many other disciplines to design a more harmonious and regenerative future. Based on these new partnerships, designers are asking different questions and anticipating future challenges, which not only change the design process, but also what design means. Nature: Collaborations in Design includes over sixty-five international projects from the fields of architecture, product design, landscape design, fashion, interactive and communication design, and material research. More than 300 compelling and exquisite photographs, illustrations and content from data visualizations illustrate seven essays, which explain and explore designers' strategies around understanding, simulating, salvaging, facilitating, augmenting, remediating and nurturing nature. Four conversations between scientists and designers delve into topics related to synthetic biology, scientific versus design lexicon, and recent shifts in the meaning of nature with a glossary illuminating scientific, technological and theoretical concepts and processes invoked by the designers.
New Media Installation by
Recent innovations in access to technology have led to an explosion in the number and variety of interactive art installations. Art pieces that would have been inconceivable twenty years ago are now popping up in galleries and public spaces around the world, expanding the range of human experience in mind-boggling ways. New Media Installation offers a fascinating look into the world of technology-based art installations, with a global selection of artists and works.
Night Fever by
A history of the nightclub from Studio 54 to the Double Club Nightclubs and discothèques are hotbeds of contemporary culture. Throughout the 20th century, they have been centres of the avant-garde that question the established codes of social life and experiment with different realities, merging interior and furniture design, graphics and art with sound, light, fashion and special effects to create a modern Gesamtkunstwerk. Night Fever: A Design History of Club Culture examines the history of the nightclub, with examples ranging from Italian nightclubs of the 1960s that were created by members of the Radical Design group to the legendary Studio 54 in New York, Philippe Starck's Les Bains Douches in Paris and the more recent Double Club in London, conceived by German artist Carsten Höller for the Prada Foundation. Featuring films and vintage photographs, posters and fashion, Night Fever takes the reader on a fascinating journey through a world of glamour, subculture and the search for the night that never ends.
Power / Architecture by
Power and architecture are fundamental to the question of how contemporary society and architecture work together. Since power lacks a comprehensive logic, coherence, and instrumentalisation capability, the question refers both to the autonomous powers of the architectural forms and to a set of external powers represented through architecture. The presented series of projects based on current and extreme syntheses of comprehensive and complex world-views enables mapping a network of powers that align, intersect, inflect, and diverge from each other: collective power, ordaining power, economic power, technological power, ritual power, cultural power, media power, and domestic power. The issue of counter power is then discussed against this background. Through eight essays by contributors, along with images, drawings, and documents, the book renders visible a set of entities, informal conventions, stakeholders, and means involved in the creation of architecture; that is, the dynamics of the collective that ceaselessly tests the architectural composition of the common world. AUTHORS: Casa da Arquitectura is a non-profit cultural entity that has been affirming itself in the field of content creation and programming for the national and international dissemination and affirmation of architecture in society. SELLING POINTS: * This book has eight essays by various authors that discuss different types of power and their effect on architecture. * Each essay has images, drawings, and documents that accompany it. * This book is a collaboration with Casa da Arquitectura which is a non-profit cultural entity that has been affirming itself in the field of content creation and programming for the national and international dissemination and affirmation of architecture in society. * Examines projects by leading international architects.
Public Space by
Public Space: Between Reimagination and Occupation examines contemporary public space as a result of intense social production reflecting contradictory trends: the long-lasting effects of the global crisis, manifested in supranational trade-offs between political influence, state power and private ownership; and the appearance of global counter-actors, enabled by the expansion of digital communication and networking technologies and rooted into new participatory cultures, easily growing into mobile cultures of protest. The highlighted cases from Europe, Asia, Africa and North America reveal the roots of the pre-crisis processes of redistribution of capital and power as an aspect of the transition from the consumerist past into the post-consumerist present, by tracing the slow growth of social discontent that has led only a few years later to the mobilization of a new kind of self-conscious globally-acting class. This edited volume brings together a broad range of interdisciplinary discussions and approaches, providing sociologists, cultural geographers, and urban planning academics and students with an opportunity to explore the various social, cultural, economic and political factors leading to reappropriation and reimagination of the urban commons in the cities within which we live.
The Recovery of Natural Environments in Architecture by
The Recovery of Natural Environments in Architecture challenges the modern practice of sealing up and mechanically cooling public scaled buildings in whichever climate and environment they are located. This book unravels the extremely complex history of understanding and perception of air, bad air, miasmas, airborne pathogens, beneficial thermal conditions, ideal climates and climate determinism. It uncovers inventive and entirely viable attempts to design large buildings, hospitals, theatres and academic buildings through the 19th and early 20th centuries, which use the configuration of the building itself and a shrewd understanding of the natural physics of airflow and fluid dynamics to make good, comfortable interior spaces. In exhuming these ideas and reinforcing them with contemporary scientific insight, the book proposes a recovery of the lost art and science of making naturally conditioned buildings.
Social Design by
Architects and designers have always played a vital role in shaping society. Social Design presents a long-overdue survey of current international activity in this realm, from new infrastructures and the reclaiming of cities by their inhabitants as seen in the work of Assemble and Gehl Architects to build-it-yourself housing by Urban Think Tank, all the way to GRAFT's solar kiosk, an energy source that is driving sustainable development opportunities for communities. The book addresses this enormous topic in six chapters: Urban Space and Landscape (including works by Antonio Scarponi and Organization for Permanent Modernity); Living, Education, Work (including Francis KErE and Urban Think Tank); Migration (including Shigeru Ban, the Refugee Nation); Production (including Andreas MOller); Networks (including One Laptop per Child, GRAFT); and Environment (including Olafur Eliasson, Frederik Ottesen and Philips Design). Some 27 projects in the areas of cityscape and countryside, housing, education and work, production, migration, networks and the environment are framed by three research studies that trace the historical roots and foundations of social design and look at today's theoretical discourse as well as future trends.
Spatializing Culture by
This book demonstrates the value of ethnographic theory and methods in understanding space and place, and considers how ethnographically-based spatial analyses can yield insight into prejudices, inequalities and social exclusion as well as offering people the means for understanding the places where they live, work, shop and socialize. In developing the concept of spatializing culture, Setha Low draws on over twenty years of research to examine social production, social construction, embodied, discursive, emotive and affective, as well as translocal approaches. A global range of fieldwork examples are employed throughout the text to highlight not just the theoretical development of the idea of spatializing culture, but how it can be used in undertaking ethnographies of space and place. The volume will be valuable for students and scholars from a number of disciplines who are interested in the study of culture through the lens of space and place.
Suzanne Lacy by
This generously illustrated book sheds light on the groundbreaking career of Suzanne Lacy, an artist, writer, and educator whose participatory, socially engaged performances helped define social practice art and continue to resonate with many of the most pressing issues in American culture. Over the past five decades the genre-defying art of Suzanne Lacy has taken multiple forms, spanning performance, sculpture and video installations, and photography. Organizing public encounters that emphasize intensive community dialogue and collaborative choreography, Lacy has explored many political and social contexts that remain deeply relevant--including race, class, and gender equity; ageism; and violence against women. This record of Lacy's career is anchored by an extensively illustrated survey of selected works that groups related projects and illuminates their core themes and approaches. Featuring photographs, stills, ephemera, and other primary documentation, this section incorporates a selection of reprinted texts and newly commissioned first-person accounts by Lacy's collaborators, a group that includes critics and artists such as Judy Chicago, Allan Kaprow, Andrea Bowers, Moira Roth, and Lucy Lippard. Extensive, penetrating, and visually compelling, this long-awaited monograph documents the bold career of an artist whose profound attentiveness to social dynamics, politics, and context continues to provoke and inspire today. Copublished by the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art and DelMonico Books
Vatican Chapels by
This beautifully illustrated book retraces the entire creation process of an unusual challenge presented to ten architects; an inspirational volume for all those interested in contemporary architecture. This unique publication, catalogue of the Holy See Pavilion at the XVI International Architecture Exhibition at the Venice Biennale, presents ten chapels designed by ten of the most important contemporary architects whose work was inspired by the "chapel in the forest" built in the Stockholm Cemetery, in 1920, by the famous architect Gunnar Asplund. The chapel is defined as a place of orientation, encounter, and meditation created in a natural setting of a vast woodland and regarded as a metaphor of the pilgrimage of life. In light of this, the architects of the Holy See Pavilion have worked without following the commonly recognized reference models, as the number and variety of the projects presented illustrates.
Viktor and Rolf: Fashion Artists 25 Years by
"With exquisite craftsmanship and dreamy silhouettes, sometimes made from tinkling bells or red carpet, the fashion artists Viktor & Rolf--a real Dutch national treasure--have been creating wearable art for the past 25 years in the most unique and singular style."-Thierry-Maxime Loriot, curator of the exhibition Viktor & Rolf: Fashion Artists 25 Years Since forming their creative partnership in 1992, Dutch fashion designers Viktor Horsting and Rolf Snoeren--working together as Viktor&Rolf--have gained critical acclaim for their cerebral, witty and rebellious approach to design, their technical virtuosity and deep knowledge of fashion history. Their spectacular avant-garde creations are showcased in this richly illustrated publication. Throughout their 25-year career, Viktor&Rolf have carved a contradictory identity that pushes the boundaries between art and fashion. Exploring their concept of "wearable art," Viktor&Rolf: Fashion Artists 25 Years features some of the Dutch design duo's most show-stopping works, drawn from the Viktor&Rolf archive as well as museum collections and private collections around the world. It includes an exclusive recent interview by the curator with the designers, a fascinating glossary of Viktor & Rolf and a rich iconography with iconic images by leading artists and photographers such as Cindy Sherman, Andreas Gursky, Herb Ritts, Anton Corbijn, Mert & Marcus, Annie Leibovitz, David LaChapelle, Tim Walker, Nick Knight and Inez & Vinoodh, among others. Viktor Horsting and Rolf Snoeren (both born 1969) graduated in 1992 from ArtEz Institute in Arnhem (The Netherlands) and won the Hy res Festival contest a year later. From 1994, they started to present their haute couture collections as installations, mainly in art galleries. In 2000, they launched their ready-to-wear line for women, and in 2005 they developed their first perfume, Flowerbomb; the following year their first men's perfume, Antidote, was introduced. Presentations of their collections have featured performers such as Tilda Swinton, Tori Amos and Rufus Wainwright. In 2016-17, the exhibition Viktor&Rolf. Fashion Artists was presented at the National Gallery of Victoria in Melbourne, followed in 2018 by its adaptation to celebrate the duo's 25th anniversary exhibition at Kunsthal in Rotterdam.
Virgil Abloh by
One of The New York Times Best Entertaiment Gifts of 2019 New York Magazine's Most Giftable Coffee-Table Books of 2019 From street fashion to high culture, the work of Virgil Abloh, a celebrated multihyphenate artist, is showcased in this book. For Abloh, the museum catalogue is another opportunity to "question everything." This monograph, produced in close collaboration with the artist himself, explores his creative output in a three-books-in-one format. The catalogue section offers an overview of Abloh's interdisciplinary practice by Michael Darling and features essays and interviews with key voices in art, fashion, design, and architecture, including Taiye Selasi, Lou Stoppard, Michael Rock, Samir Bantal, Rem Koolhaas, and Anja Aronowsky Cronberg. In the archives section, more than 1,800 never-before-seen images pulled from the artist's personal files reveal the remarkable breadth of his influences and collaborations. And the index cross references the catalogue plates--Abloh's works--with his projects and process, using a vocabulary of themes developed by Abloh. This book is designed with Swiss binding. When opened the front cover lays completely flat and is not attached to the front pages of the book. The binding also intentionally exposes the spine of the bound book and the raw boards used for the case (cover). Published with Museum of Contemporary Art Chicago
Wang Shu and Amateur Architecture Studio by
Contemporary aesthetic combined with traditional building techniques and existing elements Accompanying an exhibition of the same name at the Louisiana Museum of Modern Art, this publication examines the recent work of the Chinese architect Wang Shu, Pritzker Prize winner in 2012. At a time when China's explosive urbanization is making inroads into rural areas and leaving the marks of cheap concrete construction everywhere, Wang Shu and Amateur Architecture Studio are keen to work against this tendency by reusing materials from the buildings that Chinese authorities are systematically tearing down and rebuilding after western models. Wang Shu's architecture reveals a thoughtful attitude toward both design and implementation, as well as the ability to react flexibly to the surroundings and history of a particular site.
Product Workshop 6: Space and Environment
Product Workshop 6: Space and Environment is a collaborative design course that emphasizes on providing design for a human-responsive space and environment.
In this course, you are to explore the diverse elements of space design and trade exhibitions including: problem identification, problem solving, planning and project execution. You are trained to apply the principles of Universal Design and accessibility as one of the prime considerations in your design process. While the project needs and requirements are put to the forefront, you are highly encouraged to exercise liberal and playful approach in coming up with innovative design solutions while working in collaboration with your classmates and working within specified project constraints. A full-scale construction is required for the iteration of your design.
At the end of the course, you are expected to present your design at an exhibit and submit documentation of your project.
Contemporary Art in Heritage Spaces by
Contemporary Art in Heritage Spaces considers the challenges that accompany an assessment of the role of contemporary art in heritage contexts, whilst also examining ways to measure and articulate the impact and value of these intersections in the future. Presenting a variety of perspectives from a broad range of creative and cultural industries, this book examines case studies from the past decade where contemporary art has been sited within heritage spaces. Exploring the impact of these instances of intersection, and the thinking behind such moments of confluence, it provides an insight into a breadth of experiences - from curator, producer, and practitioner to visitor - of exhibitions where this juncture between contemporary art and heritage plays a crucial and critical role. Themes covered in the book include interpretation, soliciting and measuring audience responses, tourism and the visitor economy, regeneration agendas, heritage research, marginalised histories, and the legacy of exhibitions. Contemporary Art in Heritage Spaces will be essential reading for academics and students engaged in the study of museum and heritage studies and contemporary art around the globe. Museum practitioners and artists should also find much to interest them within the pages of this volume. Chapter 9 of this book is available for free in PDF format as Open Access from the individual product page at www.routledge.com. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license
Ephemeral Spectacles, Exhibition Spaces and Museums by
This book examines ephemeral exhibitions from 1750 to 1918. In an era of acceleration and elusiveness, these transient spaces functioned as microcosms in which reality was shown, simulated, staged, imagined, experienced and known. They therefore had a dimension of spectacle to them, as the volume demonstrates. Against this backdrop, the different chapters deal with a plethora of spaces and spatial installations: the wunderkammer, the spectacle garden, cosmoramas and panoramas, the literary space, the temporary museum, and the alternative exhibition space.
Exhibition design by
"The way in which the contemporary exhibition is designed is fast changing - previously aloof cultural institutions are making use of technologies and techniques more commonly associated with film and retail. Exhibition Design features a wide variety of examples from around the world, from major trade and commerce fairs, to well-known fine art institutions, to small-scale artist-designed displays. An introduction gives a historical perspective on the development of exhibitions and museums. The first part of the book covers the conceptual themes of narrative space, performative space and simulated experience and the second the practical concerns of display, lighting, colour, sound and graphics. Throughout are photographs, drawings and diagrams of exhibitions, including the work of such internationally renowned architects and designers as Ralph Appelbaum Associates, Atelier Brckner, Casson Mann, Frank Gehry, Zaha Hadid, Imagination, METStudio and Jean Nouvel."--Publisher's site.
Exhibitions and Displays by
From trade fair stands to museum concepts, the successful transfer of information to a wide public audience relies on effective staging and appropriate architectural design. While museum exhibitions focus on the art of communicating content, with commercial aspects tending to play a more subordinate role, the goal of trade fair stands and showrooms is to convey a brand image. And at least since large companies like BMW and Mercedes began introducing commercialized museum concepts designed to stage their brands, the phenomenon has come full circle. Not infrequently, planners today must not only accomplish the demanding task of designing an exhibition; they must also meet full service demands, from briefings and CI design to realization. How to do this successfully is the subject of short articles by authors from the relevant fields. With extensively documented project examples organized by presentation or exhibition type, these valuable technical articles offer a detailed roadmap to practical success.
Fashion, History, Museums Inventing the Display of Dress by 
Images of the Art Museum by
In recent years, the emerging field of museum studies has seen rapid expansion in the critical study of museums and scholars started to question the institution and its functions. To contribute differentiated viewpoints to the currently evolving meta-discourse on the museum, this volume aims to investigate how the institution of the museum has been visualized and translated into different kinds of images and how these images have affected our perception of these institutions. In this interdisciplinary collection, scholars from a variety of academic backgrounds, including art history, heritage, museums studies and architectural history, explore a broad range of case studies stretching across the globe. The volume opens up debate about the epistemological and historiographical significance of a variety of different images and representations of the Art Museum, including the transformation or adaptation of the image of the art museum across periods and cultures. In this context, this volume aims to develop a new theoretical framework while proposing new methodological tools and resources for the analysis of museological representations on a global scale.
Mobile Museums by
An argument for the importance of circulation in the study of museum collections, both past and present. How did the process of the circulation re-examine, inform, and unsettle common assumptions about the way museum collections have evolved over time and space? Mobile Museums presents an argument for the importance of circulation in the study of museum collections, both past and present. It brings together a diverse array of international scholars and curators from a variety of disciplines to consider the mobility of collections, especially in the context of Indigenous community engagement. By foregrounding the question of circulation, the book represents a paradigm shift in the understanding of the history and future uses of museum collections. Taking on a global perspective and addressing a variety of types of collection, including the botanical, ethnographic, economic, and archaeological, the book helps us to understand why the mobility of museum collections was a fundamental aspect of their history--and why it continues to matter today.
On Desire by
Desire indicates phenomena that are implicated in a productive ambiguity. These phenomena associate basic elements of human coexistence, while also referencing complex social processes and institutions. With today's new media we experience an assemblage of desire that maps out new relationships to the social body, to sexuality and gender questions, to ownership, and to the production, perception, and appropriation of moving images. This book brings together a broad spectrum of international positions relating to the time-based, immersive arts presented at the third B3 - the Biennial of the Moving Image Frankfurt/Main 2017 - which focuses on desire in the contemporary world. An extensive essay by Marc Ries develops a theoretical framework relating the moving image to desire. Contributions by Candice Breitz, Douglas Gordon, Johan Grimonprez, Jonas Mekas, Larissa Sansour, Igor Simic, and Frederico Solmi. Desire/Begehren benennt Phänomene, die in eine produktive Ambivalenz eingeschrieben sind. Sie assoziieren Grundelemente menschlichen Zusammenlebens, verweisen aber zugleich auf komplexe gesellschaftliche Prozesse und Institutionen. Mit den gegenwärtigen Medien erleben und erfahren wir ein Gefüge des Begehrens, das neue Verhältnisse zum sozialen Körper, zur Sexualität und Geschlechterfrage, zum Eigentum und auch zur Produktion, Wahrnehmung und Aneignung von Bewegtbildern entwirft. Der Band versammelt ein Spektrum an internationalen Positionen zeitbasierter und immersiver Künste der dritten B3 - Biennale des Bewegten Bildes Frankfurt/Main 2017 - zum Begehren in der Gegenwart. Ein umfassender Essay von Marc Ries entwickelt einen theoretischen Rahmen der Beziehung des bewegten Bildes zum Begehren. Beiträge von Candice Breitz, Douglas Gordon, Johan Grimonprez, Jonas Mekas, Larissa Sansour, Igor Simic und Frederico Solmi.
Ride a Bike! by
Bicycles as a means of transport in cities are playing an ever more important role. The reasons are: reduction of motorcar traffic, sustainable traffic planning, reduction of noise and exhaust emissions, enhancement of the value of public space, healthier form of transport, savings potential in national health services and infrastructure expenditure. The book illustrates urban design ideas and architectural projects which go far beyond purely redesigning road layouts; its eight essays focus on the trend in urban design, landscape design, and traffic planning, it introduces nine exemplary bicycle traffic concepts in various cities (Barcelona, Copenhagen, New York, and Oslo amongst others), and presents 28 forward-looking individual bicycle infrastructure projects.
The Spanish Element in Our Nationality by
"The Spanish Element in Our Nationality" delves beneath the traditional "English-only" narrative of U.S. history, using Spain's participation in a series of international exhibitions to illuminate more fully the close and contested relationship between these two countries. Written histories invariably record the Spanish financing of Columbus's historic voyage of 1492, but few consider Spain's continuing influence on the development of U.S. national identity. In this book, M. Elizabeth Boone investigates the reasons for this problematic memory gap by chronicling a series of Spanish displays at international fairs. Studying the exhibition of paintings, the construction of ephemeral architectural space, and other manifestations of visual culture, Boone examines how Spain sought to position itself as a contributor to U.S. national identity, and how the United States--in comparison to other nations in North and South America--subverted and ignored Spain's messages, making it possible to marginalize and ultimately obscure Spain's relevance to the history of the United States. Bringing attention to the rich and understudied history of Spanish artistic production in the United States, "The Spanish Element in Our Nationality" recovers the "Spanishness" of U.S. national identity and explores the means by which Americans from Santiago to San Diego used exhibitions of Spanish art and history to mold their own modern self-image.
Spokane's Expo '74 by
In the late 1960s, Spokane's civic leaders were desperately looking for a way to revitalize a large section of downtown, especially a motley collection of little-used railroad lines and polluted industrial sites along the Spokane River. Their solution was to use the area for Expo '74, which was billed as the first ecologically themed world's fair. Critics predicted the project was sure to fail, as Spokane was the smallest city to ever host a world's fair, but history proved them wrong. From the minute the gates opened on May 4, 1974, the crowds loved the fair. Hosting 5.4 million visitors, with participation from several major companies and countries, Expo '74 was a success. As planned, it launched a rebirth along the river that left a permanent legacy, the popular Riverfront Park.
Staging Art and Chineseness by
This book addresses the politics of borders in the era of global art by exploring the identification of Chinese artists by location and exhibition. Focusing on performative, body-oriented video works by the post-1989 generation, it tests the premise of genealogical inscription and the ways in which cultural objects are attributed to the artist's residency, homeland or citizenship rather than cultural tradition, style or practice. Acknowledging historical definitions of Chineseness, including the orientalist assumptions of the past and the cultural-mixing of the present, the book's case studies address the paradoxes and contradictions of representation. An analysis of the historical matrix of global expositions reveals the structural connections among art, culture, capital and nation.
We’ll Show the World : Expo 88 – Brisbane’s Almighty Struggle for a Little Bit of Cred by 
The Witness As Object by
In recent years, historical witnessing has emerged as a category of "museum object." Audiovisual recordings of interviews with individuals remembering events of historical importance are now integral to the collections and research activities of museums. They have also become important components in narrative and exhibition design strategies. With a focus on Holocaust museums, this study scrutinizes for the first time the new global phenomenon of the "musealization" of the witness to history, exploring the processes, prerequisites, and consequences of the transformation of video testimonies into exhibits.
Product Marketing in Design Practice
Product Marketing in Design Practice develops your skills in business so you can successfully manage your prospective design business.
This 14-week learning helps you understand marketing vocabulary, explore how design vocabulary and design processes overlap, understand strategic marketing frameworks, enhance your marketing vocabulary, and appreciate how design thinking skills can be used to identify and execute business opportunities. Concepts such as marketing mix optimization, brand equity, and integrated marketing communications will be discussed through a series of lectures, readings and case studies selected from highly regarded marketing and business schools.
This course aims to prepare you to the marketing aspects of Industrial Design, through a marketing plan for your chosen product or services related to your thesis project.
The 7 Principles of Complete Co-Creation by
The 7 Principles of Complete Co-Creation presents a comprehensive view on co-creation. Illustrated by various international case studies, it explains co-creation not as a method, tool or project, but as a new paradigm in which end-users play an ongoing, active role with and for organizations that are relevant to them. It reads like a practical handbook on how to utilise complete co-creation in order to create sustainable value with end-users and other relevant parties. Since co-creation is a relatively new discipline, not much has been written on the topic. The authors have bundled together their years of practical experience to fill this gap. Unlike any existing publication, this book provides the reader with a clear co-creation framework, giving practical answers to questions such as: 'what is co-creation and how does it work?', 'whom to involve in a co-creation process?', 'how to convince others of the benefits of co-creation and overcome barriers?'.
Arts Entrepreneurship by
Arts Entrepreneurship: Creating a New Venture in the Artsprovides the essential tools, techniques, and concepts needed to invent, launch, and sustain a business in the creative sector. Building on the reader's artistic talents and interests, the book provides a practical, action-oriented introduction to the business of art, focusing on product design, organizational planning and assessment, customer identification and marketing, fundraising, legal issues, money management, cultural policy, and career development. It also offers examples, exercises, and references that guide entrepreneurs through the key stages of concept creation, business development, and growth. Special attention is paid to topics such as cultural ventures seeking social impact, the emergence of creative placemaking, the opportunities afforded by novel corporate forms, and the role of contemporary technologies in marketing, fundraising, and operations. A hands-on guide to entrepreneurial success, this book is a valuable resource for students of Arts Entrepreneurship programs, courses, and workshops, as well as for early-stage business founders in the creative sector looking for guidance on how to create and sustain their own successful venture.
The Business of Fashion by
"No other book compares...This is the book students reference during their four years at university." - Tara Konya, Southern New Hampshire University, USA Learn how fashion lines are designed, manufactured, marketed, and distributed. The book covers the full supply chain - from textiles to fashion brand production - as well as supply chain management, and competitive strategies, so that you can be successful in your future career. Topics covered include sustainable design for a circular economy, 3-D printing, fashion entrepreneurship, disruptions in fashion calendars, supply chain transparency, impact of social media, growth and evolution of online retailing, expanded omnichannel strategies, and changes in international trade, among others. Case studies, a Career Glossary, and key terms help you connect concepts to practice. New to this Edition · Content addresses knowledge and skill guidelines in the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB) and Textile and Apparel Program Accreditation Commission (TAPAC) accreditation standards · Expanded discussions of sustainability, corporate social responsibility, and technology across the supply chains for fashion products · Updated and expanded industry examples and case studies, emphasizing fashion brand companies from around the world · A new Careers Glossary listing job titles and descriptions found throughout the fashion industry The Business of Fashion STUDIO Study smarter with self-quizzes featuring scored results and personalized study tips Review concepts with flashcards of essential vocabulary
Craft by
A secret history of craft told through lost and overlooked texts that illuminate our understanding of current art practice. "Craft" is a contested concept in art history and a vital category through which to understand contemporary art. Through craft, materials, techniques, and tools are investigated and their histories explored in order to reflect on the politics of labor and on the extraordinary complexity of the made world around us. This anthology offers an ethnography of craft, surveying its shape-shifting identities in the context of progressive art and design through writings by artists and makers as well as poetry, fiction, anthropology, and sociology. It maps a secret history of craft through lost and overlooked texts that consider pedagogy, design, folk art, the factory, and new media in ways that illuminate our understanding of current art practice. Recently, the idea of craft has been employed strategically- to confront issues of gender or global development, to make a stand against artistic academicism, or to engage with making processes-some distinctly archaic-employed to suggest the abject and the everyday. Craft activism, or craftivism, suggests a new political purpose for the handmade. Deep anxieties drive today's technophilia, and artists, designers, and makers turn such anxieties into a variety of dynamic engagements. The contributors' reflections on new technologies and materials, lost and found worlds of handwork, and the politics of work all throw light on craft as process, product, and ideology. Craft will serve as a vital resource for understanding technologies, materials, techniques, and tools through the lens of craft in contemporary art. Artists surveyed include Magdalena Abakanowicz, Anni Albers, El Anatsui, Carl Andre, Aaron Angell, Ruth Asawa, Phyllida Barlow, Louise Bourgeois, Neil Brownsword, Annie Cattrell, Edmund de Waal, Harun Farocki, Lucio Fontana, Karl Fritsch, Martino Gamper, Theaster Gates, Gee's Bend Quiltmakers, Sabrina Gschwandtner, Sheila Hicks, Donald Judd, Ana Lupas, Lu Shengzhong, Enzo Mari, Mario Merz, Martin Puryear, Jessi Reaves, Bridget Riley, Ettore Sottsas, Studio Formafantasma, Francis Upritchard, Peter Voulkos Writers include Glenn Adamson, Elissa Auther, Reyner Banham, Jean Baudrillard, Susan S. Bean, Walter Benjamin, John Berger, Julia Bryan-Wilson, Giovanni Contini, Alfred Gell, Cathy Gere, Walter Gropius, Henry Heerup, bell hooks, Ulrich Lehmann, Lucy R. Lippard, Sarat Maharaj, Karl Marx, Sadie Plant, Nancy Princenthal, Rainer Maria Rilke, John Roberts, Kenneth E. Silver, Jenni Sorkin
Design Roadmapping by
Design Roadmapping is for anyone interested in design, strategy and innovation, and its wonderful combinations. For those who dare to create a future vision, frame the time pacing and map the pathways towards it.This guidebook teaches you how to create a roadmap. It outlines the origins, design theories and science results. Strategic designers, innovation managers and professors share their roadmapping experiences, views and achievements, including venture CPOs, Head of Design, product and program managers of international companies such as Canon, Peerby, Ferrari, Philips, Victoria State Library and many more.By design roadmapping you devise creative responses to future strategic challenges. Guided by future foresight techniques, you uncover new trends, scout for new technologies and map the values and ideas on the roadmap. Through strong visualization, a design roadmap supports an organizational mindset on value innovations.
The Fashion Image by
Great fashion photography, at its best, reflects and shapes the era in which it is made. Whether you are a student, aspiring photographer, or working professional, building a fashion portfolio that aspires to this standard can be daunting. The Fashion Image will help you develop your style through practical advice for image makers. Beginning with a history of fashion photography, Thomas Werner offers advice on assembling your creative team, casting models, developing shoot concepts, and producing photographs and fashion film for editorial and advertising. Professional practice, including self-promotion, social media, set etiquette, and fashion in a global context are also discussed. This is 'how to' at the highest level, with interviews from working fashion photographers, magazine editors, producers, fashion designers, and more, with around 200 color photographs that illustrate the fashion image at its best. With an extensive list of international resources, including Instagram accounts and several assignments, this book is an essential guide for fashion photographers and film makers.
The Fashion Industry and Its Careers by
"The book is an excellent resource for students in identifying the range of positions they can have in the fashion industry. Interviews with professionals are included to aid students in decision making about careers choices." - Lori Faulkner, Ferris State University, USA Learn what to expect on the job, required education and training, and the relationship of the role to the fashion industry as a whole. Among the more than 75 role descriptions are four new roles for Sustainability Officer, Transparency Officer, Data Analyst, and Reference Librarian. More than 175 images show you recent developments affecting the industry sectors and career opportunities. Case studies, Social media Strikes features, chapter summaries, key terms, online resources, discussion questions, and a glossary will help you identify which careers match your aptitudes, skill sets, and interests. New to this Edition · In-depth job descriptions for a wider range of careers expanded to include Technical Designer, Brand Marketing Manager, and Spreader and Cutter, among others · New sections on recycling and sustainability, trends in brand marketing, and portfolio development and presentation · Fully updated online resources throughout the book · Updated Case Studies in Career Exploration boxes showcase profiles of companies, interviews with individuals, industry scenarios, and insider tips · Updated Appendices include sample resumés and career positions sorted by career areas, with Web links to salary and benefit information The Fashion Industry and Its Careers STUDIO Study smarter with self-quizzes featuring scored results and personalized study tips Review concepts with flashcards of essential vocabulary
The Fashion Show by
Take up your all-access pass to one of the most dynamic areas of the international fashion industry. Lavishly illustrated and packed with industry insights, The Fashion Show is the must-have guide to showing off a collection. You will learn about: The context of the fashion show and its significance for brands, designers, journalists and others working in the fashion industry; How a fashion show is produced, everything from agreeing a vision to casting the models to setting up backstage; What happens on show day, and how to use the impact of your show. Future fashion designers, fashion marketers, fashion managers, fashion PRs - and creative practitioners looking to learn more about this fascinating part of the industry, you are cordially invited to join Gill Stark in the front row of The Fashion Show.
Front cover image for The fashion business manual : an illustrated guide to building a fashion brand. The fashion business manual : an illustrated guide to building a fashion brand by 
The Fundamentals of Fashion Management by
The Fundamentals of Fashion Management provides an in-depth look at the changing face of today's fiercely competitive fashion industry. Providing invaluable behind-the-scenes insights into the roles and processes of the industry, this book combines creative and business approaches for all those seeking to gain a solid understanding of what it means to work in the fashion sector. Packed with new visuals, case studies and exercises, The Fundamentals of Fashion Management also contains new interviews with key players from different sectors in the global fashion industry, including with a fashion forecaster, a brand account manager, a fashion buyer, a digital marketing manager, fashion journalist, and a fashion entrepreneur. With an additional new chapter on entrepreneurship and management, this a must-have handbook for all those looking to create successful business practice in fashion management, marketing, buying, retailing and related fields.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
How to Set up and Run a Fashion Label by
To run a successful fashion label you need to know about business as well as design. Packed with tips, case studies, and tasks to help you analyze yourself, your market, and your product, this book is for anyone wanting to start their own fashion, accessories , or footwear business. Thoroughly revised for the social media age, with updated images throughout. With eight new case studies AwaytoMars (Brazil/UK), FFM Dubai (UAE), Picture Organic (France), Vetta Capsule (US), ADAY, Farm, Olivia Burton (UK), and The Goods Department (Indonesia).
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Landscape and Branding by
Landscape and branding explores the way landscape is conceptualised, conceived, represented and designed by professionals in a brand-driven age. Landscape - incorporating tangible physical space as well as intangible concepts, narratives, images, and experiences of place - is constructed by a number of creative industries. This book tests the hypothesis that place branding, a powerful marketing and management practice, increasingly blurs the distinction between the promotion of landscape and its production in design terms. Place branding involves the strategic and systematic composition of single-minded, experiential and market-friendly place identities which are consistently communicated across various media, including physical space. How does this implicate or transform notions of place, nature, landscape experience, and the qualitative value of landscape itself? How does this affect the role of landscape architecture? To answer these questions, place branding theory and practice is critically examined alongside an in depth case study of one specific landscape - the Blue Mountains (Australia). Projects undertaken between 1995 and 2015, including a branding strategy for the region, media campaigns, television, cinema, and several landscape architectural works in the public and private domain are comparatively analysed, focusing on the discourse, conventions and values informing their production, and the landscape narratives they convey.
The Package Design Book 5 by
Attract, protect, inform, collect--good packaging is synonymous with multitasking. Creating these ultimate all-rounders calls for a deep understanding of the good, the market, the customer, the environment, the flow of trade--no easy task. Each year, the Pentawards spotlight the ingenious masterminds behind these complex containers and grant their coveted trophies to the cleverest and most innovative designs in the field. This latest edition of The Package Design Book rounds up the winning designs from the 2017-2018 competitions. With introductory essays, product descriptions, and plenty of images, this book features more than 400 winners from over 40 countries across five main categories--beverages, food, body, luxury, and other markets--and no fewer than 57 subcategories. The result is an authoritative survey of the best of the best, and a rich celebration of packaging as a kaleidoscopic art form.
Portfolio Presentation for Fashion Designers by
Portfolio Presentation for Fashion Designers, Fourth Edition, is still your best guide to showing your designs, skill sets, and creativity, to get you that job. In new images throughout, the book shows examples of croquis books, spec and flat drawings, and visual research presentations from both fashion professionals and students. From concept through finished product, Portfolio Presentation for Fashion Designers is an indispensable tool to help you prepare your career for the next chapter. New to this edition · Helpful Hints at the end of each chapter help you to make critical decisions · Expanded Glossary now features knitwear terms · Introduces how to develop a successful fashion portfolio · Expanded discussion and examples of visual research presentation layouts
Product Marketing in Design Practice
Product Marketing in Design Practice develops your skills in business so you can successfully manage your prospective design business.
This 14-week learning helps you understand marketing vocabulary, explore how design vocabulary and design processes overlap, understand strategic marketing frameworks, enhance your marketing vocabulary, and appreciate how design thinking skills can be used to identify and execute business opportunities. Concepts such as marketing mix optimization, brand equity, and integrated marketing communications will be discussed through a series of lectures, readings and case studies selected from highly regarded marketing and business schools.
This course aims to prepare you to the marketing aspects of Industrial Design, through a marketing plan for your chosen product or services related to your thesis project.
Design for How People Think by
User experience doesn't happen on a screen; it happens in the mind, and the experience is multidimensional and multisensory. This practical book will help you uncover critical insights about how your customers think so you can create products or services with an exceptional experience. Corporate leaders, marketers, product owners, and designers will learn how cognitive processes from different brain regions form what we perceive as a singular experience. Author John Whalen shows you how anyone on your team can conduct "contextual interviews" to unlock insights. You'll then learn how to apply that knowledge to design brilliant experiences for your customers. Learn about the "six minds" of user experience and how each contributes to the perception of a singular experience Find out how your team--without any specialized training in psychology--can uncover critical insights about your customers' conscious and unconscious processes Learn how to immediately apply what you've learned to improve your products and services Explore practical examples of how the Fortune 100 used this system to build highly successful experiences
Telling the Design Story by
When presenting projects in competitive design environments, how you say something is as important as what you're actually saying. Projects are increasingly complex and designers are working from more sources, and many designers are familiar with the struggle to harness this information and craft a meaningful and engaging story from it. Telling the Design Story: Effective and Engaging Communication teaches designers to craft cohesive and innovative presentations through storytelling. From the various stages of the creative process to the nuts and bolts of writing for impact, speaking skills, and creating visuals, Amy Huber provides a comprehensive approach for designers creating presentations for clients. Including chapter by chapter exercises, project briefs, and forms, this is an essential resource for students and practicing designers alike.
Production and Operations Management in Design Practice
Production and Operations Management in Design Practice is your introductory course to the field of production and operations management in the aspect of Industrial Design.
This course represents a blend of concepts from types of functional organizations in manufacturing and processes, manufacturability of products, productivity and production efficiency, quality management systems, and product costing, which are the core activities of most business organizations experience.
This course aims to prepare you to the management aspects of Industrial Design, as you near the commencement of your learning experience in the College.
Arts Entrepreneurship by
Arts Entrepreneurship: Creating a New Venture in the Artsprovides the essential tools, techniques, and concepts needed to invent, launch, and sustain a business in the creative sector. Building on the reader's artistic talents and interests, the book provides a practical, action-oriented introduction to the business of art, focusing on product design, organizational planning and assessment, customer identification and marketing, fundraising, legal issues, money management, cultural policy, and career development. It also offers examples, exercises, and references that guide entrepreneurs through the key stages of concept creation, business development, and growth. Special attention is paid to topics such as cultural ventures seeking social impact, the emergence of creative placemaking, the opportunities afforded by novel corporate forms, and the role of contemporary technologies in marketing, fundraising, and operations. A hands-on guide to entrepreneurial success, this book is a valuable resource for students of Arts Entrepreneurship programs, courses, and workshops, as well as for early-stage business founders in the creative sector looking for guidance on how to create and sustain their own successful venture.
Management and the Arts by
The fifth edition of Management and the Arts discusses the theory and practical applications from all arts management perspectives including planning, marketing, finance, economics, organization, staffing, and group dynamics. Revised to reflect the latest thinking and trends in managing organizations and people, this fifth edition features class-tested questions in each chapter, which help students to integrate the material and develop ideas about how the situations and problems could have been handled. Statistics and real-world examples illustrate all aspects of arts managements, from budgeting and fundraising, to e-marketing and social networking, to working effectively with boards and staff members. Case studies focus on the challenges facing managers and organizations every day, and "In the News" quotes provide real-world examples of principles and theories. Students in Arts Management university courses along with arts managers in a theatre, museum, dance company, and opera will gain useful insights into strategic planning, organization, and integrated management theories with this book.
Operations Management by
Stevenson's Operations Management features integrated, up-to-date coverage of current topics and industry trends, while preserving the core concepts that have made the text the market leader in this course for over a decade. Stevenson's careful explanations and approachable format support students in understanding the important operations management concepts as well as applying tools and methods with an emphasis on problem solving. Through detailed examples and solved problems, short cases and readings on current issues facing businesses, the Twelfth Edition continues to offer more support for 'doing Operations' than any other.
Operations management : sustainability and supply chain management by 
Production and Operations Management Systems by
Since the beginning of mankind on Earth, if the "busyness" process was successful, then some form of benefit sustained it. The fundamentals are obvious: get the right inputs (materials, labor, money, and ideas); transform them into highly demanded, quality outputs; and make it available in time to the end consumer. Illustrating how operations relate to the rest of the organization, Production and Operations Management Systems provides an understanding of the production and operations management (P/OM) functions as well as the processes of goods and service producers. The modular character of the text permits many different journeys through the materials. If you like to start with supply chain management (Chapter 9) and then move on to inventory management (Chapter 5) and then quality management (Chapter 8), you can do so in that order. However, if your focus is product line stability and quick response time to competition, you may prefer to begin with project management (Chapter 7) to reflect the continuous project mode required for fast redesign rapid response. Slides, lectures, Excel worksheets, and solutions to short and extended problem sets are available on the Downloads / Updates tabs. The project management component of P/OM is no longer an auxiliary aspect of the field. The entire system has to be viewed and understood. The book helps students develop a sense of managerial competence in making decisions in the design, planning, operation, and control of manufacturing, production, and operations systems through examples and case studies. The text uses analytical techniques when necessary to develop critical thinking and to sharpen decision-making skills. It makes production and operations management (P/OM) interesting, even exciting, to those who are embarking on a career that involves business of any kind.
Production operations management
Risk Management by
Risk management practices are growing both in number and complexity in businesses, notably driven by new regulatory standards that feature risk management at their core. Although large businesses are more likely to adopt a formal, holistic approach to risk management, the stakes are just as high for SMEs. Risk management in SMEs can contribute to a certain organizational, entrepreneurial and partnership dynamic which constitutes a real opportunity to evolve practices and improve performance. This book offers varied responses to this question by combining conceptual approaches, empirical illustrations and the associated managerial implications.
Production and Operations Management in Design Practice
Production and Operations Management in Design Practice is your introductory course to the field of production and operations management in the aspect of Industrial Design.
This course represents a blend of concepts from types of functional organizations in manufacturing and processes, manufacturability of products, productivity and production efficiency, quality management systems, and product costing, which are the core activities of most business organizations experience.
This course aims to prepare you to the management aspects of Industrial Design, as you near the commencement of your learning experience in the College.
Big data and business analytics adoption and use : a step toward transforming operations and production management? by 
Cost Estimation by
Presents an accessible approach to the cost estimation tools, concepts, and techniques needed to support analytical and cost decisions Written with an easy-to-understand approach, Cost Estimation: Methods and Tools provides comprehensive coverage of the quantitative techniques needed by professional cost estimators and for those wanting to learn about this vibrant career field. Featuring the underlying mathematical and analytical principles of cost estimation, the book focuses on the tools and methods used to predict the research and development, production, and operating and support costs for successful cost estimation in industrial, business, and manufacturing processes. The book begins with a detailed historical perspective and key terms of the cost estimating field in order to develop the necessary background prior to implementing the presented quantitative methods. The book proceeds to fundamental cost estimation methods utilized in the field of cost estimation, including working with inflation indices, regression analysis, learning curves, analogies, cost factors, and wrap rates. With a step-by-step introduction to the practicality of cost estimation and the available resources for obtaining relevant data, Cost Estimation: Methods and Tools also features: Various cost estimating tools, concepts, and techniques needed to support business decisions Multiple questions at the end of each chapter to help readers obtain a deeper understanding of the discussed methods and techniques An overview of the software used in cost estimation, as well as an introduction to the application of risk and uncertainty analysis A Foreword from Dr. Douglas A. Brook, a professor in the Graduate School of Business and Public Policy at the Naval Postgraduate School, who spent many years working in the Department of Defense acquisition environment Cost Estimation: Methods and Tools is an excellent reference for academics and practitioners in decision science, operations research, operations management, business, and systems and industrial engineering, as well as a useful guide in support of professional cost estimation training and certification courses for practitioners. The book is also appropriate for graduate-level courses in operations research, operations management, engineering economics, and manufacturing and/or production processes.
How to Increase the Value-Added of Controlling by
Recent megatrends such as increasing complexity, volatility, internationalization and increased demand for transparency and compliance have changed the expectations towards the controlling function. During his professional experience, the author observed the increased expectations towards the controlling function. If controlling is to maintain its influence in a company, it needs to adapt to the changes in management expectations. To outline "how to increase the value added by the controlling function in multinational production companies", four research questions were addressed and answered. The questions which were answered were "what does controlling involve and which factors influence the set-up of the controlling function in a company", "how are the expectations towards the controlling function changing over time and what is its value contribution", "how can the controlling function add value to standard reporting and budgeting activities" and "how can the controlling function add value to reorganization activities".
International Operations by
The Hispanic-Latino community is large, expanding, and an important contributor to the U.S. economy. Numbering over 50 million, Hispanic-Latinos currently represent about 16% of the population. Hispanic-Latinos engage in a diversity of jobs that help keep the American economic engine running. The practice of entrepreneurship has been on the rise with over 2.3 million businesses in the United States categorized as Hispanic owned, generating over $345 billion in sales. This book examines the entrepreneurial mindset of Hispanic-Latinos in the United States. With limited literature on the subject, the authors created a pioneering book that captures the viewpoints of real-life Hispanic-Latino entrepreneurs. Using a 15-item questionnaire, the authors obtained information on entrepreneurial intent, goals, and business strategies utilized. This book highlights real world business experiences, including challenges relating to entrepreneurial pursuits, and the importance of hardwork, discipline, and a positive mindset in the success of an enterprise.
Operations Management by
This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.This book looks at a selection of important business management techniques from a variety of countries and types of businesses. It discusses interorganizational information systems development, organizational performance management, activity-based cost systems, financial decision-making processes
The Practitioner's Guide to POLCA by
POLCA (Paired-cell Overlapping Loops of Cards with Authorization) is a card-based visual control system that manages the flow of jobs through the shop floor: at each operation, it controls which job should be worked on next to meet delivery targets. POLCA ensures that upstream operations use their capacity effectively by working on jobs that are needed downstream, while at the same time preventing excessive work-in-process (WIP) build-ups when bottlenecks appear unexpectedly. POLCA is particularly suited to companies manufacturing high-mix, low-volume and customized products. Such companies struggle with long lead times, late deliveries, and daily expediting to meet delivery dates. ERP systems are not designed to deal with this highly variable environment, and add-on software such as Finite Capacity Scheduling systems can require complex installation. Also, the Kanban system does not work well with low-volume or custom production. POLCA has delivered impressive results in such environments. It does not require any complex software implementation: it can be used without an ERP system or it can seamlessly complement an existing ERP system. This book: Provides a step-by-step roadmap on how to implement POLCA; invaluable for both companies that wish to implement POLCA as well as consultants and academics advising such companies. Explains the concepts in practical and easy-to-understand terms by showing detailed shop-floor examples. Includes more than 100 illustrations for understanding how POLCA works as well as for elaborating on details of the implementation steps. Contains case studies written by company owners and executives documenting their POLCA implementation process and the results achieved in various industries in six countries.
Technology Entrepreneurship by
The focus of this book is on technology ventures -- how they start, operate, and sometimes exit profitably. In short, it covers all the elements required to launch a successful technology company, including discussion of cutting-edge trends such as "entrepreneurial method" and "lean startup," emphasis on the ideation process and development of an effective business plan, coverage of product and market development, intellectual property, structuring your venture, raising capital, sales and marketing, people management, and even strategies for exiting your venture. This is not another armchair book about entrepreneurship. It's a working guide for engineers and scientists who want to actually be entrepreneurs.
Research Methods for Industrial Design Thesis
Research Methods for Industrial Design Thesis introduces you to the methods and practices in Human-Centered, design thinking research.
In this course, you will learn that design research is the foundation in creating successful products that are responsive to the human needs. You will be taught the different methods of general research methods and design specific action research methods in product development, user-experience, as well as ergonomic violation. The emphasis of this course is for you to be an active participant in data collection especially in field studies. The methods and tools that you will use helps you to acquire to first-hand knowledge of the problems, its contexts, and the possible solutions for the persons you are designing for. Your output is a ‘mini-thesis’ and serves as the foundation of your next two thesis courses.
The knowledge you will gain helps you develop your critical thinking skills that are going to be very useful in your final product/thesis proposal.
Creative Research by
Techniques and procedures for collecting and analysing different types of data are examined and analysed in detail. The skills necessary to promote the effectiveness and validity of research within the creative industries are highlighted in case studies, all of which also demonstrate what a well-designed research project can achieve.
Creative Research by
Academic research in design can seem daunting - let Hilary Collins show you the building blocks of a great final project. The perfect companion for a research project in fashion, design or visual communication, this 2nd edition of Creative Research walks you through: · Choosing a topic · Deciding your approach · Using previous research and writing a literature review · Obtaining your own data and using it appropriately Useful case studies show best practice, revealing the links between a researcher's choice of method and the conclusions they draw. Packed with advice on how to manage your time and structure your project effectively, this edition also includes new sections on design thinking and ethnography. Collins marries theory and practice from start to finish, showing you everything you need to confidently embark on your creative research project.
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat by
Design. Think. Make. Break. Repeat. provides a comprehensive collection of 60 methods applicable to any design innovation project. This handbook provides a flexible, interactive learning resource for anyone interested in learning about design thinking methods and their use for product and service innovation. It includes easy-to-follow exercises for each method along with ready-to-use templates and tools, case studies and design challenges.The book features 60 methods that were selected from across the design disciplines of product design, service design, design innovation, interaction design and user experience design. The easy-to-navigate structure of the book allows people new to design to learn about methods at their own pace and in their own time. For the practising designer, the book is an excellent reference guide: the overview allows them to quickly identify which methods they might need to apply depending on the phase of their own design project.
Designing Qualitative Research by
Addressing the complexity, flexibility, and controversies of qualitative research's many genres, Designing Qualitative Research, Sixth Edition gives students, research managers, policy analysts, and applied researchers clear, easy-to-understand guidance on designing qualitative research. While maintaining a focus on the proposal stage, this best-selling book takes readers from selecting a research genre through building a conceptual framework, data collection and interpretation, and arguing the merits of the proposal. Extended discussions cover strategies that researchers can use to address the challenges posed by postmodernists, feminists, and critical race theorists, as well as others who interrogate historical qualitative inquiry. The book also includes thoughtful discussion on trustworthiness and ethics, in addition to dealing with time, resource, and political stressors inherent to the research process. Throughout the book, the authors emphasize the importance of being systematic but also inspire readers with potential "Aha!" moments and opportunities to do research in close connection with people and communities. Available with Perusall--an eBook that makes it easier to prepare for class Perusall is an award-winning eBook platform featuring social annotation tools that allow students and instructors to collaboratively mark up and discuss their SAGE textbook. Backed by research and supported by technological innovations developed at Harvard University, this process of learning through collaborative annotation keeps your students engaged and makes teaching easier and more effective. Learn more.
Doing Research in Design by
Doing Research in Design presents new ways of thinking about the relationship between design and research by positioning design as a social as well as a material practice. This approach emphasises the social consequences of design decisions as well as the importance of the efficient functioning of a design. Doing Research in Design argues that design promotes social change and that, in order to understand that change, designers must turn to social science research methods. The book outlines the relationships between thinking and doing in design - and makes explicit links between design, research, philosophy and sociology - and then examines four central social research methodologies in practice. The aim of Doing Research in Design is to provide anyone involved in the field of design with the knowledge and understanding of the best methods to plan and conduct their research.
A Guide to Socially-Informed Research for Architects and Designers by
This book offers an efficient set of step-by-step tips and overarching lessons about how to gather useful, meaningful, and socially-informed data about clients' and other stakeholders' experiences in architecture and interior design professions. In this guide, author Michelle Janning helps the design professional conduct ongoing evaluation of design projects, create useful pre- and post-design evaluations, frame effective questions for improved future design, involve various stakeholders in the research process, and focus on responsible and evidence-based human-centered design to improve the relationship between design and people's experiences. Examining a variety of both large- and small-scale project examples from different institutional realms, including healthcare sites, schools, residences, eating establishments, museums, and theaters, this book highlights not only the overlap in these types of projects but also the differences between project sizes that may impact the methods used in any given project. It also offers tools for how to communicate design success to audiences that include potential clients, occupants, and other designers. A Guide to Socially-Informed Research for Architects and Designers is a go-to reference for design professionals interested in using accessible social scientific methods to gather essential and practical information from people who occupy the spaces they design and to do so in an ethical, inclusive, and socially-informed way in order to enhance social sustainability in the built environment.
Internet Research Methods by
The internet is a compelling tool for research, enabling efficient, cost-effective data collection and facilitating access to large samples and new populations. This book presents a state-of-the-art guide to the internet as a tool for conducting research in the social and behavioural sciences using qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches. New to this edition: Fully re-written to reflect the emergence of Web 2.0 technologies Expanded coverage of web surveys for data collection Unobtrusive methods to harvest data from online archives and documents New practical tools and resources, where to find them, and how to keep up-to-date with new developments as they emerge New chapter on research ethics and discussion of ethical practicalities throughout Guiding the reader through the theoretical, ethical and practical issues of using the internet in research, this is an essential resource for researchers wishing to assess how the latest techniques, tools and methods in internet-mediated research may support and expand research in their own field.
Product Design and Development by
Updated examples and data, new insights from recent research and innovations in practice, and revisions incorporated throughout the book. NEW Examples - New chapter examples bring relevant issues to students for analysis and discussion. These updated examples include major products such as: Belle-V ice cream scoop, AvaTech avalanche probe, iRobot Roomba vacuum cleaner, Tesla Model S automobile, Boeing 787 aircraft, Nespresso coffee makers, and more.
Research Design by
This best-selling text pioneered the comparison of qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods research design. For all three approaches, John W. Creswell and new co-author J. David Creswell include a preliminary consideration of philosophical assumptions, key elements of the research process, a review of the literature, an assessment of the use of theory in research applications, and reflections about the importance of writing and ethics in scholarly inquiry. The Fifth Edition includes more coverage of: epistemological and ontological positioning in relation to the research question and chosen methodology; case study, PAR, visual and online methods in qualitative research; qualitative and quantitative data analysis software; and in quantitative methods more on power analysis to determine sample size, and more coverage of experimental and survey designs; and updated with the latest thinking and research in mixed methods. SHARE this Comparison of Research Approaches poster with your students to help them navigate the distinction between the three approaches to research.
Research Design : quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research approaches by
This user-friendly book provides a step-by-step guide to using the five major approaches to research design: quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research. Chapters on each approach follow a unique format--they present a template for a research proposal and explain in detail how to conceptualize and fill in every section. Terminology commonly used within each approach is identified, and key moments of ethical decision making are flagged. Interdisciplinary research examples draw on current events and social justice topics. Unique coverage includes hot topics: replication studies and data sharing, tailoring proposals to different audiences, and more. The book also includes a general introduction to social research; an in-depth, practical discussion of ethics; and a chapter on how to begin a research study, from planning a topic to developing a research question via a literature review. Pedagogical Features *Multiple "Review Stops" in each chapter--quick quizzes with answer keys. *End-of-chapter writing exercises, research activities, and suggested resources. *Bold-face key terms and an end-of-book glossary. *Boxed tips from experts in the respective approaches. *Supplemental PowerPoint slides for instructors using the book in a class. Winner (Third Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award, Nursing Research Category
Research for Designers by
Today, designers design services, processes and organizations; craft skills no longer suffice. We need to discover, define and solve problems based upon evidence. We need to demonstrate the validity of our claims. We need a guide to design research that can educate students and be a reference for professionals. And here it is: a masterful book for 21st century designers.′ - Don Norman, Professor and Director of Design Lab, University of California San Diego, and former Vice President, Advanced Technologies, Apple ′Muratovski provides a structured approach to introducing students and researchers to design research and takes the reader through the research process from defining the research problem to the literature review on to data collection and analysis. With such practical and useful chapters, this book should prove to be essential reading in design schools across the world.′ - Tracy Bhamra, Professor of Sustainable Design and Pro Vice-Chancellor of Enterprise, Loughborough University Design is everywhere: it influences how we live, what we wear, how we communicate, what we buy, and how we behave. In order for designers to design for the real world, defining strategies rather than just implementing them, they need to learn how to understand and solve complex, intricate and often unexpected problems. This book is a guide to this new creative process. With this book in hand, students of design will: understand and apply the vocabulary and strategies of research methods learn how to adapt themselves to unfamiliar situations develop techniques for collaborating with non-designers find and use facts from diverse sources in order to prove or disprove their ideas make informed decisions in a systematic and insightful way use research tools to find new and unexpected design solutions. Research for Designers is an essential toolkit for a design education and a must-have for every design student who is getting ready to tackle their own research.
Research Methods: the Basics by
Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. This second edition provides an expanded resource suitable for students and practitioners in a wide range of disciplines including the natural sciences, social sciences and humanities. Structured in two parts - the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research and how to propose, plan, carry out and write up a research project - this book covers: * Reasons for doing a research project * Structuring and planning a research project * The ethical issues involved in research * Different types of data and how they are measured * Collecting and analysing qualitative and quantitative data in order to draw sound conclusions * Mixed methods and interdisciplinary research * Devising a research proposal and writing up the research * Motivation and quality of work. Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone coming to research for the first time.
Research Methods in Education by
This thoroughly updated and extended eighth edition of the long-running bestseller Research Methods in Education covers the whole range of methods employed by educational research at all stages. Its five main parts cover: the context of educational research; research design; methodologies for educational research; methods of data collection; and data analysis and reporting. It continues to be the go-to text for students, academics and researchers who are undertaking, understanding and using educational research, and has been translated into several languages. It offers plentiful and rich practical advice, underpinned by clear theoretical foundations, research evidence and up-to-date references, and it raises key issues and questions for researchers planning, conducting, reporting and evaluating research. This edition contains new chapters on: Mixed methods research The role of theory in educational research Ethics in Internet research Research questions and hypotheses Internet surveys Virtual worlds, social network software and netography in educational research Using secondary data in educational research Statistical significance, effect size and statistical power Beyond mixed methods: using Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) to integrate cross-case and within-case analyses. Research Methods in Education is essential reading for both the professional researcher and anyone involved in educational and social research. The book is supported by a wealth of online materials, including PowerPoint slides, useful weblinks, practice data sets, downloadable tables and figures from the book, and a virtual, interactive, self-paced training programme in research methods. These resources can be found at: www.routledge.com/cw/cohen.
Visual, narrative and creative research methods : application, reflection and ethics by
Visual research methods are quickly becoming key topics of interest and are now widely recognised as having the potential to evoke emphatic understanding of the ways in which other people experience their worlds. Visual, Narrative and Creative Research Methods examines the practices and value of these visual approaches as a qualitative tool in the field of social science and related disciplines. This book is concerned with the process of applying visual methods as a tool of inquiry from design, to production, to analysis and dissemination. Drawing on research projects which reflect real world situations, you will be methodically guided through the research process in detail, enabling you to examine and understand the practices and value of visual, narrative and creative approaches as effective qualitative tools. Key topics include: techniques of data production, including collage, mapping, drawing and photographs; the practicalities of application; the positioning of the researcher; interpretation of visual data; images and narratives in public spaces; evaluative analysis of creative approaches. Visual, Narrative and Creative Research Methods will be an invaluable companion for researchers, postgraduate students and other academics with an interest in visual and creative methods and qualitative research.
Research Methods for Industrial Design Thesis
Research Methods for Industrial Design Thesis introduces you to the methods and practices in Human-Centered, design thinking research.
In this course, you will learn that design research is the foundation in creating successful products that are responsive to the human needs. You will be taught the different methods of general research methods and design specific action research methods in product development, user-experience, as well as ergonomic violation. The emphasis of this course is for you to be an active participant in data collection especially in field studies. The methods and tools that you will use helps you to acquire to first-hand knowledge of the problems, its contexts, and the possible solutions for the persons you are designing for. Your output is a ‘mini-thesis’ and serves as the foundation of your next two thesis courses.
The knowledge you will gain helps you develop your critical thinking skills that are going to be very useful in your final product/thesis proposal.
Architectural Research Methods by
A practical guide to research for architects and designers--now updated and expanded! From searching for the best glass to prevent glare to determining how clients might react to the color choice for restaurant walls, research is a crucial tool that architects must master in order to effectively address the technical, aesthetic, and behavioral issues that arise in their work. This book's unique coverage of research methods is specifically targeted to help professional designers and researchers better conduct and understand research. Part I explores basic research issues and concepts, and includes chapters on relating theory to method and design to research. Part II gives a comprehensive treatment of specific strategies for investigating built forms. In all, the book covers seven types of research, including historical, qualitative, correlational, experimental, simulation, logical argumentation, and case studies and mixed methods. Features new to this edition include: Strategies for investigation, practical examples, and resources for additional information A look at current trends and innovations in research Coverage of design studio-based research that shows how strategies described in the book can be employed in real life A discussion of digital media and online research New and updated examples of research studies A new chapter on the relationship between design and research Architectural Research Methods is an essential reference for architecture students and researchers as well as architects, interior designers, landscape architects, and building product manufacturers.
Design As Research : positions, arguments, perspectives by
Are there differences between design practice and the practice of design research? What alliances between text and artefact are possible in the search for new knowledge? How does design research translate and transform theories and methods from other disciplines? Is design research moving towards becoming a formal discipline and, if so, would this really be an advantage? 16 international authors address these four different aspects in the form of personal statements, and 19 researchers share their reflections based on their experience of having carried out a practice-based PhD. This book investigates the status quo of things in the multi-faceted and constantly evolving field of design research, and outlines the elementary issues faced by researchers. The compendium is a survey of a fast-growing field and, at the same time, provides pointers for personal orientation. With statements from: Uta Brandes, Rachel Cooper, Clive Dilnot, Michael Erlhoff, Alain Findeli, Bill Gaver, Ranulph Glanville, Matthias Held, Wolfgang Jonas, Klaus Krippendorff, Claudia Mareis, Mike Press, Elizabeth B.-N. Sanders, Arne Scheuermann, Cameron Tonkinwise, Brigitte Wolf
Design Education : Learning, Teaching and Researching Through Design by
Embracing the richness, complexity and possibilities of learning and teaching in design, Design Education takes the vantage point of the 'outsider' and explores what makes design so compulsively fascinating for those who teach and study it. Through more than 40 projects, from design students' use of archives and museum collections to the potential of specific technologies to enhance teaching and learning, from architecture and 3D design to fashion, Philippa Lyon explores aspects of learning and teaching in higher education design subjects. Taking an ethnographic approach and using data from interviews, discussions and observations, the book also examines issues such as the experience of design teacher-practitioners entering the world of learning and teaching research for the first time. Design Education encapsulates and analyzes the research findings facilitated by the UK-based Centre for Excellence in Teaching and Learning Through Design. It delves into many pedagogical terms and assumptions and guides the reader through them, examining the way relevant key concepts in design are articulated. It will be useful to teachers and students of design subjects, learning and interpretation staff in museums, pedagogical researchers, other centres for excellence in teaching and learning (particularly those which are art and design-related), independent design practitioners and managers of art and design provision in the public and private sector.
The Designer's Guide to Doing Research by
An essential introduction to applying research for busy architects and designers The competitive design market and the need to create enduring value place high demands on architects and designers to expand their knowledge base to be able to digest and utilize multiple sources of information. Expected by their clients to be well versed on all aspects of a project, time-constrained architects and designers need quick responses in the face of daily challenges. As a result, these professionals must--more than ever--rely on, and apply, readily accessible information culled from sound research to gain a competitive advantage. The Designer's Guide to Doing Research serves as an introductory guide on the general concepts and processes that define "good" research. Organized logically with the practical tools necessary to obtain research for all facets of the designer's workflow, this book offers: Material written in an accessible format specifically for practitioners Reliable content by experienced authors--a noted environmental psychologist and an interior design educator who is also a practitioner and writer Tools for planning, executing, and utilizing research presented in an easy-to-follow format along with case studies, sources, and applications Written for all practices and people concerned with the built environment, from architects and interior designers to facility managers, landscape architects, and urban planners, this book serves as an invaluable starting point for gathering and implementing research effectively.
Frame Innovation by
How organizations can use practices developed by expert designers to solve today's open, complex, dynamic, and networked problems. When organizations apply old methods of problem-solving to new kinds of problems, they may accomplish only temporary fixes or some ineffectual tinkering around the edges. Today's problems are a new breed--open, complex, dynamic, and networked--and require a radically different response. In this book, Kees Dorst describes a new, innovation-centered approach to problem-solving in organizations: frame creation. It applies "design thinking," but it goes beyond the borrowed tricks and techniques that usually characterize that term. Frame creation focuses not on the generation of solutions but on the ability to create new approaches to the problem situation itself. The strategies Dorst presents are drawn from the unique, sophisticated, multilayered practices of top designers, and from insights that have emerged from fifty years of design research. Dorst describes the nine steps of the frame creation process and illustrates their application to real-world problems with a series of varied case studies. He maps innovative solutions that include rethinking a store layout so retail spaces encourage purchasing rather than stealing, applying the frame of a music festival to understand late-night problems of crime and congestion in a club district, and creative ways to attract young employees to a temporary staffing agency. Dorst provides tools and methods for implementing frame creation, offering not so much a how-to manual as a do-it-yourself handbook--a guide that will help practitioners develop their own approaches to problem-solving and creating innovation.
Making Sense of Culture in Management: Qualitative Sensemaking Approach in Explaining Cross-Cultural Business Networking by 
NERD - New Experimental Research in Design by
Design has long expressed and established itself as an independent research competence - a fact that also companies, institutions and politicians have come to acknowledge. What is still needed, however, is a stronger public platform for design to confidently reflect upon this process and to establish and communicate the specific innovative and experimental dimension of design research. For this reason, BIRD, the Board of International Research in Design, has developed the New Experimental Research in Design / NERD format. The edited conference contributions of twelve young researchers from all over the world provide an impressive and diverse and insightful range of intelligent and inspiring approaches in design research, giving rise to further debate and action in the rapidly evolving field.
Research Methods: the Basics by
Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. This second edition provides an expanded resource suitable for students and practitioners in a wide range of disciplines including the natural sciences, social sciences and humanities. Structured in two parts - the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research and how to propose, plan, carry out and write up a research project - this book covers: * Reasons for doing a research project * Structuring and planning a research project * The ethical issues involved in research * Different types of data and how they are measured * Collecting and analysing qualitative and quantitative data in order to draw sound conclusions * Mixed methods and interdisciplinary research * Devising a research proposal and writing up the research * Motivation and quality of work. Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone coming to research for the first time.
Research Methods in Education by
This thoroughly updated and extended eighth edition of the long-running bestseller Research Methods in Education covers the whole range of methods employed by educational research at all stages. Its five main parts cover: the context of educational research; research design; methodologies for educational research; methods of data collection; and data analysis and reporting. It continues to be the go-to text for students, academics and researchers who are undertaking, understanding and using educational research, and has been translated into several languages. It offers plentiful and rich practical advice, underpinned by clear theoretical foundations, research evidence and up-to-date references, and it raises key issues and questions for researchers planning, conducting, reporting and evaluating research. This edition contains new chapters on: Mixed methods research The role of theory in educational research Ethics in Internet research Research questions and hypotheses Internet surveys Virtual worlds, social network software and netography in educational research Using secondary data in educational research Statistical significance, effect size and statistical power Beyond mixed methods: using Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) to integrate cross-case and within-case analyses. Research Methods in Education is essential reading for both the professional researcher and anyone involved in educational and social research. The book is supported by a wealth of online materials, including PowerPoint slides, useful weblinks, practice data sets, downloadable tables and figures from the book, and a virtual, interactive, self-paced training programme in research methods. These resources can be found at: www.routledge.com/cw/cohen.
Standing on the Shoulders of Giants by
The latest volume of the Research Methodology in Strategy and Managementseries uncovers theoretical developments in management and strategy, highlighting how firms succeed today, as well as offering cutting edge thinking on new and evolving research methods to study organizations. Standing on the Shoulders of Giants: Traditions and Innovations in Research Methodologycollates a wide range of perspectives on strategy and management and introduces new approaches to researching organizations. Two retrospective accounts from Kathy Eisenhardt and Denny Gioia provide contextual balance to the subsequent chapters which explore various research methodologies, including: qualitative comparative analysis, videometric methods, modes of process research, visual research methods and qualitative research in strategy. This culminates in a useful how-to guide which builds on insights about teaching aspiring entrepreneurs with a "canvas" and provides researchers with a canvas to design and execute high quality projects. This is an illuminating guide book for all academics and researchers working in the fields of management, strategy, international business, entrepreneurship and organization theory, interested in starting research projects.
Strategic Foresight by
Strategic foresight is discipline that organizations adopt to gather, interpret, manage information about the future environment they plan to operate in. This book introduces the concept of strategic foresight and advocates a holistic and systemic foresight approach comprising five phases that are suitable for organizations in the public and private sectors. Using real‐life cases as practical examples, the book demonstrates how organizations can apply a range of foresight methods and resources across the phases from intelligence to implementation. The book offers an opportunity to learn by all key stakeholders. It enhances the understanding of the National Research Organization's Foresight exercise (as the complex social phenomenon) in its context. The case study of the National Research Organisation provides lessons and insights that can improve both the theoretical and practical implementation of the Foresight Exercise. Dr Mlungisi Cele Acting Head: National Advisory Council on Innovation Department of Science and Technology, Republic of South Africa Foresight methodologies have been widely spreading among business and research organizations worldwide during the last decades. The weakest point of many forward-looking activities so far was the lack of their practical use. The books shows, on a number of cases, how a Foresight study, being wisely designed and implemented, can become a useful navigation tool for increasing competitiveness in the fast changing environment.　　 Dr Alexander Sokolov Professor, HSE National Research University, Russia Director, Institute for Statistical Studies and Economics of Knowledge / International Research and Educational Foresight Centre Very useful tool to describe how organizations assess the future and formulate strategic plans using a systemic foresight methodology Ibon Zugasti Managing Director in PROSPEKTIKER and Chair of the Millennium Project Node in Spain A comprehensive source of knowledge on complex issues of technology foresight process, from conception to commercialization of key technologies, made easy to understand and useful for aspiring futurists seeking to learn more about the matters at hand. Dr Surachai Sathitkunarat Executive Director, APEC Center for Technology Foresight (APEC CTF) 　 Assistant to the President Office of National Higher Education, Science, Research and Innovation Policy Council (NXPO) Thailand This book provides a very good coverage of the end-to-end methodology for technology-based innovation through the use of diverse and relevant business use cases. Very often, books on this theme only expound the approaches. Sarah goes beyond in sharing the pitfalls and challenges during the different stages of the systemic foresight methodology so that readers can learn and avoid the mistakes that other companies made. The emphasis on open innovation and intellectual property management is valuable as many organizations fail to deliver the vision due to insufficient attention on these two aspects. A must read if you wish to master strategic foresight. Dr Terence Hung Chief, Future Intelligence Technologies Rolls-Royce Singapore Pte Ltd Why do people want to know the future? People want to use budget efficiently or don't want to waste time? Aside from those who see the future, like fortune tellers, how do we make the future? Foresight is known as a method of creating the future in a way that many people has been using. So how is it different between Forecast and Foresight? This book will help answer that. Dr Kuniko Urashima Deputy Director of Foresight Center National Institute of Science and Technology Policy (NISTEP), Japan .
Strength of Materials will equip you to identify and analyze material properties that affect the design and strength of structures, machines and mechanisms.
In this second-part of two-part engineering course for Industrial Design, you will understand the concepts that deal with the relations between applied forces and its effects on the receiving entity. At the end of this course, you are expected to complete a series of actual technical tests that uses the principles of strength using varied types of materials. We expect you to not only apply your working knowledge on theories of strength but also an opportunity for you to show your fun creative thinking style, your manual building skill and above all your interpersonal skills in working with a group.
Applied Elasticity and Plasticity by
Applied Elasticity and Plasticity is a comprehensive work that introduces graduate students and professionals in civil, mechanical, aeronautical and metallurgical engineering to the basic theories of elasticity, plasticity and their practical applications. Based on experimental data of static tension tests of material, several elastic and plastic stress-strain relations are derived, and commonly-used yield criteria and strain hardening rules are discussed as well. Analysis of conventional, deviatoric and mathematical stress and strain in two and three dimensions is presented. Analytical applications include torsion and bending of structural components subjected to various loadings, thick-walled cylindrical and spherical vessels subjected to internal and external pressures, stress-concentrations around holes, stress-intensity factors in structural components containing circular, elliptical and many more concepts important for professionals and students alike.
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers by
Introduction to Product Design and Development for Engineers provides guidelines and best practices for the design, development, and evaluation of engineered products. Created to serve fourth year undergraduate students in Engineering Design modules with a required project, the text covers the entire product design process and product life-cycle, from the initial concept to the design and development stages, and through to product testing, design documentation, manufacturability, marketing, and sustainability. Reflecting the author's long career as a design engineer, this text will also serve as a practical guide for students working on their capstone design projects.
Materiality and Interior Construction by
A comprehensive reference of materials for interior designers and architects Choosing the right material for the right purpose is a critical--and often overlooked--aspect in the larger context of designing buildings and interior spaces. When specified and executed properly, materials support and enhance a project's overall theme, and infuse interior space with a solid foundation that balances visual poetry and functionality. Materiality and Interior Construction imparts essential knowledge on how materials contribute to the construction and fabrication of floors, partitions, ceilings, and millwork, with thorough coverage of the important characteristics and properties of building materials and finishes. Individual coverage of the key characteristics of each material explores the advantages and disadvantages of using specific materials and construction assemblies, while helping readers discover how to make every building element count. In addition, Materiality and Interior Construction: Is highly illustrated throughout to show material properties and building assemblies Supplies rankings and information on the "green" attributes of each material so that designers can make informed decisions for specifications Is organized by application for easy and quick access to information Includes a companion website, featuring an extensive online image bank of materials and assemblies Rather than a typical catalog of materials, Materiality and Interior Construction is efficiently organized so that the reader is guided directly to the options for the location or assembly they are considering. Reliable and easy to use, Materiality and Interior Construction is a one-stop, comprehensive reference for hundreds of commonly used materials and their integration as building components--and an invaluable resource that every interior designer or architect should add to their set of tools.
Mechanics of Materials by
Mechanics of Materials is the uncontested leader for the teaching of solid mechanics. Used by thousands of students around the globe since publication, Mechanics of Materials provides a precise presentation of the subject illustrated with numerous engineering examples that students both understand and relate to theory and application. The tried and true methodology for presenting material gives students the best opportunity to succeed in this course. From the detailed examples, to the homework problems, to the carefully developed solutions manual, instructors and students can be confident the material is clearly explained and accurately represented. McGraw-Hill's Connect, is also available as an optional, add on item. Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, how they need it, so that class time is more effective. Connect allows the professor to assign homework, quizzes, and tests easily and automatically grades and records the scores of the student's work. Problems are randomized to prevent sharing of answers an may also have a "multi-step solution" which helps move the students' learning along if they experience difficulty.
Structure for architects : a primer by
An introduction to the concepts and principles of architectural structures in an easy-to-read format Written as an easy-to-understand primer on the topic, Structure for Architects engages readers through instruction that uses a highly visual format and real-world examples to underline the key facets of structural principles that are essential to the design process. Eschewing complicated mathematics and technical jargon, Structure for Architects demystifies the subject matter by showing it in the context of everyday situations, giving architects and architectural technologists a clear understanding of how to incorporate structural principles into their designs. Highlights of this book include: A rich collection of drawings, photographs, and diagrams, spread throughout the text, which demonstrate fundamental structural concepts using everyday examples An overview of structural design basics, as well as a summary of structural forms A look at the design implications of steel, reinforced concrete, and wood By providing an overall view of structures that covers the essentials of what architects and architectural technologists need to know, Structure for Architects is a valuable tool for illustrating the importance of designing with structure in mind and for learning the basics that are necessary for collaborating confidently with project team members.
Welding : principles and applications by
Now nearing its 30th year of publication, WELDING: PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS (WP&A), 7th Edition is the authoritative introduction to the subject of welding. It's designed for students in a wide range of academic and workforce training programs who want to pursue careers as skilled welders and welding supervisors. The text also supports the needs of learners who need to achieve a basic level of proficiency in welding in their chosen skilled trade. While covering the procedural and safety information all students need, WELDING: PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS also explains underlying theories. The combination of hands-on information with clear explanations of theory is a hallmark of this book. The depth of coverage allows it to be used as the core text in a multi-course welding curriculum, generally starting with shielded metal arc welding, and then covering other basic processes and more advanced techniques.
Strength of Materials will equip you to identify and analyze material properties that affect the design and strength of structures, machines and mechanisms.
In this second-part of two-part engineering course for Industrial Design, you will understand the concepts that deal with the relations between applied forces and its effects on the receiving entity. At the end of this course, you are expected to complete a series of actual technical tests that uses the principles of strength using varied types of materials. We expect you to not only apply your working knowledge on theories of strength but also an opportunity for you to show your fun creative thinking style, your manual building skill and above all your interpersonal skills in working with a group.
Energetic Compounds by
Since the synthesis and development of new energetic materials require identification of promising candidates for additional study and elimination of poor candidates from further consideration, it is important for engineers, scientists and industries to assess the performance of the new compounds for reducing costs associated with synthesis, testing and evaluation of these materials. Nowadays different approaches have been used to predict the performance of energetic compounds, which can be recognized to be cost-effective, environmentally-desirable and time-saving capabilities. This book reviews different methods for the assessment of the performance of an energetic compound through its heat of detonation, detonation pressure, detonation velocity, detonation temperature, Gurney energy and power (strength). The book also focuses on the detonation pressure and detonation velocity of non-ideal aluminized energetic compounds. Simple and reliable methods are demonstrated in detail where they can be easily used for the design, synthesis and development of novel energetic compounds.
Engineering Solutions for Manufacturing Processes V by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 2014 5th International Conference on Advances in Materials and Manufacturing, (ICAMMP 2014), December 20-21, 2014, Fuzhou, China.The 168 papers are grouped as follows:Chapter 1: Designing and Dynamic Analysis of Machines and Mechanical Structures;Chapter 2: Mechanical Strength and Reliability;Chapter 3: Practice of Computer-Aided Designing and Modeling;Chapter 4: Measurements, Testing and Diagnosis, Processing of Image and Data;Chapter 5: Vibration and Noise in Engineering;Chapter 6: Thermal Conductivity and Thermal Analysis;Chapter 7: Engineering Machinery and Equipment;Chapter 8: Mechatronics, Industrial Robotics, Automation and Control Technology;Chapter 9: Advanced Numerical Control (NC) Technologies and Equipments;Chapter 10: Organization of the Production, Product Design, Production Planning and Scheduling
The essentials of G.C.S.E. Design and technology. Resistant materials by Experimental stress analysis by
Experimental Stress Analysis deals with different aspects of stress analysis, highlighting basic and advanced concepts, with a separate chapter on aircraft structures. The inclusion of a large number of figures, tables, and solved problems ensure a clear and thorough understanding of the concepts. Designed for undergraduate students of mechanical engineering, this takes into account the syllabi of various universities and technical institutions.
Experimental Stress Analysis 51 by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 51st Annual of the International Scientific Conference Experimental Stress Analysis (EAN 2013), June 11-13, 2013, Litomerice, Czech Republic. The 69 papers are grouped as follows: Chapter 1: Stress Analysis in Metal and Composites; Chapter 2: Experimental Methods and Stress Analysis in Building Materials.
Frontiers of Mechanical Engineering and Materials Engineering III by
Collection of selected, peer reviewed papers from the 2014 3rd International Conference on Frontiers of Mechanical Engineering and Materials Engineering (MEME 2014), November 21-23, 2014, Xiamen, China. The 227 papers are grouped as follows: Chapter 1: Materials, Technologies for Processing and Chemical Engineering; Chapter 2: Researching and Designing of Machines and Technological Equipment; Chapter 3: Measurements, Mechatronics, Control and Automation; Chapter 4: Communication, Information Technologies and Computational Algorithms.
Material and Process Design for Lightweight Structures by
The use of lightweight structures across several industries has become inevitable in today's world given the ever-rising demand for improved fuel economy and resource efficiency. In the automotive industry, composites, reinforced plastics, and lightweight materials, such as aluminum and magnesium are being adopted by many OEMs at increasing rates to reduce vehicle mass and develop efficient new lightweight designs. Automotive weight reduction with high-strength steel is also witnessing major ongoing efforts to design novel damage-controlled forming processes for a new generation of efficient, lightweight steel components. Although great progress has been made over the past decades in understanding the thermomechanical behavior of these materials, their extensive use as lightweight solutions is still limited due to numerous challenges that play a key role in cost competitiveness. Hence, significant research efforts are still required to fully understand the anisotropic material behavior, failure mechanisms, and, most importantly, the interplay between industrial processing, microstructure development, and the resulting properties. This Special Issue reprint book features concise reports on the current status in the field. The topics discussed herein include areas of manufacturing and processing technologies of materials for lightweight applications, innovative microstructure and process design concepts, and advanced characterization techniques combined with modeling of material's behavior.
Materials in Environmental Engineering by
This series mainly consists of conference proceedings and presents recent developments and innovations in a broad field of science and technology research. The series will focus on recent theoretical and applied science, engineering , management and technological developments with latest exposures in product and process, models, methods and applications including but not limited to　artificial intelligence, computational intelligence, big data analytics, knowledge-based systems, fuzzy computing, soft computing, mathematical and statistical methods, operations research and optimization, automotive, robotics, energy, environmental engineering, power, manufacturing, materials, cybernetics, system sciences, management, healthcare, bioinformatics, and other disciplines.
Mechanics of the Solid State by
Collected in this volume are nineteen selected contributions written by twenty-six scholars in the field, in honour of their teacher and colleague, Professor Joseph Marin.
Nanomaterials in Joining by
Joining techniques in engineering are of major importance. Innovations in the field of composites now allows design of nanomaterials with tailored properties. This book adresses techniques for similar and dissimilar joining, characterization of joint structures and damage prediction by simulation. A special focus is laid on welding of lightweight structures, which are of special economic interest for aeronautical and automotive applications.
Natural Fiber-Reinforced Biodegradable and Bioresorbable Polymer Composites by
Natural Fiber-Reinforced Biodegradable and Bioresorbable Polymer Composites focuses on key areas of fundamental research and applications of biocomposites. Several key elements that affect the usage of these composites in real-life applications are discussed. There will be a comprehensive review on the different kinds of biocomposites at the beginning of the book, then the different types of natural fibers, bio-polymers, and green nanoparticle biocomposites are discussed as well as their potential for future development and use in engineering biomedical and domestic products. Recently mankind has realized that unless the environment is protected, he himself will be threatened by the over consumption of natural resources as well as a substantial reduction in the amount of fresh air produced in the world. Conservation of forests and the optimal utilization of agricultural and other renewable resources like solar, wind, and tidal energy, have become important topics worldwide. With such concern, the use of renewable resources--such as plant and animal-based, fiber-reinforced polymeric composites--are now becoming an important design criterion for designing and manufacturing components for a broad range of different industrial products. Research on biodegradable polymeric composites can contribute, to some extent, to a much greener and safer environment. For example, in the biomedical and bioengineering fields, the use of natural fiber mixed with biodegradable and bioresorbable polymers can produce joint and bone fixtures to alleviate pain in patients. Includes comprehensive information about the sources, properties, and biodegradability of natural fibers Discusses failure mechanisms and modeling of natural fibers composites Analyzes the effectiveness of using natural materials for enhancing mechanical, thermal, and biodegradable properties
Revise for product design : resistant materials technology by 
Strength of Materials by
The strength of a material refers to the material's ability to withstand an applied stress without failure. The applied stress may be tensile, compressive, or shear. A material's strength is dependent on its microstructure. The engineering processes to which a material is subjected can alter this microstructure. This book provides a variety of material strength research including an extensive overview on the state of the art ceramic composite material BIOLOX delta which, since 2001, has successfully implanted more than 500,000 artificial hip joints. Due to the unique strength and toughness of this material, the risk of fracture has been substantially reduced when compared to conventional ceramic materials. Several different aspects of ionomer research from a physical property standpoint is discussed as well, including the history and current trends in ionomer research and a discussion on the immediate needs in this field. Furthermore, particle modeling (PM) as an innovative particulate dynamics based modeling approach is examined as a robust tool for simulating fracture problems of solids under extreme loading conditions, including situations of collapse, impact, blasting or high strain rate tension/compression. This book includes research on the ability of particle modeling to correctly predict dynamic fragmentation of materials with good accuracy.
Wear of Advanced Materials by
Recent advances into the wear of advanced materials In general, wear is currently defined as "the progressive loss of material from the operating surface of a body occurring as a result of relative motion at the surface". It is related to surface interactions and more specifically to the form of contact due to relative motion. Wear is rarely catastrophic but does reduce the operating efficiency of machine components and structures. At this time of economic crisis, this is a very important field of study because of the huge impact the wear of materials has on the economy. The purpose of this book is to present a collection of examples illustrating the state of the art and research developments into the wear of advanced materials in several applications. It can be used as a research book for a final undergraduate engineering course (for example into materials, mechanics, etc.) or as the focus of the effect of wear on advanced materials at a postgraduate level. It can also serve as a useful reference for academics, biomaterials researchers, mechanical and materials engineers, and professionals in related spheres working with tribology and advanced materials.
3-D Design 1: Rectilinear and Curvilinear Volume
3-D Design 1: Rectilinear and Curvilinear Volume introduces you to materials, techniques, and ideas that comprise three-dimensional expressions, and the experience in manipulating forms resulting in endless possibilities.
Three-dimensional forms will be studied and rendered utilizing materials that can be molded, shaped and manipulated according to the theme or context of the project. The course tackles the tangible/tactile exploration of media from traditional to contemporary. You are also encouraged to explore man-made and natural forms and elements while the process of observation, examination and exploration of materials from line, plane, mass and space is tackled in order to create three-dimensional compositions.
The skills and knowledge you gain from this course will aid you in the preparation for tangible three-dimensional forms and other art and design requirements as you further in your Industrial Design learning experience.
Architectural Scale Models in the Digital Age by
Making physical models of complex geometric shapes and their multiple structural connections is a major challenge in the age of advanced digital technology and parametric design in architecture. This approach requires new modeling strategies, technology and methods which are covered in this book. Complex geometric forms generated using virtual media can be tested and validated only by means of physical models, which also make it possible to assess their practical application. The complexity of contemporary architectural design requires the mastery of new methods of producing scale models, which opens a new chapter in the field of modeling, and is the focus of this book. Along with the traditional methods that provide the basis for modeling, this book presents the principles of digital NURBS modeling, parametric modeling, digital modeling support, and model creation, complete with a number of tutorials, practical advice and examples found in architectural practice today.
Changing Things by
Many of the things we now live with do not take a purely physical form. Objects such as smart phones, laptops and wearable fitness trackers are different from our things of the past. These new digital forms are networked, dynamic and contextually configured. They can be changeable and unpredictable, even inscrutable when it comes to understanding what they actually do and whom they really serve.In this compelling new volume, Johan Redstrom and Heather Wiltse address critical questions that have assumed a fresh urgency in the context of these rapidly-developing forms. Drawing on critical traditions from a range of disciplines that have been used to understand the nature of things, they develop a new vocabulary and a theoretical approach that allows us to account for and address the multi-faceted, dynamic, constantly evolving forms and functions of contemporary things. In doing so, the book prototypes a new design discourse around everyday things, and describes them as fluid assemblages.Redstrom and Wiltse explore how a new theoretical framework could enable a richer understanding of things as fluid and networked, with a case study of the evolution of music players culminating in an in-depth discussion of Spotify. Other contemporary 'things' touched on in their analysis include smart phones and watches, as well as digital platforms and applications such as Google, Facebook and Twitter.
Design Basics by
DESIGN BASICS is a popular introduction to two-dimensional design. Each concept is presented in a full two-page spread, making the text practical and easy for students to refer to while they work. Visual examples from many periods and cultures are provided for all elements and principles of design.
Design Basics by
Filled with hundreds of stunning examples of successful two-dimensional design, this how-to book explains design theory and gives students the tools needed to create successful designs. DESIGN BASICS presents art fundamentals concepts in full two- to four-page spreads, making the text practical and easy for students to refer to while they work.
Designing interior architecture : concept, typology, material, construction by
Designing interior spaces is a task that is equally relevant as architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design for those working professionally in the built environment. In this comprehensive work, an international and interdisciplinary team of authors presents the essential aspects of the various fields of contemporary interior architecture and design. The project examples are illustrated with brilliant photographs and plans. They have been selected according to consistent criteria for all chapters of the book and represent the essential building types, including exhibition stand design, as well as a broad range of today's design approaches. The authors place the collaboration between the various design disciplines at the center of focus. The appendix contains information for further research. All in all, Designing Interior Architecture is a fundamental reference work for all those professionally engaged with the design.
Making it : manufacturing techniques for product design by
There are many ways in which a product can be manufactured but most designers know only a handful of techniques. Informative and incredibly easy to use, this bestselling book discusses more than a hundred production methods in detail. Making It appeals not only to product designers but also to interior, furniture, and graphic designers who need access to a range of production methods, as well as to all students of design. This expanded edition includes nine new processes and an all-new section of over 40 finishing techniques.
Manufacturing and Design by
Manufacturing and Design presents a fresh view on the world of industrial production: thinking in terms of both abstraction levels and trade-offs. The book invites its readers to distinguish between what is possible in principle for a certain process (as determined by physical law); what is possible in practice (the production method as determined by industrial state-of-the-art); and what is possible for a certain supplier (as determined by its production equipment). Specific processes considered here include metal forging, extrusion, and casting; plastic injection molding and thermoforming; additive manufacturing; joining; recycling; and more. By tackling the field of manufacturing processes from this new angle, this book makes the most out of a reader's limited time. It gives the knowledge needed to not only create well-producible designs, but also to understand supplier needs in order to find the optimal compromise. Apart from improving design for production, this publication raises the standards of thinking about producibility.
Manufacturing Processes for Design Professionals by
An encyclopaedic guide to production techniques and materials for product and industrial designers, engineers, and architects. Today's product designers are presented with a myriad of choices when creating their work and preparing it for manufacture. They have to be knowledgeable about a vast repertoire of processes, ranging from what used to be known as traditional "crafts" to the latest technology, to enable their designs to be manufactured effectively and efficiently. Information on the internet about such processes is often unreliable, and search engines do not usefully organize material for designers. This fundamental new resource explores innovative production techniques and materials that are having an impact on the design industry worldwide. Organized into four easily referenced parts--Forming, Cutting, Joining, and Finishing--over seventy manufacturing processes are explained in depth with full technical descriptions; analyses of the typical applications, design opportunities, and considerations each process offers; and information on cost, speed, and environmental impact. The accompanying step-by-step case studies look at a product or component being manufactured at a leading international supplier. A directory of more than fifty materials includes a detailed technical profile, images of typical applications and finishes, and an overview of each material's design characteristics. With some 1,200 color photographs and technical illustrations, specially commissioned for this book, this is the definitive reference for product designers, 3D designers, engineers, and architects who need a convenient, highly accessible, and practical reference.
Visual design fundamentals : a digital approach by
Today's technology makes the creation of brilliant, computer-generated designs and images possible for anyone with the right tools. But before you put these tools to work, you need to understand how to apply the principles of design to ensure that your designs really entertain and communicate effectively. Visual Design Fundamentals: A Digital Approach teaches these principles and provides artists and designers with the foundation and background they need to understand the art of two-dimensional design. This full color book begins with an exploration through the classic elements of design (line, shape, form, value, color, and texture) and their relationship with balance, harmony, variety, and other classic design principles. The theories presented are well-established ideas in all forms of two-dimensional art and design, including drawing, painting, printmaking, graphics, and general design. These principles may also be applied to interior design, architecture, and industrial design. The various ideas covered are illustrated and taught through a variety of projects that use basic computer skills and techniques. The tutorials are designed to address classic tools and procedures common to all drawing and paint programs such as Adobe Illustrator CS and Adobe Photoshop CS.
3-D Design 1: Rectilinear and Curvilinear Volume
3-D Design 1: Rectilinear and Curvilinear Volume introduces you to materials, techniques, and ideas that comprise three-dimensional expressions, and the experience in manipulating forms resulting in endless possibilities.
Three-dimensional forms will be studied and rendered utilizing materials that can be molded, shaped and manipulated according to the theme or context of the project. The course tackles the tangible/tactile exploration of media from traditional to contemporary. You are also encouraged to explore man-made and natural forms and elements while the process of observation, examination and exploration of materials from line, plane, mass and space is tackled in order to create three-dimensional compositions.
The skills and knowledge you gain from this course will aid you in the preparation for tangible three-dimensional forms and other art and design requirements as you further in your Industrial Design learning experience.
3D Printing of Concrete by
The introduction of digital manufacturing techniques, such as 3D printing applied to concrete material, opens up new perspectives on the way in which buildings are designed. Research on this theme is thriving and there is a high rate of innovation related to concrete. At the same time, the first life-size constructions made from printed concrete are emerging from the ground. This book presents state-of-the-art knowledge on the different printing processes as well as on the concrete material that must adapt to these new manufacturing techniques, such as new hardware and new printers for concrete. The possibilities in terms of architectural design are discussed as well as the pathways that remain to be uncovered. The book also explores the challenges that researchers and companies expect to overcome as they get closer to democratizing this potential revolution that is the digital manufacturing of concrete.
Architectural Scale Models in the Digital Age by
Making physical models of complex geometric shapes and their multiple structural connections is a major challenge in the age of advanced digital technology and parametric design in architecture. This approach requires new modeling strategies, technology and methods which are covered in this book. Complex geometric forms generated using virtual media can be tested and validated only by means of physical models, which also make it possible to assess their practical application. The complexity of contemporary architectural design requires the mastery of new methods of producing scale models, which opens a new chapter in the field of modeling, and is the focus of this book. Along with the traditional methods that provide the basis for modeling, this book presents the principles of digital NURBS modeling, parametric modeling, digital modeling support, and model creation, complete with a number of tutorials, practical advice and examples found in architectural practice today.
Design for manufacturing : a structured approach by
Design for Manufacturing assists anyone not familiar with various manufacturing processes in better visualizing and understanding the relationship between part design and the ease or difficulty of producing the part. Decisions made during the early conceptual stages of design have a great effect on subsequent stages. In fact, quite often more than 70% of the manufacturing cost of a product is determined at this conceptual stage, yet manufacturing is not involved. Through this book, designers will gain insight that will allow them to assess the impact of their proposed design on manufacturing difficulty. The vast majority of components found in commercial batch-manufactured products, such as appliances, computers and office automation equipment are either injection molded, stamped, die cast, or (occasionally) forged. This book emphasizes these particular, most commonly implemented processes. In addition to chapters on these processes, the book touches upon material process selection, general guidelines for determining whether several components should be combined into a single component or not, communications, the physical and mechanical properties of materials, tolerances, and inspection and quality control. In developing the DFM methods presented in this book, he has worked with over 30 firms specializing in injection molding, die-casting, forging and stamping. Implements a philosophy which allows for easier and more economic production of designs Educates designers about manufacturing Emphasizes the four major manufacturing processes
Designing interior architecture : concept, typology, material, construction by
Designing interior spaces is a task that is equally relevant as architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design for those working professionally in the built environment. In this comprehensive work, an international and interdisciplinary team of authors presents the essential aspects of the various fields of contemporary interior architecture and design. The project examples are illustrated with brilliant photographs and plans. They have been selected according to consistent criteria for all chapters of the book and represent the essential building types, including exhibition stand design, as well as a broad range of today's design approaches. The authors place the collaboration between the various design disciplines at the center of focus. The appendix contains information for further research. All in all, Designing Interior Architecture is a fundamental reference work for all those professionally engaged with the design.
Dynamics with friction : modeling, analysis and experiment. Part II by
The dynamics of dissipative mechanical and structural systems is being investigated at various institutions and laboratories worldwide with ever-increasing sophistication of modeling, analysis and experiments.This book offers a collection of contributions from these research centers that represent the state-of-the-art in the study of friction oscillators. It provides the reader with the fruits of a team effort by leaders in this fascinating field.The present part II of this volume on Dynamics with Friction is a continuation of the previous part I, and is designed to help synthesize our current knowledge regarding the role of friction in mechanical and structural systems as well as everyday life. The topics covered include interaction of vibration and friction at dry sliding contacts, friction-induced instability in disks, dynamics of lubricated flexible links in kinematic chains, modal interactions in periodic structures, dynamics of an experimentally excited beam, transient waves in viscoelastic materials, dynamic stability of plates with damping, friction modeling and dynamic computation, damping through use of passive and semi-active dry friction forces.This book gives a comprehensive picture of dynamics of dissipative mechanical and structural systems. It also gives an up-to-date account of the present state of the field. It will be of interest to engineers, rheologists, material scientists, applied mathematicians, physicists and historians of science and technology.
Making it : manufacturing techniques for product design by
There are many ways in which a product can be manufactured but most designers know only a handful of techniques. Informative and incredibly easy to use, this bestselling book discusses more than a hundred production methods in detail. Making It appeals not only to product designers but also to interior, furniture, and graphic designers who need access to a range of production methods, as well as to all students of design. This expanded edition includes nine new processes and an all-new section of over 40 finishing techniques.
Manufacturing and Design by
Manufacturing and Design presents a fresh view on the world of industrial production: thinking in terms of both abstraction levels and trade-offs. The book invites its readers to distinguish between what is possible in principle for a certain process (as determined by physical law); what is possible in practice (the production method as determined by industrial state-of-the-art); and what is possible for a certain supplier (as determined by its production equipment). Specific processes considered here include metal forging, extrusion, and casting; plastic injection molding and thermoforming; additive manufacturing; joining; recycling; and more. By tackling the field of manufacturing processes from this new angle, this book makes the most out of a reader's limited time. It gives the knowledge needed to not only create well-producible designs, but also to understand supplier needs in order to find the optimal compromise. Apart from improving design for production, this publication raises the standards of thinking about producibility.
Mastering 3D printing : a guide to modeling, printing, and prototyping by
"Get the most out of your printer, including how to design models, choose materials, work with different printers, and integrate 3D printing with traditional prototyping to make techniques like sand casting more efficient.This book is for new 3D printer owners, makers of all kinds, entrepreneurs, technology educators, and anyone curious about what you can do with a 3D printer. In this revised and expanded new edition of Mastering 3D Printing , which has been a trusted resource through five years of evolution in the 3D printing industry, you'll gain a comprehensive understanding of 3D printing. This book presumes no foreknowledge and describes what you need to know about how printers work, how to decide which type of printer (filament, resin, or powder) makes the most sense for you, and then how to go forward in the case of filament and resin printers. This new edition now includes material about consumer resin printing, the evolution of lower-cost metal printing, and the plethora of both materials and applications. What You'll Learn; Choose among the different 3D printing technologies; Create or find 3D models to print; Make both easy and challenging prints come out as you imagined; Assess whether your business, factory, home or classroom will benefit from 3D printing; Work with applications that are good candidates for first projects in home and industrial applications. Who This Book Is For: People who are encountering 3D printing for the first time, or for those who want to level up their skills. It is designed for the nontechnical adult and minimizes jargon. However more sophisticated users will still find tips and insights of value."
Materials in Environmental Engineering by
This contains selected and peer-reviewed papers from the 4th Annual International Conference on Material Science and Environmental Engineering (MSEE), December 16-18 2016, in Chengdu, China. Interactions of building materials, biomaterials, energy materials and nanomaterials with surrounding environment are discussed. With abundant case studies, it is of interests to material scientists and environmental engineers.
Mechanical Properties and Structural Materials by
The present work comprises selected peer-reviewed papers from the International Mechanical Properties and Structural Materials Conference (IMPSMC 2012), held on the 17 to 19th August 2012, in Shenyang, Liaoning, China. The 128 selected papers are grouped into two chapters: 1: Mechanical Engineering; 2: Materials Engineering. They offer an up-to-date view of the field.
Microforming Technology by
Microforming Technology: Theory, Simulation and Practice addresses all aspects of micromanufacturing technology, presenting detailed technical information and the latest research developments. The book covers fundamentals, theory, simulation models, equipment and tools design, practical micromanufacturing procedures, and micromanufacturing-related supporting systems, such as laser heating system, hydraulic system and quality evaluation systems. Newly developed technology, including micro wedge rolling, micro flexible rolling and micro hydromechanical deep drawing, as well as traditional methods, such as micro deep drawing, micro bending and micro ultrathin strip rolling, are discussed. This will be a highly valuable resource for those involved in the use, study and design of micro products and micromanufacturing technologies, including engineers, scientists, academics and graduate students.
Next Generation Micro/Nano Systems by
The 15 peer-reviewed papers collected here together offer a plenitude of up-to-date information on "Next Generation Micro/Nano Systems". The papers are conveniently arranged into: Chapter 1: Physical, Chemical and Optical MEMS, Chapter 2: Radiofrequency MEMS, Chapter 3: Micro/Nano Fluidics.
Supercharged : How 3D Printing Will Drive Your Supply Chain by
A strategic and operational guide to using 3D printing to drive value in the supply chain--featuring case studies and illustrated examples from across industries After many years as a tool for designers, 3D printing today promises to revolutionize supply chains. Cut through the hype and hyperbole, and it becomes clear that it offers unprecedented potential to redesign supply chain models, simplifying and shrinking them, enabling previously unimaginable designs to be produced where they are most needed. However, adopting it is a strategic endeavor, one that involves the consideration of several wider implications. This book goes beyond touting the latest technological advances or listing the many wonderful things that 3D printing is being used to make. It teaches readers what is important about 3D printing, why they need to prepare for its emergence today, and how they can go about adopting it. Supercharg3d: How 3D Printing Will Drive Your Supply Chain shows readers how to drive value in their supply chain by supercharging it--giving it more power--with 3D printing. Aimed at being a first reference for those in businesses who make strategic decisions on operations and supply chain matters, it takes a pragmatic position, balancing the opportunities that 3D printing presents with the reality of the limitations that it continues to have, so that readers can make the best decisions possible. Strategic guide that covers 3D printing and its implications in the supply chain Operational guidance and best practices for how and when 3D printing can be adopted Identification of 3D printing's impacts on the individual SCOR® supply chain elements Features new, transformative supply chain models that are enabled by 3D printing Includes case studies and illustrated examples from diverse industries including aerospace (Airbus), energy (Shell), consumer goods (Nike), medical (Align Technology) and transportation (Deutsche Bahn) Supercharg3d: How 3D Printing Will Drive Your Supply Chain is the go-to book for operations and supply chain decision makers in manufacturing, engineering and technology companies looking to incorporate the technology into their business operations.
3-D Design 2: Line, Plane, and Volume
3-D Design 2: Line, Plane, and Volume allow you to explore the perceptual aspects of colors in expressing your ideas into works of art, design, and visual expressions, resulting in endless possibilities.
The meaning-conveying potential of colors will be studied which affect optical, emotional, sensory, intellectual concepts and psychological dynamics. Taking off from the basics of color theory, you will further into the various rendering and presentation techniques using a variety of materials, both traditional (such as watercolor, acrylic, pencils, and colored markers) and computer-based. Each session will be focused on theoretical and practical concerns in color principles that are to be expressed through creative outputs.
The skills and knowledge you gain from this course will aid you in the preparation of visual designs, plans, and other art and design requirements as you further in your Industrial Design learning experience.
Ancient Egyptian Jewelry by
The artistry and splendor of ancient Egyptian jewelry in fifty masterpieces Jewelry was worn by ancient Egyptians at every level of society and, like their modern descendants, they prized it for its aesthetic value, as a way to adorn and beautify the body. It was also a conspicuous signifier of wealth, status, and power. But jewelry in ancient Egypt served another fundamental purpose: its wearers saw it as a means to absorb positive magical and divine powers--to protect the living, and the dead, from the malignant forces of the unseen. The types of metals or stones used by craftsmen were magically important, as were the colors of the materials, and the exact positioning of all the elements in a design. Ancient Egyptian Jewelry: 50 Masterpieces of Art and Design draws on the exquisite collections in the archaeological museums of Cairo to tell the story of three thousand years of jewelry-making, from simple amulets to complex ritual jewelry to the spells that protected the king in life and assisted his journey to the Otherworld in death. Gold, silver, carnelian, turquoise, and lapis lazuli were just some of the precious materials used in many of the pieces, and this stunningly illustrated book beautifully showcases the colors and exceptional artistry and accomplishment that make ancient Egyptian jewelry so dazzling to this day.
Best practices for graphic designers : color works : an essential guide to understanding and applying color design principles by 
Color : the professional's guide : understanding, appreciating and mastering color in art and design by
One of the most complex elements of design, color is also what people respond to first on an emotional level, so an understanding of how it works, and how to make it work for you, is one of the most valuable assets available to a visual professional. The Ultimate Guide to Color is comprehensive color manual for the age of the retina display, beautifully illustrated with over 300 color images and offers informative techniques, examples, inspiration, and exemplary solutions to fit the designer's every need, whatever their discipline.
Color Design Workbook, Revised Edition by
From the meanings behind colours to working with colour in presentations, Color Design Workbook provides readers with the vital information needed to apply colour creatively and effectively to design work.
Color works : best practices for graphic designers : an essential guide to understanding and applying color design principles by
This is the go-to guide for designers as it outlines and details the essential color design skills needed to create successful, meaningful, and aesthetically compelling designs. Along with hands-on projects, it offers unique insights into strategy and business when working in the real world with real clients. "Color Works "starts with basic information on color practices and fundamentals, and then delves more deeply into theory and application on a project-by-project basis. Illustrated with real-world projects and case studies, this book offers a behind-the-scenes take on the design process and the necessary steps to go from concept to final outcome, including the challenges encountered along the way.
Colour Design by
Colour Design: Theories and Applications, Second Edition, provides information on a broad spectrum of colour subjects written by seasoned industry professionals and academics. It is a multidisciplinary book that addresses the use of colour across a range of industries, with a particular focus on textile colouration. Part One deals with the human visual system, colour perception and colour psychology, while Part Two focuses on the practical application of colour in design, including specifically in textiles and fashion. Part Three covers cultural and historical aspects of colour, as well as recent developments, addressing areas such as dyes and pigments, architecture, colour theory, virtual reality games, colour printing, website development, and sustainability. This revised, expanded, and updated edition reflects recent technological developments, and new industry priorities. Bringing together the science of colouration and the more artistic elements of design, this book supports students, academics, and industry professionals in developing a deep knowledge of colour use. It will also be an important reference for those involved in textile dyeing, design and manufacture.
Contemporary Color : Theory and Use by
CONTEMPORARY COLOR is back with a beautifully produced and lavishly illustrated second edition! Combining a solid grounding in traditional color theory and a thorough exploration of effective color use in digital applications and 3D design work, this introduction to contemporary color text is a must have for all art students. Written by a leading design educator and artist whose work is widely exhibited, this text features a balanced examination of essential theory and its practical application using today's cutting-edge technology. Contemporary Color, second edition covers a wide range of topics including all the basics on color theory, while also examining the latest on digital color, 3D design, and variations in color across nations and cultures. To complement this inclusive content, the text features thought-provoking discussions of the psychological impact of color, the future of color, creativity, and best practices for students and working artists. A vast collection of vivid images, drawn from both classical and contemporary artists, rounds out the text with powerful examples to illustrate applied color theory in all of its dazzling diversity.
Drawing from the Model by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
Less is more : limited colour graphics in design by
Artists have long explored the nuances of limited color palettes in their work, from El Lissitzkys highly symbolic abstractions to Shepard Faireys iconic Hope poster. Recognizing the power of simplicity in conveying a succinct message without too much noise or artifice instantly changes the way we interact with these compositions, and allows for the subtle use of texture, form and layer to create interest and convey information in unique and innovative ways. Not limited to social or political commentary, designers too have been utilizing these techniques for a wide variety of applications, from book design and packaging, to brand identity and promotion. Less is More examines the very best of recent graphic design in one, two and three colors.
Making art : materials and techniques for today's artist by
A serious guide for the adventurous artist! Using the right tools and materials in the correct way can make a big difference in the success and enjoyment of your artistic process. This hands-on guide outlines the many options at your disposal, so that you can make the most of your art materials, your time in the studio, and your spirit of creative adventure. Bringing 25 years of expertise as an art materials consultant and workshop instructor, Ed Brickler covers everything from classic oil and watercolour techniques to contemporary uses of encaustics, acrylic gels, markers and more. His extensive knowledge and clear, step-by-step techniques will show artists of any level how to use various media to maximum potential. Explores 15 popular mediums--including graphite, pen and ink, oils, acrylics, watercolour, pastels, mixed media and more. Covers the various art materials and tools available on the market, offering expert advice on choosing the right supplies for a given medium. Takes the guesswork out of grounds, pigments, solvents and varnishes. Illustrates key techniques for each medium through 43 complete demonstrations and hundreds of close-up action photos. Based on the belief that a well-informed artist is a creative and productive artist, Marking Art will help you expand your repertoire of materials, approach your work with greater confidence, and give you the tools to express your artistic vision. | Based on the belief that a well-informed artist is a creative and productive artist, Marking Art will help you expand your repertoire of materials, approach your work with greater confidence, and give you the tools to express your artistic vision.
Neon : new fluorescent graphics : let 100 eye-popping designs energise and brighten up your creative mind by 
Palette eight : iridescent : holographics in design by
We all experience a sense of wonder examining the swirl and sheen of mother of pearl or gazing at the chromatic luster on an oil or gasoline spill. These natural visual effects create tremendous color displays through the fluid interaction of surface properties with reflected light. Todays designers are able to mimic these effects like never before, employing both traditional and new, state-of-the-art production techniques. The new volume in the bestselling Palette series examines this extreme iridescence as applied to print, architecture, installations, fashion and more. From matte to glossy, metallic to transparent, the incredible versatility of expression is sure to endure, heralding a new age of holographic representation and innovation.
Pink up your life! : the world of pink design by
Everybody Needs it! Optimistic, naive and romantic, but not without provocation, extravagance and glamour - that is pink. Hardly any other color can polarize like it does, which is what makes it so multifaceted. The color palette ranges from subdued, restrained shades to garish, dominant nuances. For the packaging for her perfume "Shocking" in 1937 the designer Elsa Schiaparelli chose a pink shade called "shocking pink" that has since then become a classic among colors. "PinkUp Your Life!" is immersed in the universe of pink product designs, presenting the repertoire of famous brands as well as novel creations. Pink makes everything possible! The variety of products proves the point: much more than a color for little girls, pink can call on a global fan base from young to old, male as well as female.
Telling the Design Story by
When presenting projects in competitive design environments, how you say something is as important as what you're actually saying. Projects are increasingly complex and designers are working from more sources, and many designers are familiar with the struggle to harness this information and craft a meaningful and engaging story from it. Telling the Design Story: Effective and Engaging Communication teaches designers to craft cohesive and innovative presentations through storytelling. From the various stages of the creative process to the nuts and bolts of writing for impact, speaking skills, and creating visuals, Amy Huber provides a comprehensive approach for designers creating presentations for clients. Including chapter by chapter exercises, project briefs, and forms, this is an essential resource for students and practicing designers alike.
Thinking color in space : positions, projects, potentials by
The interaction between color and architecture determines our perception of space, and defines the tectonic relationships. The fascinating spatial potential of color, and the multi-layered dimensions of interpretation in the experience of color are design and communication means which, however, are often not fully used - color oscillates between autonomy and functional purpose, and should be understood as a distinct "material" that can be used as part of the design. The book focuses both on the tangible aspects and design criteria of color, and on its indeterminate nature and its experience value. Using examples in art and architecture, the spatial interdependency of color is illustrated, as is its interaction with structure, light, and geometry.
Typography essentials : 100 design principles for working with type by
This completely revised and updated version of Typography Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Working with Type is a hands-on resource, organizing the many complex choices surrounding the effective use of typography.
The Visual Biography of Color by
The Visual Biography of Color is a first chance at a second look at color, which is so often overlooked in every day living. While other books discuss the phenomenon of color from a cultural perspective, The Visual Biography of Color reveals color through time by using information graphics and other forms of data visualization to visually describe color's cultural role. The book moves the reader through the visible spectrum, as they turn the pages they exist inside of red, then orange, then yellow. In red, they encounter the evolution of red states in the U.S., the compilation of every red subway line in every major world city collapsed onto a single page, and they see a radiant wheel that displays every major song that has red in its title. As they continue to move through the book they'll read about how artists, musicians, and other great thinkers have considered individual colors. Color is vital as a communicating cultural mechanism. Instead of a pure revelation of conceit, the book embraces what one might consider high-brow and low-brow culture, embracing colloquialisms and idioms that reveal how deeply embedded the idea of color is in our color full world.
3-D Design 2: Line, Plane, and Volume
3-D Design 2: Line, Plane, and Volume allow you to explore the perceptual aspects of colors in expressing your ideas into works of art, design, and visual expressions, resulting in endless possibilities.
The meaning-conveying potential of colors will be studied which affect optical, emotional, sensory, intellectual concepts and psychological dynamics. Taking off from the basics of color theory, you will further into the various rendering and presentation techniques using a variety of materials, both traditional (such as watercolor, acrylic, pencils, and colored markers) and computer-based. Each session will be focused on theoretical and practical concerns in color principles that are to be expressed through creative outputs.
The skills and knowledge you gain from this course will aid you in the preparation of visual designs, plans, and other art and design requirements as you further in your Industrial Design learning experience.
Beginning design for 3D printing by
Beginning Design for 3D Printing is the full color go-to-guide for creating just about anything on a 3D printer. This book will demystify the design process for 3D printing, providing the proper workflows for those new to 3D printing, eager artists, seasoned engineers, 3D printing entrepreneurs, and first-time owners of 3D printers to ensure original ideas can be 3D printed. Beginning Design for 3D Printing explores a variety of 3D printing projects. Focus is on the use of freely available 3D design applications with step-by-step techniques that will demonstrate how to create a wide variety of 3D printable objects and illustrate the differences between splines, polygons, and solids. Users will get a deep understanding of a wide range modeling applications. They'll learn the differences between organic modeling tools, hard edge modeling, and precision, CAD-based techniques used to make 3D printable designs, practical products, and personalized works of art. Whether you are a student on a budget or a company exploring R & D options for 3D printing, Beginning Design for 3D Printing will provide the right tools and techniques to ensure 3D printing success.
Best Practices for Graphic Designers, Color Works by
This is the go-to guide for designers as it outlines and details the essential color design skills needed to create successful, meaningful, and aesthetically compelling designs. Along with hands-on projects, it offers unique insights into strategy and business when working in the real world with real clients. "Color Works "starts with basic information on color practices and fundamentals, and then delves more deeply into theory and application on a project-by-project basis. Illustrated with real-world projects and case studies, this book offers a behind-the-scenes take on the design process and the necessary steps to go from concept to final outcome, including the challenges encountered along the way.
Coding art : the four steps to creative programming with the processing language by
Finally, a book on creative programming, written directly for artists and designers! Rather than following a computer science curriculum, this book is aimed at creatives who are working in the intersection of design, art, and education. In this book you'll learn to apply computation into the creative process by following a four-step process, and through this, land in the cross section of coding and art, with a focus on practical examples and relevant work structures. You'll follow a real-world use case of computation art and see how it relates back to the four key pillars, and addresses potential pitfalls and challenges in the creative process. All code examples are presented in a fully integrated Processing example library, making it easy for readers to get started. This unique and finely balanced approach between skill acquisition and the creative process and development makes Coding Art a functional reference book for both creative programming and the creative process for professors and students alike. You will: Review ideas and approaches from creative programming to different professional domains Work with computational tools like the Processing language Understand the skills needed to move from static elements to animation to interaction Use interactivity as input to bring creative concepts closer to refinement and depth Simplify and extend the design of aesthetics, rhythms, and smoothness with data structures Leverage the diversity of art code on other platforms like the web or mobile applications Understand the end-to-end process of computation art through real world use cases Study best practices, common pitfalls, and challenges of the creative process.
Colour for professional communicators by
The chief tool of the modern graphic designer is colour, applied via print or video to create a specific desired response from a specific audience. The cost of failure is so high that every graphic designer needs to understand colour in depth to execute even simple designs.
Launching the imagination : a comprehensive guide to basic design by
Launching the Imagination treats design as both a verb and a noun--as both a process and a product. Design is deliberate--a process of exploring multiple solutions and choosing the most promising option. Through an immersion in 2-D, 3-D, and 4-D concepts, students are encouraged to develop methods of thinking visually that will serve them throughout their studies and careers.
Typography essentials : 100 design principles for working with type by
This completely revised and updated version of Typography Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Working with Type is a hands-on resource, organizing the many complex choices surrounding the effective use of typography.
Understanding Color by
THE PERCEPTION, UNDERSTANDING, AND USES OF COLOR--EXPANDED AND REFRESHED Understanding Color is an essential resource for those needing to become proficient in color for business applications. The peerless treatment of this critical subject is beautifully illustrated with real-world examples. Designers have turned to this guide for nearly a generation for its authoritative and accessible instruction. The knowledge contained in this book sets you apart from other designers by enabling you to: Contribute more effectively to discussions on color harmony, complete with a vocabulary that enables in-depth understanding of hue, value, and saturation Apply the most-up-to-date information on digital color to your projects Address issues involved when colors must be translated from one medium to another Troubleshoot and overcome today's most common challenges of working with color Full-color images showcase real design examples and a companion website features a digital workbook for reinforcing color concepts. From theory and practical implementation to the business and marketing aspects, Understanding Color helps you gain a deep and discriminating awareness of color.
The use of color for camouflage concealment of facilities by
3-D Design 3: Form and Space is the last phase of your three-term hands-on course on laboratory work that is mainly focused on product modeling.
While the techniques learned in your prerequisites geared towards the production of sketch or concept models, this course involves the production of block or appearance models, which are more accurate representations than sketch models. The block models show all the external details of the design, the surface texture and color, and electromechanical components such as hinges, joints, etc. Basic techniques in timber finishing are incorporated into the model development, and principles in form, space, light and color are used.
The skills and knowledge you gain from this course will aid you in the preparation of visual designs, plans, and other art and design requirements as you further in your Industrial Design learning experience.
360° industrial design : fundamentals of analytic product design by
Our world is developing in the fast lane, becoming more complex by the second. What challenges are pace and complexity bringing for product design? Rapidly shrinking resources and ever-more-fierce global competition are in any case forcing us to rethink the entire design process. What significance do form, function, feel and appearance have? Is the only important factor the constant drive to make it new at all costs, or is the aim rather to marry the tried-and-tested and the innovative and establish an efficient link, a working relationship between them? Arman Emami has set out with the intention of writing short, clear and entertaining texts. The book comprises a comprehensive view of relevant matters relating to industrial design. Development steps from idea to mass production are described gradually and supported by illustrated examples of good practices. A working compendium not only for design students and young designers, but also a guide book for creative lateral thinkers, product and marketing managers and all those who are interested in intelligent design. Complex processes are displayed in an entertaining and easily understandable way.
Architectural Modelmaking by
The physical model is an important communication tool for architects. Although the proliferation of CAD programs has enabled the creation of increasingly complex computer models and virtual environments, there is also a growing need to address the three-dimensional qualities of architecture that may be lost when using such media. This book focuses on the inspiring possibilities for modeling the built environment with all the different media and techniques available. In describing the use of different models in different contexts, the book provides a practical guide to how and why models are used and what they are used for. This second edition includes more detailed step-by-step exercises, expanded discussion of materials and techniques, and updated coverage of digital techniques.
Built-Ins by
For anyone with basic woodworking skills up to the most skilled master craftsman, this book provides a unique perspective on built-ins -- from strategic planning, to dealing with idiosyncratic spaces, to practical advice on a wide range of projects. As the latest addition to our successful Build Like A Pro series, Built-Ins gives you 192 pages of insights and guidance from longtime how-to author Bob Settich. You'll discover all the tools, tips and techniques you need to tackle everything from shelves and drawers to closets and entertainment centers. And you'll pick up all the trade secrets you need to add permanent value to your home, by creating attractive storage space and eliminating clutter. Here are a few examples of what you'll find: * How to plan built-ins to achieve their function and fit the space where they're being installed * Strategies for meeting the challenges of this type of building, such as walls out of plumb, uneven floors and the random vagaries you'll encounter, especially in older houses * Smart ways to use stock cabinetry to create a custom-built look without starting from scratch By taking a practical step-by-step approach to every project and procedure, this useful reference volume delivers everything you need to design, plan and construct built-ins to enhance any home.
CAD and Rapid Prototyping for Product Design by
Computer-aided design (CAD) and rapid prototyping (RP) are now a fundamental part of the professional practice of product design and are therefore essential skills for product design undergraduate students. This book provides students with all the tools needed to get to grips with the range of both CAD software and RP processes used in the industry. Presented in a visually engaging format, this book is packed with case study examples from contemporary product designers, as well as screen shots, CAD models, and images of rapid prototypes highlighting the design process. This book shows how CAD and RP software is used in product design and explains, in clear language, the similarities and differences between the different software packages and processes.
Design Basics : 3D (with CourseMate, 1 Term (6 Months) Printed Access Card) by
3D Design ideas and principles in one easy to use resource.
How to Woodwork by
The former editor of England's biggest-selling woodworking magazine presents a comprehensive guide to all aspects of building with wood. Starting with a thorough introduction to the many different woodworking materials available today, from the common types of softwood, plywood, and chipboard found at most lumber suppliers, to dozens of rare and expensive hardwoods, Phil Davy goes on to offer detailed instructions on cutting and shaping wood with everything from classic hand tools to today's most sophisticated cordless and bench-mounted power tools. There is also complete coverage of glues, fasteners, hardware, and finishes. Each section includes vital tips and a "jargon buster" feature explaining special terminology. The result is an indispensable reference for everyone from the beginner to the experienced craftsperson.
Japan Culture of Wood by
Profunde und anschauliche Darstellung japanischer Holzbearbeitung fur Architektur, Innenarchitektur und Alltagsobjekte."
Learning to Look at Sculpture by
Learning to Look at Sculpture is an accessible guide to the study and understanding of three dimensional art. Sculpture is all around us: in public parks, squares, gardens and railway stations, as part of the architecture of buildings, or when used in commemoration and memorials and can even be considered in relation to furniture and industrial design. This book encourages you to consider the multiple forms and everyday guises sculpture can take. Exploring Western sculpture with examples from antiquity through to the present day, Mary Acton shows you how to analyse and fully experience sculpture, asking you to consider questions such as What do we mean by the sculptural vision? What qualities do we look for when viewing sculpture? How important is the influence of the Classical Tradition and what changed in the modern period? What difference does the scale and context make to our visual understanding? With chapters on different types of sculpture, such as free-standing figures, group sculpture and reliefs, and addressing how the experience of sculpture is fundamentally different due to the nature of its relationship to the space of its setting, the book also explores related themes, such as sculpture's connection with architecture, drawing and design, and what difference changing techniques can make to the tactile and physical experience of sculpture. Richly illustrated with over 200 images, including multiple points of view of three dimensional works, examples include the Riace bronzes, Michelangelo's David, Canova's The Three Graces, medieval relief sculptures, war memorials and works from modern and contemporary artists, such as Henry Moore, Cornelia Parker and Richard Serra, and three-dimensional designers like Thomas Heatherwick. A glossary of critical and technical terms, further reading and questions for students, make this the ideal companion for all those studying, or simply interested in, sculpture.
Prototyping and Modelmaking for Product Design by
Building prototypes and models is an essential component of any design activity. Modern product development is a multi-disciplinary effort that relies on prototyping in order to explore new ideas and test them sufficiently before they become actual products. A comprehensive modern prototyping approach is crucial to making informed design decisions, and forms a strategic part of a successful designer's toolkit.
Wonder Wood : a favorite material for design, architecture and art by
Wonder Wood presents this timeless material as it is being used today and how it can be used in the future. It also documents a selection of current international projects and processes, making-ofs, and experiments by 120 internationally renowned designers, architects, and artists, whose creative and innovative approach to the material makes their work compelling. For selected projects, interviews with the designers provide an in-depth look at the creative process and its results. A second section, dedicated to materials and technologies examines innovative developments as well as wood, wood-based materials, finishing technologies, and wooden structure principles. With biographies of the designers represented in the book, an alphabetical index, a bibliography and sources, Wonder Wood will serve the reader as a classic book of reference.
3-D Design 3: Form and Space is the last phase of your three-term hands-on course on laboratory work that is mainly focused on product modeling.
While the techniques learned in your prerequisites geared towards the production of sketch or concept models, this course involves the production of block or appearance models, which are more accurate representations than sketch models. The block models show all the external details of the design, the surface texture and color, and electromechanical components such as hinges, joints, etc. Basic techniques in timber finishing are incorporated into the model development, and principles in form, space, light and color are used.
The skills and knowledge you gain from this course will aid you in the preparation of visual designs, plans, and other art and design requirements as you further in your Industrial Design learning experience.
3D printing and maker lab for kids : create amazing projects with CAD design and STEAM ideas by
"3D printing and maker lab for kids presents hands-on activities for learning how to use browser-based software TinkerCAD and SketchUp to design and print projects, along with informative sidebars to support related STEAM concepts"-- Provided by publisher.
3D Printing Basics for Entertainment Design by
Affordable 3D printers are rapidly becoming everyday additions to the desktops and worktables of entertainment design practitioners - whether working in theatre, theme parks, television and film, museum design, window displays, animatronics, or... you name it! We are beginning to ask important questions about these emerging practices: 　 · How can we use 3D fabrication to make the design and production process more efficient? · How can it be used to create useful and creative items? · Can it save us from digging endlessly through thrift store shelves or from yet another late-night build? · And when budgets are tight, will it save us money? 　 This quick start guide will help you navigate the alphabet soup that is 3D printing and begin to answer these questions for yourself. It outlines the basics of the technology, and its many uses in entertainment design. With straightforward and easy-to-follow information, you will learn ways to acquire printable 3D models, basic methods of creating your own, and tips along the way to produce successful prints. Over 70 professionals contributed images, guidance, and never-before-seen case studies filled with insider secrets to this book, including tutorials by designer and pioneer, Owen M. Collins.
3D Printing for Dummies by
The bestselling book on 3D printing 3D printing is one of the coolest inventions we've seen in our lifetime, and now you can join the ranks of businesspeople, entrepreneurs, and hobbyists who use it to do everything from printing foods and candles to replacement parts for older technologies--and tons of mind-blowing stuff in between! With 3D Printing For Dummies at the helm, you'll find all the fast and easy-to-follow guidance you need to grasp the methods available to create 3D printable objects using software, 3D scanners, and even photographs through open source software applications like 123D Catch. Thanks to the growing availability of 3D printers, this remarkable technology is coming to the masses, and there's no time like the present to let your imagination run wild and actually create whatever you dream up--quickly and inexpensively. When it comes to 3D printing, the sky's the limit! Covers each type of 3D printing technology available today: stereolithology, selective sintering, used deposition, and granular binding Provides information on the potential for the transformation of production and manufacturing, reuse and recycling, intellectual property design controls, and the commoditization of products Walks you through the process of creating a RepRap printer using open source designs, software, and hardware Offers strategies for improved success in 3D printing On your marks, get set, innovate!
3D Printing of Concrete by
The introduction of digital manufacturing techniques, such as 3D printing applied to concrete material, opens up new perspectives on the way in which buildings are designed. Research on this theme is thriving and there is a high rate of innovation related to concrete. At the same time, the first life-size constructions made from printed concrete are emerging from the ground. This book presents state-of-the-art knowledge on the different printing processes as well as on the concrete material that must adapt to these new manufacturing techniques, such as new hardware and new printers for concrete. The possibilities in terms of architectural design are discussed as well as the pathways that remain to be uncovered. The book also explores the challenges that researchers and companies expect to overcome as they get closer to democratizing this potential revolution that is the digital manufacturing of concrete.
Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technology I by
The present volume comprises a collection of peer-reviewed papers covering manufacture and production, engineering materials, CAD/CAM/CAE, robotics, automation and control, environment-friendly design and manufacture, web/internet technologies, artificial intelligence and smart computing in design and manufacture, enterprise, management, and other related topics. This work will therefore be invaluable to production and research engineers, but also to research students and academics interested in the field.
Architectural modelmaking by
The physical model is an important communication tool for architects. Although the proliferation of CAD programs has enabled the creation of increasingly complex computer models and virtual environments, there is also a growing need to address the three-dimensional qualities of architecture that may be lost when using such media. This book focuses on the inspiring possibilities for modeling the built environment with all the different media and techniques available. In describing the use of different models in different contexts, the book provides a practical guide to how and why models are used and what they are used for. This second edition includes more detailed step-by-step exercises, expanded discussion of materials and techniques, updated coverage of digital techniques, and new case studies.
CAD and Rapid Prototyping for Product Design by
Computer-aided design (CAD) and rapid prototyping (RP) are now a fundamental part of the professional practice of product design and are therefore essential skills for product design undergraduate students. This book provides students with all the tools needed to get to grips with the range of both CAD software and RP processes used in the industry. Presented in a visually engaging format, this book is packed with case study examples from contemporary product designers, as well as screen shots, CAD models, and images of rapid prototypes highlighting the design process. This book shows how CAD and RP software is used in product design and explains, in clear language, the similarities and differences between the different software packages and processes.
Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing by
Broad coverage of digital product creation, from design to manufacture and process optimization This book addresses the need to provide up-to-date coverage of current CAD/CAM usage and implementation. It covers, in one source, the entire design-to-manufacture process, reflecting the industry trend to further integrate CAD and CAM into a single, unified process. It also updates the computer aided design theory and methods in modern manufacturing systems and examines the most advanced computer-aided tools used in digital manufacturing. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing consists of three parts. The first part on Computer Aided Design (CAD) offers the chapters on Geometric Modelling; Knowledge Based Engineering; Platforming Technology; Reverse Engineering; and Motion Simulation. The second part on Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) covers Group Technology and Cellular Manufacturing; Computer Aided Fixture Design; Computer Aided Manufacturing; Simulation of Manufacturing Processes; and Computer Aided Design of Tools, Dies and Molds (TDM). The final part includes the chapters on Digital Manufacturing; Additive Manufacturing; and Design for Sustainability. The book is also featured for being uniquely structured to classify and align engineering disciplines and computer aided technologies from the perspective of the design needs in whole product life cycles, utilizing a comprehensive Solidworks package (add-ins, toolbox, and library) to showcase the most critical functionalities of modern computer aided tools, and presenting real-world design projects and case studies so that readers can gain CAD and CAM problem-solving skills upon the CAD/CAM theory. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing is an ideal textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering, and industrial engineering. It can also be used as a technical reference for researchers and engineers in mechanical and manufacturing engineering or computer-aided technologies.
Emergent Timber Technologies by
The "old" material of wood has been used to construct dwellings of different types since the dawn of mankind. And not without reason. Its low density combined with high rigidity, good processability, and its resistance makes it an excellent building material. There is currently a pioneering renaissance of the timber construction, for two distinct reasons: first, wood is increasingly being rediscovered as one of the most important renewable raw materials for sustainable construction. Moreover, a revolution in the construction of timber structures began several years ago with the ever-progressive use of three-dimensional CAD models for digitally controlled robot manufacturing The book documents these developments, in particular the engineering bonding techniques, the introduction of digital production techniques, and the innovative material developments of this material. The chapter on composite structures and experimental structures specifically address trends toward the future-oriented dimensions of timber construction. In the final section, outstanding designs are documented in detail, such as the Club House of Haesley Nine Bridges Golf Course designed by Shigeru Ban in Yeoju, South Korea, and the double gymnasium in Borex-Crassier, Switzerland, by Graeme Mann and Patricia Capua Mann.
A Few Minutes of Design by
"A marvelous invitation to anyone with an interest in creativity, invention, and design." (Michael Bierur) This colorful, handy card deck presents fifty-two exercises and activities to jump-start your creative juices, free you from creative block, start a new project, or finish an existing one. Each exercise offers insight into the innumerable small decisions involved in design: How to establish a pattern, continue a series, how to say it without words, how to name a project, what fits, and what doesn't? These cards benefit established practicing designers or creatives in any field with activities that are sometimes playful, sometimes challenging, but always enlightening. Each activity is estimated to take 15 minutes.
How to Woodwork by
The former editor of England's biggest-selling woodworking magazine presents a comprehensive guide to all aspects of building with wood. Starting with a thorough introduction to the many different woodworking materials available today, from the common types of softwood, plywood, and chipboard found at most lumber suppliers, to dozens of rare and expensive hardwoods, Phil Davy goes on to offer detailed instructions on cutting and shaping wood with everything from classic hand tools to today's most sophisticated cordless and bench-mounted power tools. There is also complete coverage of glues, fasteners, hardware, and finishes. Each section includes vital tips and a "jargon buster" feature explaining special terminology. The result is an indispensable reference for everyone from the beginner to the experienced craftsperson.
Make: 3D Printing by
The 3D printing revolution is well upon us, with new machines appearing at an amazing rate. With the abundance of information and options out there, how are makers to choose the 3D printer that's right for them? MAKE is here to help, with our Ultimate Guide to 3D Printing. With articles about techniques, freely available CAD packages, and comparisons of printers that are on the market, this book makes it easy to understand this complex and constantly-shifting topic. Based on articles and projects from MAKE's print and online publications, this book arms you with everything you need to know to understand the exciting but sometimes confusing world of 3D Printing.
Make Your Own Building Blocks and Build a City by
Create your own interlocking building blocks and remember the childhood days when you sat on your living room floor playing with stacking toy blocks. Through 109 color images and diagrams, illustrated step-by-step directions tell you how to make the blocks from the first cut through assembling an entire city. Learn to make wall, roof, window, and door blocks, as well as blocks for the walkways, streets and the grounds that will surround the buildings. Soon you will be on your way to having a fun new hobby. It's also a perfect activity for parents and children to share together. Chapters include tools and materials, methods for making the blocks, and instructions for working with them. Let the building begin!
Mastering 3D printing : a guide to modeling, printing, and prototyping by
"Get the most out of your printer, including how to design models, choose materials, work with different printers, and integrate 3D printing with traditional prototyping to make techniques like sand casting more efficient.This book is for new 3D printer owners, makers of all kinds, entrepreneurs, technology educators, and anyone curious about what you can do with a 3D printer. In this revised and expanded new edition of Mastering 3D Printing , which has been a trusted resource through five years of evolution in the 3D printing industry, you'll gain a comprehensive understanding of 3D printing. This book presumes no foreknowledge and describes what you need to know about how printers work, how to decide which type of printer (filament, resin, or powder) makes the most sense for you, and then how to go forward in the case of filament and resin printers. This new edition now includes material about consumer resin printing, the evolution of lower-cost metal printing, and the plethora of both materials and applications. What You'll Learn; Choose among the different 3D printing technologies; Create or find 3D models to print; Make both easy and challenging prints come out as you imagined; Assess whether your business, factory, home or classroom will benefit from 3D printing; Work with applications that are good candidates for first projects in home and industrial applications. Who This Book Is For: People who are encountering 3D printing for the first time, or for those who want to level up their skills. It is designed for the nontechnical adult and minimizes jargon. However more sophisticated users will still find tips and insights of value."
Materials in Progress by
New materials and technologies play a significant role in architecture and design. Environmentally compatible materials and production methods are demanded just as much as smoothly functioning recycling management. In addition, trends like digitalization, 3D printing and intelligent systems and materials have a decisive influence on material innovations. The book's eight chapters span a bridge from science and industrial research to applications in architecture and design. In a compact format, it offers a well-grounded overview of the latest material innovations, including edible packaging, liquid light and intelligent natural materials. At the same time, the societal dimension of such developments is taken into consideration.
Metal Forming and the Finite-Element Method by
The application of computer-aided design and manufacturing techniques is becoming essential in modern metal-forming technology. Thus process modeling for the determination of deformation mechanics has been a major concern in research . In light of these developments, the finite element method--a technique by which an object is decomposed into pieces and treated as isolated, interacting sections--has steadily assumed increased importance. This volume addresses advances in modern metal-forming technology, computer-aided design and engineering, and the finite element method.
Microforming technology : theory, simulation and practice by
Microforming Technology: Theory, Simulation and Practice addresses all aspects of micromanufacturing technology, presenting detailed technical information and the latest research developments. The book covers fundamentals, theory, simulation models, equipment and tools design, practical micromanufacturing procedures, and micromanufacturing-related supporting systems, such as laser heating system, hydraulic system and quality evaluation systems. Newly developed technology, including micro wedge rolling, micro flexible rolling and micro hydromechanical deep drawing, as well as traditional methods, such as micro deep drawing, micro bending and micro ultrathin strip rolling, are discussed. This will be a highly valuable resource for those involved in the use, study and design of micro products and micromanufacturing technologies, including engineers, scientists, academics and graduate students. Provides an accessible introduction to the fundamental theories of microforming, size effects, and scaling laws Includes explanations of the procedures, equipment, and tools for all common microforming technologies Explains the numerical modeling procedures for 7 different types of microforming
Microforming technology : theory, simulation and practice by
Microforming Technology: Theory, Simulation and Practice addresses all aspects of micromanufacturing technology, presenting detailed technical information and the latest research developments. The book covers fundamentals, theory, simulation models, equipment and tools design, practical micromanufacturing procedures, and micromanufacturing-related supporting systems, such as laser heating system, hydraulic system and quality evaluation systems. Newly developed technology, including micro wedge rolling, micro flexible rolling and micro hydromechanical deep drawing, as well as traditional methods, such as micro deep drawing, micro bending and micro ultrathin strip rolling, are discussed. This will be a highly valuable resource for those involved in the use, study and design of micro products and micromanufacturing technologies, including engineers, scientists, academics and graduate students. Provides an accessible introduction to the fundamental theories of microforming, size effects, and scaling laws Includes explanations of the procedures, equipment, and tools for all common microforming technologies Explains the numerical modeling procedures for 7 different types of microforming
Prototyping and Modelmaking for Product Design by
Building prototypes and models is an essential component of any design activity. Modern product development is a multi-disciplinary effort that relies on prototyping in order to explore new ideas and test them sufficiently before they become actual products. A comprehensive modern prototyping approach is crucial to making informed design decisions, and forms a strategic part of a successful designer's toolkit.
Semiotics and Visual Communication by
This book is the result of selective research papers that were presented at the First International Conference on Semiotics and Visual Communication at the Cyprus University of Technology in November 2011. The conference was structured around the theme from theory to practice, and brought together researchers and practitioners who study and evaluate the ways that semiotic theories can be analysed, perceived and applied in the context of various forms in visual communication. Within a semiotic...
Small-Scale Modelling by
Topics covered in this book include original projects for both beginner and expert; detailed instructions on how to use new materials; craft techniques and instructions on how to decorate a house, to make furniture, and others.
Structural Detailing in Timber by
This manual provides a step-by-step approach to the detailing of timber, and deals with codes of practice from the UK, Europe, America and Russia. It is liberally illustrated with drawings and many detailing sheets, the latter linked to international codes of practice.
Supercharged : How 3D Printing Will Drive Your Supply Chain by
A strategic and operational guide to using 3D printing to drive value in the supply chain--featuring case studies and illustrated examples from across industries After many years as a tool for designers, 3D printing today promises to revolutionize supply chains. Cut through the hype and hyperbole, and it becomes clear that it offers unprecedented potential to redesign supply chain models, simplifying and shrinking them, enabling previously unimaginable designs to be produced where they are most needed. However, adopting it is a strategic endeavor, one that involves the consideration of several wider implications. This book goes beyond touting the latest technological advances or listing the many wonderful things that 3D printing is being used to make. It teaches readers what is important about 3D printing, why they need to prepare for its emergence today, and how they can go about adopting it. Supercharg3d: How 3D Printing Will Drive Your Supply Chain shows readers how to drive value in their supply chain by supercharging it--giving it more power--with 3D printing. Aimed at being a first reference for those in businesses who make strategic decisions on operations and supply chain matters, it takes a pragmatic position, balancing the opportunities that 3D printing presents with the reality of the limitations that it continues to have, so that readers can make the best decisions possible. Strategic guide that covers 3D printing and its implications in the supply chain Operational guidance and best practices for how and when 3D printing can be adopted Identification of 3D printing's impacts on the individual SCOR® supply chain elements Features new, transformative supply chain models that are enabled by 3D printing Includes case studies and illustrated examples from diverse industries including aerospace (Airbus), energy (Shell), consumer goods (Nike), medical (Align Technology) and transportation (Deutsche Bahn) Supercharg3d: How 3D Printing Will Drive Your Supply Chain is the go-to book for operations and supply chain decision makers in manufacturing, engineering and technology companies looking to incorporate the technology into their business operations.
Wonder Wood : a favorite material for design, architecture and art by
Wonder Wood presents this timeless material as it is being used today and how it can be used in the future. It also documents a selection of current international projects and processes, making-ofs, and experiments by 120 internationally renowned designers, architects, and artists, whose creative and innovative approach to the material makes their work compelling. For selected projects, interviews with the designers provide an in-depth look at the creative process and its results. A second section, dedicated to materials and technologies examines innovative developments as well as wood, wood-based materials, finishing technologies, and wooden structure principles. With biographies of the designers represented in the book, an alphabetical index, a bibliography and sources, Wonder Wood will serve the reader as a classic book of reference.
2-D Design 1: Color and Visual Perception
2-D Design 1: Color and Visual Perception presents to you the principles of design, its applications, and an introduction to color and the phenomena of perception in the visual arts.
This 14-week learning will introduce to you to the basic terminologies, theories, design principles and psychology of color, and how it affects our visual perception with the other elements in a composition. In the context of Industrial Design, you will be taught a new way of seeing and perceiving things and visual messages. Through this foundation course, you will acquire a deeper understanding of the principles of design, and the sensitivity to the relation of the elements, particularly of color, space, texture, and pattern in composing visually effective images.
This course aims to instill in you a keen judgment in the understanding and interpretation of visual messages, and a critiquing eye for details to develop your conceptualization and visual communication competencies.
Applying Color Theory to Digital Media and Visualization by
This book provides an overview of the application of color theory concepts to digital media and visualization. It highlights specific color concepts like color harmony and shows how to apply the concept with case study examples and usage of actual online and mobile color tools. Color deficiencies are reviewed and discussed are color tools for examining how a specific color map design will look to someone with the deficiency. Other books on color examine artists' use of color, color management, or color science. This book applies fundamental color concepts to digital media and visualization solutions. It is intended for digital media and visualization content creators and developers. Presents Color Theory Concepts that can be applied to digital media and visualization problems over and over again Offers Comprehensive Review of the Historical Progression of Color Models Demonstrates actual case study implementations of color analyses tools Provides overview of Color Theory and Harmony Analytics in terms of online and mobile analysis tools Teaches the color theory language to use in interacting with color management professionals
Color by
For introductory courses in Color and Color Theory in Art Design and in the studio curriculum. Addressed to artists and art students of all media, this text provides an informative but non-dogmatic introduction to the many different approaches to understanding color.
Color : an introduction to practice and principles by
The one-stop reference to the essentials of color science and technology--now fully updated and revised The fully updated Third Edition of Color: An Introduction to Practice and Principles continues to provide a truly comprehensive, non-mathematical introduction to color science, complete with historical, philosophical, and art-related topics. Geared to non-specialists and experts alike, Color clearly explains key technical concepts concerning light, human vision, and color perception phenomena. It covers color order systems in depth, examines color reproduction technologies, and reviews the history of color science as well as its relationship to art and color harmony. Revised throughout to reflect the latest developments in the field, the Third Edition: Features many new color illustrations, now fully incorporated into the text Offers new perspectives on what color is all about, diverging from conventional thinking Includes new information on perception phenomena, color order, and technological advances Updates material on such topics as the CIE colorimetric system and optimal object colors Extends coverage of color reproduction to display systems, photography, and color management Contains a unique timetable of color in science and art, plus a glossary of important terms Praise for the previous editions: "A nice bridge to areas usually not covered in academic visual science programs . . . outstanding." --Joel Pokorny, visual scientist at The University of Chicago "A good addition to any library, this should be useful for the color interests of artists, designers, craftsmen, philosophers, psychologists, color technologies, and students in related fields." --CHOICE
Color and Light by
From New York Times best-selling author of the Dinotopia series, James Gurney, comes a carefully crafted and researched study on color and light in paintings. This art instruction book is the follow up to the acclaimed Imaginative Realism: How to Paint What Doesn't Exist. James Gurney, New York Times best-selling author and artist of the Dinotopia series, follows Imaginative Realism with his second art-instruction book, Color and Light: A Guide for the Realist Painter. A researched study on two of art's most fundamental themes, Color and Light bridges the gap between abstract theory and practical knowledge. Beginning with a survey of underappreciated masters who perfected the use of color and light, the book examines how light reveals form, the properties of color and pigments, and the wide variety of atmospheric effects. Gurney cuts though the confusing and contradictory dogma about color, testing it in the light of science and observation. A glossary, pigment index, and bibliography complete what will ultimately become an indispensible tool for any artist. This book is the second in a series based on his blog, gurneyjourney.com. His first in the series, Imaginative Realism, was widely acclaimed in the fantastical art world, and was ranked the #1 Bestseller on the Amazon list for art instruction. "James Gurney's new book, Color and Light, cleverly bridges the gap between artistic observation and scientific explanation. Not only does he eloquently describe all the effects of color and light an artist might encounter, but he thrills us with his striking paintings in the process." --Armand Cabrera, Artist
Color Design Workbook: New, Revised Edition by
From the meanings behind colors to working with color in presentations, Color Design Workbook provides you with the information needed to effectively apply color to design work. Since color is such an important part of graphic design, designers need the most up-to-date, as well as the most fundamental, information on the subject to have the tools needed to use color effectively. The Color Design Workbook, New, Revised Edition explains the meanings behind colors, working with color in presentations, and loads more. This guide book provides you with the vital information needed to creatively and effectively apply color to your own design work. You will also receive guidance on talking with clients about color and selling color ideas, and you'll also learn the science behind color theory. Case studies are included to show the effects some color choices had on both their clients and consumers. So why wait any longer? Become a color expert now!
Color index XL : more than 1,100 new palettes with CMYK and RGB formulas for designers and artists by
This updated, expanded, and oversized inspirational resource presents 1,100 color palettes, with light, bright, dark, and muted varieties for each one, making it the most expansive palette selection tool available. Color Index XL provides aspiring designers, artists, and creative individuals working with color with an indispensable, one-stop method for reviewing and selecting current, up-to-date color palettes for their creative projects. Designer and lecturer Jim Krause's classic resource is back with a new approach that presents each group of palettes in an oversized form for easy visual review, and bleeding to the edge of the page (edge indexing) for quick access. By providing variations for each palette, Krause ensures that creatives can find the best color selection for each project's needs. This book serves as the perfect resource for teachers, students, and professionals of all kinds in the art and design space who want to stay up-to-date on the ever-evolving trends in color.
Colour in the Making by
Colour in the Making is a visual history of art and design told through the materials of color--from the discovery and use of early earth pigments through lakes to organic chemistry and into contemporary dyes, inks, printing techniques and manufacture. Throughout this sumptuously colorful book artists' and designers' projects illustrate the often behind the scenes inventions and processes of color-making. In doing so Colour in the Making, through its international and deep exploration of the field of color, shows that art and science have always been inextricably linked.
Colour Design : theories and applications by
Colour Design: Theories and Applications, Second Edition, provides information on a broad spectrum of colour subjects written by seasoned industry professionals and academics. It is a multidisciplinary book that addresses the use of colour across a range of industries, with a particular focus on textile colouration. Part One deals with the human visual system, colour perception and colour psychology, while Part Two focuses on the practical application of colour in design, including specifically in textiles and fashion. Part Three covers cultural and historical aspects of colour, as well as recent developments, addressing areas such as dyes and pigments, architecture, colour theory, virtual reality games, colour printing, website development, and sustainability. This revised, expanded, and updated edition reflects recent technological developments, and new industry priorities. Bringing together the science of colouration and the more artistic elements of design, this book supports students, academics, and industry professionals in developing a deep knowledge of colour use. It will also be an important reference for those involved in textile dyeing, design and manufacture.
Colour Design : theories and applications by
Given its importance in analysing and influencing the world around us, an understanding of colour is a vital tool in any design process. Colour design provides a comprehensive review of the issues surrounding the use of colour, from the fundamental principles of what colour is to its important applications across a vast range of industries. Part one covers the main principles and theories of colour, focusing on the human visual system and the psychology of colour perception. Part two goes on to review colour measurement and description, including consideration of international standards, approval methods for textiles and lithographic printing, and colour communication issues. Forecasting colour trends and methods for design enhancement are then discussed in part three along with the history of colour theory, dyes and pigments, and an overview of dye and print techniques. Finally, part four considers the use of colour across a range of specific applications, from fashion, art and interiors, to food and website design. With its distinguished editor and international team of contributors, Colour design is an invaluable reference tool for all those researching or working with colour and design in any capacity.
The New Munsell Student Color Set by
Adaptable to both studio and lecture courses and appropriate for all student levels from beginner to advanced,The New Munsell Student Color Set, 5th Edition, is a complete learning package that offers opportunities for experimenting with color effects using paint, paper, and computers. A full-color interactive and experimental guidebook for understanding color in all its dimensions, it includes 11 Munsell color charts, 15 interactive charts, 12 packets of color chips, and a textbook, all designed to facilitate hands-on learning of color's aspects and effects. The text provides a complete study of color use and color science, including extended discussion of visual perception, optical effects, and practical application of color phenomena in fine and applied art practices.
Pink : the history of a punk, pretty, powerful color by
Today, with the advent of "millennial pink," the color formerly associated with Barbie has acquired a new identity. Nor is this the first time the symbolism of pink has been radically transformed. In collaboration with a major exhibition at The Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology, curator and fashion historian Valerie Steele explores the history and significance of pink in fashion, art, and culture from the eighteenth century to the present.Steele and her co-authors tell the whole story of this controversial color, emphasizing how its meanings changed throughout the centuries and across the globe, in cultures as diverse as France, India, Japan, Mexico, and the United States. In eighteenth-century France, men and women alike wore pink, which was a fashionably "new" color. A century later, however, pink had become feminized and eroticized in the West.Pink is beautifully illustrated, with images of stunning pink fashions given context by photographs, advertisements, and works of art. It features essays by scholars across the disciplines, giving readers access to a wealth of research into subjects as diverse as Hollywood movies and the symbolism of the pink triangle. This book will appeal to those interested in fashion and culture, as well as those who love pink.
Understanding Color : an introduction for designers by
From theory to practice-enhance your skills in working with color! Connect the dots between your emotional, intuitive responses to color and the theories that explain them. Learn how to use color more comfortably, creatively, and effectively than ever before. Take your work to the next level by exploring how different light sources affect color rendition, how placement changes colors, how to avoid costly color mistakes, and how to resolve the color problems that frequently confront design professionals. Order your copy today!
The Visual Biography of Color by
The Visual Biography of Color is a first chance at a second look at color, which is so often overlooked in every day living. While other books discuss the phenomenon of color from a cultural perspective, The Visual Biography of Color reveals color through time by using information graphics and other forms of data visualization to visually describe color's cultural role. The book moves the reader through the visible spectrum, as they turn the pages they exist inside of red, then orange, then yellow. In red, they encounter the evolution of red states in the U.S., the compilation of every red subway line in every major world city collapsed onto a single page, and they see a radiant wheel that displays every major song that has red in its title. As they continue to move through the book they'll read about how artists, musicians, and other great thinkers have considered individual colors. Color is vital as a communicating cultural mechanism. Instead of a pure revelation of conceit, the book embraces what one might consider high-brow and low-brow culture, embracing colloquialisms and idioms that reveal how deeply embedded the idea of color is in our color full world.
Visual Design by
Visual Design speaks design, through design, to design students, presenting 95 core design principles with concise text and a touch of visual wit. Author of the bestselling Index series on design basics, Jim Krause uses a combination of Helvetica and Dingbats to teach a wide range of design topics (both conceptually and compositionally related) in a one-topic-per-spread format. Using humor, practical tips, and inspiring visual examples, Krause makes it clear how each of the 95 axioms of effective design are relevant and applicable across all forms of visuals: print, Web, and fine arts. In this book, students will learn how to: * Direct the eye through their designs using size relationships, color, visual pathways, and typographic hints * Design effective compositions through grids, frames, outlines, dynamic spacing, symmetry, asymmetry, shading, patterns, and textures * Fool the eye with shadows, depth, op-art, and visual subtraction * Understand how color works and how to use it effectively * See and use type by understanding type rules as well as when and how to break them Visual Design is the first title in the brand new New Riders Creative Core series, which aims to provide instruction on the fundamental concepts and techniques that all design students must master to become skilled professionals.
2-D Design 1: Color and Visual Perception
2-D Design 1: Color and Visual Perception presents to you the principles of design, its applications, and an introduction to color and the phenomena of perception in the visual arts.
This 14-week learning will introduce to you to the basic terminologies, theories, design principles and psychology of color, and how it affects our visual perception with the other elements in a composition. In the context of Industrial Design, you will be taught a new way of seeing and perceiving things and visual messages. Through this foundation course, you will acquire a deeper understanding of the principles of design, and the sensitivity to the relation of the elements, particularly of color, space, texture, and pattern in composing visually effective images.
This course aims to instill in you a keen judgment in the understanding and interpretation of visual messages, and a critiquing eye for details to develop your conceptualization and visual communication competencies.
Color by
For introductory courses in Color and Color Theory in Art Design and in the studio curriculum. Addressed to artists and art students of all media, this text provides an informative but non-dogmatic introduction to the many different approaches to understanding color.
Color : an introduction to practice and principles by
The one-stop reference to the essentials of color science and technology--now fully updated and revised The fully updated Third Edition of Color: An Introduction to Practice and Principles continues to provide a truly comprehensive, non-mathematical introduction to color science, complete with historical, philosophical, and art-related topics. Geared to non-specialists and experts alike, Color clearly explains key technical concepts concerning light, human vision, and color perception phenomena. It covers color order systems in depth, examines color reproduction technologies, and reviews the history of color science as well as its relationship to art and color harmony. Revised throughout to reflect the latest developments in the field, the Third Edition: Features many new color illustrations, now fully incorporated into the text Offers new perspectives on what color is all about, diverging from conventional thinking Includes new information on perception phenomena, color order, and technological advances Updates material on such topics as the CIE colorimetric system and optimal object colors Extends coverage of color reproduction to display systems, photography, and color management Contains a unique timetable of color in science and art, plus a glossary of important terms Praise for the previous editions: "A nice bridge to areas usually not covered in academic visual science programs . . . outstanding." --Joel Pokorny, visual scientist at The University of Chicago "A good addition to any library, this should be useful for the color interests of artists, designers, craftsmen, philosophers, psychologists, color technologies, and students in related fields." --CHOICE
Color Perception : philosophical, psychological, artistic, and computational perspectives by 
Color Perception: Physiology, Processes and Analysis by
There is no colour without light, nor is there colour perception without a sensory organ and brain to process visual input. This book discusses the complex impact of colour action on the organism. It is shown that the perception of colour depends on the action of irritants on other sensor systems and, vice versa, the action of colour may exert exciting or inhibiting influence on the perception of sounds or smells. The mechanism of increasing realism of coloured images is also discussed, as well as the epistemic role of colour. Furthermore, this book examines whether there exist very large individual differences in the perception of colour, and if so how these differences manifest themselves. Other chapters in this book discuss the role of visual processing in the regulation of adaptive behaviours, a review of image denoising, and the role of colour in psychological functioning (i.e., the unconscious associations people have with colour that could act as possible confounds).
Color, 2nd Edition by
The definitive book on color theory and practice for artists and designers "Pay close attention to Hornung's advice and you will be able to tackle the assignments dotted throughout the book with a new confidence - not to mention taking control of the color in your own paintings, too" Artists & Illustrators "This book is a treasure of great images and very practical and creative color assignments that are easily adapted to many media" Susan Makov, Weber State University "Hornung writes with expertise on the subject of color. Well written, explained and researched, this is a gem for those who love color, or who want to understand and use it" Patrick Mooney, The National College of Art and Design "This excellent book is based on practical exercises that focus on relative experimentation with color in order to teach specific qualities and functions of color. It is clear, direct, and exciting" Nicholas Ruth, Hobart and William Smith Colleges "A very accessible way for students to get to grips with the fundamentals of color theory and history: hue, saturation, harmony, perception and digital color mixing" David Tinn, East Surrey College In David Hornung's book Color: A Workshop for Artists and Designers, you will find all you need to know about color theory and its application. With its sequence of specially designed assignments and in-depth discussions, it effectively bridges the gap between color theory and practice to inspire confidence and understanding in anyone who works with color. This second edition has been carefully reviewed and revised throughout. Presented in a new larger format, it includes much-enhanced sections on key color principles such as color perception, visual structure, materials and techniques, psychological experience of color and color composition in digital formats. Generously illustrated - including all-new, contemporary examples - this book provides a unique set of tools that makes the complex theory of color accessible and practical and is an invaluable resource for art students and professionals alike. This color and design book provides an extensive coverage on color theory and practice whether you're a beginner, an amateur or a professional designer.
Colour design : theories and application by
Given its importance in analysing and influencing the world around us, an understanding of colour is a vital tool in any design process. Colour design provides a comprehensive review of the issues surrounding the use of colour, from the fundamental principles of what colour is to its important applications across a vast range of industries. Part one covers the main principles and theories of colour, focusing on the human visual system and the psychology of colour perception. Part two goes on to review colour measurement and description, including consideration of international standards, approval methods for textiles and lithographic printing, and colour communication issues. Forecasting colour trends and methods for design enhancement are then discussed in part three along with the history of colour theory, dyes and pigments, and an overview of dye and print techniques. Finally, part four considers the use of colour across a range of specific applications, from fashion, art and interiors, to food and website design. With its distinguished editor and international team of contributors, Colour design is an invaluable reference tool for all those researching or working with colour and design in any capacity. Provides a comprehensive review of the issues surrounding the use of colour in textiles Discusses the application of colour across a vast range of industries Chapters cover the theories, measurement and description of colour, forecasting colour trends and methods for design enhancement
Brainstrains - Great Color Optical Illusions by
Puzzles in living color-and with a "trickster" personality out to confound your eyes. A vivid array of optical illusions will have you doing double-takes as they seem to deceive perspective, shift shade, change pattern, and make visual magic. Think you know what's in a picture? Blink and check closely once again, and it's become something else! #65533; See that portrait of a young girl? Take another look-it shows her grandmother, too! Can you find both of them? #65533; Carefully examine a real postage stamp of Daniel Webster: when you turn it upside down, you'll notice something unexpected... Plus: figure out the secret in the landscape, step into a third dimension through color's fantastic effects, and more. Even before you reach the very last image you'll know that what you see isn't necessarily what you get!
The Magical Effects of Color by
Joen's second book takes up where the popular Landscapes & Illusions left off, further exploring luminosity, highlights, reflections, and transparency in both traditional and contemporary quilts. She discusses the color wheel, explains various visual effects, and encourages observations of nature. Finally information on pattern drafting and perspective helps quilters create their own designs. Twenty-four pages are devoted to some of the leading quiltmakers of our time.
The objective eye : color, form, and reality in the theory of art by
OC The longer you work, the more the mystery deepens of what appearance is, or how what is called appearance can be made in another medium.OCoFrancis Bacon, painter a This, in a nutshell, is the central problem in the theory of art. It has fascinated philosophers from Plato to Wittgenstein. And it fascinates artists and art historians, who have always drawn extensively on philosophical ideas about language and representation, and on ideas about vision and the visible world that have deep philosophical roots. John HymanOCOs "The Objective Eye" is a radical treatment of this problem, deeply informed by the history of philosophy and science, but entirely fresh. The questions tackled here are fundamental ones: Is our experience of color an illusion? How does the metaphysical status of colors differ from that of shapes? What is the difference between a picture and a written text?a Why are some pictures said to be more realistic than others? Is it because they are especially truthful or, on the contrary, because they deceive the eye? a "The Objective Eye" explores the fundamental concepts we use constantly in our most innocent thoughts and conversations about art, as well as in the most sophisticated art theory.a The book progresses from pure philosophy to applied philosophy and ranges from the metaphysics of color to Renaissance perspective, from anatomy in ancient Greece to impressionism in nineteenth-century France. Philosophers, art historians, and students of the arts will find "The Objective Eye" challenging and absorbing. a "
The red and the real : an essay on color ontology by
The Red and the Real offers a new approach to longstanding philosophical puzzles about what colors are and how they fit into the natural world. Jonathan Cohen argues for a role-functionalist treatment of color - a view according to which colors are identical to certain functional rolesinvolving perceptual effects on subjects. Cohen first argues (on broadly empirical grounds) for the more general relationalist view that colors are constituted in terms of relations between objects, perceivers, and viewing conditions. He responds to semantic, ontological, and phenomenologicalobjections against this thesis, and argues that relationalism offers the best hope of respecting both empirical results and ordinary belief about color. He then defends the more specific role functionalist-account by contending that the latter is the most plausible form of colorrelationalism.
Science in Color : Visualizing Achromatic Knowlegde by
Color makes its way into natural science images as early as the research process. It serves for self-reflection and for communication within the scientific community. However, color does not follow a standard in the natural sciences: its meaning is contingent, even though culturally conditioned. Digital publishing enhances the use of color in scientific publications; at the same time, globalization promotes the idea of universal color symbolism. This book investigates the function of color in historical and current visualizations for scientific purposes, its epistemic role as a tool, and its long neglect due to symbolic and gender-specific connotations. The publication thus closes a research gap in the natural sciences and the humanities.
Understanding Color by
From theory to practice-enhance your skills in working with color! Connect the dots between your emotional, intuitive responses to color and the theories that explain them. Learn how to use color more comfortably, creatively, and effectively than ever before. Take your work to the next level by exploring how different light sources affect color rendition, how placement changes colors, how to avoid costly color mistakes, and how to resolve the color problems that frequently confront design professionals. Order your copy today!
2-D Design 2: Advanced Color and Composition
2-D Design 2: Advanced Color and Composition presents to you an advanced study of color, and its various forms and practical applications that affect visual perception and communication in design.
This 14-week is an advanced course in color and composition. You will be taught an experimental way of studying color in order to effectively communicate visual messages. This will introduce you to a visual realization of the interaction between color and to an awareness of the interdependence of color with form and placement.
This course aims to develop in you through experiential learning a sensitive eye for color. Your observation and articulation of colors and their relationships with the other elements of design will develop your composition and conceptualization competencies that can be applied to both two-dimensional and three-dimensional design.
Applying Color Theory to Digital Media and Visualization by
This book provides an overview of the application of color theory concepts to digital media and visualization. It highlights specific color concepts like color harmony and shows how to apply the concept with case study examples and usage of actual online and mobile color tools. Color deficiencies are reviewed and discussed are color tools for examining how a specific color map design will look to someone with the deficiency. Other books on color examine artists' use of color, color management, or color science. This book applies fundamental color concepts to digital media and visualization solutions. It is intended for digital media and visualization content creators and developers. Presents Color Theory Concepts that can be applied to digital media and visualization problems over and over again Offers Comprehensive Review of the Historical Progression of Color Models Demonstrates actual case study implementations of color analyses tools Provides overview of Color Theory and Harmony Analytics in terms of online and mobile analysis tools Teaches the color theory language to use in interacting with color management professionals
Color and Design by
From products we use to clothes we wear, and spaces we inhabit, we rely on colour to provide visual appeal, data codes and meaning. Color and Design addresses how we understand and experience colour, and through specific examples explores how colour is used in a spectrum of design-based disciplines including apparel design, graphic design, interior design, and product design. Through highly engaging contributions from a wide range of international scholars and practitioners, the book explores colour as an individual and cultural phenomenon, as a pragmatic device for communication, and as a valuable marketing tool. Color and Design provides a comprehensive overview for scholars and an accessible text for students on a range of courses within design, fashion, cultural studies, anthropology, sociology and visual and material culture. Its exploration of colour in marketing as well as design makes this book an invaluable resource for professional designers. It will also allow practitioners to understand how and why colour is so extensively varied and offers such enormous potential to communicate.
Color Design Workbook: New, Revised Edition by
From the meanings behind colors to working with color in presentations, Color Design Workbook provides you with the information needed to effectively apply color to design work. Since color is such an important part of graphic design, designers need the most up-to-date, as well as the most fundamental, information on the subject to have the tools needed to use color effectively. The Color Design Workbook, New, Revised Edition explains the meanings behind colors, working with color in presentations, and loads more. This guide book provides you with the vital information needed to creatively and effectively apply color to your own design work. You will also receive guidance on talking with clients about color and selling color ideas, and you'll also learn the science behind color theory. Case studies are included to show the effects some color choices had on both their clients and consumers. So why wait any longer? Become a color expert now!
Color in Space - Brightening It Up by
The choice to feature colour as a focal point in architecture makes it own bold statement. This title demonstrates how colour enhances and contextualises the environment of the projects within. The visual language of color can communicate symbols, status, spirit, strength, and a sense of purpose, and its new applications to buildings represent a great leap in the discipline of architecture. Brighten it Up promises to be a standard work on the subject that every architect and architectural office will want to have handy in their library, in addition to new enthusiasts.
Color Management by
Color Management shows how to implement color as a practical form of problem solving. It is a consolidated resource, arming designers with an understanding of how to communicate with and manage color in all its aspects and applications: subtractive and additive; pigment, CMYK and RGB; 2-D and 3-D; still and motion. Sensitivity of pigments to light and air and the stability of inks is also detailed, as is the human factor, through issues of color legibility and the physical and psychological effects of color. There are step-by-step systems for achieving accurate color and successful process builds for prepress operations, color sinking, and overprinting, while technical issues of color-printing order, color mixing, dot gain, and color removal are also analyzed.Accompanying the book comes a CD, which contains a 10,000 hue color swatch book and application software for determining legibility of type and color combinations at a distance. Color Management features visually stimulating and engaging examples of dynamic professional graphic design work. In its depth and breadth, this is a unique body of information... a one-stop color resource for designers working across all fields of visual
Color Management for Packaging by
A one-stop color resource for all packaging and graphic designers Color Management for Packaging covers both theoretical and practical packaging design considerations. Every aspect of color for packaging is explored, including issues of standout, impact, legibility, appetite ratings, emotional responses to color, prepress requirements, technical considerations, and issues of aging and display. Not only is this a great ideas reference book, it is also a hardworking manual that gives designers the broad color knowledge with which to create more successful packaging designs. It shows how to work within budgetary constraints, create the right feel for a product, and create packaging designs that work with a number of different color palettes to accommodate separate product ranges. A consolidated resource, Color Management for Packaging arms designers with a thorough understanding of how to communicate with and manage color in all aspects of packaging design, and offers creative solutions for designing inspiring packaging in line with print and design budgets.
Colour Design by
Colour Design: Theories and Applications, Second Edition, provides information on a broad spectrum of colour subjects written by seasoned industry professionals and academics. It is a multidisciplinary book that addresses the use of colour across a range of industries, with a particular focus on textile colouration. Part One deals with the human visual system, colour perception and colour psychology, while Part Two focuses on the practical application of colour in design, including specifically in textiles and fashion. Part Three covers cultural and historical aspects of colour, as well as recent developments, addressing areas such as dyes and pigments, architecture, colour theory, virtual reality games, colour printing, website development, and sustainability. This revised, expanded, and updated edition reflects recent technological developments, and new industry priorities. Bringing together the science of colouration and the more artistic elements of design, this book supports students, academics, and industry professionals in developing a deep knowledge of colour use. It will also be an important reference for those involved in textile dyeing, design and manufacture.
Colour Design by
Given its importance in analysing and influencing the world around us, an understanding of colour is a vital tool in any design process. Colour design provides a comprehensive review of the issues surrounding the use of colour, from the fundamental principles of what colour is to its important applications across a vast range of industries. Part one covers the main principles and theories of colour, focusing on the human visual system and the psychology of colour perception. Part two goes on to review colour measurement and description, including consideration of international standards, approval methods for textiles and lithographic printing, and colour communication issues. Forecasting colour trends and methods for design enhancement are then discussed in part three along with the history of colour theory, dyes and pigments, and an overview of dye and print techniques. Finally, part four considers the use of colour across a range of specific applications, from fashion, art and interiors, to food and website design. With its distinguished editor and international team of contributors, Colour design is an invaluable reference tool for all those researching or working with colour and design in any capacity.
Colour in the Making by
Colour in the Making is a visual history of art and design told through the materials of color--from the discovery and use of early earth pigments through lakes to organic chemistry and into contemporary dyes, inks, printing techniques and manufacture. Throughout this sumptuously colorful book artists' and designers' projects illustrate the often behind the scenes inventions and processes of color-making. In doing so Colour in the Making, through its international and deep exploration of the field of color, shows that art and science have always been inextricably linked.
Digital color : acquisition, perception, coding and rendering by
In this book the authors identify the basic concepts and recent advances in the acquisition, perception, coding and rendering of color. The fundamental aspects related to the science of colorimetry in relation to physiology (the human visual system) are addressed, as are constancy and color appearance. It also addresses the more technical aspects related to sensors and the color management screen. Particular attention is paid to the notion of color rendering in computer graphics. Beyond color, the authors also look at coding, compression, protection and quality of color images and videos. Individual chapters focus on the LMS specification, color constancy, color appearance models, rendering in synthetic image generation, image sensor technologies, image compression, and quality and secure color imaging. Ideal for researchers, engineers, Master's and PhD students, Digital Color: Acquisition, Perception, Encoding and Rendering offers a state of the art on all the scientific and technical issues raised by the different stages of the digital color process - acquisition, analysis and processing. Contents 1. Colorimetry and Physiology - The LMS Specification, Françoise Viénot and Jean Le Rohellec. 2. Color Constancy, Jean-Christophe Burie, Majed Chambah and Sylvie Treuillet. 3. Color Appearance Models, Christine Fernandez-Maloigne and Alain Trémeau. 4. Rendering and Computer Graphics, Bernard Péroche, Samuel Delepoulle and Christophe Renaud. 5. Image Sensor Technology, François Berry and Omar Ait Aider. 6. From the Sensor to Color Images, Olivier Losson and Eric Dinet. 7. Color and Image Compression, Abdelhakim Saadane, Mohamed-Chaker Larabi and Christophe Charrier. 8. Protection of Color Images, William Puech, Alain Trémeau and Philippe Carré. 9. Quality Assessment Approaches, Mohamed-Chaker Larabi, Abdelhakim Saadane and Christophe Charrier.
Pastel painting atelier : essential lessons in techniques, practices, and materials by
Revel in the luminous and vibrant qualities of pastel with Ellen Eagle's essential course in the history, techniques, and practices of the medium. In this comprehensive yet intimate guide, Eagle explores pastel's rich but relatively unexamined past, reveals her own personal influences and approaches, and guides you toward the discovery and mastery of your own vision. In Pastel Painting Atelier, you will find: * Advice on basic materials: guidance on building, storing, and organizing a collection of pastels; choosing the right paper; and the importance of experimentation * Studio practice suggestions: ideas for creating your ideal working environment and recipes for making your own pastels and supports * Study of the working process: lessons on proportion, gesture, composition, color, application, identifying and correcting problems, and recognizing when a work is finished * Meditation on subject: cues for extrapolating the subtle details, presence, and temporal features of whatever you choose to paint * Step-by-step demonstrations: Eagle's acute insights into her own works as they progress A magnificent selection of works by masters such as James Abbott McNeill Whistler, Rosalba Carriera, Mary Cassatt, and Eugene Delacroix augment this guide, as do works by contemporary artists including Harvey Dinnerstein, Elizabeth Mowry, and Daniel Massad. Aimed at serious artists, this guide enlightens, instructs, and inspires readers to create brilliant and sensitive works in the historic medium of pastel.
Playing with Color by
Playing with Color is a highly accessible, fun approach to learning color application and principles. This hands-on book begins with an introduction to the philosophy of learning through the process of play. It then leads to a series of experimental design projects with an emphasis on color, providing the reader with a "toolkit" of ideas and skills. The awareness and sensitivity to form, color, material and craft gained through these visual experiments will increase the designer's confidence in their personal and professional design work. This book can be used in the classroom or independently, and readers can go directly to exercises that appeal to them.
Practical color combinations : a resource book with over 2500 sample color schemes by The Visual Biography of Color by
The Visual Biography of Color is a first chance at a second look at color, which is so often overlooked in every day living. While other books discuss the phenomenon of color from a cultural perspective, The Visual Biography of Color reveals color through time by using information graphics and other forms of data visualization to visually describe color's cultural role. The book moves the reader through the visible spectrum, as they turn the pages they exist inside of red, then orange, then yellow. In red, they encounter the evolution of red states in the U.S., the compilation of every red subway line in every major world city collapsed onto a single page, and they see a radiant wheel that displays every major song that has red in its title. As they continue to move through the book they'll read about how artists, musicians, and other great thinkers have considered individual colors. Color is vital as a communicating cultural mechanism. Instead of a pure revelation of conceit, the book embraces what one might consider high-brow and low-brow culture, embracing colloquialisms and idioms that reveal how deeply embedded the idea of color is in our color full world.
Visual Communication Design by
Where do design principles come from? Are they abstract "rules" established by professionals or do they have roots in human experience? And if we encounter these visual phenomena in our everyday lives, how do designers use them to attract our attention, orient our behavior, and create compelling and memorable communication that stands out among the thousands of messages we confront each day? Today's work in visual communication design shifts emphasis from simply designing objects to designing experiences; to crafting form that acknowledges cognitive and cultural influences on interpretation. In response, Meredith Davis and Jamer Hunt provide a new slant on design basics from the perspective of audiences and users. Chapters break down our interactions with communication as a sequence of meaningful episodes, each with related visual concepts that shape the interpretive experience. Explanatory illustrations and professional design examples support definitions of visual concepts and discussions of context. Work spans print, screen, and environmental applications from around the world. This introduction to visual communication design demystifies the foundational concepts that underpin professional design decisions and shape our experiences in a complex visual world.
2-D Design 2: Advanced Color and Composition
2-D Design 2: Advanced Color and Composition presents to you an advanced study of color, and its various forms and practical applications that affect visual perception and communication in design.
This 14-week is an advanced course in color and composition. You will be taught an experimental way of studying color in order to effectively communicate visual messages. This will introduce you to a visual realization of the interaction between color and to an awareness of the interdependence of color with form and placement.
This course aims to develop in you through experiential learning a sensitive eye for color. Your observation and articulation of colors and their relationships with the other elements of design will develop your composition and conceptualization competencies that can be applied to both two-dimensional and three-dimensional design.
Colour by
Colours have the power to stir emotions and awaken memories. Artists are not unique in their use of colour; scientists, psychologists, designers, writers and others also understand the power of colour. For the architect, selecting colours can be one of their most challenging tasks, yet one that can achieve tremendous impact when professionally implemented. "DETAIL Practice Colour" provides architects with the relevant expertise necessary for working with colours: from colour theory and the fundamentals of colour perception and effect, to strategies for developing coherent colour concepts during the design process. Colours in urban and rural settings, historical considerations, as well as detailed information on spatial effects, materiality and the influence of light, round out the theoretical part of the publication. Various examples of international projects realised in both interior and exterior spaces illustrate the successful implementation of architecture and can provide inspiration for your own work.
Colour Design by
Given its importance in analysing and influencing the world around us, an understanding of colour is a vital tool in any design process. Colour design provides a comprehensive review of the issues surrounding the use of colour, from the fundamental principles of what colour is to its important applications across a vast range of industries. Part one covers the main principles and theories of colour, focusing on the human visual system and the psychology of colour perception. Part two goes on to review colour measurement and description, including consideration of international standards, approval methods for textiles and lithographic printing, and colour communication issues. Forecasting colour trends and methods for design enhancement are then discussed in part three along with the history of colour theory, dyes and pigments, and an overview of dye and print techniques. Finally, part four considers the use of colour across a range of specific applications, from fashion, art and interiors, to food and website design. With its distinguished editor and international team of contributors, Colour design is an invaluable reference tool for all those researching or working with colour and design in any capacity. Provides a comprehensive review of the issues surrounding the use of colour in textiles Discusses the application of colour across a vast range of industries Chapters cover the theories, measurement and description of colour, forecasting colour trends and methods for design enhancement
Colour Design by
Colour Design: Theories and Applications, Second Edition, provides information on a broad spectrum of colour subjects written by seasoned industry professionals and academics. It is a multidisciplinary book that addresses the use of colour across a range of industries, with a particular focus on textile colouration. Part One deals with the human visual system, colour perception and colour psychology, while Part Two focuses on the practical application of colour in design, including specifically in textiles and fashion. Part Three covers cultural and historical aspects of colour, as well as recent developments, addressing areas such as dyes and pigments, architecture, colour theory, virtual reality games, colour printing, website development, and sustainability. This revised, expanded, and updated edition reflects recent technological developments, and new industry priorities. Bringing together the science of colouration and the more artistic elements of design, this book supports students, academics, and industry professionals in developing a deep knowledge of colour use. It will also be an important reference for those involved in textile dyeing, design and manufacture.
The Complete Color Harmony, Pantone Edition : Expert Color Information for Professional Color Results. by
The only color guide a designer will ever need. Completely updated with Pantone colors and new text by Leatrice Eiseman, America's Color Guru.
Design elements, color fundamentals : a graphic style manual for understanding how color impacts design by
Color is an integral part of any design solution. Design Elements, Color Fundamentals is an essential resource for designers who want to create memorable design and successfully communicate with their audience. It is the second book in Rockport's Design Elements series, which focuses on the core elements of design. With this book, designers will: --Learn how to effectively communicate with color and integrate color with type and image to affect meaning and create order --See how known pairings and selection methods can be used in real-world projects --Explore hundreds of visual examples, illustrating how effective color combinations can be applied to any project, across media, and in diverse, cultural, and geographic situations --Realize the basic tenets of color theory as it is broken down into clear and actionable directives --Uncover tips and techniques for using color in client-based design work Discover the basic rules for working with color as well as when it's OK to break the rules with Design Elements, Color Fundamentals!
Design fundamentals : notes on color (theory) by
Design Fundamentals: Notes on Color Theory looks and functions like a student's sketchbook with hand-written notes and illustrations capturing the key concepts and assignments taught in a basic course on colour. Design Fundamentals: Notes on Color Theory is an essential guide and learning experience covering the basics and history of colour science, the practical awareness of colour qualities and characteristics, and the use of colour in art and design for composition and visual expression. Fun and fast-paced, this imaginative notebook isn't required reading, it's desired reading; and it's one book that students will want to keep and enjoy long after they've mastered the fundamentals of designing with colour.
Pattern and Palette Sourcebook W/CD-ROM by
This hardworking reference book is an invaluable tool for art directors, designers, and students working in the fashion, product, and graphic design fields, as well as anyone in the business of visual communication. The Pattern and Palette Sourcebook is a desktop library of colors and patterns that addresses the professional?s real-world needs in working with harmonies and contrasts. Divided into six unique style sections, the book provides readers with 15 appropriate colors for each section, which are then incorporated into 25 different patterns shown in six or eight color variations each. This enables readers to see the dramatic effect colors have in design and helps them better understand how to use color effectively. The book also demonstrates ways of creating designs that are distinctly unique from one another yet hold together in a group. This book is a must have for designers of all disciplines and experience levels.
Pattern and Palette Sourcebook 2 by
A plethora of patterns and palettes! This hardworking reference book is the second volume in Rockport's Pattern and Palette series. Like the first, it is an invaluable tool for art directors, designers, and students working in the fashion, product, and graphic design fields, as well as anyone in the business of visual communication. With close to 1,000 new patterns, Pattern and Palette Sourcebook 2 is a desktop library of colors and patterns that address the professional's needs in working with harmonies and contrasts. Divided into six unique style sections, the book provides readers with fifteen appropriate colors for each section, which are then incorporated into twenty-five different patterns shown in six or eight color variations each. This enables readers to see the dramatic effect colors have in design and helps them understand how to use color effectively. The book also demonstrates ways of creating designs that are distinctly unique from one another yet hold together in a group.
The Photoshop Workbook: Professional Retouching and Compositing Tips, Tricks and Techniques by
The Photoshop Workbook: Professional Retouching and Compositing Tips, Tricks, and Techniques reveals the creative skills that photographer and retoucher Glyn Dewis uses for his global clients. In this guide you will learn not only his step-by-step Photoshop techniques, but how and when to apply them so that you, too, can take your images to a whole new level. Glyn starts by covering the individual Photoshop skills that are the essential building blocks of his process: Mastering selections and cutouts with the Pen tool and other important tools Dodging and burning, adding textures, transforming a location, and using the "power of gray" for composites Applying lighting effects such as spotlights, beams, realistic shadows, reflections, and street lighting to images Creating special effects, including snow and debris, and turning day into night using a nondestructive workflow It's one thing to learn the techniques, but to master them you need to understand when to apply them and in what order. In the second part of the book, Glyn brings everything together with his real-world projects. He covers six complete, start-to-finish projects--including all the images for you to download and follow along--that show you how to apply the techniques to a variety of scenarios, including character portraits, themed composites, and a landscape.
Thinking Color in Space by
The interaction between color and architecture determines our perception of space, and defines the tectonic relationships. The fascinating spatial potential of color, and the multi-layered dimensions of interpretation in the experience of color are design and communication means which, however, are often not fully used - color oscillates between autonomy and functional purpose, and should be understood as a distinct "material" that can be used as part of the design. The book focuses both on the tangible aspects and design criteria of color, and on its indeterminate nature and its experience value. Using examples in art and architecture, the spatial interdependency of color is illustrated, as is its interaction with structure, light, and geometry.
Understanding Color by
THE PERCEPTION, UNDERSTANDING, AND USES OF COLOR--EXPANDED AND REFRESHED Understanding Color is an essential resource for those needing to become proficient in color for business applications. The peerless treatment of this critical subject is beautifully illustrated with real-world examples. Designers have turned to this guide for nearly a generation for its authoritative and accessible instruction. The knowledge contained in this book sets you apart from other designers by enabling you to: Contribute more effectively to discussions on color harmony, complete with a vocabulary that enables in-depth understanding of hue, value, and saturation Apply the most-up-to-date information on digital color to your projects Address issues involved when colors must be translated from one medium to another Troubleshoot and overcome today's most common challenges of working with color Full-color images showcase real design examples and a companion website features a digital workbook for reinforcing color concepts. From theory and practical implementation to the business and marketing aspects, Understanding Color helps you gain a deep and discriminating awareness of color.
Visual Communication and Art Direction in Product Marketing
Visual Communication and Art Direction in Product Marketing presents to you the techniques on presenting or communicating a message to its target receivers in a clear, effective, visually appealing, and attention-capturing manner.
This course helps you with the practical knowledge needed to solve various visualization and presentation problems through design principles, branding, and graphic arts. It covers virtually everything a designer need to know in order to present effectively to their clients and to the public, from taking a creative brief, processing a concept into visual form, to creating a finished artwork. Aspects such as branding, visualization, art direction, and visual marketing will be discussed in equipping you with the principles necessary in communication your product, service or brand to your intended audience.
This course aims to prepare you to the visual and marketing aspects of your prospective Industrial Design career, as you near the commencement of your learning experience.
Design matters : an essential primer by
The design bar is at an all-time high for those brave enough to participate in the industry. Today's designers must be clear on all the steps necessary to create work that stands out in an increasingly competitive marketplace. Unfortunately, most design books only focus on type, color, and layout issues. The Design Matters series takes a more in-depth approach, allowing designers to learn not only how to create work that is aesthetically appealing, but also strategy-driven and smart. This compilation features the best of the Design Matters series, indispensable guides to design, in one handy volume. Design Matters focuses on developing, creating and implementing brochure designs, logo designs, packaging, and portfolios. The compendium includes all the essential information needed to execute strong designs in concert with beautiful and well-crafted examples, so that designers can successfully hit the mark every time.
Digital Marketing by
Digital Marketing: Communicating, Selling and Connecting is an invaluable and vital tool for students seeking a comprehensive introduction to the subject of digital marketing. Written by a leading expert in the field, it is an unparalleled resource for students in marketing, as well as an accessible supplementary text for business and management students.Covering digital marketing's background and development, its practical challenges and unique benefits, and its operational foundations, this textbook introduces both technological and marketing concepts. It culminates with discussion of the future of digital marketing in an increasingly networked world.Key Features:* In-depth introductions to the foundations and basic operating principles of digital marketing* Multiple chapters covering consumer decision making online, and how digital marketing affects the consumer* Chapters on service technology and visual design, for a deeper understanding of digital marketing* Coverage of digital marketing in both B2B and B2C contexts* Discussion of legal and ethical aspects of digital marketing* Discussion questions in each chapter to promote engagement with the material and deepen student understanding.Charles Hofacker has drawn on extensive expertise to create an invaluable resource. Written for undergraduate students of marketing and digital marketing this textbook will be useful for anyone looking for an introduction to the subject.
Go Logo! a Handbook to the Art of Global Branding by
Unique among branding or creative guideline books, this book examines the enormous influence of both "commercial persuasion" and "societal persuasion" branding--and looks closely at the crucial role creative brand warriors play in building and sustaining winning designs. A primary focus is on exploring what it takes to be a successful creative in the global branding wars as defined by the 12 branding determinants. Global brands, such as Starbucks, Google, Burger King, Delta Airlines, and more, demonstrate the unique traits that make them successful brands.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
Identity Design Sourcebook by
A vast collection of identity projects broken down into three section: corporate identities, online identities and identity redesign projects. Corporate design projects are some of the most lucrative and highly sought after graphic design projects available. This section explores the important role graphic design plays as part of a strategy for big business success and offers designers business-smart information on how to land, work with and keep large corporate clients - no matter what the size of the design firm. up. Top designers share their processes in creating these corporate identities - from initial client meetings and planning, through logo and brand development, to a wide variety of identity applications - including the electronic realm. Text highlights the strengths of each project and how the graphic design process and approach made for business success as well as tips on the best ways to attract land and work with corporate clients (and garner return business). working with online companies seeking to create and sustain online brands or with established companies struggling to migrate already-known and trusted brands to the web. increasingly e-business. What makes an on-line brand strong? What are the potential pitfalls and untapped power sources for designers of online brands? How do you translate an existing brand to the world of the Internet? This section gets to the bottom of the secrets of brand design and explores the graphic techniques that help make on-line brands strong. By focusing on on-line identity and how it contributes to the success of the e-brand. Each case study is illustrated with the on-line logo, off-line logo (if applicable) and screen shots of the website. There may also be sketches or other materials illustrating the brand. signature. How do top firms redesign this graphic signature without losing ground? This section offers readers a state-of-the industry look at identity programs that modernize, reposition, define and spell renewed success. using before and after examples, false starts, sketches, processes and finished work from South Africa, Mexico, Hong Kong, England, Korea, Italy, Norway, China and the United States.
Persuasion : social influence and compliance gaining by
Now in its sixth edition, Persuasion: Social Influence and Compliance Gaining continues to boast an accessible voice and vibrant aesthetic that appeals to undergraduate students of communication, psychology, advertising, and marketing. In addition to presenting established theories and models, this text encourages students to develop and apply general conclusions about persuasion in real-world settings. Along the way, students are introduced to the practice of social influence in an array of contexts (e.g., advertising, marketing, politics, interpersonal relationships, social media, groups) and across a variety of topics (e.g., credibility, personality, deception, motivational appeals, visual persuasion). The new edition features an expanded treatment of digital and social media, up-to-date research on theory and practice, and enhanced discussions of topics such as political campaigning, emotional marketing, olfactory influence, and ethics. Instructors can also use the book's downloadable test bank, instructor's manual, and PowerPoint slides in preparing course material.
Start me up! : new branding for businesses by
Little brand, big effect: in the age of startups and a new generation of entrepreneurs, corporate design is being redefined through distinctive visual creativity. Never before has there been more enthusiasm surrounding entrepreneurship. Today, young entrepreneurs across the globe are relentlessly developing innovative products and services. Fresh businesses and social initiatives are appearing in industries ranging from fashion to farming, from high-tech to creative handcraft. These companies are run by passionate professionals who are well aware that following their vision is just as important as continuously communicating their vision's brand. Corporate branding works as an extension of a business by visually expressing its concept, so it is no surprise that new stories require a new visual language. Start Me Up! presents a wide range of original examples for inspiration. The designs created striking corporate identities through humorous business cards, quality stationary, graphic T-shirts, and on-point packaging. This work allows for the brands to distinguish themselves from the rest and attract their targed audience's attention. More than ever before, businesses are defining themselves through carefully coordinated communications. Start Me Up! is a comprehensive compendium of innovative corporate design for a new generation. The book follows up on Gestalten's widely successful Introducing: Visual Identities for Small Businesses and showcases projects from various industries with a focus on newly established ventures and niche business initiatives. It proves that success in business heavily depends on the company's ability to promote its individuality and creativity through its corporate image, and that the right set of communications can not only insprire the right investors but also attract the right public. Welcome to the golden age of young entrepreneurship.
Telling the design story : effective and engaging communication by
When presenting projects in competitive design environments, how you say something is as important as what you're actually saying. Projects are increasingly complex and designers are working from more sources, and many designers are familiar with the struggle to harness this information and craft a meaningful and engaging story from it. Telling the Design Story: Effective and Engaging Communication teaches designers to craft cohesive and innovative presentations through storytelling. From the various stages of the creative process to the nuts and bolts of writing for impact, speaking skills, and creating visuals, Amy Huber provides a comprehensive approach for designers creating presentations for clients. Including chapter by chapter exercises, project briefs, and forms, this is an essential resource for students and practicing designers alike.
Upstart! : visual identities for start-ups and new businesses by
Upstart! showcases an exciting range of visual identities for start-ups and young businesses.Upstart! presents fresh branding ideas for entrepreneurs and designers. To stand out in a land of consumerist plenty, the new generation of small business entrepreneurs has learned to set high design standards. Poised between playfulness and professionalism, their holistic visual identity concepts become an integral part of their core business. From hemp farmers to local box clubs to eyelash extension services, fresh startups and spin-offs from all sorts of sectors present themselves as inventively and stylesavvily as ever before. Communicating through vivid visual languages that unfold across media applications, they involve the customer in authentic styles and stories. Upstart! explores the contemporary startup scene's manifold ventures. With a focus on creativity and transformational branding ideas, the compilation covers classic stationery designs, innovative merchandise, interior concepts, and fresh digital applications that have been skillfully orchestrated to leverage business.
Visual Communication and Art Direction in Product Marketing
Visual Communication and Art Direction in Product Marketing presents to you the techniques on presenting or communicating a message to its target receivers in a clear, effective, visually appealing, and attention-capturing manner.
This course helps you with the practical knowledge needed to solve various visualization and presentation problems through design principles, branding, and graphic arts. It covers virtually everything a designer need to know in order to present effectively to their clients and to the public, from taking a creative brief, processing a concept into visual form, to creating a finished artwork. Aspects such as branding, visualization, art direction, and visual marketing will be discussed in equipping you with the principles necessary in communication your product, service or brand to your intended audience.
This course aims to prepare you to the visual and marketing aspects of your prospective Industrial Design career, as you near the commencement of your learning experience.
Creating a brand identity : a guide for designers by
Creating a Brand Identity is a fascinating and complex challenge for the graphic designer. It requires practical design skills and creative drive as well as an understanding of marketing and consumer behaviour. This book is an introduction to this multifaceted process. It illustrates brand identities from around the world.
Design for how people think : using brain science to build better products by
User experience doesn't happen on a screen; it happens in the mind, and the experience is multidimensional and multisensory. This practical book will help you uncover critical insights about how your customers think so you can create products or services with an exceptional experience. Corporate leaders, marketers, product owners, and designers will learn how cognitive processes from different brain regions form what we perceive as a singular experience. Author John Whalen shows you how anyone on your team can conduct "contextual interviews" to unlock insights. You'll then learn how to apply that knowledge to design brilliant experiences for your customers.
Go Logo! A Handbook to the Art of Global Branding by
Unique among branding or creative guideline books, this book examines the enormous influence of both "commercial persuasion" and "societal persuasion" branding-and looks closely at the crucial role creative brand warriors play in building and sustaining winning designs. A primary focus is on exploring what it takes to be a successful creative in the global branding wars as defined by the 12 branding determinants. Global brands, such as Starbucks, Google, Burger King, Delta Airlines, and more, demonstrate the unique traits that make them successful brands.
Graphic Designer's Essential Reference by
A good designer, like a good chef, is aware not only of how each ingredient is similar or different, but also which delivers one message in contrast to another, which will combine to create experiences that are harmonious or jarring, financial, medical, or industrial. By comparing the designer to a chef, author Timothy Samara, walks readers through the ingredients, tools, and techniques it takes to create successful design recipes. This book is broken into easy-to-follow sections, including basic design techniques, graphic ingredients, and projects recipes. The Graphic Ingredients section is categorized into four groups: Pictorial Staples, Chromatic Flavors, Typographic Confections, and Spatial Presentations. Once the basic design techniques and ingredients are established, the author demonstrates how to concoct delectable design recipes. Graphic Designer's Essential Reference is an inspirational resource that all graphic designers should keep by their workspace for handy reference.
Instagram power : build your brand and reach more customers with visual influence by
The essential guide to marketing and building your business on Instagram - today’s hottest social media platform
While other social sites are declining in popularity, Instagram is hotter than ever—and shows no signs of cooling off any time soon. But it’s not just users that are flocking to the site, marketers love it too. With more features and marketing capabilities than ever, Instagram is a channel that smart marketers can’t afford to avoid.
Filled with proven strategies from leading Instagram experts this updated edition of Instagram Power walks you through the steps of setting up your account, actionable monetization methods you can use, and how to integrate the social media platform into your complete marketing approach. With 15 new chapter subsections and revisions throughout, the book shows you how to leverage all the new features, including Insights, IGTV, Shop-able Posts, Stories, and Instagram Ads.
You’ll discover how to:
•Leverage Instagram to build and strengthen your business or personal brand
•Design an effective marketing plan for the platform
•Sell directly on Instagram with Shop-able posts
•Avoid common pitfalls, and much more
If you’re serious about marketing, you need to tap into the power of the world's most popular photo-sharing platform. This guide offers a road map to achieving Instagram marketing success.
Telling the design story : effective and engaging communication by
When presenting projects in competitive design environments, how you say something is as important as what you're actually saying. Projects are increasingly complex and designers are working from more sources, and many designers are familiar with the struggle to harness this information and craft a meaningful and engaging story from it. Telling the Design Story: Effective and Engaging Communication teaches designers to craft cohesive and innovative presentations through storytelling. From the various stages of the creative process to the nuts and bolts of writing for impact, speaking skills, and creating visuals, Amy Huber provides a comprehensive approach for designers creating presentations for clients. Including chapter by chapter exercises, project briefs, and forms, this is an essential resource for students and practicing designers alike.
Visual marketing : 99 proven ways for small businesses to market with images and design by
Effective creative strategies and campaigns for business owners or marketers Whether it's on the Web, in a book, or live in-person, the most effective solutions are those that unexpectedly grab our attention. David Langton and Anita Campbell identify eye-catching and thought-provoking marketing and PR tips, ideas, and creative "stunts." This compendium of winning ideas will inspire small business leaders, creative professionals, and students. Award-winning visual communication designer David Langton has worked for a range of businesses from Fortune 500 leaders to small businesses. Anita Campbell, an internationally known small business expert, reaches over 2 million small business owners and stakeholders annually. Through case studies, photos, and illustrations, Visual Marketing displays creative marketing campaigns that brought attention to small businesses in unique, compelling, and unexpected ways. Online visual marketing solutions may include apps, interactive games tools and modules; infographics; HTML emails / e-newsletters; widgets; YouTube videos; flash animation; social networking campaigns; websites, weblets, mini-sites; blogs; podcasts / MP3s; projected signage; PowerPoint / keynote presentations In print solutions may include brochures, flyers; annual reports; books; direct mail, post cards; newsletters; invitations; letters; press releases; infographics On-site, giveaways, exhibit, and tradeshow solutions may include live events and performances; signs; billboards; exhibits; banners; tent cards; posters; plasmas screens; kiosks; giveaways: tchotchkes, t-shirts, tote bags, etc.; floor graphics/vinyl graphic wraps With Visual Marketing, you'll discover 99 powerful strategies for capturing the attention of your potential customers.
